BURG SOONECK AM RHEIN.
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR
FOR BEGINNERS
BY
PAUL VALENTINE BACON
Ser frembe 0prad)en nid)t fennt, tueijs itidjts Don feiner eigenen.
oetfye.
ALLYN AND BACON
Boston Nefo gorfe
V
COPYRIGHT. 1916, BY
AUL VALENTINE BACON.
NorfoootJ $regs
J. S. Gushing Co. Berwick & Smith Co.
Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
PREFACE.
Tin: New German Grammar combines reading and syntax.
Easy stories illustrating the grammar are taken up from the
very first <1 ng the pupil the satisfaction of reading
connected German from the beginning.
These stories, which are taken from the author's Vorwaerts,
are interesting, carefully graded, and closely connected with
the syntax which they illustrate. They treat the most com-
mon and some of tin- quaintest phases of German life, and the
descriptions are made more vivid by frequent pictures, col-
lected in Germany by the author.
No effort has been spared to make the grammar practical,
simple, and thorough. Conversational work the most prac-
phase of (lernuin study abounds throughout the reading
and is a special feature of every lesson. Material for memo-
ri/ing is provided at the beginning of each chapter in the form
of idioms, proverbs, or short poems. German questions on
the reading furnish a further basis for conversation. Practice
in writing connected German is given in each review.
The book is especially simple, and the learner is given all
the legitimate help possible. Accents and puzzling quantities
are marked, so that the pupil's first conception of a word may
be the correct one. Comparisons and contrasts with English
usage are constantly made. Each phase of every rule is illus-
trated by simple examples. Complete tables of inflectional
forms and strong verbs are given for reference. Every form
in the reading occurs in the vocabulary. Separable verbs are
found under both simple verb and prefix. The article is printed
with every noun, the auxiliary with every verb, and the prin-
cipal parts of irregular verbs are given in full.
iii
iv PREFACE.
The exercises are particularly thorough. The sentences are
divided into several groups, each of which illustrates the rules
and words of the lesson. Syntax and vocabulary are fixed by
oral drill in German and in English. Every fifth lesson is a
review which clinches the points of the preceding four lessons.
For those who wish to make a thorough study of German
pronunciation there is a special chapter with diagrams and
practical hints. The Appendix contains rules in German for
those who wish to use the book according to the direct method.
These rules are adapted from the grammars of Wetzel, Heyse-
Lyon, Martin-Vorbrodt, and Michaelis.
The vocabularies are limited to an average of eight words
to the lesson, a number which any pupil can easily master.
There is a chapter on word formation and a simplified state-
ment of Grimm's Law which afford an opportunity for extend-
ing this vocabulary.
The book contains a number of the best-known German
songs with music, and a double-page colored map of Germany.
A brief chapter on phonetics explains this subject and gives
examples of phonetic transcription.
P. V. B.
WELLESLEY HILLS,
April, 1916.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
THE GERMAN ALPHABET x
INTRODUCTION . . ' . . . . . . xi
MAP OF GERMANY following xx
EASY READING
In der Schule 1
Der nachste Tag ' 2
Ein Tag im Sommer 4
Im Garten 6
In der Klasse 7
Wanderers Nachtlied . Goethe 9
Wanderer's Night Song ... . . , . Longfellow 9
Auf dem Spielplatz . . .10
Im Walde 11
Die Madchen 13
Vor der Schule 15
Das Spiel 16
Du bist wie eine Blume Heine 17
Heidenroslein Goethe 18
Spruch Ruckert 18
In der Waldschule 19
Die Knaben mit den Miitzen 21
Im Hause . . . .22
Das Zimmer .24
Karl und Johann ' '..-- .26
Spruch . V Greif 27
Gute Nacht ; . . . Korner 28
Die Prapositionen 29
In derStadt . . . -- ; - 30
v
VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
Frische Wurst ........... 32
Durch Feld und Wald . . ' ...... 34
Die Frauen mit dem Holze ........ 35
Das Schloss am Meer ....... Uhland 36
Deutsche Offiziere ...... ..... 38
Ein schbner Feiertag ........ . .40
Das Veilchen ......... Goethe 43
Sprliche ....... ... Storm 44
Die Eisenbahn ........... 45
Auf dem Bahnhofe ....... 46
Beim Schneider ........... 50
Barbarossa ......... Ruckert 52
Vergissmeinnicht ....... Fallersleben 53
Im Spreewald . . . . . . . . . . .54
Etwas anderes . . . . . . . . . . .57
Deutsche Trachten ..... ..... 58
Wiegenlied ... . . . . . . .- Cornelius 60
Schwalbeniied ......... Sturm 61
Auf den Strassen .......... 62
Auf dem Markt ........... 65
Erlkb'nig .......... Goethe 69
Unter den Studenten ...... . . . .71
Vor Jena . . . . . . . . . . Dreves 78
Das Wandern ........... 79
, Einkehr .......... Uhland 87
Ich fahr' in die Welt ........ Scheffel 88
Deutsche Schlosser ... ....... 89
Wie ist doch die Erde so schb'n ...... Reinick 99
Guter Rat .......... Fontane 100
Wert der Muttersprache ..... . Greif 100
Die Wartburg ........... 101
Piiret
TABLE OF CONTENTS. yii
PAGE
Spruch . Geibel 109
Der Wintersport 110
Deutsche Dome 113
"Endlich" . .' 118
SONGS
Die Lorelei Heine-Silcher 120
Der gute Kamerad Uhland-Silcher 122
Ich bin der Doktor Eisenbart Volkslied 123
Tannenbaum Volkslied 124
Friihlingsgruss Heine- Schubert 125
Du bist wie eine Blume Heine- Ruben stein 126
Sah ein Knab' ein Rdslein stehn .... Goethe-Werner 128
Stille Nacht Volkslied 129
GRAMMAR
LESSON
I. Present of tyafccu and fcitt ..... e . 131
II. Past of Ija&eit and fern ........ 133
III. Present of (often 136
IV. Past of foftett , , . . 139
V. Review. Present of feljeit ....... 141
VI. Past of fetyen ... 144
VII. Present of toerbeu 146
VIII. Past of toerben . . . . -149
IX. Future Tense . . . . . . . . . . 151
X. Review. Use of Present for Future 154
XI. Perfect Tense with tyafteit . . . . . . .157
XII. Perfect Tense with fcitt 160
XIII. Past Perfect Tense . .163
XIV. Future Perfect Tense ...... .166
XV. Review. Outline of Declensions . . * . . .169
XVI. Prepositions with Dative or Accusative . . .173
viii TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
XVII. Personal Pronouns 175
XVIII. Prepositions with Dative 178
XIX. Prepositions with Accusative ^ 181
XX. Review. Apposition . . . . . .184
XXI. Strong Declension of Adjectives 187
XXII. Weak Declension of Adjectives 190
XXIII. Mixed Declension of Adjectives . . . . . 193
XXIV. Adjectives after tteldj, fpUty, etc 196
XXV. Review. Summary of Adjectives 199
XXVI. Present of Modal Auxiliaries ...... 203
XXVII. Past and Future of Modals .200
XXVIII. Perfect Tenses of Modals 209
XXIX. Special Uses of Modals 212
XXX. Review 215
XXXI. Possessive Pronouns . . . . . .218
XXXII. Interrogative Pronouns . . . . . . .221
XXXIII. Demonstrative Pronouns ...... 224
XXXIV. Inflected Indefinites . 228
XXXV. Review ... 231
.XXXVI. Relative Pronouns . . . . . . . . 234
XXXVII. Indirect Questions 237
XXXVIII. Conjunctions .240
XXXIX. Dependent Order for Modals 243
XL. Review 246
XLI. Separable and Inseparable Verbs 249
XLII. Separable and Inseparable Verbs 254
XLIII. Imperative 258
XLIV. Infinitives and Participles '. . . 261
XLV. Review 265
XL VI. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs .... 268
XLVII. Numerals 272
XT.VTTT FI5IT7Q Mnn+liG r>g+aa 97ft
TABLE OF CONTENTS. i x
PAGE
XLIX. Proper Nouns 280
L. Review 282
LI. Passive Voice 285
LII. Passive Voice 289
LIII. Reflexive Verbs 293
LIV. Impersonal Verbs 296
LV. Review 391
LVI. Subjunctive of Auxiliaries ...... 303
LVII. Subjunctive of Weak and Strong Verbs .... 307
LVIII. Subjunctive of Modals. Conditions of Fact . . . 310
LIX. Conditions Contrary to Fact 313
LX. Review ... 318
LXI. Genitive and Dative Cases ...... 320
LXII. Verbals 323
LXIII. Word Order 326
LXIV. Idiomatic Particles ........ 330
LXV. Review 334
LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS 337
SUMMARY OF INFLECTIONS 343
PRONUNCIATION 363
WORD FORMATION 377
GRIMM'S LAW . . . . . . . . . . .384
GERMAN RULES 387
PHONETICS 391
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY ....... 1
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY ....... 51
INDEX . 77
-
(\ |
v) Jl
a f
g i
2JJ m
3le a t
Oe a 6 (7
lie U II ^
THE GERMAN ALPHABET.
German type. German script. Same. German type. German script. lame.
21 a
b
& c
2) b
g e
8 f
9
*
ah
91 n ^
bay
Do C
tsay
*$ P y
day
Q q C
(b)ay
$t r I
ef
f ;
gay
t >
hah
11 u ^
ee
93 b
yot
23 (Krtfitt. fftfifttt.
xii INTRODUCTION.
(2) SHORT.
Short a as in a(haj, never as in fat; ZBaffer,
" e " " net; toenn, genfter.
i " " pin; gifdj, id) bin.
" a " " obey; @onne, Doll.
" u " " put, " " " fun; gfa, 2fttttter.
German final unaccented e is like English final unaccented a.
Pronounce Grcf e to rhyme with Mecca, tfyre like era. $ * s fo un adf), bocf), aurf).
(6) After other vowels and after consonants it is
palatal : 8td)t, redjt, id), toelfy.
Note. To pronounce the guttural rf), raise the back of the tongue till
it almost touches the soft palate and expel the breath forcibly. To pro-
nounce the palatal dj, raise the tongue to the position for ee in feet and
breathe out. Do not pronounce dj like English k or sh.
xvi INTRODUCTION.
(4) d)3 at the end of a root-syllable is pronounced like ks:
)acf)3, $11(1)3* But where the $ is added as an ending, as in
ba$ SRetd), be$ 3tetrf)3, the d) retains its proper sound.
(5) dj in foreign words is like k or sh : k in Greek words,
as @I)or, Shrift, Sfjaralter ; s/i in French words, as Sfyarabe,
Sniffer, (Sfyocofabe. In the latest official spelling French d) is
largely supplanted by d): Sdjarabe, @d)ofotabe.
(6) g has three different sounds.
(a) When doubled, or at the beginning of a word or
syllable, it is pronounced like the English g in
go: geben, grim, gtogge, Sage, nge.
(6) When final, after a, 9, tt, or att, it is a voiceless
guttural spirant, like d) in ad) (II., (6), 3, a): ag,
(c) When final, after c, t, Ct, a, 8, or a consonant, it is a
voiceless palatal spirant, like d) in id) (II., (6),
3, 6) : $5ntg, 2Beg, etg, erg.
1. Officially final g is like f in (b) and (c), but few Germans
pronounce it that way.
Note 2. In gfc, gt r and gft, g has the same sound as above in (2)
and (3) : 2ftagb, er fagte, fticgt, bu btegft.
(7) ng is always pronounced like ng in singer, never like
ng in hunger: ginger, fingen, fang, brtngen,
(8) I like y in yes : $afy, ja.
(9) p^ is pronounced like f, by which it is being gradu-
ally supplanted : ^3^tlo[opt), (Slefant, Sfen.
(10) t is always pronounced sharply and distinctly. It
is either guttural or trilled with the tip of the tongue. It must
never be slurred, as in English, fuhthah for further.
(11) German f, 3 has three pronunciations just like the
three of English s.
INTRODUCTION. xvii
(a) When at the end or next to the end of a sylla-
ble, or when doubled, it is like s in see: e$,
ttm$, bift, fyaft, laffen.
(6) When at the beginning of a syllable it is like
s in rose: fefyen, ber @aat, bie 3Jofe, ber Unfinn.
(c) When f begins an accented syllable whose second
letter is t or p, it is like s in sugar: fteljen, fpre*
d)en are pronounced as if spelled fd)tel)en, [djpre-
cfyen.
Note. For those not using German script, the distinction between
j and 3 is immaterial. Those who write German script should remember
to use 3 at the end of a word or of a stem syllable, f in all other cases.
(12) fd) like sh in ship: @rf)tff, tmfdjen.
(13) ft is like ss: (Scfyfoft.
(a) After a short vowel, ft is changed to ff when an
ending beginning with a vowel is added : (Scfyloft,
@rf)(offer.
(b) After a long vowel or a diphthong or before a
consonant, it remains unchanged : guft, $U fje, id)
toetjs, id) muftte.
(14) ti before another vowel in foreign words is like tsee:
Nation, patient.
(15) tf} is like t: Sweater, oetye.
JVbte. In all but foreign words and proper names the silent ty after t
has recently been dropped. But pupils should be prepared to meet it in
newspapers and letters and in all but the most recent books.
(16) * is like ts: fi^en, blifeen,
(17) t> is like /: 23ater, 23ogef, But in foreign words it
is pronounced like English v : 33enit$, SSerattba, 3Serbum,
(18) to is like English v in vice: ttrir, SBotf.
xviii INTRODUCTION.
(19) 5 is like ts in hats: ju, ^ett, @ er i* For || and ij, see
(13) and (16).
(20) In pf, git, and ftt, both letters must be distinctly
enunciated, as in English, hopfarm. ignoble, banknote: *i)3ferb,
nabe, Sna&e*
HI. SYLLABICATION.
In general, words are divided into syllables as they are
spoken when articulated slowly : e-fdjledj-ter, gr ewt'be$'trette.
(a) Compound words are divided according to their compo-
nent parts : I)tn=au3, )ten$*tag.
(6) Otherwise a single simple sound (including j and 5) goes
with the following vowel : 33it'd)er, SBa-frfje, et-nen, ret'gen.
(c) Of several consonants the last one goes with the follow-
ing vowel, except that the combination ft is not divided: gin*
ger, 2BaHer, [it^en, ^nof^e, Stable, be*fte, meHte, gentler.
IV. PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALIZATION.
German rules for punctuation and capitalization are much
like English, especially in regard to the beginning of a sen-
tence, the use of the period, colon, quotation marks, interroga-
tion point, and so on.
(a) TJie comma is used more frequently in German.
(1) Relative clauses are always set off by commas
( 204, c).
(2) In many compound sentences where English omits
the comma, German uses it to separate the two parts of the
sentence.
INTRODUCTION. xix
(6) The exclamation point is also commoner in German than
in English.
(1) A command is always followed in German by an
exclamation point ( 78).
(2) The address inside a letter, as Dear Carl, is often
followed by an exclamation point: Sieber
(c) German begins all nonns with a capital.
(1) When an adjective, verb, or other part of speech is
used as a noun, it is always written with a capital.
(2) On the other hand, when nouns have lost their noun
force they are written small ( 175).
((/) The formal pronoun ie and its possessive Qfy always
begin with a capital, though its reflexive fief) is small.
(1) The pronoun bu and its plural il)r, with the posses-
sives and reflexives, beitter, eiter, bid), and eudf), are written
small except in letters, where they are capitalized
(e) Adjectives are capitalized after etftw$ and nid)t3 ( 191,
a and e).
V. GERMAN EQUIVALENTS FOR GRAMMATICAL
TERMS.
The letter (of the alphabet), ber 23urf)'ftabe.
The vowel, ber SBofaf , or ber elbff taut.
The consonant, ber $onfoncmt', or ber 3ftit'taut
The sentence, ber @a^*
The subject, ba3 (Subjeff; the predicate, ba3 ^Jrabifaf*
The main clause, ber
The subordinate clause, ber
XX INTRODUCTION.
The parts of speech, bte 9?e'betetfe.
The article, ber Slrti'fel, or ba3 efd&Ie
Definite, beftttnmt'; indefinite, un'befttmmt
The noun, ba$ ub'ftanttt), or ba$ aupt'tt)ort
First, second, third class, er'fte, gtoet'te, brtt'te Sfaffe.
The pronoun, ba ^rono'men, or ba$ gitr'toort
The adjective, ba$ Slb'ielttt), or ba$ @i'genfdjafttoort
The numeral, ba$ Dtatera'fe, or ba 3 a ^'tDort.
The adverb, bd$ 3lbt)erb', or ba$ Um'ftanb^n)ort,
The verb, ba^ SSer'bOnn), or ba 3 e ^ /n)ort
Strong, (tar!; weak, fdjlDarf) ; separable, trenn'bar; in-
separable, un'trennbar; transitive, trcmftttt/; intransi-
tive, intranfitit)'.
The preposition, bte ^rapofitton', or
The conjunction, bte ^onjunftton', or ba$
The interjection, bte ^ttterjeftion', or ba^
The gender, ba$ efd)Iecf)f: masculine, mann'tirf) ; feminine,
iDetbltd) ; neuter, ftid^Urf).
The number, bie 3<*I)l'f orm '
Singular, ber (Singular', or bte
Plural, ber ^(u'raf, or bte
The case, ber gatt (pi. bte
The nominative, ber Sto'mttiatit) ; genitive, ber e'ntttt) ; da-
tive, ber )a'tto ; accusative, ber 2lf fufatfo.
The inflection, bte SMe'gung ; to decline, bellinte'ren*
The declension, bte )ef(tnattott' ; strong, ftarf ; weak,
f(^tt)a(^ ; mixed, gemtfd)t.
To conjugate, fonjugte'ren ; conjugation, bte ^oniugation'.
The comparison, bie $omj)arattott', or bte tet'genwg ; to com-
pare, ftet'gent ; positive, ber ^5o'ftttD ; comparative, ber
; superlative, ber u'pertattt).
/ 1
THE GERMAX EMPIRE
since 1871
SCALE OF MILES
EASY READING.
Ein Schiller.
for
ift fjier. ($r ift in ber djnte, Der Scorer ift and)
f)ier. grife unb ber 8e!)rer finb
fjier. @ie finb in ber @djnfe t
bin ber 8eljrer* 3^%
bift bit?" 5
$&) bin ber filler. 34
bin ^ier, S3ir finb ^ier in ber
feib bic . d^tilcr, nic^t
r ,3fa, i^ir finb Me djftler."
w !Cic fitter finb atfc in ber
^^ci, fie finb attc ^ier."
J)er 8c^rcr ^at ein Surf),
Su^ ift l^ier in ber d^ute.
^at cmcl) ein S5ud^. 35ie
fyaben geber nnb papier,
, f at ber chiller ein
W 3a, nnb er ^at and) geber nnb
papier,"
, ( abt if)r afle geber nnb ^a^
@ie finb ^ier,"
,,$a, tt)ir I)aben gcbcr unb
rrgrife, iDa^-^aft bn?"
r ,3?d ^abe ein fflud&. 3)ie pilfer f)aben geber nnb
i
25
EASY .BEADING.
5)er Cefyrer ift fyier in ber cfyufe. (Sr fyat ein
cfyitter finb and) fyier. @ie fyaben geber unb papier.
8efyrer fyat ba$ 33ucfy, unb bie @c^it(er fyaben ba^ papier,
,,eib ifyr ade fyier?"
5 n$&r tofr \wb a ^ e fyi^^"
rf Unb ifyr fyabt afie geber unb papier, nidf)t
^^a, n)ir fyaben atle geber unb papier."
w @ut! SBtr f^reiben!"
In der Schule.
Der nadjfte
nnb fiarl finb Sriiber* @ie finb and) dourer, @ie
10 finb gut. )ie @cf)uler finb fyier in ber c^ute, 5)er Secret
ift and) in ber d&ule.
(, ^aben ie einen Sruber unb eine c^tocftcr?"
DER NACHSTE TAG.
,,$a, id) fyabe jmei 33ritber nnb eine Sdjmefter."
,,9S?o maren fie geftern?"
,,@te maren sn @anfe. 3Keine Sautter tt)ar au^ ju
,,llnb mo maren @te geftern?"
ff $tf) mar t)ter in ber civile."
ff @o ? SBaren @ie geftern fjier?''
Eine deutsche Schule.
)er Scorer mar geftern in ber djule. (gr tjatte geber
nub ' papier, tart mar and) geftern in ber djute. gr ^atte
geber nnb papier, grife ^atte ein uc^.
, f tart, ma fatten @ie geftern l)ier in ber ^ule?" w
,,3?d) tjatte geber nnb papier."
rr Unb ma^ {)atte gri^? gr Ijatte ein n^ r nit^t ma^r?"
ff ^a, er ^atte ein Snc^. )a3 33nt^ mar btau."
w @tc fatten and) ein Sn^, nid^t mafjr?"
n $a, aber id) ^attc ba$ Snc^ jn aufc." '5
EASY READING.
,,2Bo fjatten ie bie geber?"
$<$) fyatte bie geber fyier in ber djule, aber ba$ Surf) jit
gaufe,"
gri unb $arl tDaren Sritber. ie fatten etne c()ti)eftei\
5 )ie SBiuttcr unb bie t^njcftcr toaren ju aufc. gril^ unb
Sari ttwren in ber c^ule. ie fatten geber unb papier.
tn Cag tin Sontiner.
ift toarm. @^ ift ommcr. '3)er ontmer tft mann.
Slber ber SBinter ift nid)t itjarm. $fy fobe ben omnter.
Der Lehrer und die Schiiler.
@ ift toarm in ber rf)u(e. 3)ie fitter ftnb nirf)t in
10 ber djule. @ie finb ^ier. Der gefyrer ift auc^ ^ier. @r
(obt bie rf)uler. & fagt :
, ie lernen. Qfy (obe ie/'
ie loben and) meinen 53ruber r nicfyt ti)a()r?"
EIN TAG IM SOMMER.
)er I'eljrer fagt : f ,$a, ber 33rnber lernt and). Semen @te
hn Sotnmer, 3^?"
, f "){ein, e# ift 511 luarm tin ommer. Qfy terne nicfyt im
Sommcr/
Wra^ in bem Jyelbe ift grun im omtner. 3^ tt s
fpielt im @ommer unb
Icrnt im Sinter, Slber
bie d)tDefter lernt im
Sommer unb auc^ im
Sinter. )er getter
tobt bie @c^it)cftcr.
Die Schwester.
Sie im ommer?"
w gBir fpielen aC."
,,Unb IDO fpieten ie 15
Caff? 11
n $d) fpiele in bem
gelbe niit tneinem 33m-
ber/'
,,ginben @ie 33tnmen 20
in bem gelbe ? w
. , f 3fa, tt)ir fjaben 9?ofen
in bem gelbe. 2Birfin=
ben au^ tinmen in bem
ra$, a^ ra^ in 25
bem $elbe ift grim, abcr
bie Sfnmen finb blau."
w llnb fpielt bie @c^tt)cftcr ancf) in bem
ff ^ein r i^ fage jn metner d^tocftcr: 'nlernft, nnb ttrir
fpiefen S&all.' @ie loben meine @d)tt)efter, nicf)t tt)a{jr?^ 3
,,3ult Qdj fprecfje jn einem 9)?dbc^en.
f ,2Ba^ f^retben Sie auf bem ^ult ? u
,,3^ fd)retbe einen @a|T iev finb geber nnb papier."
w SBo ift ba^ 33nd) ?"
, f j)er Scorer gab bem SKabd^en mein $8n&)." w
gaben @ie bem Setter?"
9 a & ^ em Setter SBaffcr in einem fa$. IJ
,,S5ar ba^ Staffer loarm?"
14
EASY READING.
,,9?ein, e$ toar luljt, aber e$ ftmrbe toarm."
,,llnb ttw$ taten @te bann ?"
,,@$ ftmrbe [pat, unb icf) cjtng narf) @aufe"
)te Jotter be^ 8e^rer gab bem c^uter ba^ papier unb
5 etne geber, J)er @(f)U(er fdjrteb mit ber geber, @r fcfyrieb
einen a^. (5r f(^rteb
Die Madchen schreiben.
2ftabif)en f^rteb bem 8e^rer einen Srtef.
rf)en fc^rieb fdjneft, aber ber 33rief n?ar nidjt tang.
Secret lobte ba3 3Rttbc^cn/ a SKab^en gab bem 8ef)rer
10 eine geber unb ba papier.
g n)urbe fpat ie 3Kab(^en gtngen fdjneH narf) au[e.
g^ tDurDc ju fitt)( in ber @^ule r aber e$ tt)ar fe^r marm ju
VOR DER SCHULE.
15
Dor ber Scfytik
)ei Sriiber ftanben fcor ber djnle. art mar gro ;
V . T ^ mar f(ein. <2ie fprac^en nii^t t)on ber djnfe ; fie
fprac^en Mm Spiefe.
,,SBirft bit morgen 33alf fpielenV" fagte gri^.
ff 3^r t$ tDtrb feljr marm fein, aber mir merben fpiefen." 5
Vor der Schule.
r ,SBo mirft bu bte Salte finben? 1 '
erbe bte 53al(e 311 aufe finbetu @te crbcn gett)t
fein/'
w Unb tt)o ttJtrft bu Salt fpieten?"
merben im gefbe dor ber Sd^ute fjnelen." i
^(f) iucrbc gefyen unb ba piel fe^en."
3roet 2Kcibrf)en ftanben au^ t)or ber @c^ufe, glfa mar
gro ; retrfjen mar Kein. @ie fpradjen ni^t t)om
fie fpracfjen t)on ber
16 EASY READING.
,,2Bann merben Me 3)Mbd)en in ber filaffc (Snglifd)
fpredjen?" fagte (glfa.
,,2Bir toerben ntorgen Snglifdj fpredjen, unb ber 8efyrer tt)irb
tnorgen Snglifd) lefetu"
5 ,,SBerben bie 2ftabdjen bie a^e fcerfteljen?"
$<*/ fletotis/ ffe tDerben bte (Sai^e Icfcn."
w @o? a iDtrb fc^njcr fctn. -3$ ^erbe ni^t Derfte^en*
2lber id) inerbe je^t nad) aufe geljen. ^d) tocrbc ba gut
(ernen."
10 ie @d)iller unb bie 9Jfcibd)en ttjcrben ntorgen in ber
@cf)u(e [ein* @ie njerben aHe Icfcn unb fd)reiben. @ie
tocrbcn and) (Snglifd) fprec^cn. ann toerben bie
nad) aufe geljen, unb bie cpler rt)erben Sail fpiclcn.
Das Spiel
w S33ir fpielen ^eute ein @pie(/' fagt ber Seljrer. M SBtr
15 fernen unb tpir fpiclen."
f ,2Bie mat^en urir ba^V"
, f SBir madjen e^ fo: Sin (Sdjitler fagt, '$&) finbe nteinen
Satt nic^t/ ober, <@iel)ft bu bie 2Ku^e? ? obcr eftern be^ Snaben maren and) in bem artcn.
ie finb lange im arten geblieben. S)er 8e!)rer ^at einer
c^tocftcr be^ naben eine 9Jofe gegeben. J)a^ 3ftabd)en ift
15 fefjr rot getoorben. S)ie jtt)ei t^tt)eftern finb bann in ba$
an^ gegangen, nnb ber Sefjrer ift nad) )anfe gegangen.
3m )aufe r
SBir toaren nad^ ^anfe gegangen, aber tmr fatten bie
^nngen nit^t gefefyen. @^ war fpat gemorben nnb ttrir fatten
fie nt^t gefunben. J)ann famen fie,
20 ,,@inb ie fdf)on lange ^ier? /y fagten bie ^ungen.
, f S55ir marten fdjon se^n 3Kinuten, 33itte, lommen ie }et
in ba^ au!"
SBir fatten ben ^ungcn ba^ an3 noc^ ntd^t ge^eigt, SBir
toaren lange in ber t^nle geblieben, aber fie maren nidf)t
25gelommen, 23ir fatten lange gctoartct. 3^t tuaren fie
^ter, nnb ttrir jeigten ben ^nngen ba^
au ^at t)iele genfter, nit^t
a, unb e$ ^at antf) t)iele 3immer, $6) f)abe ein
IM HAUSE.
23
Dimmer, f)at stoei fatten, $ontnten @ie unb fefyen @ie
tnein ^hunter!"
,,aben @ie ba$ ^hunter f^ o
jetgte 5
SBtr gittgen tnit ben
in metn ^ttnntei 4 .
Das Haus.
ben $ungen bte jtoet Setten, (Sin geberbett mar auf bent
(Snbe be^ S3ette^,
ift ba^ auf bent @nbe be ettc? w
ift ein geberbett Sir ^aben geberbetten auf ben
33etten, @ie finb im SBinter fefjr mrm." i
,,$m ontnter aurf), ntt^t toa^r ?"
,,3a, aber fie bfeiben im ontnter nid^t auf ben JBetten."
ba geberbett int SBinter auf bent (5nbe be^
24 EASY READING.
) nein, nidjt toenn id) 311 33ett gefye."
3^9^ tociren ftinf Sftinuten gebtteben, @te fatten
unb mem 3^ mmer u ^ fcte 3^ e i -S^tten ge[e^en
@ic fatten bte geberbetten au^ gefe^en. @ie finb bann nadf)
5 aufe gegangen.
Das Federbett.
Das Dimmer.
ter tft etn 3^ mmer in tneinem aufe, (Sin Stu^I ftefjt
neben ber Siir* 5)te ur ift offen. ter ift cuidj em Ofen,
&% ift em beutf^er Ofen. gin bentf^er Dfen ift fe^r tuarm
im SBinter. S)ie bentfrf)en Ofen bleiben tange tt)arm
bem Dfen fte^t ein Sifcf). 9?cbcn bem anberen
fte^t ein ffeiner Sif(^. ^(^ fe^e smei @tiil)Ie unb
DAS ZIMMER.
25
,,3ft baS aHeSV 2Ba$ fefjen @ie nod)?"
,,2lci) nein, ba$ ift nid)t alteS ; id) fetje etn 93Ub neben bent
^a, itnb uber ber Sitr ift aud) ein Stlb,"
ff3 t(l r t^ f e f) e ^ re ^ ^ er ^^ er 33i^^ @te finb fe^r ft^iJn." 5
,,2Rein 3itnmcr ift toarm im SSinter unb lit^t im otntner*
3 ift fel)r flcmiitlicf)."
ift feljr fc^Bn. 11
Mein Zimmer.
,,2(nf ber ncidjften eite ift audj ein Dimmer, a & er
nid)t in meinem anfe."
,,$ft e$ ein bentfc^e^ Dimmer?"
,,3att)ot)t ! g^ ift ein Dimmer in einem fef)r alten i
in SBittenberg. @ef)en ie nic^t ben beutfd)en Dfen in ber
gcfe?"
26 EASY READING.
,,3 :
nr
Srciwnt end) ener
2Bem bie 8iebe ranbt ben grieben,
ein [c^oner Sranm befdjieben,
ob IHebc^en i^n
nte
i^ ber
@(^fnntmert, bte ber neue 3ftorgen
ommt mit [einen nenen orgen,
ber 33ater
(Efyeobor Korner.
DIE PRAPOSITIONEN.
29
Die prdpofittonett
)er getter toar fdjon fange in ber cfyule. (5r fa auf
einent @tut)Ie unb Ia3 em 33urf). )ie ^ungen ftnb fpcit in bie
@d^n(e gefommen* )er 8e^rer fpra^ ju ben 3 un 9 en
,,nten SfZorgen! SSiet)iete SBorter I)aben @ie
Icrnt?"
,,2Bir ^aben ^ente neun SBorter gclcrnt."
,,Unb tDie fjei^en biefe neun SJBSrtcr?"
f ,@ie ^ei^en ^rtipofitionen."
w ut ! Setter ! 9?ennen @ie biefe ^rapofitionen !"
Auf der Strasse.
,,@ie fjeifcen: an, auf, fyinter, in, neben, tiber, unter,
unb ^tirifdjen."
,,cf)on! @ier if* ein ilb ^ on einer @ tra ^ e in
3=e^t fprerfjen @ie t)on bem 53ilbe, unb gebrau^en ie bie
^riipofitionen in ben a^en !
39 EASY READING.
,,Sine gran ftefyt auf ber Strafe fyinter ben 33tnmen."
,,ut ! $3) fefye bie gran. )er niidtfte ! Sraun!"
,,Der 3Kann fyat ein 33nd) in ber wnb."
,,Die nacl)ften ! Slber fennel! ! SBarten @ie nicfjt I 1 '
5 ,,n Sftann mit tinmen ftefyt neben ber
f ,Sine gran Ijat etma ^a^ter nnter bem
W 3fc^ fe^e einen SDtatut jtDifc^en ben granen."
ff ut ! SBeiter ! 3l6er lange ftfee ! M
Die Snaben [djrieben biefe @a^e: (gin Sif^ fte^t Dor ber
ic nr ; id) ge^e an ben Xift^. SSir famen ilber ba^ getb in
ben SBalb. ^^ 9^9 ^ a ^ 3i mtner un ^ f an ^ weinen 33ftft
neben einent Snd) nnter ber S3anf. Der Snabe Ijat feine
Sftu^e anf einent @tu^I tor ber Jiir gefe^en*
,,nt ! @ie gebran^en biefe Sorter ridjtig ! SBerfte^en
15 ie biefe ^rapofitionen?"
n $a, \mv Derfteljen fie."
,,@d)on! 3)a ift genng/'
3n ber Stabi
gri| Ittuft in ba3 Dimmer. Seine SJZntter fifct in bent
Dimmer neben bem Dfen. gri^ fie^t feinen @nt nic^t. @r
2ofud^t i^n fjinter bem Ofen nnb nnter bem -Hfcfje, aber er
finbet il)n nic^t.
, f 2Jfntter, ^aft bn meinen nt gefe^en ? ^^ fann i^ti nid^t
finben."
w @r tt)irb too^I ^ier fein. aft bn ifyn anf bem Jifd^ nnb
25 nnter alien tiMjIen gefn^t ? u
^^atDo^I! $tf) ^abe meine 9Jiii^e gefnnben. @ie ift Ijier
anf bem (Stn^I, aber idj fn^e fie nifyt."
ff SBir gefyen ^ente in bie @tabt nnb lanfen bir einen nenen
IN DER STADT. 31
,,anfen ftrir ifyn in einem gro^en Saben?"
,,3a, id) faufe ifyn bit in einem fcfydnen groften Saben."
nnb feine Gutter fa^ren mit bem Dmnibn^ in Me
In der Stadt.
@tabt, @ie ge^en in einen 8aben, nnb ein 9J?ann jeigt i^nen
triele gtttc anf dielen 3Tifd)en, 5
foftct btcfcrgut?"
foftet seljn 3)?arl. a^ ift ein fefyr gnter
ift gn t)iel ^(^ -gebe ^^nen nnr fed)
32
EASY READING.
,,28ir tjaben anbere iite gu fecl)3 3ftarf. $d) toerbe fie
3I)nen jeigen."
)er 3ftann fucljt anbere giite auf ben Si[cf)en Sr getgt
ber 3JJntter btefe iite,
s ,,)a!" fagte fie, ff !Dicfcr ut ift fetyr gnt Sitte, geben
@ie i^n mir !"
er 9Kann ^at i^r ben nt gegeben. ie gibt i^n bent
Snaben. S)er nt ift f(^dn unt? luarm. ie Gutter unb
ber Snabe [oben iljn. ie fafjren bann mit bent OmnibM
10 nrieber nac^ anfe.
^rifd?e IDurft
eftern iDaren tmr bei bent gfeifcfyer. er gleif^er tt)ar
in feinent Saben. Sr ftanb mit feiner Scfyitqe im 8aben nnb
Frische Wurs\.
FRISCHE WURST. 33
faf) au$ ber iir. 3Sor bet itr ftanb em tufyt, unb barauf
tear etne djiirje.
bebeutet ber tufjl mit ber djitrje?"
bebeutet : eute gibt e$ frifc^e SBurft."
t ba^ beutfde Sitte ?" 5
/ ba^ ift bcutfc^c @ttte. X)er gleif^er ftetlt etnen
Dor bie itr unb (egt etne (Scfjitrje barauf, tDenn er
frifc()e SBurft ^at."
Die Frau mit den Wurstchen.
^n eutfd)tanb fic^t man Diet SBurft @clbft auf ber
tra^e fot^t man 2Bitrft(f)en. icr ift etn ^Bi(b Don einerio
gran mit 3Burft^en. ie Ijat einen !(einen Ztftf) mit einem
(Simer barauf.
(5in ^nabe mit einer fleinen ajfufee fte^t neben ber gran,
gr toartct. ie gran mirb i^m SBiirftrf)en auS bent (gimer
34 EASY BEADING.
geben* )ie SBitrftdjen an$ bem (Sinter finb frifd) unb
)ie fatten SBnrftcfyen legt bie gran in ba$ SBaffer in bem
(Sinter. )a SBaffer tft nmrm. ^e^t lorf)t bie gran bie
5$3nrft(^en. )ann tuirb fie bent ^naben ntit ber fleinen
ein 2Biirftd)en geben.
Durd? ^elb unb
egen Slbenb ging ein }nnger Sftann bnr^ ein ge(b
ben SBalb. @^ n?ar fitl){, nnb er tuar of)ne nt X)a
ein fleine 9JJabc^en ntit i^rer @^itrje anf bent 9lrm.
an
Durch Feld und Wald.
10 ,,@aben @ie feinen nt?" fragte ba^ SDittbc^en. ,,e()en
@ie ofjne nt bnr^ ben 2BaIb ? u
n $tf) ^abe nteinen nt tierforen; aber e^ madjt nid^t^; er
tt)ar fc^r alt,"
DIE FRAUEN MIT DEM HOLZE.
35
,,3Barten @ie, bitte! $n unferem gaufe fudje id) etne
fitr ie. Stfein 23ater fyat feme alte 2ftu^e fyier ge*
laffen. Qfy gebe fie ^fjnen."
,,)anfe! bit bift fefyr gut. 2lber bann f)at betn 9Sater feme
alte 3Kii^e. ^d) 9 e *) e f e ^ r 9 evn ^) ne tneiueu wt @^ tnarf)t 5
fteine 9)?ab(f)eu legte i^re djurje auf einen tern
uub gtttg in ba^ au^. 3)aun fam fie f^neH o^ue bie 2ttue
burcf) bie Sitr.
f ,3^ fiube fie nidjt," fagte ba^ 3fttibd)ett, ff aber ^ier ift fetnio
alter ut. ^}ft er ju fie in fiir @ie ?"
ff 3Jein/' fagte ber 9J?ann, ff er ge^t fefyr gut, 3lber bein
$ater ttrirb o^ne @ut fein. Qfy gebe Mr eine 9ftarf fiir ben
atten gut."
!a$ ffeine 9ftabcf)en na^m ba^ elb fiir ben ut unb ging 15
bamit in^ au^/ S)er junge Stfann fe^te fid) auf ben @tein
unb fa^ iiber ba^ getb nac^ bem 28a(be. (gr tt>ar fe^r ntiibe,
J)ann ging er burc^ ben SBalb,
Die ^rcmen mit bem
3luf bent Sanbe arbei-
ten bie grauen. @ie
fjolen @olj au^ bem
2Balbe. ie miiffen
0(3 fiir tyre Dfen
ber 25
Die Frauen mit dem Holze.
SJhttter
bie alte
mutter mit einem $orb
auf bem 9tu(fen, ift in
ben 2Balb gegangen.
36
EASY READING.
)al)tn finb and) Me Gutter unb Me Softer gefommen,
Sftabdjen tft Jung unb fdjon, abet e$ tnuf; and) olj tragen.
ter Ijabe id) bte brei gefefjen, ie ftanben auf einem
engen ^fabe unb tt)ar=
fyabe id)
)te
unb bte
a
5 teten.
fie pl)i
rofnnutter
orf)ter fcerftanben e$
nicfyt, aber Me SKutter
10 fyat getad)t
J)ie anbere Sod)ter,
Me c^tDefter be %Jla&
(^en^, btieb ju aufe,
um ba^ olj ju flatten.
15 ie ftanb neben bem
aufe unb fpaltete ba^
0(5. )ie anberen brei
latnen mit i^rem olj fpat nai^ aufe. ann ^aben bie jtoet
; 015 gefpalten*
Die andere Tochter.
Das Scfyloft am
aft bu baS @(^to^ gefe^en,
)a$ ^o^e @(^IoB am
olben unb rofig
te SBoIfen britber ^er.
@^ nt^te fid) ntebernetgen
^n bte fptegel!(are glut,
68 moc^te ftreben unb ftetgen
^n ber 2lbenbtt)oHen
DAS SCHLOSZ AM MEER. 37
b' id) e$ gefeljen,
am 9fteer,
llnb ben Sftonb baritber ftefyen
Unb s JJebet toeit umfyer,"
)er SBtnb unb be^ 5Jeere^ SBatlen,
aben fie f rtf c^cn tfang ?
2?erna^mft bu au^ ^ofjen fatten
atten unb geftgefang ?
)ie Stnbe, bte SBogen afle
8agen in tiefer 9tul)' ;
Ginem ^(agetieb an^ ber at(e
mit Xrcinen sn."
a^eft bit oben ge^en
)en Sonig unb [ein entail?
)er roten 3Kant
)er golbnen kronen
gu^rten fie nidjt mit 9Bonne
(Sine fdjone ^^^gf^ciu bar r
err(ic^ mie eine onne,
tra^lenb im golbnen aar?
a^ id) bie gltern beibe,
ber kronen ?i(^t,
^njaqen Jrauerffeibe ;
ie ^ungfrau fa^ ic^ nit^t."
38
EASY READING.
Deittfcfye
gier finb fciele bentfcfye Offi^iere. @te finb alk jnnge
Scanner* )ret ober tner Don ifynen finb fedj$ gn ^orf) @te
tragen fc^one Untfortnen unb ^o^e >eltne. 3)eutf(^e Dfftjtere
Deutsche Offiziere.
tragen and) lange ctjtoerter. te fyaben fi(berne Snopfe an
5 ben $Roden nnb ant^ tret^e 33anbet\
J)ie Offtjiere fte^en t>or bem @c^Io^ nnb marten anf ben
Saifer. er Saifer ^at triete Dffijiere ntit f^onen llnt=
formen nnb langen @c^it)ertern.
Qtyt lontmt ber Satfer mtt anberen Dffijieren. ier [inb
10 and) t)tete gro^e olbaten, S)ie(e olbaten tragen nene
llntformen ntit fe^r ^of)en eltnen, ie nenen llntformen
finb gran*
DEUTSCHE OFFIZIERE.
39
)er aifer gefyt fcor ben olbaten. @eine Officiate gefyen
neben ifym. Sin Officer fyat ein @tueld) etn Slnblirf!" fagte Sari.
,,$d) fyabe folcfje fdijonen @olbaten nod) nie gefefjen. ie
5 ntarfdjieren fefjt gnt,"
,,2Ber tft ber junge 3Kann?" fragte gri^
f ,2Be!djer junge SKann? 2l(^ f ber junge 9Jiann t^or ben
olbaten? )a$ tft etn Offtster, @ie^ft bn fein @d)tt)ert
ntcl)t?"
f ,2lcf) ja! Xragen alle bte bentfdjen Offt^iere
ff amolf!"
,,2lber manner Sotbat tragt and) ein @cf)U)ert, nidjt
,, s ?Jein, nnr bie Dfftjiere."
,,2lber biefer Dffijter!" fagte $ri. n $d) Ijabe ntand)en
istapferen Sofbaten gefefyen, aber fold) einen fd)onen jnngen
Dffijier fyabe id) nie gefefjen. aben all bie bentfcfjen
STrnppen fold) jnnge Cffijiere?"
W O nein! SD?and)e bentfd)en Offijiere finb fe^r aft. 2lber
ad bie fefyr aften Dffijiere ntarfd)ieren nic^t mit ben Jrnppen."
20 )ann ging ber jnnge Officer mit af( feinen Jrnppen itber
ba$ gefb. 9lff bie anberen ofbaten marfdjierten an^ itber
ba$ gefb. J)en gangen Xag fafyen bie ^tDei ^naben bie Sofba-
ten anf bent gro^en gefbe. ^ann gingen fie mitbe nad) anfe.
S)ie jtt)ei Snaben toofynten in einem nenen anfe. @s
2$ ftanb an bent breiten ^?Ia^e. 31ft bie ^anfer nm biefen brei-
ten ^5Iafe ttmren fe^r fc^on.
Smitten anf jenem breiten *i)3Ia^e tt)aren t^iefe 33itfdje nnb
anme. ier fa^en ttrir gro^e anme nnb anc^ Ifeine. S)ie
Ifeinen tDaren gans jnng. @ofc^e jnngen ^8annte fatten ganj
3 o f feine 53fatter.
inaren fciele 3Kenfd)en anf bent
DAS VEILCHEN.
43
Sttten faften unb fpradjen mttetnanber, )ie ^nngen Uefen
nnb fpielten. 2ln einent ^eiertag ift ber gauge ^Ia^ t)oll t)on
Das Haus am breiten Platze.
ift em neue Stfb t?on bem ^(c^e. Qd) ^abe aucf) ein
aber ba^ neue tft beffer. 3)ie alten au[er maren ni^t
bie neuen [tub Diet fdjoner.
Das Pcildjen.
(Sin 2?eitc^en auf ber SBtefe ftanb,
geburft in fid^ unb unbefannt :
e^ iDar ein fyeqig'3 33eild)en,
3)a fan: eine junge @(f)dferin 1
mit (ei^tem @d)ritt nnb mnnternt Sinn,
ba^er, bafyer,
bie 28ie[e ^er nnb fang.
44 EASY READING.
2ld) ! benft ba$ 23eilcf)en, ttwr' idj nut
bte fdjonfte 33tume ber 9?atur,
ad), nut ein HeineS SBeilcfyen,
bi$ midj ba$ Siebcfyen abgepflucft
; unb an bem 33ufen matt gebritdf t !
2l(^ nur, a^ nur
ein ^Btertelftunbdjen lang !
2l(^ ! aber ad) ! ba^ 2Kab(^en fam
unb nicfyt in ac^t ba^ 23et(d)en na^nt,
ertrat ba^ arnte a?eild)en,
@^ fanf nnb ftarb nnb frenf fid) nod) :
nnb fterb' i^ benn, fo fterb' \ bo^
bnrd) fie, bitrc^ fie,
gu i^ren S^B e ^ ^^
IPoIfgang r>on (Soetfye.
Spriidje*
15 9Som Ungtitcf erft
jtel) ab bie t^ut
ttm$ itbrig ift,
trag in ebittb !
)er eine fragt : 38a$ fommt
20 ber anbre fragt nur : 3ft e$ redjt?
Unb alfo unterfdjeibet fid^
ber greie t)on bem ^nec^t*
(Efyeobor Storm.
DIE EISENBAHN.
45
Die
eute miiffen jtuei grennbe narf) Berlin fasten* ier
bitrfen fie nidjt (anger Meiben. 3lber in Berlin tooften fie
tange bteiben. )er eine fagt:
,,98arnm fotlen nrir gef)en? $$) lann e^ nic^t tjcrftc^cn.
mag nic^t gel)en."
w !Da^ macf)t nic^t^. SQBir miiffen ge^en/'
, f 3Jtit melrfient ,3^ Pollen mir fa^ren?"
Der Bummelzug.
tt yjlit bent Sumnteljuge, 3^ ntag bie ^nettjnge nic^t.
@ie fafyren 311 fc^nelL SBir fonnen nicl)t fo t)ie( feljen."
, f 2Berben ttrir t?iet fefjen?" I0
^^^^o^U ^ttrifdjen ^ier nnb Berlin Knnen ttrir-triefe fc^dne
aufer nnb gro^e SBalber fe^en,"
ff nt! SCBann miiffen rtrir einftetgen?"
f ,3uerft mitffen mir nnfere gafyrfarten I5fen ann biirfen
toir anf ben 53a{)nfteig gef)en. )er ^ng lt)irb fommen; bens
Sc^affner tt)irb 'ginfteigen 7 rnfen; bann fonnen ttrir einfteigen."
46
EASY READING.
,,Unb toerben totr in ^Berlin cm$fteigen?"
,,3atool)n )er ,3ug ttrirb nad) ^Berlin lomtnen; bet
net ttrirb ' Slu^fteigen ' rufen; bann bitrfen tt)tr au^fteigen,"
cine greunb ge^t, um bie ga^rfarten 311 lofen. !j)er
fotntnt ; ber (Sd^affner ruft ' (Sinftetgen ! ' 3)ann fasten
bie jtoei greunbe nac^
,
" Einsteigen! "
2luf bem
eftern tootttcn Sarl r grife unb ^o^ann nat^ au[e faljrett.
@ie burften ni^t attetn fasten* @ie mit^ten mit il)retn Dnfef
fasten* @ie tDoIIten i^r epad mit in ben ,3ug tragen, aber
10 fie fonnten e$ -nid^t. @ie ntn^ten e^ f d)t tDerbe nic^t einfteigen
tDotten, MS ber ng ba ift, 2Bir fonnen ni^t, felbft menn
ttrir eS tDollen."
,,vmmt," fagte ber OnfeL $$ ^abe bie gafjrfarten fcf)on 15
geloft. SBir mitffen jefet anf ben at)nfteig gefjen, nm f^nett
einfteigen gn ftfnnen, tDenn ber 3^9 fommt."
48
EASY READING.
,,)ntel, fjaft bu je auf einer gofotnotbe fafyreu bitrfen?"
^atoofyt, eiumat ^abe icf) fafyreu moflen, uub id) ^abe
ud) gefotmt"
Auf dem Bahnsteige.
,,2Bte [o? SBir biirfen nicf)t auf ben beutf^en gofomottoett
5 fasten, SBte ^aft bu barauf fasten biirfeu?"
&$ tt)ar iu SImerila. 9lfe junger Sftautt iu 9lmertfa mar tc^
fefjr arm, Q&) ^abe t^iet ju gu^ ge^eu miiffeu, aber id) Ijabe
imtner mtt bem $uge fa^ren motleu, Qfy ^atte emeu greunb;
AUF DEM BAHNHOFE.
49
Die grosse Lokomotive.
er mar ?ofotnotttfitf)rer; unb eintnal fyat er mid) cmf ber
moti&e fasten laffen.'
,,2lcf), tt)ie fcfjon! 3$ fyabe nie auf einer gofomotit^e fasten
fonnen!'
,,ier in 35eutfcf)(anb barf man ntrf)t 2lber fefjt! Qtyts
fomntt ber 3ng ! ef)t bte gro^e 8ofotnottDe !"
n $a, bte 9taber finb
fo fyoc!) lt)te ein 9Kann.
@inb bie amertfa*
nifc^en 8ofomottt)en fo 10
fc^on tDte btefe?"
W O ja, aber nnfere
8o!omottden finb nidjt
al(e fo gro^ li)ie biefe.
^abe ic^ etne 15
Die kleine Lokomotive.
50 EASY READING.
fomifdje, atte, ffeine gofomottoe fasten fefyen, )er 8ofomo=
ttofitfyrer fyat fie fcfjnett fafjren laffen tootten, aber fie fyat nidjt
fdjnett fasten fonnen. (3 toar fefyr !omifd)."
,,2Botten ttrir je^t einfteigen?"
5 ,,3?atooljl ! 8rt ben djaffner ! 2Bie er ruft !"
Beim Sc^netber.
Sin alter err fall anf ber tra^e einen jnngen
3)er Jnnge ^)err tooftte eben jn feinem c^neiber gefyen. Der
@d)neiber trar fein greunb. (5r fprac^ ^u bem alien ,^errn
ffl ^ennen ie meinen grennb, ben t^neiber?"
toeift nirf)t. SBarnnt fragen ieV
(affe bei il)in einen nenen 2lnjug ntarf)en. (Sr fo(( fefyr
arm fein, aber er foil ein feljr gnter c^neiber fein."
,,)a3 !ann fein, aber id) mag biefe armen cl)neiber nidjt
15 $tf) ^abe einmal bei einem t)on i^nen einen 9lnsng mac^en
laffen, @r I)at ifyn nid)t gnt gemac^t."
,,2lber mein grennb foflte gnt arbeiten. & ift fcfyon je^n
^a^re djneiber."
,,arf id) Sfymi Slnjng fefjen? 23ietleicf)t mag ic^ if)n fefyr
20 gern r aber id) tt)ei nicf)t."
,,3Bot(en tt)ir jnm djneiber ge^en? Qd) ^abe ben Slnjng
bort. ^4 S e i9 e ^w $ljnen \tfy Qtw* & ^i^b bei biefem
fatten SBetter f^on nnb tt)arm fein/'
^^amo^U ^^ SBinter follte man fe^r marme Sleiber
2stragen. 3lHe^ anbere mag id) nidjt SBie treit ift e$ jum
d)neiber r lt)iffen ie ?"
ff TOd)t twit; aber t)iefleid)t ge^en ie nic^t gern jn gn^."
,,2lcf), ba^ macf)t nic^t^ ! ie ftfnnen fo fdfjnett nnb fo toeit
luie fie tootlen* 3"^ 9 e ^ e f e ^) r 9 ern 3
BEIM SCHNEIDER.
51
,,@d)i)n! )ann taffen @ie un$ jit guft gefyen!"
)cmn gingen bie 5*t)ei erren burd) eine lange (Strafe unb
uber einen breiten $Ia. ier fafyen fie t)iele 8eute, aber bie
3tt)ei erren fannten fie afle nicf)t. @ie lt)u^ten, e$ tuar f^iit,
unb fie gingen fd)nett burc^ no^ eine Strafe nnb famen jum 5
djneiber.
w utcn aKorflcn, err @d)mibt ! 2Bie gef)t^ ?"
,,@e^r gut, id) banfe! SBomit lann id) bienen? SBoKen
ie nid)t ^5(a^ ne^men? arf i(^ 3^ ne ^ t)ief(eid)t ttoc^
einen 9lnjug madjen Caffen?" 10
ff 3fd) tDoIItc meinem ^reunbe, crrn Sftitfier, meinen neuen
9lnjufl geigen."
ff @c^on ! ^>ier ift er. (Sin feljr fdjoner Slnjug ! 3^) ma 9
biefe garbe befonber^
gern."
ift fe^r f^on, unb ba$
Ju(^ foH and) fe^r gut
fein."
ift
brei
feinen neuen Sln^ug
ntac^en laffen miiffen,
3lber Ijoffentlidj n)erbeu
@ie ni^t fo fange war-
ten
Frauenmoden im Spreewald.
ber^ocf^breioberDier?"
ff ief e^ ^a^r nur 3 o
brei.^
52 EASY READING.
,,$>tefe$ $af)r nitr brei! 2Ba3 foil benn baS?"
,,)a$ ift jefet 3obe."
,,3d) mag biefe Sftoben gar nid)t $iir bie gtauen finb fie
trietteidjt fefjr gut, aber twr erren foltten letne SKoben fyaben."
5 ,,2lber err 33taun, -3l)re Sleiber mitffen immer na(^ ber
te^ten 9)iobe [ein, @onft mogen ie bie Sleiber ni^t."
n $a, ba^ lann fein, SBoIten @ie mir ben Sln^ug f^icfen?
tnorgen tragen/'
geute noc^ foil er bei Qfynen fetn!"
,,2luf SBieberfeljen, meine
Barbaroffa.
3)er atte 33arbaroffa,
ber Saifer grieberirf),
tm unterirb'f^en @rf)Ioffe
er tteqaubert fi(^,
@r ift niemal$ geftorben,
er lebt barin nod) je^t ;
er ^at im @tf)Io^ t)erborgen
fid)
(Sr ^at fyinabgenomnten
be^ 9teid)e^ errlid)feit
nnb nrirb einft tt)ieberfommen
mit i^r ju feiner
ift elfenbeinern,
25 baranf ber aifer fi^t ;
ber Jifd^ ift marmelfteinern,
n)orauf fein aupt er
VERGISSMEINNICHT. 53
em 33art ift nicljt toon fttacJjfe
er ift toon generSglnt,
ift bnrdj ben ifd) getoac!)fen,
tooranf fein $inn an$rnl)t
& nidi al$ tt)ie tnt Jranme,
fein 2Ing ; l)a(& offen jft)tnft,
nnb je nacf) tangent 9?anme
er einem $naben tt)tnft.
pr(i)t im
f)tn t)or @c^(o^ o
nnb fief), ob nod) Me 9?aben
Ijerfliegen nnt ben 33erg !
,,Unb tDenn bie alten 9taben
noc^ ftiegen imnterbar,
fo ntnft ic^ ant^ no(^ fcf)Iafen
Dcrgaubcrt ^nnbert ^afjr,"
^rtebrid? HiicFert.
Oergt^meinnicl^t
ein fdjdneS
anf nnfrer griinen Sin' ;
fein 2lng ; ift ttrie ber ^itnntef,
fo ^eiter nnb fo bfan.
@^ toeift nid^t t)iel gn reben,
nnb atteS, tt)a^ e^ fprit^t,
ift unmet nnr ba$fe(be,
ift nnr : 93ergimeinnirf)t
^of mann con ^allersleben.
54
EASY READING.
3m
pree ift em bentfcfyer $(nJ3* & flte^t in trielen
$ana(en bnrdj einen groften 2BaIb. iefen SBalb nennt man
ben preetoatb. )ie 33anme im preetoalb finb Ijod), aber
nirfjt fo f)ocf) iDte bte
5 nnfrtgen*
3Jidb(i)en im
[inb fcfybn.
ier fe^en tt)ir eine^.
@^ ift ein
10 djen. eine
finb ni(f)t mie bte
gen.
nt ift breit nnb
^t)rer ift frf)ttmrj nnb
15 Item. @ein Sleib ift
.$m preetuatb tra-
gen bie granen befon*
bere $leiber, gar nidjt
20 U)ie bie nnfrigen. 3^ re
Steiber finb getoofynlid)
fnrj nnb breit ; nnfere
finb fang nnb eng. Em Madchen aus derh Sprecwald.
@etbft bie Scanner tragen befonbere itte r ffein nnb rnnb, gar
25 nidjt U)ie meiner. 9lber bie djnfye finb iDie bie nnfrigen.
)ie Sftntter be^ ffeinen SWabc^en^ fyat biefen @ut felbft
gema^t, aber ben ifyrigen ^at fie madjen laffen. ie granen
im preettmlb foKen fetjr flei^ig fein.
,,9Bol)er icf) ba^ tuei^ fragen @ie?" Nun, id) tt)ar felber im
IM SPREE WALD.
55
unb fjabe at(e$ felbft gefefyen. 2ln einent Sonntag
toar id) bort, unb id) i)abe fciele grauen in bie Sirdje ge^en
fe{)en. Setyen ie ba^ Heine 3J?ab^en? ^un, i^re iite
iDaren atte nrie ber feine.
it)ar mit einem greunbe bort. ^^ fatte tneinen Sobaf 5
Sonntag im Spreewald.
bei ntir, unb er ^atte ben fetnigen, Sir fyaben bie grauen
p^otograp^iert. ier finb bie ^^otogra|3^ien,
Qm SpreetDalb fyaben \mr atte^ fe^r intereffant gefunben.
fa^en bie befonberen $feiber ber ^rauen unb felbft ber
S)ie 9Wdnner trugen Sfeiber beina^e n)ie unfere^i
aber ifyre itte lt)aren nid^t trie bie unjrigen.
t)a^ ndrf)fte 9)?al bfeiben mir (anger im preeiDalb. & ift
bort f o frf)on ! Unb bie Xracfyten finb fo intereffant.
56
EASY READING.
fur rarf)ten finb benn ba$?"
,,3Bot>on foremen @ie? 3Ba$ meinen @ie? SBelcfye
ratf)ten?"
,,3<(i) meine bie SHeiber ber 8eute auf biefem nadjften 33ilbe.
fur geute finb benn ba^?"
finb effen. 35te effen tjaben aud^ befonbere
, aber biefe finb nidjt \mt bie ^leiber tnt Spreetoalb."
Hessische Trachten.
,,aben benn alle 3)eutfc^en biefe befonberen
aben ie nirf)t ^(eiber lt)ie anbere gente?"
D ff J)ie tneiften, Ja ! 3lber uberatt in )eutfcf)Ianb finbet man
biefe befonberen 2rad)ten. Unb e^ finb f(^one Xra^ten, nic^t
! Slber ba^ finb feine neuen Sftoben !"
3^. biefe 9Koben finb immer neu ! ie iuerben nie alt !
,,2Borau3 mac^en bie Seute biefe $leiber?"
ETWAS ANDERES.
57
,,)ie SEradjten fnr bie granen unb 2ftabdjen finb an
@eibe gemadfjt, an$ ber beften @eibe. )ie 0eiber ber
banner finb son fdjtoarsem Znfy."
,,)a$ finb f rfjflne $f erbe, nidjt ftmfjr ? w
,,3 ; att)ot)( ! )ie Jungen Scanner fifeen auf fc^onen, f^tt)arjen s
^Pferben. )ie alten banner fte^en neben ben Sftixbdjen. @
ift ein tntereffanteS 53Hb."
trt)as dnbcres.
cftern lafen bte ie( njentger. 2lber e^ ift etlt)a^ ?Jene^. 10
ie lefen meniger unb
arbeiten tne^r. g^ ift
nic^t^ 8eicl)te3. SBenn
man etn)a^ d)iDere^
(ernen milt, mu man 15
met)r arbeiten, Da$
tt)ei jebermann,
iefe SBdrter finb
nid)t biefelben it)ie oben.
'Die tt)aren nic^t fo2
fcljtoer, llnb bie^ finb
nic^t biefelben @a^e.
Diefe @a^e ^aben mefyr
Sorter, tt)ie bie anf ber
Waschfrauen im Spreewald.
ttorigen @eite.
eftern lafen bie
d)iUer ettnaS 9Zeue$ nber beutfc^e rad)ten. IRorgen n?erben
fie auc^ etrtmS ^ntereffante^ iiber beutfc^e Xrac^ten (efen.
@ie tDerben nic^t biefelben atten @d^e lefen miiffen.
25
58
EASY READING.
lefen gern meljr 2B5rter mil roeniger
ftaben. 2lber bieje SBorter toerben tnefyr 33nd)ftaben fjaben,
al$ bie auf ber fcorigen @eite,
3Kan faun ntc^t Jebertnann gefafien. iefe SBorter unb
5 @a^e gefafien ben metften in ber Piaffe; ba^ ntn genng fetn,
Deutfd^e Crac^ten.
f ,2Ba^ finb benn btefe
beibenSitber?"
ff !J)a finb noci) einige
beutf^e Zvafyten."
10 ,M biefe Silber
[c^einen bentfd^e Zrafy
ten jn fein. J)a^ a(fe$
gefaflt tnir nirf)t. (Snt-
pit benn ba3 ganje
15 S3nd) nnr bentfc^e
lt yt&) nem !
ben nodj t>iele anbere
33i(ber fefyen. 2Bir toer-
20 ben einige 33ilber t)on
bentf(f)en 3)onten nnb
me^rere ^^otograpfjien
Don bentfd)en @d)Id(fern
fe^en"
25 ( fc^eint alfe
bent[^ jn fein r nic^t
Auf dem Lande.
ift e^ !
W 9?ur ein tnenig r aber tc
Diet
)eutf d) ?"
gelefen,
DEUTSCHE TEACHTEN.
59
ag lefen totr tnel)rere bentfd)e @afee. 2lber meine beiben
33ritber fprecfyen entfd). @ie (ernen ed fd)on stoei Qafyt."
,,Sa, bad ift ettoad anbered. Qe^t mitffen @ie ba^ ganje
Qaljv arbetten, bann lt)erben @ie ait(^ S)eutf(^ fprerfjen
lonnen. @te follten nod) btefe SBo^e nod) etn 48uc^ tefen* 5
!^a6e etnige ^Bitd^er itber bentfdje Jra^ten*"
&) ^abe nod) nte ettDa^ fo @cf)tt)ere^ gelefen, tote ba$
anbere 53ud) itber bte bentfc^en
,,2lber id) fetye nidjt
in jenem Snc^e. (Sd fc^eint mir
fefyr leic^t."
ift ed fetjr leicfyt fitr
,,23ielfeidjt nteinen mir nic^tis
ba^felbe 48ud). Qfy meine ba^-
Jenige anf bent $nlt, ba^ rote.
SBeldjeS meinen @ie ?"
$&) meine ba3 nteinige ^ier.
6^ tft ntd)t ba^felbe. @e^en ie, 20
e3 ift brann, nnb ettoa$ fo cfjtDe-
red f)abe id) nie gelefen, @^ er-
$af)It Don bent[(^en Jra^ten, unb
bte 33ilber finb fc^r \tf)$n. u
f ,2Ber ^at e 3=^nen gegeben? 25
9Son toent ^aben @ie ba^ 33nd)?"
^^^ ^abe e Don nteinem
grennbe, bem atten Scorer/
({eft
InderStadt.
; er lie ft nnr grofte, bide, fcf)tt)ere $itd)er.
jebermann."
60 EASY READING.
,,9?nn, fjoffentlidj gibt tntr niemanb toieber fold) em fd)ft)ere$
$8n&). elbft mein SSater fcerftanb nidjt, toofcon e-3 eqdfylte."
,,9Jian fotlte nn$ toeniger fd)toere Sitter nnb me^r tetd)te
geben, (5^ i(t beffer, t)te( 8etcf)te3 ju lefen. Ntemanb fann
5 alfe$ lernen."
$&) finbe bte beiben braunen S3itdf)er ju fdjtoer. 5)a^ eine
^at me^rere fdjtoere @a^e ; ba anbere tjat ganje etten mit
ju tnelen fangen SBortern* @te gefatlen tntr betbe ntc^t/'
^ ftrirb Qfynen t)tel(et(^t gefatlen. S^ tft gar
nt(i)t fo f^tner tine ba$ branne."
te e$ mtr jetgen?"
\rnll e$ 3 c ^ nen g^ben. ^otntnen
3?ogletn fltegt bent
^at fief) tnitb' geffogen ;
(Si^iffletn fndf)t tm afen 9tn^
t?or ben lt)an!enben SBogen.
@onne benft nnn anct), fie Ijtttf
tang genng ge[tf)tenen ;
tegt fi(^ in if)r itntnelbett
mit ben roten arbinen.
SSoglein fi^t itn Barmen
(ein tiegt itn afen r
onne fcfjlixft fc^on tief nnb feft,
25 and) mein Sinb mitt fcfytafen.
peter (ornelius.
SCH WALBENLIED. 61
fernem 8anb,
auf fjoljen, lufttgen SBegen
fHegft, djroalbe, bu
oljne $Raft unb 3htl)
ber Ueben etmat entgegen.
O fprtcf), mo^er
itber 8anb unb 9fteer
^aft bu bie Sunbe fcernotmnen,
bag tm eimatlanb
ber SBtnter [c^tDanb,
uub ber grilling, ber gn^ting gefonttnen?
[efbernic^t
toofyer mtr gelommen bte SKa^nuug ; 15
bod) fort unb fort
&on Drt gu Ort
locft mic^ bte
fr @o ot)ne
in freubtger @aft r
auf f)o^eu, lufttgen SBegen
flteg' tc^ untjertDanbt
bent ^eintatlanb,
bent lensgefdjmitcften, entgegen!"
Julius Sturm,
62
EASY READING.
ben
9lnf ben @traen in ^Berlin fiefyt man trie(e$, toa$ fefjr in-
tereffant ift )ie geute, toetcfye bie ^eitnngen fcerfanfen, ftnb
nicfyt Snaben, ft)ie in
2ltnerifcu g^ finb ge^
5 mo^nlirf) 9Kanner ober
granen*
ier ift ein after
aWann, ber eine
in ber an
10 ift me^r aB fiebjig
^a^re alt, nnb
twfanft er immer
feine >$dhtngen, S5er
anbere, ber neben iljm
15 fte^t, Heft eine ^eitung,
bie er eben ge!auft fyat.
!Dcr 3l(te, beffen ^eitung
ber anbere eben gelauft
t, tt>irb ganj fpat
er mtt feiner gran inof)nt, ift Mcin. >ie
e r in n)el^er e^ ftefyt, ift fnrj nnb eng, aber ber alte
SJJann ift fetyr glndlid), @r ^at atte^, m$ er tt)itnf(f)t r eine
gnte alte gran nnb gtoei @df)ne,
25 )ie beiben @o^ne r bie bei bem 3tttcn it)ot)nen, arbeiten anf
ben @traen. @ie reinigen bie @traf;en, ie 8ente, tt)el(^e
bie Strain reinigen, arbeiten imnter fefyr f(ei^ig, befonber^
einent 3tegen.
SHnber ber beiben @^ne ge^en ntorgen^ in bie
AUF DEN STRASSEN.
63
35er alte roftuater, bei bem fie tooljnen, Uebt fie feljr.
mittagS fiefyt man fie oft cmf ben traften. @ie ftrieten mit
ben anberen $inbern, toetdje fie auf ben traften finben* @ie
finben alle^ fef)t intereffant, toaS fie anf ben tra^en fefyen.
f ,3Biffen @ie, ma^ bie Sinber gutocilcn anf ben trains
finbenV"
Die reine Strasse.
,,91ein, id) toeift nid)t r ma^ fie finben, aber id) ^abe gefe^en,
too fie geftern na^mtttag toaren."
,,28o toaren fie benn? $tf) fyabe nic^t gefe^en, toa^ fie
geftern taten." i
fr @ie toaren anf bem breiten ^tae. $fy oerftefye ni(^t, tote
fie fo toeit Dom anfe gegangen finb, aber id) f)abe jtoei t)on
tfynen bort gefef)en, @ie ftanben f)inter einer alten ^ran r bie
64
EASY READING.
einen groften $ orb boll 33tumen fyatte, )er erne $nabe,
toelcfjer feine djnfye itnb feme Stritmpfe an ben 5^B en fyfttte,
ttmftte, ttrie er nad) @anfe fontmen fonnte. )er anbere fannte
ben 2Beg nicfjt"
5 f ,?ld) }a, ic^ gtaube, id) ^abe bte betben Snaben gefe^en*
J)er eine ^atte ein @tit(J papier in ber anb; ber anbere
Auf dem breiten Platze.
Unb neben ifynen (tanb
gefe^en ^abe.
I)atte feine d)nl)e an ben
ein 3Kann mit bem 3lrm anf einem
n $d) Der[tel)e ni(J)t, tuarnnt
10 3lber it^ ^abe @ie ni(^t gefefyen."
,,2lber id) t^ar bod) ba, 3Serfte^en @ie r U)ie bie SOhttter
meig, mo fie geiDij^nli^ ifyre Sinber finben fann ? u
^ein, nnb i^ tierfte^e anc^ nidjt, t^arnm fie if)re
nad)tnittag3 anf ber (Strafe (anfen
AUF DEM MARKT.
65
Die Gemusefrau.
2luf bem ZlTarft
grill) am DJforgen gefjt biefe alte $rau auf ben 3Karft, benn
fie brill ifyr emitfe Derfaufen. @ie ift nirfjt nur alt, fonbern
and) fef)r arm, @ie Ijat
einen fleinen 2Bagen
Doll emitfe. 5
9?eben iljr ge^t i^r
treuer tmb. te ^at
etn 53rett r toorauf er
Itegen lann, benn Me
trafte tft f^r faltio
SBcifyrenb fie auf bent
emitfe t)cr*
bet ttttb
auf feinem SBrett. @r
liegt fe^r gern barauf, ba e^ auf ber Strafe fo fait ift 9todj* 15
bent bie atte gran ba^ emitfe ocrfauft ^at, gefjt fie nac^ aufe.
Qn beutfdjen tabtcn fiel)t man Diele 9ftarfte. $tbt @tabt
^at i^ren SWarft, o man emitfe unb allerlei anbere^ !aufen
fann, 3 utt)e ^ en fyflben bit 8eute auf bent 90?arfte auc^ ^drbe,
tittle, Xopfe unb alle$ mi)glic^e ju uerfaufen, 20
S)a fommt eine anbere gran mit einem orbe in ber anb.
@ie n^ill Sartoffeln faufcn. obalb fie bie alte gran mit
bent emufe fie^t, gefyt fie ju i^r.
,Ma% foften biefe ^artoffeln ba^ ^3funb?" fragt fie.
, r -3ene Sartoffeln foften gttwtigig pfennig ba^ ^funb.
finb fe^r gute."
f ,3a, ba^ follten fie ju folrf)em ^5reife fein! )a$ tft
t)tel ! "
anbere emttfe,
66
EASY READING.
$&) gtanbe nidjt, ba id) ba$ atteS in meinen $orb toerbe
legen fdmten. gr ift ju fie in."
,,3B etl ^orb."
f ,@o? er, ben @tc laufen r tft ber befte, ben itf) fyabe,
io@ie ^aben mtr etn Srehnartftitcf gegeben, ntt^t l^a^r?"
! @te fagten, jener f orb loftct jtoet 9Kar! fiinfjtg*"
ier finb fnnfjtg pfennig. Qtf) banle."
ERLKONIG. 69
,,StttefeIjr! Slbien!"
Dcmn ging fie mit ifjrem gro^en Sorb jn ber $ran, tion ber
fie bie Sartoffeln fyatte fcmfen tooflen. 9?adjbent fie bie Sar-
toffeln unb ba$ anbere emitfe in ben Sorb getegt fyatte,
naf)m fie ben Sorb anf ben 3lrm nnb ging nac^
Auf dem Wege nach Hause.
@^ iDar fpat getoorben, nnb fie ^at t>iele Sente gefe^en, bie
i^re SBaren nicf)t fatten Derlanfen lonnen. 3jiejenigen r toetdje
i^re SBaren tierfanft fatten, toaren fcf)on anf bem SBege narf)
anfe. ie, bie i^re SBaren no^ ni^t fatten uerlanfen fon*
nen r tDofiten nod) ba bfeiben.
SBcr reitet fo foftt bnrc^ 5Wac^t nnb SBinb?
g^ ift ber 3Sater mit feinem Sinb ;
er ^at ben Snaben tt)o^l in bent 2lnn,
er fa^t i^n fid)er, er fytilt i^n
70 EASY READING.
@of)tt, tons birgft bu fo bang bein efid)t?-
teljft, SSater, bu ben (Srlfcinig nidjt?
Sen (Srlenfonig mit Sron' unb @d)tt)eif?-
2ftein @ol)tt, e3 ift ein 9Jebelftreif.-
,,3)u Iiebe$ $inb, lomm, get) ntit mir !
ar fdjone ptele fpteP id^ mit Mr ;
manc^ bnnte ^Blnmen finb an bem @tranb ;
metne Sautter ^at tnant^ gittben etoanb."-
9J?etn 3Sater, mein SSater, unb Ijijreft bu nic^t,
toaS (Srlenfonig mir letfe tierfprtdjt?
@et rul)tg, bleibe ru^ig, mein Stub ;
in bitrren Slattern faufelt ber SBinb. -
ff SBil(ft, f einer Snabe, bu mit mir gef)n ?
9JJeine 3^5d)ter follcn bid) marten [d)on ;
meine X6d)ter fit^ren ben nad)tHd)en 9?eif)n,
unb miegen unb tanjen unb ftngen bid) etn."
3?ater, mein 3Sater, unb fiel)ft bu nid)t bort
Ji)d)ter am bitftern Drt?
SKein of)n r mein Soljn, ic^ \d) y e^ genau ;
20 e$ [c^einen bie atten SBeiben f o gran, -
,,$i) liebe bi(^ r mid) rei^t beine fd)i)ne eftalt ;
unb bift bu nidjt millig, fo brand)' id) emalt"-
90?ein 33ater, mein 3Sater, je^t fat er mid) an !
(grlf onig fyat mir ein 8eib^ getan ! -
25 )em SSater graufet^, er reitet gefd)it)inb r
er fyalt in ben 9Irmen ba^ adj^enbe Sinb,
erreid^t ben of mit SRitfye unb 5yjot ;
in feinen 3lrmen ba^ Sinb toar tot,
IPoIfgang von (5oettje.
UNTER DEN STUDENTEN.
71
Unter ben Stubentett
2Inf bentfdjen Unfoerfitciten Ijaben bie tnbenten eine @itte,
Me nn$ 2lmerifanern ganj fremb ift iefe itte lotnmt nie*
mats in Slmerifa t?or. fet(^ tm erften 3 a ^ re f^ngen bte
beittfcfyen (Stubenten an r mit @c^tt)ertern, bte man <@d)tager '
nennt, jn fecfjten. 5
@ol(^ etn !SueII nennen bte Stnbenten eine ' 3ftenfnr.'
tefe 9Ken[nren finben faft jeben Jag ftatt. gin Stubent
Eine Mensur.
anS einer 3Serbinbitng ft^Iagt fid^ mit einem anberen
benten^ ber jn einer anberen 2?erbinbnng ge^ort, J)ie
fnren finben gen)o^nHc^ in einem grofeen f 3to^ e ^ ftatt.
ei ber 3Kcnfur fte^en bie beiben tnbenten ganj
beieinanber. J)ann fangen fie an. gin tnbent rnft an$ :
rr 8luf bie 2)?enfnr ! gertig ! 8oS !" 5lber er fagt e^ fo fc^nell,
ba^ man nnr ,/fnr fe'g Io !" prt. )ann ge{)t eS (oS ! 3Me
72 EASY READING.
betben tubenten, Me ifjre djlciger fyorf) itber bem
gefyalten fyaben, frfjlagen breimal aufetnanber (o$.
3)ann fyort man auf, urn ju fefjen, ob Jemcmb tjertDunbet tft.
@te t)erlDunben fief) getDd^nlic^ am ^opfe SBenn feitter t)er-
5 tDitnbet tft, ober luenn einer nicf)t fe^r ftarf fcerttmnbet i(t, fo
fasten fie mit ber SWenfur fort
,,aft bu folt^ etne SKenfur gefefyen?"
Nach der Mensur.
3$ f)cibe etne 9)?enfnr gefefyen, bet ber
(Stnbenten fortfnfyren, ftd^ gu frf)Iagen, fetbft nadjbem Jeber
jmet ober brei SBnnben er^alten ^atte,"
,/J)a^ mnft furc^tbar an^gefe^en ^aben ! "
,,^a, bte tubenten fe^en ntdjt fe^r fc^on an^ r aber toenn
man etnmal angefangen Ijat r anf bte Sftenfur sn ge^en, ift e$
UNTER DEN STUDENTEN.
73
,,2l6er ift e$ nid)t fcerboten, fo ju fedjten?"
,,2lc!) }a, aber fie umgefyen ba3 @efe. 23ie(e grofte Scanner,
toie 33i3marcl, finb at tubenten auf bie Sftenfur gegangen.
$d) pbe gans )eutfrf)(anb burc^retft ; i^ bin burdj faft all
bie tcibte gereift, too Uniderfitatett finb ; unb in Jeber llni^ 5
DerfitatSftab-t, too itf) Ringing, gingen bie tubenten auf bie
ff 2lber toaS tun bie tubenten, toenn fie fcertounbet finb?"
,,28enn fie dertounbet finb, derbinbet man fie mit itcf)ern.
gel)en fie mit biefen Jitc^ern ^erum, unb ba^ unter^ 10
bie anberen fe^r gut, <2ie fe()en fel)r fomifc^ O au$, aber
fie finb fe^r ftolj auf
i()re SBunben, toelt^e fie
'Sdjmiffe' nennen,"
^^ft ba^ benn eine 15
@ljre, mit folcfjen
()en ?"
Schmisse.
te^te Srtat, al$
id) Seutf^Ianb
reifte, unter^iett
ein tubent mit
(Srsa^Iung t>on feinen
2ftenfuren. grljattefi^
je^nmal gefcf)Iagen.
B, ba er nidjt ubertrieben pt, benn er fyatte ba^ ganje
efit^t fcolf (rf)miffe unb auc^ unter ben aaren noc^ anbere, 30
bie er leiber ni(^t jeigen fonnte!"
74 EASY READING.
r,!Da$ tear fefyr intereffant Slber ersafyle tnir better Don
ben tnbenten! @te fdfjlagen fie!) boci) nid)t immer? ^u-
toeilen befncfyen fie bie 23ortefnngen ber ^rofefforen, nidjt
toafyr ? Somm, fafyre mit beiner (Sqafylnng fort !"
5 ,,2lber [age mir bod), toa$ bu fjoren ttnttft!"
,,&$t)k t)om ?eben in ber 23erbtnbwtg, tuenn man ni(J)t
anf bie s ltfenfur gel)t ! gange mit ben erften Xagen anf ber
Untoerfitat an!"
ff s JJatur(i^ fc^Iagen fid^ bie tubenten ni^t immer. @ie
10 mad&en 3ln^f(iige anf ba$ ?anb, befonber^ menn bie Untoerfi*
taten, toic eibelberg, 5D?arburg nnb greibnrg, in fe^r fcfyimen
egenben liegen* ie fingen, fptelen nnb crga^Icn c*
fdjic^ten, nnb giwetten ftubtcrcn fie fogar, SBenn ein @tn^
bent ftnbieren ttritt, ^at niemanb ettDa^ bagegen."
15 ,,3lber mitffen fie nic^t a He ftnbieren nnb bie 23c-rlefnngen
befndjen?"
r ,O nein! &% ift nidjt tDtc bei nn^. SJJan barf anf ber
Unit^erfitat bleiben, fotange man tDitl, felbft U)enn man nidjt
ftnbiert."
20 ,,3l^ r ba$ mn^ fe^r Ieid)t fein !"
,,2lber man mn^ fe^r ftei^ig lernen, e^e man anf bie llni*
t)erfitiit lommt. 3)a^ ift and) nicfyt luie bei nn$, fonbern t)iel
fc^tt)erer. Unb man mn natitrlidf) ftnbieren, tt)enn man bie
Sjamen befte^en will. 3lber man brant^t nid^t bie (Syamen
23 jn befte^en, nm anf ber Unit)erfitat bfeiben jn fdnnen,"
,,SBie gebran^t man bie geit, menn man nid^t jn ftnbieren
brancl)t?"
ff @o ^5re mat gn! 2Bie id^ fd^on gefagt fyabe, mac^t man
3lMpge r tt)o man fid) fefyr gnt nnter^att. )ie bentfdjen
soStnbenten fingen an^gesei^net* S3 ttingt ipnnberfdfjon, U)enn
man im SBatbe fi^t nnb bie tnbenten fingen
UNTER DEN STUDENTEN.
75
,,ingen bie Stnbenten immer, toenn fie Mefe 2ln$fliige
madjen?"
,,enri! SefonberS toenn fie bnrd) ben SBatb geljen."
, f llnb it)ie oft madjen bie tnbenten biefe Sln^pge?"
^eben Jag ! ^atnrlid^ mad)en Mefelben Stubenten ntcf)t 5
jeben Jag einen 2lu$f(ug, aber jeben Jag fann man tnefe @tn=
benten in ben fdjonen egenben urn ^peibelberg, Warburg
ober greibnrg fefyen."
t)ief t)om ^arjer crjtt^tcn I)oren. SBa^ ift benn
Ein Studententisch.
V
ei barf bie tnbenten nic^t Derf)aften, SBenn
ein @tubent etlua^ 3Serbotene^ tnt, mn^ er in ben Sarjer
ge^en, anftatt in$ efangnfe ge^en ju mitffen. 3lber ba^
fommt nte^t fef)r oft t?or, 9Benn ber @tnbent etit)a^
c^Iec^te^ getan I)at, mnj} man i^n beftrafen. 3lber ba$ tut 15
bie Uniderfitat, ofyne bie ^olijei e^ tDtffen ju laffen/
76
EASY READING.
f ,Unb tt)te lebt bcr beftrafte tnbent im larger ?"
,,3hiftatt gut ju leben, Ijat er nut ein IjarteS Sett, einen
Ilcincn Dfen, einen fdjmaten tfd), unb einen atten @tnf)L
Urn jn ftnbieren, fyat er nur eine alte 8ampe* a er getrti^n^
lid) nifyt ftubieren n)it(, ma^t er 33itber nnb fd)reibt ebid)te
an bie SBanb. 'I)er Parser fyat immer t^iete t)on btefen ton
Der Karzer.
ben tubenten genta^ten 93Ubern nnb ebid^ten. 3)a ber
tnbent ntd^t ntit ben anberen tnbenten f)ernmge^en lann,
^at er nicfjts anbere^ jn tnn."
, f Unb tt)ie fange mn^ er im ^arjer bfeiben, o^ne bie anberen
jnfeljen?"
lommt baranf an/'
lann nirf)t fe^r nnter^aftenb fein/'
^aben ttrir ersafjlt, ofjne jn nbertreiben, tine bie @tn-
15 benten fid) nnter^atten* Slnftatt immer ^n ftnbieren, madjen
UNTER DEN STUDENTEN.
77
fie 2ln3fluge anf ba$ 8anb, ober fie gefyen auf bie SDfcnfnr.
)iefe 2D?enfnren finben faft }eben ag ftatt
SBenn jtoei @tubenten eittmat angefangen fyaben, fid) gu
fdjlagen, fo fasten fie
gemo^ntic^ c fort, bte 5
einer tion iljtiett ben
anberen t)ertt)unbet ^at.
@elbft bann ^ort man
nt(^t tmtner auf,
J)a^ 8eben auf einer
bentfc^en Untoerfitat ift
fe^r fd)on. Wur lt)enn
man in ben Saqer ge^en
mn^, ift e$ nic^t intc*
reffant. 3Dort mn^ ber 15
ton ber llnitierfitat be-
ftrafte Stubent bleiben,
o^ne bie anberen fe^en
311 bitrfen,
eiDo^ntic^ tragen bie 20
Stubenten ber
bnngen Heine
n)ie tt)ir fie fdjon in ben
SSilbern gefe^en fjaben,
2lber pnjeifen fie^t man 25
fie and) in 2Bicf)$* SBenti
bie tnbenten in SBid^^
finb, tragen fie eine
fcfyijne Uniform, ttrie anf biefem fe^ten 48ttbe. S)ann fe^en
fie fe^r fdjon an^ SBenn fid) bie tnbenten p^otograp^ieren 30
(affen, fie^t man fie faft immer in
In Wichs.
78 EASY READING.
Dor
Sluf ben 33ergen, Me 33nrgen,
Qm Sale, bte Saale,
)ie 9ftabd)en im Stabtdjen
(Sinft afteS ttrie ^eut !
3^^t toerten efafjrten,
28o (etb t^r ur 3 e it mir,
^^ Iteben, geblteben?
9lc^, afie jerftreut !
)te etnen, fie tDetnen,
S)te cmbern, fie iDanbern,
3)ie britten nod) mitten
3m SBe^fel ber ett ;
Slnc^ t)iele am idt,
^u ben Xoten entboten,
SSerborben, geftorben
$n 8nft ober ?eib.
atleine, ber eine,
i' tuieber fyernieber
@aa(e im Jale,
tranrig nnb ftnmm ;
(Sine Sinbe im SBinbe,
S)ie tmegt fi^ nnb biegt fid),
9?anfd)t fd^anrig nnb tranrig,
ttmrnm !
Drews.
DAS WANDERN.
Das IDanbertt
79
SBanbern tft ba$ grtiftte 33ergnitgen ber )eutfd)en.
@to(f unb ^ucffad; manbern fie ntd^t nur bur^ 2)eutfc^=
lanb, fonbern aitd) burrf) anbere 8dnbei\ SBo bte getber am
Der Wanderer.
griinften finb r two bte SS?dtber am fdjonften unb bte 93erge am
fyodjften ftnb, fte^t man ben 2Banberet\ 5
gur ben 95?anberer gtbt e^ ntc^t^ 3lngenef)mere^ ate ^o^e
33erge unb gro^e differ, ^o^ere Serge unb gro^ere Scfyldffer,
80
EASY READING.
ats er ju aufe tjat, %ttit feinem totf in ber anb, fetnem
3ht(lfa(J auf bem 3fttden unb emer geber am u * e ' f uc *)t er
ba$ befte unb ba$ fdjonfte, tt>a$ er finben lann. SBenn er
miibe trnrb, gefyt er nidjt tt)eiter, [onbern er fudjt ben nii^ften
saft^of r nm fid) an^nrnfyen. ^ e tocntgcr er mttjune^nten
braud)t, befto lieber i(t e i^m,
^m @ommer r lt)enn bie Sage am tangften finb, fiefyt man
bte meiften SBanberer. ann ftnb bie ^atfjte am fur^eften,
aber jntDeilen ftnb fie ebenfo fcfyon toic bie 3Tage. SBenn ba$
10 ^Setter am U)armften ift, ge^t ber SBanberer lieber bnrd) bie
SBalber, ort ift e$ nic^t fo ^eig it)ie anf ben gelbern, unb
man gel)t fi^neKer unb
angene^mer, Slber am
tiebften gefyt er auf bie
isf)of)en Serge.
9Sor einigen Jagen
i(^ in einem !(einen
einen SBanberer gefefjen.
($ ttmr eine [)albe SKeile
aotion einem gro^en Serge
unb anbertfyatb SD^eilen
^ff e entfernt.
,,uten3ftorgen!"fagte
Im kleinen Dorfe.
25 ,,uten SJforgen!" er-
ttriberte ber SBanberer, inbem er ben ut mit ber toeifjen
geber abnafym* )arf id) @ie ettt)a3 fragen?^
H SBarum benn ni^tV"
\, erften^, tt)ie meit ift e^ nad) bem na^ften orfe?
30 ,3tt)eiten3, ift bort ein guter aftfjof ? ritten^, menu bort
fein guter aftljof ift, mo befommt man ettoas ju effen?"
DAS WANDERN. 81
,,SS finb breiunbeinfyalb 9fteilen nadf) bent nadjften )orfe,
unb fie ftnben bort einen guten aftfjof. eute tft 2ftontag, ber fiebenunbstoanjigfte $nl\."
,,)anfe ! Sfteine gerien fingen am onnabenb, bem adjt*
an r unb fie fyoren am @onntag, bem jtDetten Sluguft
auf . 2lm 5Kontag r bem brttten JIuguft um ac^t llfyr morgen^ 5
icf) ttneber an ber Slrbett fetn"
,,)ann ^aben @te nur noc^ etne SS
Der Gasthof.
35ann fe^ten fie fic^ jn Xtft^. 9?eben bem SBanDerer fag
ein junger SKann, ber ^ri^ ^ermann fyteg unb in (Sifenac^
tDo^nte. gr arbeitete auf errn 3KuIIer^ ut unb fufyr eben 10
mit feinem SBagen nad^ bem fcfyonen fena^,
err 33raun, ber SBirt, ber au^ am 3Ttf^e fafc, erjaf)(te
biete efc^tcf)ten t)on ber egenb um gifenac^. er 3Ban=
84
EASY READING.
berer, ber triele gdnber fannte, erjafylte nicfyt nur Don )eutfd^
lanb, fonbern and) fcon ber fc^dnen cfymeij. errn 93raun$
fteiner ofyn an$ mar and) ba, unb er fyorte mtt offenem
mar ju Hein, urn ba
@^ mar etn 3Siertet jmet, aB fie mit bem SRittageffen
ferttg maren. S5er SBanberer bejafyfte bte atec^nung, na^m
feinen ut mit ber mei^en geber, feinen $Ru(ffacf unb feinen
(Stocf, unb ntacfyte fid) auf ben 38eg, 2lt er oor ben aftfyof
iotrat r [a^ er gri^ SBagen mit Dier Ocfjfen. iefe
Die Ochsen.
gefyorten bem errn Gutter, aber man nannte fie
Deafen* @ie maren fcf)dne Jiere unb fatten breite @ute auf,
um fi(^ t)or ber @onne ju f^u^en.
,,aben @ie etma$ bagegen/' fragte ber SBanberer, ,,menn
15 ic^ eine 9lufna^me mad^e?"
,,ettriJ3 nirf)t 2lber barf id) um etmaS bitten? SBoCen
DAS WANDERN.
85
mtr em 33Ub filr meine alte aflutter in gifenacf) fdjtden?
9ftetne Slbrcffe ift: #rt germann, Sifenad), 8ntf)erftrae 25."
,,3fltt bem gropten $ergnitgen," erttriberte ber SBanberer
unb macfyte tnit fetnem S'oba! etne 9lufna^mc. ,,)a$ tlb
fcf)i(fe irf) nad^fte SBoc^e au^ Berlin an errn grt erntann, 5
(Stfenad), Sut^crftr. 25, $ft ba^ ri^tig?"
W 3att)o^n SStelen anf nnb gnte SRcifc!" fagte ^rtfe nnb
gtng mit fetnen Ocfyfen fort,
tnac^te fid^ ber SBanberer tnieber auf ben 2Beg.
Der Tanz vor der Scheune.
er ben grt^ nnb errn 53rann r ben SBtrt, toevltefe, gtng 10
er jtDet ober bret tnnben bie tra^e entfang, o^ne ettt)a^
Sefonbere^ ?n fef)en. (Snb(t(^, nm nngefaf)r ^e^
t)or Dier r lam er nad) einent grogen nte. llnb anf bent
t)or ber groften d)enne tanjte man.
toar errn 9JinIIer^ nt r nnb e$ mar errn ajitttfcr^ 15
86
EASY BEADING.
ebnrt$tag! (r fjatte ben $ri 511 fetner alten 3Kutter in
gifenad) gefjen laffen, itnb Me anberen 53anern an$ ber egenb
tt)aren afle gefommen, nnt ba^ ^eft gn fetern.
J)er SBanbcrcr blieb fte^en nnb fa^ 5U. ie granen unb
s 3JJabd)en fatten \\K\fc eier aft^of
iraren atte^, m% er faf). Slber bie egenb tear fo ft^on, nnb
er twr fo mitbe, baj^ er gleici) in ben aft^of ging, nm fid)
nad) feinem langen SBanbern an^jnrn^en. 15
Sei einem SBirte mnnbermilb,
ba mar id) jimgft jn afte ;
ein gofbner 3lpfet mar fein <3c)i(b
an einem langen 3lfte,
@S tuar ber gnte
bei bem id) eingelefjret ;
mit fitter ^oft nnb frifc^em @cf)anm
^at er rnit^ tool)! genaljret
g^ famen in fein grimes
t)ief Iei(i)tbef(^n)ingte afte ; 25
fie fprangen frei nnb fyielten
nnb fangen anf ba$ befte.
88 EASY READING.
fanb etn Sett gn fitter 9?nf)
auf toeidjen, grnnen fatten ;
bet SBtrt, er bedte felbft midj ju
mit feinem listen (Sdjatten,
s Jhw fragt' idj nad) ber
ba fc^ftttctf er ben SBipfeL
efegnet fet er afle
t)on be
faljr' in bte IDelt
Serggt^fef erglii^en,
3ugt)oget mit ingen
er^ebt feme @c^U)ingen ;
id) faljr' in bie
9Kir ift jnm elette
in tidjtgolbnem ^leibe
gran onnc beftellt ;
fie totrft meinen fatten
anf blnmige fatten ;
r ? in bie 2BeIt
bie
mem 8ager im 9Jfoofe r
ber gimmel mein gelt ;
mag tanern nnb tranern,
25 tt)er will, fyinter 3Kanern ;
id) faljr' in bie SBelt ! Diftor con Sd?effel.
DEUTSCHE SCHLOSSER.
89
Deutfdjc Scfyloffer,
3=n alten gtittn ttwrben triele djloffer tion ben
gebaut. )tefe fet^Idffer tDerben jefei itberatt in )eutfdjlanb
Ein deutsches Schloss.
90 EASY READING.
gefunben. $fticf)t nitr am 3tl)eine toerben fie gefefyen, fonbern
and) in alien STeiten be$ beutfdjen 9teicl)e3.
@eit)ol)nlirf) nmrbe fiir ba$ cfytoft ein !(einer 33erg ober ein
fyofjer gels Don einem fitter getoafjlt. )cftw ttmrben triele
5teine fcon feinen Snecfjten auf ben 33erg fyinaufgetragen,
2lu3 biefen teinen tt)urbe ba$ @(f)Iofe bann t)on ben
gebaut.
3tt)ei greunbe fprad^en itber biefe beutf^en
Der eine tuar fc^on (ange in )eutfcf)[anb, 3)er anbere tt)ar
iceben angefotnmen.
f ,2Benn @ie me^r in )eutfdf)tanb reifen/' fagte bet eine,
,,fo tDerben @ie t)iele t)on biefen djtftffern fe^en,"
,,9lber tDarnm fetjen tt)tr fo t)iet tne^r @d)ltiffer in
(anb aB in anberen Canbern?"
15 ,,^n atten 3 e ^ en 1I)ar 5)^utfc^Ianb gar nidjt lt)ie
2)amal^ tuar {eber !(eine fitter faft unab^angig. Unb t?on
jebem ffeinen nnab^iingigen SJitter tt)urbe ein (Sc^Io^ gebaut,
ntn fitter ju fein, n)enn er mit anberen fleinen nnab^angigen
bittern Ittmpftc."
20 ff 33a mn^ fefyr intereffant gen)efen fein. 3lber ttmrben alt
bie (^Idffer t)on biefen alten bittern gebant? $tf) fyabe
tie(e gefe^en, bie gans nen ansfefyen. J)iefe tDnrben gen)i^ in
ber te^ten tit gebaut,
,,2lrf) }a ! S)ie neuen djWffer ftnb ntc^t fo ftarf . 3lber
25 bie @^Ic5ffer, bie im SJHttetalter gebaut murben, mu^ten fefjr
ftarf fein. Qfyrt 3Kauern ttmrben fe^r bid gemad)t, Qm
eibetberger @(^(o^ mar ein Jurm, beffen 3)?auern fe^r ftarf
roaren. 211$ er t)on ben gransofen gefprengt tt)urbe, ift er
in jtuei dtften gefpattet njorben, anftatt in tiitfe gu
30 fpringen* $tf) merbe 3 ! ^ nen e ^ ^Bi^ batton jeigen.
3lufna^me tDurbe Don tneinem 53ruber
DEUTSCHE SCHLOSSER.
91
Silb ift fef)r frf)ijn."
,,@el)en @ie ! I)er nrm ift gefprengt
ben 'gefprengten ttrm,' (5r ift t)on ben
nennt i^n
gefprengt
Der gesprengte Turm.
it)orben. @^ mnrbe i^nen anc^ Don anberen 9lationen
ge^offen."
92 EASY READING.
,,$a, id) fetye. SDic cine >a(fte be nrme3 fte^t nod), aber
bie cmbere @alfte tiegt unten im raben."
,,3^, ber nrm ift gefpatten, itnb bie ttlftc tft in ben ra*
ben gefatten. @$ toar ber ftarffte nrm in )entfcf)Ianb, fagt
5 man* 3Sie(e efd)id)ten toerben fcon biefen dpffern crgit^It."
,,2lber erja^It man benn feine efd^ic^ten t)on ben nenen
@d)ttffem, bie anf fo Dtclcn S3ergen gebant finb?"
,,2Benige ef^i^ten tperben i^on biefen erja^It, aber fie finb
bodE) fe^r tntereffatit. ie finb gelDdfjnlicf) fe^r gut gebant, oft
10 an^ ben beften (Stetnen, nnb fie ^aben fciele iDnnberDofie
rf @inb fie and) Don SRtttcrn gebant njorben?"
fr 3utt)cUcn, aber bie fd^dnften, bie id) gefeljen fjabe, finb t)on
Sftnigen gebant tDorben, SBenn tt)ir nadj 53at)ern fa^ren,
15 n)erben ttrir c^Idffer fe^en, bie ec^te ^atafte finb. 2Sie(Ieid)t
erlanbt man nn$, in biefe @d)(i)ffer gu gefyen nnb bie
gu feljen,"
W 2)a^ tt)irb mir fe^r gef alien. 8affen @ie nn^ nad)
fa^ren, benn id) Ijabe nod) feine ^alafte gefe^en."
20 fr nt! SBenn @ie ba^ molten, fo lonnen tt)ir mit bent
nadjften 3^9 fa^ren."
@pat am fetben ^ac^mittag befanben fid) bie beiben
grennbe in einer f(einen @tabt in 53at)ern. @ie frenten fid),
ba fie fo f^netl gefommen toaren. ie lilmmerten fid) toenig
25 nm einen aft^of ; bocf) fnc^ten fie einen, nm bis ^nm na^ften
Jage ^n bfeiben.
S)ort am breiten ^fa|e befanb fic^ ein fe^r gnter aftfyof,
er bide, frennbtid)e SBirt rnfyte fid) anf einer 33anl neben
ber iir anS.
30 ,,nten Sag, metne erren!" fagte er, inbem er fidf) t)on ber
33anf er^ob. f ,2Bie bepnben @te fid) ?"
DEUTSCHE SCHLOSSER.
93
,,ut, bcmfe!" fagte ber erne greunb. ,,aben te em
Dimmer mtt jtoet S3etten fret?"
,,eitri!" criDtbertc ber SBtrt unb begab fid^ m^ nadjfte
Dimmer, ff ter ^aben @ie etn gemittltdjeS
Ein Kbnigsschloss.
btefen Setten fc^Iaft e3 fid) fel)r gut. @^ tft nt^t mte ems
af jimmcr auf bem ^(o, aber bte 33etten finb fe^r gut"
foftct ba^ Dimmer!"
te 2lbererf(tiren@teftrf)!
meinen ie mtt bem djfaf jtmmer auf bem d^Ioffe?"
94 EASY READING.
,,@inb @ie noci) nicfyt auf bem cfytoffe gemefen?"
,,9?ein, notf) nicfyt, 2lber ttrir gefjen morgen Ijin, Qefyt ift
befinbet fid) etn tDitnberDoHe^ @cf)IafstmTner, aber id)
5 freue tni^, ba ic^ nic^t bort ju fcfyfafen brau^e. Qn folc^
Das Schlafzimmer auf dem Schloss.
cittern pmcfyttgen r 3i mmer fc^Iiift- e^ fief) gar ttid)t gut ; e^ ift
nidjt gemitttic^!"
atte^ fefjen tuir morgen, SBo befinbet fidj ba^
3ft e^ tocit oon ^icr? M
3 ,,S33.enn @ie biefe tra^e entfang ge^en, fo ift e$ ungefd^r
eine fyalbe tunbe ; bitr^ ben SBatb finb e^ nur stDanjig
aJMnuten. 3lber int SBalbe ge^t e^ fic^ ni^t fe^r gut,"
! 3)ann ge^en tt)ir morgen biefe trafte enttang.
DEUTSCHE SCHLOSSER. 95
Uub jet effeu fair 311 2lbeub, urn frit!) jit Sett gefyeu ju
fouueu."
,,nt! ba$ Sffen ift gteirf) fertig."
# * *
2U$ fie am uadjfteu Sftorgeu auftoacfyteu, regnete e$.
(:$ freut mid), baft itrir triel $eit fabeu," fagte ber eiues
greuub. ($ fcerftefyt fid), baft ttrir bet folc^em ^Better nic^t
auf ba^ @(^Io^ gefyen iDoIten/'
ff (S^ tut mir letb, ba^ @te ntt^t ge^en tootten," ermiberte ber
anbere, ff aber e^ fattt mir gar nid^t em, {)ier ,5U bteiben, ob eS
regnet ober nic^t. @^ ift niemanb anber^ I)ter, itnb e$ tt)irb 10
un^ gen)i^ fefyr gut gelmgen, atfe^ gu feljeu."
,,3^^^!! 3$ glaube, @ie Ijaben redE)t. g^ gibt uid^t^,
tt>a$ id^ lieber fe^e r al^ biefe (S^Ioffer, uub e^ freut mid), baft
ttrir enblid^ ^ier fittb. offentti^ f)5rt ber 9?egen batb auf.
g^ tut mir leib, baft e$ reguet," 15
,,3u biefer nt gefdjielit ba^ nid)t fe^r oft. 2lber fiubeu
ui^t, baft e^ ^ier iu biefem @d^(af^immer eutfe^Iid^
? 2ld), @ie ^aben ba^ ^enfter offeu gelaffeu. ^^ tocrbc
mid) freueu, iDenu mir iu gftsimmer fommeu/'
@ie jogen fic^ fdjnetl an uub giugeu iu^ aubere 3intmer. 20
Sort faft ber bicfe SBirt uub traul feiueu Saffee. T)ie beibeu
greuube belameu gum gritfyftitcf ^affee uub 33rotdjeu.
2Baf)reub fie beu Saffee trattfett, ^orte e^ auf 5U regueu,
uub fie freuteu fi(^, baft fie bei gutem SBetter auf ba$ @d)Ioft
ge^eu louuteu, 25
(eid) uad^ bem grit^ftitcf madjteti fie fid^ auf beu 2Beg uub
giugeu bie trafte eutlaug, bi^ fie ba^ c^Ioft fafyeu. @^ (ag
^ot^ auf eiuem gelfett uub ^atte ttiele Jitrme uub befouber^
t)iefe geufter. @ie giugeu ^iuauf uub itber bie 33ritde, IDO
fie t)ou eiuem olbateu aufgeljafteu murbeu. 911^ fie if)m 3 o
96
EASY EEADING.
fagten, iuaS fie nwftten, gefang e3 ifym, emeu gitfyrer filr fie
ju finben. liefer fitfyrte fie burd) erne breite Zivc in eine
grofce aterie.
n $n biefer aterie toerben bie groften geftli(i)!eiten abge-
5 fatten/' fagte ber gii^rer. ,,ier tan^t man an^ gntDeilen,
tt>enn ber Sonig f)ier ift S)ie alerie ift me^r aB fyunbert
Die grosse Galerie.
9Keter (ang. ier ift ber ^onig eintnal ton bent ^aifer
befnc^t toorben. Qtyt mollen tt)ir in^ djlafghnmer ge^en."
f ,3lt^ ja, t)om @^Iaf Dimmer ^at nn$ ber 2Sirt fcfyon er^
10 ja^It. g^ fdjlaft fic^ Diet beffer in feinen SBetten, aU ^ier auf
bem t^Ioffe ; tuenigften^ ba^ fagt er."
ff S)a lann fein/' erttriberte ber gn^ret\ ,,Q3) fenne feine
SBetten nic^t. SBenn ber tonig ^ier anf bem c^Ioffc ift, ift
e$ fe^r intereffant, aber er fommt nnr einmal in $aljre. &%
DEUTSCHE SCHLOSSER.
97
freut un$, toetm er fyter ift, unb e$ tut un$ letb, tt)enn er wt$
ld^t, benn tt)tr Heben unfcren Sontg. (5r ift fo gut unb
fremtblicfj.
Der Speisesaal.
ncicf)(te
er fort, f ,ift
98
EASY READING.
,,2BirfUd)? >ci8 fieljt ntcfyt ttrie ein glimmer au$."
,,ie fbnnen e$ nennen, ttrie @te tuotten, @ter ttrirb e
immer ber Spetfefaat Ijenannt ter effen ber Sontg unb bie
$dntgin. @^ ift nic^t gro^ genug, um bet gro^en
5 feiten gebrau^t ju tDerben.^
,,@at bev ^ontg letnen ST^ronV
SEfyron gefe^en, 2Bie fie^t ber X^ron
^^n biefem ncit^ften ^hntner ^
nennen bitrfen. 2lber ber ontg l)at
^abe no^ nte etnen
fetnen
Der Prunksaal.
10 @r fifct in etnem gro^en, f^onen @tu^t oben auf einer Slrt
ifd), unb bie ^onigin ft^t neben tljnu 3lber etnen tutrflt^cn
J^ron, tt)ie er im 3J?ttteIaIter gefunben tDurbe, gtbt e^ niif)t.
Unb }e^t ^aben @tc aQc gefeljen, a ge^etgt toirb."
U)ir feine anberen
WIE 1ST DOCK DIE ERDE SO SCHON. 99
,,9Jetn, nur biefe toerben gejeigt, unb toenn ber Sonig fyier
ift, toerben fetbft biefe nidjt geseigt.
,,@S freut mid), ba er nidjt fyier ift, aber e$ tut mir
leib, ba^ ganje djtoj} ni(i)t fef)en ju lonnen, Slber tt)ir
bo^ t)iele fd^one tnge gefe^en. 2lbieu!" 5
,,2l$ieu, tneme erren! y<
Unb bte betben. ^reunbe t)crliccn ba^ (Sd^Io^ unb gingen
mieber in bie @tabt.
ie ift bod] bie rbe fo (d?on!
SBie ift bod) bie @rbe f o fc^5n> f o frfjon !
iriffen bie SBogelein ;
@ie ^eben ifyr leic^t efieber
Unb fingen fo frofylicfye 2ieber
^n ben blaiten immel ^inein.
SBie ift bod) bie @rbe fo f e^On, f o fcfjon !
a^ tDiffen bie gtitff nnb Seen ;
@ie ntalen in Marem @piege(
)ie arten nnb Stabf nnb ngef,
Unb bie SBotlen, bie britber ge^n*
Unb Danger nnb 2fta(er tt)iffen e
Unb ^inber nnb anbere 8ent' ;
Unb toer'3 nid^t malt, ber fingt e$,
Unb it)er^ nirf)t fingt, bem flingt e^
$n bem eqen dor tanter grenb'.
Hobert Hetntc?.
100 EASY READING.
<5uter
9ln cittern omntermorgen
ba nitnm ben SBanberftab,
e$ fatten beine orgen
tt)ie Sftebel Don bit ab.
)e$ intmel3 Retire Slime
larfjt bit in$ erj c l)inein
ttnb fcfytteftt, iDte otte^ rene,
tnit fetnem a^ bt^ ein.
Sliltcn nnr nnb riebe
nnb @altne t)on egen [df)it)er ;
bit ift, al$ joge bte 8iebe
@o ^einufc^ alle^ fttnget
at^ iDte im 3Sater^an^,
15 nnb ttber bte gerrfjen fcfynringet
Me eele [id) ^tnan^, Ojeobor ^ontane.
IDert ber
fann etn SSoIf entbefyren,
menn ba^n bte 9^ot e$ gtDtngt,
bo(^ bent getnbe mn e^ tt)e^ren r
bet e$ nm bte prad^e brtngt*
nnfer 8eben
nnb erfyalt bnr^ fie Seftanb ;
luer fid^ %er ^at begeben,
ber t)erlor fein 3Sater(anb, martin
DIE WARTBURG. I'Ol
Die IDartburg.
fagt, baft bie SBartbnrg ba$ intereffantefte @djlo in
Dentfcfylanb fei; toenigften$ Ijabe fie bie intereffantefte e-
fdjidjte, Die efctjirfjte erstiljtt, baft mand) alter fitter bort
geiDofjnt fyabe, benn bie SBartburg fei Dor nnberten toon
^afyren gebaut toorben. 5
SBir lefen in ber efcljicfyte, ba Subttrig ber (Springer bie
SBartbnrg gebant fyabe. (r fei anf biefen ^o^en erg gelom^
nten r nnb e^ ^abe iljm bort fo gef alien, ba er fagte, ,,3Barf
53erg, bn follft mir eine 33nrg tragen." a^er, fagt man,
fyabe biefe^ @(^Iog ben ^anten 'ffiartbnrg' befommen. IQ
ie SBartbnrg fte{)t anf einent ^o^en 33erg mitten im Zfyfc
ringer 26a(b. Die Dentfc^en fagen, e^ fei eine ber fdjonften
egenben in gang Dentfcfylanb. 3Inf alien eiten fief)t man
fc^one SBalber nnb tfeine intereffante Dorfer. Unb Don
jebem Dorfe njerben allerlei efdfyicfyten er5df)tt, 15
(Sine alte efdjicfjte ergci^It, it)ie 8nbrt)ig ben s JZamen f ber
pringer' befommen ^abe. ginmat ^abe i^n ein anberer
fitter gefangen genommen* Diefer fitter fyabe i^n anf fein
cf)Io iebidjenftein gebrarf)t, Dort fei 8nbtt)ig lange ge-
blieben, o^ne entfommen jn fdnnen. 20
Da @c^Io iebicfyenftein (iegt an ber @aate, S3 ift je^t
nnr eine alte 9?nine, tt)ie man fie fo oft in Dentfdjtanb fie^t*
$efet ge^t ein breiter SBeg gnrifdjen ber Snrg nnb bem gfluffe.
9lber bamaB lt)ar ber ^In^ t)iel gr(5pr nnb tiefer, fo ba bie
Snrg am lifer be$ gtnffe^ ftanb* 25
(SineS 5Ra(^mittag^ r at bie 2Ba(^ter Garten fpietten, fo
fafjrt bie ef^ic^te fort fei 8nbtt)ig in feinem Heinen Dim-
mer im fyofyen Jnrm gemefen. & t)abe nnr ein !Ieine
fter gefyabt, aber ba^ genfter ^abe offen geftanben* Da fei
102
EASY READING.
Die Wartburg.
DIE WARTBURG.
103
bem 8ubtoig eingef alien, ber g-tuft fet gerabe unter tfym, unb
e$ fet mogltd), fo ju entfommen.
fet ber fitter txm tebid)enftetn ju tl)m gefommen.
,,2ftorgen mup bu
fterben," fyabe er gefagt 5
bu einen te^ten
15
metnen treuen
fret, urn metner
(teben ^rau einen le^ten 10
rn^ 5U bringen."
(&& foil
Srmgt ben $necf)t
ein!"
S)a Ijabe ?ublt)tg
letfe mtt bem
gefpro^en, nnb btefer fci
traurtg Don i^m gegan-
gen. 9l(^ ber Snec^t
fret tear, f)abe er 3tt)et2
^ferbe gefto^Ien unb fet
mit tfynen na^ ber
ren ette be
gefd)tt)0mmen.
bem genfter 25
Schloss Giebichenstein.
311^ 8ubn)tg if)n bort gefefyen ^abe, fet er
gefprungen unb fet na^ ber anberen Sette be^ gfuffeS ge=
fc^tDommen. Sluf btefe 28etfe fet er t)on bem fitter t)on
tebtc^enftetn entfommen, unb toegen be^ prunge^ ^abe er
ben tauten f ber pringcr' befommen. SStele ^a^re fpater
^abe er Me SSartburg gebaut. 30
6^ totire laum mogttc^, eine fc^dnere egenb ju ftnben al^
104
EASY READING.
Thiiringer Wald und die Wartburg.
Me, too Me SBartburg fteljt. 2ld) ! I)8tte man nur folrfje SBittber
in Sfaierif a ! Die 8ente wilrbcn fro^ fetn, ba^ aQc f efyen sn
lijnnen. Unb toaren in 2lmeri!a nnr fold^e fdjifnen @(i)Ioffer
trie bie 2Battbnrg !
DIE WARTBURG. 105
Diet toofynten hn Sftittelalter bie beritfymten ganbgrafen t)on
Xfyitringen, unb fyierfyer tamen bie (ganger unb )id)ter Don
ganj )entfd)Ianb. ier fanb im breijefynten Qa^^un^tt bet
bernfymte @anger!rteg ftatt, bet bem all bie beften )id)ter unb
eanger in )entfd)Ianb ifyre ebid)te fangen. 2ld), ba man 5
jebe$ $al)r f old) einen angerfrieg fyatte ! )ann inurben no(^
t)ief ntefyr Danger auf ber SBartburg i^re 8ieber fingen*
^cbe^ Qafy fontnten anf bie SSartburg Diele tubenten tion
alien Seikn S)eitt[^(anb^. Sftit i^ren 9tndfaden anf ben
9titcfen, gel)en fie bnrd) ben fcfyonen 3BaIb anf bie SBartbnrg 10
^inanf, J)abei fingen fie ifyre ft^onen 8ieber, SBenn fie
oben anlomnten, fanfen fie atterlei rfrifcfynngen, efje fie bie
SBartburg befncfyen. @^ mare fel)r fcf)i)n, biefe Stnbenten
anf ber SBartbnrg jn fe^en,
92i^t nnr ift bie egenb nm bie SBartbnrg fefyr fd)tin, fon- 15
bern and) bie 3' mmer ^ e ^ @^Ioffe^ finb pcf)ft intereffant.
J)a ift ein Dimmer mit afierlei SBaffen an bem 3KitteIa(ter*
^e^t iDitrbe man gar nid)t baran benfen, fo(d)e fc^onen
33?affen jn mad)en ober ^n tragen. $n einem gro^en aa( r
ben man ben 'Sangerfaal' nennt, fie()t man an ber 2Banb 20
bie Sieber gefc^rieben, toelcfje bie Sanger bei bem beritfjmten
Sangerlrieg fangen.
(S^*H)are nidjt moglid), alt bie fd)iJnen Singe jn nennen, bie
man anf ber SBartbnrg fief)t, SSiele 3^^ er ^ HI tuelc^en bie
atten Sanbgrafen it)o^nten r finb ^ente ebenf o r tt)ie fie in alten 25
3eiten toaren. a ift andf) ba^ Dimmer, morin ber Je^ige
Saifer toofynte, aU er bort jnm SBefndj tt)ar, @^ gibt bort
fo t)iet 5n fe^en, ba bie SSartbnrg jebe^ 3 a ^ r ^ on Xanfenben
t)on 9JJenf(^en befn^t tt)irb,
9ln einem fd^onen ^a^mittag gingen gtoet (Stnbenten anf 3 o
einem breiten $fabe na^ ber SBartbnrg
106 EASY BEADING.
,,3Benn ftrir nidjt fdjneller gefjen," fagte ber cine, ber
l)ief$, ,,fo ftrirb e ju fpat fein, toenn toir oben anfommen."
,,2lber man lann ju. Jeber 3 e ^ fyineingeljen, nid)t ttwfyr,
toenn man etn Xrinfgelb gibt," erftriberte gans, Jelbft tocnn
etn, ba$ gtanb^ i(f) nit^t* ier foil man fefyr ftreng fein."
un^ f(i)net(er ge^en r benn, fommen trir ju fpat
an, fo muffen tDtr bi^ morgen tuartcn."
,,2Benn tt)tr ettca^ fdjneKer ge^en, fo fommen mtr getnt^
fril^ genng an/' fagte an.
er ba^ fagte, fing ^aut an, frf)netter jn gefyen, nnb
te t^m. S)er brette ^3fab fii^rte red)t^ unb linU jtt)t-
f^en bie fyofyen 33anme nnb itber gelfen nnb teme. 9Zac^
je^n ober jlnolf 3)Hnnten !amen bie betben oben Dor bem
15 groften d)foffe an.
9?eben ber 3J?aner ftanb etn jtemlid) gro^e^ SBtrt^^au^, too
bie Dieten 93efn(^er (Srfrifc^nngen betommen fonnten. S5a
tDaren an^ Snben, tt)o man 2Infi(i)t^farten lanfen fonnte, nm
fie an bie grennbe jn fcf)icfen, bie bie 28artbnrg nie gefe!)en
20 fatten,
3)ie beiben tnbenten bad)ten r fie fatten noc^ Diet geit,
nnb fie fe^ten fi(^ an einen ifd) Dor bem SBirt^fjan^, nm
ettoa$ jn trtnfen. 9Kan fonnte aHeiiei (Srfrifd^nngen be^
fommen, njenn man ftottte.
25 w ^fft man bnrftig, fo mn man trinfen !" fagte an^,
?ta^ ben (Srfrif^nngen gingen bie beiben nac^ ben 33nben
nnb fanften Diete 2lnficf)t3farten. & gibt Diele 3lnfi(^ten Don
ber SBartbnrg nnb Don ben Diefen Siiten* 9lf^ fie jefyn ober
jtDblf gefanft nnb in bie Jafcfye geftetft fatten, toollten fie in
30 bie 33nrg ge^en,
r ,$Benn @ie ^ineinge^en tooffen, fo mitffen @ie
DIE WARTBURG.
107
fatten fanfen," fagte em alter Sftann, ber neben ifynen ftanb,
,,unb id) glaube, baft e3 jet jn fpat ift!'
,,3)a3 Jpcire bocf) fcfyabe, menn ttnr nid)t t)ineinge^en fonntett!"
fagte ^au(.
ff 28o belommen ftrir bte (gtntritt0farten?" fragte an^. 5
f ,)ort Itn!^ in ber ffetnen Sube/' crtDtbertc ber alte
Die Wartburg.
@ie ettten narf) ber 33ube r aber man fagte tfjnen, ba^ fie ju
fpat gefomnten feien unb bi$ morgen marten mlt^ten, urn
fjineingufotmnen*
,,9Bie fc^abe!" rief an^, ,,3Benn ir ba^ gemu^t fatten, 10
fo toaren mir getDt^ fd^nefler gegangen."
^^amo^I/' ertDiberte ^anl, ff ober ttrir fatten unfere @rfri=
fc^ungen fpciter gente^en fonnen."
ein/' fagte an$, fr tt)ir fatten fc^ncttcr ge^en foffen.
108 EASY READING.
J)cmn fatten ttrir 3eit genug gefyabt, unb ttrir fatten and) Me
Srfrifdjungen unb 9ln[irf)t^farten belommen ftinnen."
,,$tyt module id) eine 3 e itlang fyier bleiben; e$ ift fyier oben
fo fd)on, !Dann mi)^te id) morgen tDteberlomtnen, urn ben
5 cingerfaat unb bie anberen 3^^^^ JU fe^cn*"
,,ett)i^! ^^ rnot^te nic^t tt)etterreifen, o^ne bte SBartburg
grunbltdj gefe^en ju ^aben."
n $a, ba fjaft bu red)t/^ fagtc $aul. ,,ie SBartburg m5c^te
tt^ lieber at^ aHe anberen c^Ioffer )eutfdjlanb$ fe^en,"
10 ,,ort fe^e id) SBotlen, S^ fie^t au^, at$ ob e^ morgen
regnen ftmrbe."
f ,offentltrf) ntd)t. ^^ Hto^te btefen langen 9Beg t)on ber
@tabt nic^t int 9tegen mac^en. 2Bir fatten ^eute ba^ @(^to^
befidjttgen follen. SBciren \mv fc^neller gegangen, [o fjiitten
15 tDtr e$ Dielletc^t befic^ttgen fonnen."
; ,33tettet(^t, 9lber morgen merben tuir [e^r frill) ^erauf-
fommen* ann fef)en ttrir atte$."
Unb bte betben tubenten gingen burt^ ben f^bnen 3Ba(b
tfenac^ 3uritcf.
Der reicfyfte
^Jretfenb mtt triel fc^onen 3?eben
t^rer 8anber 2Bert unb gaty,
fa^en t)iete beutfdje gitrften
etnft ju 2Borm^ tm ^atferfaaf.
ber gitrft t)on
ift mein 8anb unb feine
ilber ^egen feine Serge
tt)ol){ in man^em tiefen
DER REICHSTE FURST. 109
@ef)t mem 8anb in ityp'ger gutte,
fpracl) ber $urfurft Don bem SRfyein,
gofbne aaten in ben Zalern,
auf ben ^Bergen ebten SBein !
rofte @tabte, reirfje Softer,
Snbltrig, err gu -SBatyern, fpra^,
f^affen, ba^ mein 8anb ben enern
lt)of)I nit^t ftefyt an c^d^en nac^,
b, ber mit bem 33arte,
SBUrttemberg^ getiebter err r
fprad^: 9Wein 8anb f)at Keine tdbte,
tragt nicfjt 53erge fitberfcf)rt)er ;
ein Steinob ^aft^ Derborgen :
baft in SBalbern, norf) fo grog,
id) mein witpt !ann fufyntirf) legen
jebem llntertan in djofc,
llnb e^ rief ber err t)on ac^fen,
ber t)on Saljern, ber Do
raf im art, Qt>r feib ber
@uer 8anb tragt (Sbefftein.
- 3ufttnus Kerner.
Sprud?.
3)ie fd^5ne gorm mad^t fein ebicf)t,
ber frfjone ebanfe tuf and^ no(^ nidjt ;
e^ lommt brauf an, bag 8eib nnb @eete
jnr guten tnnbe ftd^ tjerma^Ie.
marwel (5eibcl.
Ho
EASY READING.
Der IDinterfport
fagt, ber SBinter fet fdjoner in eutfdjtanb, al$> in
irgenb einem anberen Canbe, toeit man bort fo Diet cfynee
fyabe. 33ielleirf)t tDdre e^ in (Snglanb ober granfreid) ebenfo
ft^dn, toenn man bort Diet (Sconce fyatte. 3lber bort gibt e^
5 im SBinter nur menig Sdjnee.
SBenn man im SBinter nadj S)ent[rf)Ianb reift r fo jie^t
man bie fd)onen, mit t^nee bebedten Jannenbanme. 3)ie
Der Wald im Winter.
)entfcf)en f5nnten fagen, baft e$ nidf)t^ S^onere^ gebe, al$
einen bentfd^en SBalb im 28tnter.
> (Sin S)cutfc^er ^cirte tt)ei 2lmerifaner uber ben bentfc^en
SBinter fpred^en.
r ,3Benn @ie nad) )entfd)lanb reifen," [agte ber eine, ,,fo
DER WINTERSPORT.
Ill
fottten @ie bort bis jiim Sinter bteiben, urn Me SBdtber ju
fefyen."
,,23origen SBinter roar id) bort,"
,,)ann l)aben @ie gemip bte fcfjonen, mit @(i)nee bebedten
Sciume ber beutfdjen 9Bci(ber gefefjen/' 5
,,eiber ntcljt! Qd) ftubterte. ^^ ^ ar hi ^Berlin auf ber
llnberfitdt*"
,,2Bie fc^abe! @ie fatten bie SBcilber unb ben aBinter-
fport fefyett foKen. Sa^ fatten @ie im ^aq ober im
9ttefengebtrge fefyen !d
Rodeln im Harz.
md^te id) fe^en, (3 gibt triele IDtnge, bie icf)
fe^en tnbgen, aber id) tootlte fo t)iet tt)ie moglidj ftubieren."
ff 3l^, @ie fatten nic^t fo Did ftubieren [offen, 2ilte3,
man auf einer llntoerfitat ftubiert, fann man au^ in 3lmerifa
112 EASY READING.
ternen. )a$ fatten @ie and) in 2lmerifa ternen fonnen.
3l6er bie 2ftenfd;)en, Me cfjtoffer, bie )orfer, bie SBatber, bie
)ome, ba$ SBanbern wtb ben SBinterfport fatten fie intrHid)
[e^en [often* S)a^ atfe gtbt e in Slmerifa nid)t."
5 , f @ie fprecf)en t)om $8inter[port. 3Ba$ meinen @ie bamtt,
Ianfen? @ine$ Sage^ r tt)at)renb be SBinter^, faf)
8ente im iergarten je
Schlittschuhlaufen im Tiergarten.
lanfen* J)ort tying bie amerifanif^e gatyne 5tt)ifd)en gtoet
bentfctyen gatynen. g^ tt)ar fetyr [d^bn. Jro^ be^ fatten 9Set-
10 ter^ tDaren Sinber, granen nnb banner bort, nnb atte tiefen
(auben @ie mir, e$ tyat mir fetyr gefatfen."
gtanbe i(^, S)a^ rfjfittfdjnljtcmfen ift ben Seutfd^en
fetyr angenetynt, Stber ben beften ^Binterfport, ba$ 9tobetn,
fietyt man nnr im ebirge."
DEUTSCHE DOME. 113
SRobeln? )a$ 2Bort tft mir gang fremb.
meinen @ie bamit?"
,,$Benn man mit er 33au be$ $ofner Domes ttmrbe int breijefynten
fjunbert begonnen (1248), aber, anftatt bag man ifyn gleid)
fcoUenbete, fyat man nngefafjr bretfjnnbert Qafyve baran ge-
baut. Hub bte beiben Xurme iDurben bod) ntdjt tioUenbet.
3Som fec^jefinten bte jum neunjef)nten ^^^*t)^nbert mitrbe 5
faft nifyt$ baran getan. 9lber int3:af)re 1824 fing man ftrieber
Kolner Dom : Seitenportal.
c an tDeitersnbaiien. te alten ^tane maren ntcfjt
unb man ift tfynen genan gefotgt. T)te beiben urme fintv
ungefa^r fnnf^nnbert gn ^oc^.
S ift ber einjige 3)om in ber 2Bett, ber jttjei folc^e [rf)onen 10
itrme ^at. 'Die Xitrme finb fo ^oc^, nnb ber J)om ift fo
gro, ba^ e^ fefyr frf)tt)er ift, einen gnten Segriff badon ^n
befommen, o^ne bag man aufterfjalb ber tabt, ober
ge^t.
116
EASY READING.
Slber ber Joiner >om ift bod) titdjt ber IjBdjfte in )eutfd)
lanb, )a 2ftiinfter ju Uttn ift nod) f)df)ei\ )er nrm be
Ulmer 3ftunfter$ tft ber
ljdd)fte in ganj 35eutf(^=
5 tanb. @$ ift etner ber
^dc^ften gotifrfjen Jitrnte
in ber gangen 2Bett
lllm ift eine ft^dne
alte @tabt in @iib-
10 bentfd)(anb. @ie Uegt
am linfen lifer ' ber
fdjdnen bfanen 35onau.'
ier fie^t man -nid)t
nur ba^ U)unberf(^dne
15 SWttnftcr, fonbern and)
triele afte maferifc^e
anfer r nrie man fie in
faft alien alten bentfdjen
tcibten fet)en tann.
20 Wad) bem Joiner
J)om unb bem lllmer
SKilnftcr ift ba$
fter ju $reifmrg
Iciest ba^ fdjdnfte
25 f(^e ebanbe in )entf fy
lanb. a 9Kttnfter
fetbft, mit feinem f^fi*
nen groften Snrm nnb
feinen ^tuei fteinen
Das Miinster zu Ulm -
30 men, bietet einen mirfti^ ganj it)unberfcf)dnen 9lnblicf.
Slber Diel(eid)t nod) fdjdner ift bie 8age ber @tabt
DEUTSCHE DOME. 117
liegt mitten in einem fcfjonen, son griinen uge(n nmgebenen
unb in faft alien trafcen flieftt ba^ SBaffer Don
Freiburg.
einem Heinen g(u, ber buri^ ba^ Sat Humbert, e^^alb ift
greiburg eine ber reinften tabte in ber SBett.
118 EASY READING.
9luf atten ugeln unb Bergen um bie @tabt finb grofte
bunfetgrime annenbaume. )iefe 33aume finb fo bunfef,
baft man ben SBafb ben 'djtoarjtoalb' uennt ier mitten
tm djtoarjtoalb liegt biefe fdjdne tabt mit ifyrer alten
5 Unberfitdt, ifyren inter eff ant en, reinen Strain unb ifyrem
tt)nnber[d)onen Some,
n %lnn, e^ fveut mic^, baft lt)ir enblit^ mit btefem (ang*
iDeiligen Snc^e fertig finb/'
,,2Ba$ ift benn Io? ^cf) fy a & e e ^ nifyt fanglDeitig ge-
iofnnben. @ie fagten bo^ nenlit^, e$ fei ein fe^r intereffante^
gefagt, aber bamate tt)ar
nocf) ni(f)t fo fc^tt)er getoorben."
gtaube, mir merben fdjon mit einem noc^ f
anfangen mitffen. S)a^ iDirb ^^^ ^ ann rao ^ ntc^t
fefyr gut gef alien."
rr Da tDirb ja furc^tbar fein! SBarum mitffen ttrir
immer arbeiten? SBir fyaben fc^on fo t)iet gelefen. llnb
ift bo^ fo bumm!"
20 ,,3)umm? SBie meinen @ie benn ba^? $
($ ift nicf|t nur mbgti^ ; e$ ift ma^r,"
Die LoreleL
HEINRICH HBINB.
TRIEDRICH SILCHEB.
Ob h
_A . ^ rs J^^-P T r
1 -1 K
j^vhfi m
g ^ d g
1 1 *=F
-A 1 p
*H m m
(|j) PH 3
4 tf - M
d d =1
_H_ 1 j_
1. Ich
2. Die
3. Den
mf
< s 9 ^^^
weiss nicht, was soil es be deu - ten, dass
schon - ste Jung - frau sit - zet dort
Schif - fer im klei - nen Schif - fe er -
_^ "p ^ "% ^ _ _ : -. ^
^T~i?~fl \
1-5 i 1
*
-l-i 1
b bM
^ [/+ ^E b
f> ^ ^ -
^
i j^ p ^
F
H-
fv-, N-
-ft
IN
7h?h"
K-
f-r
s
n"^=^j
~*Tm~~
=^TT
lp
9 J
-f
fpK^I?
j
!
m
I
3
\-\)
f i-
I
1 S
J
j m
J ,
^
^^
* t
9
r
ich
so
trau
- rig bin, . .
ein Mar -
chen aus al
ten
o - ben
wun -
der - bar, . .
ihr gold -
nes Ge - schmei-de
greif t es
mit
wil -
dem Weh, .
er schaut
j
nicht die Fel
sen
5m
^T~b"
| j~
|
i
=f
S? r-
-*-*
I {
i (
P 1?
!* v '15
- r -
. f-
Tf
r^t? t
^
$
t 1
* -
3CZ - 5
(frr^ *^ ~j| 1~
^-f -i ~i
1^ -
W J J . V *
m ft ft J j
f.^
Zei ten, das
blit - zet, sie
rif - fe, er
I j _ n ~r ^-^^~
*< ' *
kommt mir nicht au
kammt ihr gol - de
schaut nur hin - auf in
i F^ ^~ ^ ~F~~
s dem
- nes
die
p . L _Jp L J
f "^
1 V
V ~*~^~V V V fr
y
120
Die orelet.
121
cres.
Die Luft ist kuhl und es dun - kelt
Sie k&nmt es in it gol - de nem Kam - me
Ich glaube, die Wei - len ver - schlin - gen
cres. _ f__. +_
=P
m
und
und
am
dim.
ru - hig fliesst der Rhein, . der Gi - pfel des Ber - ges
singt ein Lied da bei, . . das hat ei - ne wun - der
En de Schif -fer und Kahn, . und das hat mit in - rem
dim. . x "^ .A.
fofr-4i
T K U ^
?=f=
fn
-f -
-rn-e H
=
^-f^rlf
\) 9
? PL-
*t
-fJ
-p ^
fe^=^ll
^
fun
- kelt
im
A - bend
- son - nen - schein.
sa
me,
ge -
wait' - ge
Me - lo - dei.
Sin
- gen
die
Lo - re
lei ge -
tan.
7*i' B ?
T
f-
^
-1 r_h=
n=
^P^rH
1
FT P
^^
r^v H
Der gute Kamerad.
LUDWIG UHLAND.
FRIEDRICH SILCHER.
1. Ich hatt' ei-nenKa-me - ra - den, ei-nen bes - sern findst du nit.
2. Ei-neKu- gel kam ge - flo -gen. Gilt's mir o-dergilt es dir?
3. Will mir die Handnoch rei - chen, der - weil ich e-ben lad'.
*- -*-
Sfcfce
I
15=1
-y t/-
iit
1
^s
Die Trommel schlug zum Strei -te, er ging an mei - ner Sei - te in
Ihn hat es weg - ge - ris - sen, er liegtmirvor den Fii- ssen,als
"Kanndir die Hand nicht ge - ben, bleib du im ew'-gen Le -ben mem
a;
glei - chem Schritt und Tritt,
war's ein Stiick von mir,
gu - ter Ka - me - rad,
in glei - chem Schritt und Tritt.
als war's ein Stuck von mir.
mein gu - ter Ka - me - rad ! "
i
as
122
Ich bin der Doktor Eisenbart.
Volkslied.
Heiter.
m
Ich bin derDok-tor Ei - sen-bart val -le- ral - le - ri, juch-hei! ku -
Des Kiis - ters Sohn in Di - del-dum, val - le- ral - le - ri, juch-hei! dem
k f-
T=4:
die Lent' nach mei - ner Art; val -le- ral-le - ri, juch-hei! kann
ich zehn Pf und O -pi - uin; val - le - ral - le - ri, juch-hei! drauf
l_ u |0
1
b m
P
9
==
# i/ ^ ^ L
L X
!
x b
r
f
ina- chen,dass die Blin-den gehn, val- le- ral- le - ri, juch-hei - ras - sa! und
schlief er Jail -re, Tag undNacht, val- le- ral- le - ri, juch-hei- ras - sal und
IN
fc
N +-+--+-+- -9-
f" ^
9
^
^
-'
m U_ L L L L
M
\
I
i P i r
I
r
5
rjnil * V p p
f
E
6
fv
> PU .D C U
1
If
w
^_u m ^ _s _A pv, Ps R J ,^-fc i
fc fc fc I s I N 1
P B^ ^ ~fr-i *~
~a^ i i
"T a
Jr~*r~*\ 4~
d~^rrl
\> m m m
i j
i i J i
i II
4'*
* 9
J
J J * J
! II
9 # 9
dass dieLah-men wie - der sehn. Val-le
ist bis jetzt noch nicht er-wacht. Val - le
^ : ^ * r-*
- ral - le - ri, juch - hei !
- ral - le - ri, juch - hei!
r-* r.
^^- =| I===== t-
c: L i
^f
r r-
1 1 |
=f- == y = ^ = T- I -b^-^^-
123
Massig
Tannenbaum.
Volkslied.
Volksweise.
1. O Tan-nen-baum, o Tan-nen-baum, wie treu sind dei - neBlat-ter!
2. O Tan-nen-baum, o Tan-nen-baum, dukannstmir sehr ge - f al - len;
3. Tan-nen-baum, o Tan-nen-baum, deinKleid will mich was leh -ren:
*
=t
-- p-
-fS -fr 1 ^ , |s &
O Tan-nen-baum, o Tan - nen-baum, wie treu sind dei - ne Blat-ter!
O Tan-nen-baum, o Tan-nen-baum, dukannstmir sehr ge - fal - len.
O Tan-nen-baum, o Tan - nen-baum,dein Kleid will mich was leh ren:
*
=t
m
Du griinst nicht nur zur Som-mer -zeit, doch auch im Win - ter,wenn es schnei
Wie oft hat nicht zur Weihnachtszeit einBaumvondir michhoch er-freut!
Die Hoff nung und Be -stan - dig - keit gibt Trost und Kraft zu al - ler Zeit.
tTannenbaum*
125
m
Tan-nen-baum, o Tan - nen-baum, wie treu sind dei - ne Blat-ter!
Tan - nen-baum, o Tan-nen-baum, dukannstmir sehr ge-fal-len.
Tan-nen-baum, o Tan - nen-baum, dein Kleid will mich was leh - ren.
HEINRICH HEINE.
f) Langsam.
Fruhlmgsgruss.
FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY.
1. Lei - se zieht durch mein Ge - miit lieb - li - dies Ge - lau - te.
2. Kling bin - aus bis an das Haus, wo die Blu-men sprie - ssen.
r
*_ JL JfL JjL JL JL -_j_- K^
f rr r-i t * L
_5_
p H '
_jg
T ^
En b t 7 ~t
-
I i/ i/ u* i/
1 1
v y v v ^ v
I
Klin - ge, klei - nes Frith-lings- lied, kling bin - aus ins Wei - te.
Wenn du ei - ne Ro - se schaust, sag, ich lass' sie gru - ssen.
Du bist wie eine Blume.
HEINRICH HEINE.
Innig
ANTON RUBINSTEIN.
^f^:r-f : f : ^-'^^=f^ qjylE I -1 -JV+ 4_q_j
3=BM f-bH i> Fg=E^==j=E^_ : jZ[zg ^
Du bist wie ei - ne Blu - me so hold und schon un<
E =P=E= :=
b/ H
3
-*-* F=
1 V V
Ich schau' dich an und Weh - niut schleicht mir ins
^7r t . t; . i; -s-r^--^EM*- ,frt ; -*
^ j^ i ^pb=EzpE^-=E=p:^pr tnT ~tg
1 1 u I I fr
^=J^J -.
*==i==3=:
Herz hin - ein. . . Mir ist als ob ich die Han
fcfez:
**^-PM^
/L'b KJ J
J ,
2-1 Ju' J
22
4 M>
j j
f(\\u ZHt3 fl
n g
"!/ ^
.
i ^
i i f \
vMJ k J 2
h
j
ib
J J J
S3
J
kJ
de aufs Haupt dir le - gen sollt', be - tend, dass
^^., | . l v
-17
i-
1
dz
r ^B
u
^
p : p p_
g b t.-
i 1 ,
^f^^ ^ 5-
126
Du Kft tme cine Blume.
127
y=*-
Gott dich er - hal te so rein und schon und hold.
cres
=^ lE=
=^N^a
r~ p y
i ' * ^
so rein und
Be - tend, dass Gott dich er - hal
cres ... cen
&*
te
do
^L ^1 1
iEEl
F=f
schon und hold .
Be - tend dass Gott dich er -
V H & H5> v-t ^ P to
^=H.^ =t= (^t^ r -rr^- y r
i - i
i
-|-i T
lf=il
^f
1 1
hal . te
so rein und schon und hold. . .
\ !
i
Sah ein Knab' ein Roslein stehn.
JOHANN WOLFGANG VON GOETHE.
Mdssig bewegt
HEINRICH WERNER.
1. Sah ein Knab' ein Ros-lein stehn, Ros-lein auf der Hei - den, war so Jung und
2. Kna -be sprach: ich bre - che dich,Ros- lein auf der Hei - den !R6s-lein sprach: ich
3. Und der wil - de Kna - be brach's Ros-lein auf der Hei - den; Ros-lein wehr-te
f>+ -9-
ft -9- -9- -99-9- -9- -9- -*-* -9- -9- -t-9_-* m . 1
^RFt P ?^N-fc-Ft=t ftp ^ feij=zips^ig^
-^*L M I P r-^ I b b b~: 1 r- I I f hi 1 -
^^R i b^^s-u-pp ^ p rr t^B^-H^t-
- 9
mor-genschon,lief erschnell,es nah zu sehn,sah's mit vie-lenFreu-den.
ste - che dich,dass du e - wig denkst an mich, und ich will's nicht lei - den.
sich und stach,half ihm doch kein Weh und Ach,musst' es e - ben lei - den.
-,^,-,-,^^ r f^-f^f^|Eg^ 1' -
HP- 2 -
;=F= t
mfcres. ~- f
R6s-lein,Ros-lein, Ros-lein rot, Ros - lein auf der Hei - den.
mfcres.
mj cres. /.
V I i I
128
Sanft
StiUe Nacht.
Volkslied.
Volksweise.
r>f>
1. Stil . le Nacht, hei - li - ge Nacht ! Al - les schlaft, ein - sam wacht
2. Stil - le Nacht, hei- li-ge Nacht! Hir - ten erst kund ge-macht
3. Stil-le Nacht, hei - li -ge Nacht! Got - tes Sohn, o wielacht
=P^:
ifii
m
-^-
nur das trau - te, hoch - hei - li - ge Paar. Hoi - der Kna - be im
durch der En - gel Hal - le - lu - ja, tont es laut von
Lieb* aus dei - nem gott - li-chen Mund, da uns schlagt die
f-
-9-
_0J_
f- f- -+
-0-
-+-
-^ r -~
^^-
: r
10
f^~
-H0
^^t
i
-t
-^-
9
~"r^~B~
p
\J^-'
g
, V
m
I*
m .
L ^ j
1
tr
V
V
$
r
r
U 1 i/ I/
V
^=^y
b
F ^r
lock - i - gen Haar,schlaf ' in himin - li-scher Ruh 1 , schlaf in himmlischer
fern und nah: Christ der Ret - ter ist da, Christ der Ret -ter ist
ret - tende Stand', Christ, in dei - ner Ge - burt, Christ,in dei- ner Ge-
dim.
T
Ruh'I
da!
burtl
f>f>
129
Krdfttgt itnb iibet ben (Seift an tt>enigen, uwrbigen Stoffcn !
cnn ttjr 311 lernen gelernt.
oetfye.
130
4
LESSON I.
Present of fjafien arid feitu Gender.
(Jrifd? begonnen, fyalb gemonncn. 2)eutfdje3
Well begun is half done. German Proverb-
1. Present Tense of fyabetl, to have, and feitt, to be.
id) Ijafce, I have. id) Bin, lam.
bit (aft, thou hast. bit &tft, ^ow ar.
er, fic f e3 (at, fte, s/ie, if has. ' er, fic f c^ ift, he, she, it is.
ttur Jjafcen, toe /tave. nitr fhtb, toe are.
t^r ^abt f you have. tljr fcib r yow are.
fie fjafcen, ^ey /iave. fie fittb f ^e?/ are.
2. Gender. Like English, German has three genders : mas-
culine, feminine, and nenter. Names of males are usually
masculine and names of females usually, feminine.
But inanimate objects may be masculine, feminine, or neuter.
Thus the German word for knife is neuter ; for fork, feminine ;
and for spoon, masculine.
(a) To indicate gender the definite article (masc. ber, fern.
Me, neut. bd$, the) should be learned with every noun. It
should be considered a part of the noun and learned as a first
syllable; not (gdjiUer, but ber djitter; not @d)u(e, but Me
cljule ; not 93ud), but ba$ $Bnfy.
131
132 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
3. German Questions, In German, as in English, a question
is asked by inverting subject and predicate, or by using an
interrogative adverb or pronoun.
Sittirf)? Ami?
280 &ift btt ? Where art thou ?
(a) The English repetition of the auxiliary in a question, as
isn't he ? don't you f won't they ? can't I ? etc., is given in Ger-
man simply by nidjt or ntcfyt fodljr, (is it) not true?
We are the pupils, aren't we? 2Bir fittb Me Sdjitler, nidjt (ttwljr) ?
She has the book, hasn't she ? @ie tyat ba3 Stttty, ttidjt
4. Vocabulary.
ber Setter, teacher. feitt, to be.
bet (Sdjii'Ier, pupil (compare ttwljr, true.
scholar). J)ter f here.
bte ^e'ber, pen; also feather. too? where?
bte Sdju'Ie, school; in ber Sdjule, ir^ f /; mir r i^e; bit r ^ow; i^r, yo?^;
i^ or at school. er f Ae; fte, she; e^ f i^; fie f they.
ooA:. ja f yes.
f paper. nid)t t not.
fja'fcen, o 7it?e. unb f and.
(a) Note that the same word, fte, means she or they.
5. Oral Drill.
(a) l. $8) bin ber djttler. 2. m btft ber gefyrer, ntcfjt
3. gr ift in ber (Sdjule, 4. 2Btr fjaben bte geber,
5. r abt ba^ 33ud. 6.
(&) 1. Where is the book ? 2. It is here, isn't it ? 3. The
teacher has the book. 4. I have the paper. 5. They are
at (in bet) school. 6. We have the pen and the paper.
PAST OF HABEN AND SEIN. 133
6. Exercise.
(a) 1. Kead Qn ber djnle, Easy Reading, 1.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of fjabett and fetn ; of
inanimate feminines ; of German questions ; of ntd^t tfldfyr.
(b) L 3ft ber @d)U(er fyter? 2. $rf) bin ber gefyrer, nid)t
toaljr ? 3. |>aft bit ba3 33ncl) ? 4. 2Bo finb fie? 5. aben
fie geber unb papier? 6 @mb tt)ir in ber @d)nle?
(c) 1. The pupil is here. 2. Where are you? 3. We
have the book and the paper. 4. The teacher is at (in ber)
school, isn't he ? 5. I have the pen, haven't I ? 6. They
are here in school, and they have the book.
(c) " Where are you ? "
" We are here at school."
" You have the pen, haven't you ? "
" Yes, we have the pen and the paper."
" Is the teacher here ? " i^
" Yes, and he has the book."
LESSON II.
Past of fya&ett and fcin.
2IUcr 2lnfang tft fd?mer.
Every beginning is hard. German Proverb.
7. Past Tense of Ijaben and fetn.
tcfy ^attc f I had. tptr Ijatten, we had.
bu ^attcft r thou hadst. t^r ^attct f you had. if
cr f fic r e fjatte, he, she, it had. fte fatten, they had.
134 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
id) ttwr, I was. ttrir ttwren, we were.
bit ttwrft, thou wast. if)r ttwrt, you were.
er, fie, e3 ttiar r fte, sfte, it was. fie ttwren, Me?/ were.
8. Nominative and Accusative Cases. The nominative and
accusative are always alike, except in the masculine singular.
(a) The Nominative, as in English, is the case (1) of the
subject, and (2) of the predicate after intransitive verbs like
fern, to be, and ftevben, to become.
^er SBater ttwr gut The father was good.
(r ift ber Setter* He is the teacher.
(6) The Accusative, like the English objective, is the case of
the direct object.
<3ie Ijat einen $ater, She has a father.
ir fatten einen Setter* We had a teacher.
9. Table of Nominative and Accusative Forms.
Definite Article, the.
Singular. Plural.
M. F. N.
Norn, bet bie ba bte
Ace. ben bie ba3 bie
Indefinite Article, a.
Singular. Plural.
M. F. N.
Nom. ein einc ein (Want-
Ace, einen eine ein ing.)
(a) Note that bie is the form of the nominative and accusative of the
definite article for all genders in the plural, and for the feminine singular.
Observe especially the masculine singular, contrasting the nominative and
accusative forms.
10. A Predicate Adjective, as in English, is not declined.
fieljm ift gttt The teacher is good.
S3udj ttttb bie Dlofe finb rot. The book and the rose are red.
11. Terms of Address. )u (plural tfyr) is used in address-
ing intimate friends, relatives, young children, and animals ;
PAST OF HABEN AND SEIN. 135
but in more formal intercourse German uses the third person
plural form with the pronoun capitalized.
Have you the book ? (To the teacher.) ^>afceit 8te ba3 SSttdj ?
(To a fellow pupil.) aft bit bag SBitd) ?
(To several pupils.) abt tfjr ba3 SBurf) ?
(a) ie is the common mode of address to-day in Germany for both
singular and plural, except when bil (ifyr) is required. Think whether you
are addressing intimate friends or not ; when in doubt, use @ie.
12. Vocabulary.
bet SBru'ber, brother. gut, good.
ber SBn'ter, father. eitt, a, an.
bic Sftitt'ter, mother. aud), ateo, too.
bic <3rf)ttie'fter f sister. gc'ftertt, yesterday.
ba $an^ f house; 511 $au'fe f ^ ttcin f wo.
home*
13. Oral Drill.
(a) i. S)er SSater tt)ar gut. 2. te c^lt)efter ^atte einen
53ruber. 3. SBaren fie aut^ gut? 4. 2Ba3 fatten @te l ?
5. SBtr ^atteu eiue cl)it)efter. 6. S)u t^arft gu au f e r ^i^^
ttafjr?
(6) 1. I had a brother. 2. The sister was good. 3. Were
you (write three ways) at home? 4. The father and the
mother had a house. 5. Was the pupil good, too ? 6. The
house was good, wasn't it ?
14. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead )er ncicijfte ag, Easy Reading, 2-4.
2. Point out illustrations of the past of fyabetl and (eitt ; of
the nominative and accusative cases ; of both articles ; of a
predicate adjective ; of terms of address.
136 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(b) i. Sareu @ie geftern 511 aufe? 2. wtte bie Gutter
eiue djtoefter unb aucf) eiueu Sruber? 3, 2Bareu bie @cl)tt>efter
unb bie Sautter gut? 4, fatten toir einen SSater unb aucf)
etueu 33ruber? 5. SBo ttmr ber S^iiler, uub ttm$ fyatte er?
6. fatten @ie gefteru eiu Surf) iu ber @dntle ?
(c) 1. I have a brother and a father ; they are good. 2. They
were at home yesterday (translate, yesterday at home).
3. Were you also at home ? 4. No, I was at (iu ber) school
yesterday. 5. What had you at school yesterday ? Was it
good ? 6. The mother and the sister have a house.
(d) " Where were you yesterday ? "
"I was not at (iu ber) school ; I was at home."
" And what had you yesterday at home ? "
" We had a book ; it was good."
" Have you a father and a mother ? "
" Yes, and also a sister and a brother. They are good, too."
LESSON III.
Present of fofcen. Definite Article.
Das ZPerf lobt ben IKetfter. 2>eutfdje3 (^rtdjwort
The work praises the master. German Proverb.
15. Classification of Verbs. Verbs are generally called
strong, or irregular, when the stem vowel changes in the past ;
weak, or regular, when it remains the same : (weak, fobeu, tobte ;
strong, fefyeu, jot)). Compare English praise, praised; see, saw.
Note. These terms were invented by the German scholar, Jacob
Grimm. A strong verb has strength enough to form its past by changing
its vowel ; a weak one requires the help of an ending.
PRESENT OF LOBEN. 137
16. The Weak Verb has the following personal endings in
the present tense. These are added to the verb stem, which
is found by dropping the infinitive ending ?ett.
Singular. Plural.
1st c en
2d - -(e)ft - (c)t
3d (c)t en
(a) Euphony requires that certain verbs have -e- before the
ending in the second person singular and plural and in the
third singular: bu grufjeft, thou greetest; er todftet, he waits.
Otherwise the sound of the ending would be lost in that of
the stem : bu gritftft, er toartt.
17. Present Tense of toben, to praise. Stem, (ob.
id) (ofte, I praise. tint (often, we praise.
btt (oftft, thou praisest. i(jr (oftt, you praise.
er, fie, e3 (oftt, he, she, it praises. fie (often, they praise,
(a) Conjugate like foben the present of fagett, tyieten, and fernett.
18. English Progressive and Emphatic Forms are given in
German by the simple verb.
/ am studying, I do study. $dj (erne*
He was praising, he did praise. ($r (oftte*
Were you saying? Did you say? 3agtcu &it?
19. The Definite Article.
Singular. Plural.
Masc. Fern. Neut. All genders.
Norn. bet, the. bie, the. ba3, the. bie, the.
Gen. be3, of the. ber, of the. be3, of the. bet, of the.
Dat. bent, to the. ber, to the. bem, to the. ben, to the.
Ace. ben, the. bie, the. bag, the. bie, the.
(a) Note the similarity: ber er, bie fte, ba$ e3, bie fte.
138 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
20. Vocabulary.
fcer (Som'mer, summer; im 8om= to'bett, to praise.
met, in (the} summer. ffi'&en r o sa?/.
fcer 2Bht'ter, winter ; im Winter, ftrie'fett, o
in (the} winter. Qfiitt, green.
bte Ofa'fe, rose. ttwrm, warm.
im gette, in the ba3, ^a.
grrass. in r with the dative, in ; tm f for tit
(er'ttcn, to learn; to study. bcm f in the.
21. Oral Drill.
(a) i. gernen @ie im SBtnter? 2. Qd) [pick im ommer,
3. 8obt er bie SRofcV 4. 3ft ba^ ra^ grim? 5. 3^er
fitter fptclt im gelbe. 6. SBarum fagt er ba^ ?
(6) 1. I study in winter. 2. We play in summer.
3. What are you saying? 4. They are praising the rose.
5. The grass is green. 6. Why do you play in the field ?
22. Exercise.
(a) 1. -Read gin Jag im ommer, Easy Reading, 4, 5.
2. Point out illustrations of the definite article; of weak
verbs ; of verbs that may be translated by the progressive or
emphatic forms.
(6) 1. 9Ba3 fagen ie? SBarum fagen @ie ba$? 2. pieten
ttrir im ommer unb lernen ttrir im SBinter? 3. 3ft ba$ rd$
im getbe griin im @ommer? 4. 3Ba$ ift ba^? 3ft e$ bie
$Rofe? 5. 8obt ber Secret bie 9tofe? 6. SBarum fpielen @ie
nidjt im getbe ?
(c) 1. Do you study in summer and also in winter?
2. The grass in the field is green in summer. 3. What are
PAST OF LOBEN. 139
you playing? 4. Why are you learning that? 5. I am
praising the rose. 6. The teacher is praising the pupil.
(d) " Why aren't you studying? "
" What do you say ? Why am I not studying ? "
" Yes, you are playing, aren't you ? "
" Yes, we are playing in the field."
"Does the teacher praise the pupils (bie djitler) ? "
-" No, he does not praise the pupils, when (toetm) they play."
LESSON IV.
Past of fo&en* Indefinite Article.
IPte gebt cs? <5art3 gut, id? banfe.
.x
How goes it? Quite well, I thank (you).
23. The Past Tense of Weak Verbs is formed by adding ^
to the present stem. The personal endings are the same as in
the present tense, except that the third singular is like the first.
24. Past Tense of loben.
id) lofcte, I praised. ttrir lofcten, we praised.
bit (o&teft, thou didst praise. tfyr lobtet, you praised.
Ct f ftc r t (oitc f he, she, it praised. fie lofitett, they praised.
(a) Conjugate the past tense of fernen, fagen and fpielen.
:25. The Indefinite Article.
Singular.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Nom.
ein, a.
cinc r a.
citt f a.
Gen.
cittc f of a.
cittcr, of a.
eitic r of a.
Dat.
etttejtt, to a.
einer, to a.
etnem, to a.
,U .Ace.
etncn f a.
cmc f a.
eitt f a.
140 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
26. Position of ntd)t When ntcl)t, not, modifies the whole
sentence, it stands at or near the end ; otherwise it comes just
before the word or phrase it negatives.
lofcen ben Sdjitfer ttirfjt. We are not praising the pupil.
SBoot ttwr ttidjt im 2$affer The boat was not in the water.
27. Vocabulary.
Or) Sri*?, Fred. ba3 $ftlt, desk.
(bcr) $0'f)fttttt, John. ba3 Gaffer, water; im 293affer, in.
(tier) $avl f Charles. the water.
be* ar'ten, garden; im arteu, . frf)iw, beautiful.
in the garden. Jjeu'te, to-day.
bie SSattl, bench. gut, adv., weZZ (see 12).
(not boot). ttrie?
28. Oral Drill.
(a) i. ter ift etne 53anf. 2. 8obten @ie etnen arten
nict)t? 3. a^ 33oot ift ftf)dn ; e^ ift tudjt ^irn SBaffcr. 4. 9Bie
ternten lt)ir ^eute? 5. SBarum fpielten @ie ^eute nt(^t?
6. atteft bu em ^ult?
(6) 1. The bench was not in a garden. 2. Why didn't
you praise the pupil ? 3. Is the boat in the water ? 4. A
desk is in the garden. 5. I didn't study well to-day (translate,
to-day not well). 6. How beautiful is the rose ?
29. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read Qm arten, Easy Reading, 6, 7.
2. ' Point out illustrations of the past of weak verbs ; of the
indefinite article ; of the position of ntrf)t.
(6) 1. ptelten ber 33ruber unb bte Scfjroefter fyeitte im ar*
ten? 2, 2Sie ternten grife nnb ^o^ann geftern? 3. atte
$ar(etn93oottin2Baffer? 4. SBarnm lernten gri nnb
PRESENT OF SEHEN. 141
fyeitte nicfyt? 5, atte ber 8el)rer ein ^utt unb etne
6. 9Bar e$ fyeute fdjbn tm arten?
(c) 1. It is beautiful to-day in the garden, isn't it. 2. Were
you playing to-day with (tnit ivith dative) a boat in the water ?
3. No, we studied at home ; we were studying well. 4. The
teacher has a desk and a bench at (in ber) school, hasn't he ?
5. How were you playing yesterday ? 6. We were not play-
ing yesterday ; we were studying at home in the garden.
(d) " How did you study to-day ? "
" We studied well ; the teacher praised us."
" Did Charles and John play with (tnit with dative) a boat in
the water ? "
" No, they didn't play ; they studied too ; they studied well."
" What did they have, a book and a pen ? "
" Yes, and they had a desk and a bench, too."
LESSON V.
Present of feljetu Review.
Das IPctb fiebt ticf ; ber UTann ftetjt u>ett. 2>eutfdjeS <
Woman sees deep; man sees far. German Proverb.
30. Certain Strong Verbs change the stem vowel of the sec-
ond and third persons singular in the present indicative, as
in feljett (bu fietyft, er fiefjt); fpre^en (bit fortdjft, er ft>rtd)t).
A list of strong verbs will be found on pages 337 to 342.
31. Present Tense of fefyett, to see.
tdj felje f I see. ttrir fefjett f we see.
btt fiel)ft r thou seest. t^r fc^t f you see.
er, fie, e3 fieljt, he, she, it sees. fie feljett, they see.
(a) Conjugate the present of foremen (bu tyricf)ft) and finben (bu finbeft).
142 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
32. The Possessives meitt, my, betn, thy, feht, his, etc., are
declined like ein ( 25). The plural is regular : meine, mehter,
tnetnen, meine, for all three genders.
33. Vocabulary.
(ba$) >eittfdj, German (language). fpre'djett, bit tyridjft, to speak.
(baS) (Sinu'liftl), English (language). beitt f thy; your (singular).
btc $faffe, class. metit, my.
le'fen, bit lieft (or Kefeft), cr Heft, fcin f his.
to read. ttic'ttig, little, in the sense of not
fe'ljett, bit fietyft, to see. much; em tteitig, a little.
ftt'aen, bit fi# (or ftyeft), to sit a'fcer, but.
(16, a). fe^r f
34. Oral Drill.
(a) L ic^ft bu bie Slaffc? 2. 2Rcm 2Sater Heft
3. @ein S3ruber fprtdjt (Sngltfc^. 4. SBir fi^en feljr tuenig.
5. (Sprint bie fifoffe J)eutfc^? 6. ie^ft bu bie 9to(e?
(6) 1. My class is reading German. 2. Your (thy) teacher
speaks English. 3. Does his brother read very little?
4. He does not see the teacher. 5. Is she sitting in the
garden ? 6. How does he speak German ?
35. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead ^n bet Slaffe, Easy Reading, 7-9.
2. Point out illustrations of the present and past of [ein and
of weak verbs ; of the present of strong verbs ; of the definite
and indefinite articles ; of possessives ; of the position of ntdjt ;
of predicate adjectives ; of terms of address.
(6) 1. iefjt ber gefyrer ben Scpter in ber Staffe? 2. gieft
metn S3ater )eutfd) unb (gtiflHfdj? 3. @prid)ft bu in ber
Staffe IDeutfd)? 4. SBo fifet bein Sruber, unb tDa^ Heft er?
REVIEW. 143
5. iefjt er feme rfjtoefter? 6, SBarum ftmdjt er fefjr
toentg }entfd)?
(c) 1. Does his sister speak German and English in the (in
ber) class? 2. Do you (singular) see your house? 3. My
brother speaks very little German, but he reads English.
4. I do not see your (thy) mother; where is she sitting?
5. His father speaks English, but very little German. 6. My
sister reads German, but she does not speak it (e$).
(d) " Do you (singular) speak German in the class ? "
" No, I speak English, but I read German a little."
" Does your teacher speak and read German ? "
" Yes, he speaks and reads it (e$) very well."
" Do you see my book here ? "
" It was here yesterday (translate, yesterday here), but I do
not see it to-day."
36. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Conjugate in the present and past Qtf) fyabe etne $e*
ber. 9Bo bin id)? $&) fjriefe tnt arten. 2. Conjugate in
the present $d) felje nteinen 53ruber. 8efe tc^ eutfdf)? ^c^
fprec^e nid)t fe^r gut. 3. Decline ber ; etn ; tnein. 4. Give
the rule for pronouns of address ; for the position of ntdfjt ;
for translating the emphatic and progressive forms of the
English verb.
(6) 1* $tf) bin ber @cf)u(er, ntrf)t toa^r? 2. 3Ba ^at ber
?ef)rer? 3. So fatten @ic metn 33u^ ? 4. J)er 2?ater unb
bte Gutter tt)aren gn wnfe. 5. SS3ir f^teften tnt gelbe.
6. 3Reine c^tocftcr fobt bte 9?ofe. 7. attc fein Srnber etn
Soot tnt SBaffer? 8. )n ftcfift bte 33anl tnt arten ntc^t.
9. 2J?ein 33ater tie ft S)entf^ r aber er f priest e$ nt(^t. 10. 28o
fi^en ber (Settler nnb fetn 33ruber?
144 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.'
(c) 1. Have you my paper ? 2. It is at school, isn't it ?
3. His teacher had a bench and a desk. 4. You were at
school yesterday* weren't you ? 5. They were playing in the
water. 6. We studied at home to-day. 7. Do you (singular}
see your book ? 8. His mother reads German, doesn't she ?
9. Yes, and she speaks; it a little. '10. We do not speak it
very well (not very well, 26).
LESSON VI.
Past of fdjett. Masculine Nouns of the First Class.
Was tft bas ? 3*? t>erftetje es ntcfyt.
What is that? I don't understand it.
37. The Past Tense of Strong Verbs has the same personal
endings as the present, except that the first and third persons
singular have no personal ending.
Past Tense of fefyen.
id) f afj, / saw. ttrir f aijett, we saw.
bit fafyft, thou sawest. iljr faljt, you saw.
er, fie, e3 falj, he, she, it saw. fie fallen, they saw.
(a) Conjugate the past of tyrerfjen (tyradj), finben (fanb), fiett (fag),
and lefen (lag).
38. Classes of Nouns. Nouns are divided into five classes
according to the way they are declined.
The first class contains those which do not change in the
plural, except sometimes to take umlaut.
(a) Umlaut means changed sound and is indicated by two dots over
the vowel. $, o, and u are the only vowels that can take umlaut. Com-
pare the English : man, men; foot, feet. See also I, c of the Introduction.
MASCULINES OF THE FIRST CLASS. 145
39. The First Class of Nouns contains only words of more
than one syllable. It includes :
(1) All masculine and neuter nouns ending in ?ef, -er, *etu
(2) All diminutives (neuter) ending in ^cfjetl or 4em.
(3) Neuter nouns with prefix e- and suffix *e.
(4) The two femiiiines 2)httter and Jodjter.
40. Declension of a Masculine Noun of the First Class.
Singular. Plural.
Nom. bcr SBruber, the brother. bie 23ritber, the brothers.
Gen. be3 S3ruber3, the brother's. bcr SBritber, the brothers'.
Dat. bcm SBruber, (to} the brother. bctt SBritbertt, (to) the brothers.
Ace. ben SBruber, the brother. bte SBriiber, the brothers.
(a) Like ber SBritber decline ber @d)iUer, ber efjrer, ber $ater (bie
$ater), ber arten (bie arten), ber @ommer, ber ^Sinter. Decline each
of these nouns also in the singular with etn. See 25.
41. Vocabulary.
bcr $rm, arm. btc SJHit^e, cap.
tor $u& foot. ftn / bcn f faitb, to find, found.
bie 5tuf'gaBc f exercise (of the les- tittt f tat f to do, did.
son). tt'Bctt r iifcte, ^o exercise (practise),
bic wttb, /iawd exercised.
42. Oral Drill.
(a) 1, e^en te meinen Wrm? 2. 3Ba^ taten beine
SSriiber? 3, S)ie rf)ufer lafen etne Slufgabe. 4. ganb ber
Setter jeine 9J?it^e? 5. m fa^ft fetnen gu unb feme |>atux
6. SBtr fa^en im arten unb [^teften,
(b) 1. She was reading an exercise. 2. Did you find my
cap ? 3. The pupils spoke very little. 4. I saw his hand,
his arm, and his foot. 5. What did the teachers do to-day ?
6. Did your (thy) father speak German ?
146 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
43. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead 2luf bent @ptetylat$, Easy Reading, 10, 11.
2. Point out illustrations of the past tense of strong verbs ;
of masculine nouns of the first class.
(6) 1. SBaS fallen ttrir geftern? 2. 2Bo fanb bet @d)itler
feme 3Kne? 3. afyft bu etnen 2lrnt, eine anb, nnb etnert
gufj. 4, 2Ba3 taten meine 33ritber fyente ? 5. 2Bie fafyen @ie
[etne anb unb [etnen gn, aber ntdjt [etnen 2lrtn? 6. 8a[en
@ie ge[tern eine 3lnfgabe ?
(c) 1. He exercised with (nut with dative) his arm, his hand,
and his foot. 2. Did you (singular) find your cap at home
(jn an[e) ? 3. Did the pupils read an exercise to-day ? 4. I
saw his cap, but he did not find it ([te). 5. She saw my hand
and my arm, but not my foot. 6. How did you do that ?
(d) " Were you at home yesterday ? "
" Yes, my brothers and I were at home."
" What were you doing ? "
" I was reading an exercise."
" And what did the brothers do ? Did they read, too ? "
" No, they played and exercised."
LESSON VII.
Present of toerben. Feminine Nouns of the First Class.
TOas lange roafyrt, tmrb gut. 2>eutfrf>e3 toort.
What takes long, becomes good. German Proverb.
44. Present Tense of toerben, to become, get.
id) ttierbc, / become, get. torn* tterbcn, we become.
bu tutrft, thou becomest. ttjr ttcrbct f you become.
cr f fic f e^ ttilrb, he, she, it becomes. fie tticrbcn, they become.
PRESENT OF WERDEN. 147
45. Declension of a Feminine Noun of the First Class.
Singular. Plural.
Nom. bie Xodjter, the daughter. bie orfjtcr f the daughters.
Gen. bet Xodjter, the daughter's. bet Xfirfjter, ^e daughters\
Dat. bet orf)ter, (o) ^e daughter. bCtt Stirfjtertt, (o) ^e daughters.
Ace. bie Xodjter, ^e daughter. bie $i)rf)ter, ^e daughters.
(a) Note that feminine nouns keep the same form throughout the sin-
gular. 2)ie ^ot^ter forms the plural merely by taking umlaut, hence it is
of the first class. Like bie od)ter decline Me 2Jhitter, the only other
feminine of the first class.
46. The Possessive Genitive. The German genitive, like
the English possessive, is used to denote possession. As in
English, it may precede or follow its noun.
$03 Srf)itter3 Shtrfj* The pupil's book.
$te 9fafe bet Sodjter, The rose of the daughter.
(a) The genitive singular masculine and neuter of all nouns except
Class V ends in (e).
47. Vocabulary.
bcr 2Bafb, wood, forest; im 28afbe f ge'ljett f fltniele, ^ame; com- grog f large, big.
pare fytefen. l(etn r small, little.
fte'tyen, ftanb, to stand. ba, there.
Herfte^en, Uerftanb, to understand. o'ber f or.
61. Oral Drill.
(a) i. SBerben te ba fptefen? 2. (Sr tirirb bte @pte(e fter*
fte^en. 3. )u toirft bie SSatfe finben. 4. 3eutf$eg (
Practice makes perfect (literally, the master). German Proverb.
63. The Use of the Present for the Future. As in English,
German often uses the present for the future, when no misun-
derstanding can arise. This occurs usually when the sentence
contains an adverbial expression referring to the future.
They will play. eutfdj.
64. Vocabulary.
geniig', enough. fo, so.
f rfjmer, hard, difficult. ttiei'ter, further ; go on ; nnb fo
bfinn f then ; next. letter, and so forth.
je^t, now. tt)ie fdja'be ! what a shame I that's
tt f fast, quickly. too bad !
65. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )a$ piet, Easy Reading, 16, 17.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of the present for the
future ; of the present, past, and future tenses ; of the posses-
sive genitive ; of the indirect 'object.
(b) l. SBerben Me djiiter ba$ Spiel jefet ftrielett? 2. 9Bie
frfjabe! 9Ba3 tDerben fie bcmn tun? 3. 9Berben fie fd^nett ge^
^en? 4. 'Die @ae finb fo ft^trer! 3=ft ba$ nid)t genug?
REVIEW. 155
5. 2Btrb ber ?el)rer bcmtt lefen? 6. 3ft ber er Scorer fprad).
The pupil was reading the book. $>cr (Sdjitfer la bag $wl).
72. Nouns of the Third Class add *er to form the plural and
take umlaut whenever possible ; that is, when the stem vowel
is a, o, U, or ait. This class contains a large number of neuter
monosyllables and about twelve masculines, but no feminines.
Nouns ending in -inm modify the vowel in the ending *tUIU,
instead of in the stem.
Learn the declension of ber Sftdtttt and bd$ 33uc^ on page 343,
370, a and c.
(a) In like manner decline ba ge(b (bic gefber), ba$ $inb (bie $inber),
ba ait8 (bie fiufer), ba @fa3 (bic Icifer), ber SSalb (bie 28atber).
(6) From now on the class of each noun will be indicated in the
vocabularies .by a Roman numeral.
73. Vocabulary.
ber 9Jiftim f bic banner III, man. alt, old.
ba ebtrf)t' f bic cbidjtc II, poem, tm'mer, always.
ba3 htb, bic htber III, child. trie!, much, a great deal; pi., Hick
ba3 2Bort r bic SBiJrtcr III, word. many.
p'ren, reg., to hear. nod), yet; not^j nit^t r not yet,
ttCtt, new. mit f prep, with dative, with.
THE PERFECT TENSE. 159
74. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 3Me banner fyaben Me $tnber gefyort 2. J)te inber
fyaben fctele ebtcfyte gefernt 3. )te Scanner fjaben nod) ntcfyt
mit ben $tnbern gefyriett 4. SBaren bte SBorter ber ebtcfyte
nen? o. $cf) f) a & e imtner trie! gelefen. 6. $tf) fyabe ba^
ebtdE)t norf) ntc^t geprt.
(6) 1. The children have learned many words. 2. Is the
poem old or new? 3. I have not yet Jieard the poems.
4. He has always played ball with the men. 5. Did you
hear the children ? 6. The poem is old, but many words in
it (burin) are new.
75. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead Qn ber 28albfcf)u(e, Easy Reading, 19, 20.
2. Point out illustrations of the perfect tense ; of the posi-
tion of the participle ; of the uses of the past and perfect ; of
nouns of the third class.
(6) 1. aben bie banner tnete Stnber gefeljen? 2. @aben
bte $inber me(e 2tfrter gelernt? 3. aben @te nod) nidjt nut
ben Stnbern gefptelt? 4. 3ft bte 9fttie be$ rfjitter^ nen?
5. aben bte Scanner tmnter fo gut gefungen? 6. at ber
Sefyrer t)ie(e ebtc^te gelefen?
(c) 1. The men didn't always play with the children.
2. Many words of the poem are new. 3. The man's chil-
dren haven't yet learned the words. 4. The children of
the teacher have always had a great deal to say (ju fagen).
5. Didn't you understand the poem or the words ? 6. Did
the pupil with the cap play with the children ?
(cf) " Haven't the children learned the poem yet ? "
160 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
"No, the words of the poems were new. They haven't
learned it (e$) yet."
" But many words of the poems are always new."
" Yes, but the children were playing with the men. They
did not study (fernen) the words."
" They have played a great deal. The teacher will not
praise them (fie)."
" They have learned many words. But they do not always
study well."
LESSON XII.
Perfect with fein. Weak Nouns.
Ste ftnb 311 fpdt gefommen; cr ift fcfyon gegangcn.
You have come too late ; he has already gone.
76. Use of f em as Auxiliary. Some verbs take f eht instead
of fyabetl as the auxiliary for the perfect. They are (1) intran-
sitives that indicate motion (like gefyen, fommett, etc.) or change
of condition (like fter&en, to die, toerben, etc.), (2) fein, to be,
and bletbetl, to remain, and (3) some impersonals ( 301, a).
Perfect Tense of gefyen*
idj Bin gegangen, / have gone, I mir finfc gegangen, we have gone,
went. we went.
&u &tft gegangen r thou hast gone. tfjr feib gcgangcn, you have gone.
er f fie, e ift gegangcn, he, she, it fie flub gegangen f they have gone.
has gone.
(a) In like manner conjugate id) bin nicfyt gefommen, ic^ bin ba getoefen,
tc^ bin ntiibe getrorben, id) bin nad) anfe gegangen.
Note. Many verbs take fjaben or fetn as auxiliary. If the verbal
action is emphasized, fjaben is used ; if the destination is given, use fcin.
PERFECT WITH SEIN. 161
We marched all day. 2Btr fyaben ben gangen ag marfdjiert.
We marched into the city. 2Btr ftnb in bie @tabt tnarfdjiert.
He rode very well. (r fyat fefyr gut gerttteiu
He rode into the garden. (r ift in ben arten geritten.
Of course when such a verb is used transitively, it takes fyaben.
I rode my horse. 3d) Ijabe ntein $ferb gerttten.
77. The Fourth Class of Nouns, commonly called the Weak
Declension, contains only masculines and feminines. The mas-
culines form all cases, singular and plural, by adding -(e)n
to the nominative singular. Feminines do not change in
the singular ; in the plural they add *(e)tl. The fourth class
includes :
(1) Most masculines ending in ?e and about twenty mascu-
line monosyllables which used to end in ?e (@elb, 9tor, etc.).
(2) Foreign masculines with the accent on the last syllable
((Stubenf, ^fjotograpf)', etc.).
(3) Most feminines of more than one syllable, and those of
one syllable not in Class II.
Learn the declension of ber $ttdbe and bie ^rait on page 343,
370, a and b.
(a) Like bie gran decline bie Slufgabe, bie geber (bie gebern), bie tfoffe,
bie TOifee, bie $oje r bie @eite, bie (Sdfynte, Me <3cf)tt>efter (bie
78. The Imperative in formal address is like the indicative
inverted. (For a full treatment, see 243 and -244.) An
exclamation mark usually follows a command in German.
Head the sentence, fiefett Sic ben @a^ !
Write the exercise. <3rfjmfett cr Sittn'gc, fccS 3itngctt r Me bag g-cn'ftcr I, windoiv.
3UttgCtt IV, boy (a bit commoner ba3 gim'mcr I, room.
than na&c). ttwr'tcn, reg. (^abctt), to wait.
tmS S3ctt f bc^ cttc^ f bic SBcttctt ft^on, already.
V, bed; $u S5ctt r to bed. toicUicr? how much? ttiiclric'lc
ba @n'bc f bc3 @nbc f bic @nbcn how many?
V, ewe?. latt'gc, adv., ?on^, a long time.
ba ftc'bcrfcctt, bcS ^c'bcrbcttc f ae^n r ten.
bic Jyefocrbettcn V, feather-bed. tt>ci f too.
PAST PERFECT TENSE. 165
86. Oral Drill.
(a) i. ?ernt ber ^unflc fdjon lange )eutfd)? 2. )a3 Sett
be$ 3 um 3 en *) at jroet Stibcn. 3. SBtetnete genfter fyat ba$
Dimmer? 4. >te sefjn gratten marten fdjon lange. 5. SBaren
@te ju aufe geblteben? 6. $d) Ijatte bte 3lufgabe ntdjt
Derftanben.
(b) 1. The boy's father has been waiting (a) long (time)
at the playground. 2. The room with the two beds had
many windows. 3. We had studied German (a) long (time).
4. How many feather-beds do you see? 5. We had been
waiting a long time and had got very tired. 6. How long
had they studied German ?
87. Exercise.
(a) 1. Kead $tn aufe, Easy Beading, 22-24.
2. Point out illustrations of the past perfect tense ; of the
present with fd)on for the perfect ; of the mixed declension.
(6) 1. SBaren bte 3^^9 e ^ f^ttt gelommen ? 2. SBarteten tirir
fdjon lange ? 3. SBtetriefe geberbetten fatten bte ^ungen auf
(on) bent (gnbe be$ 33ette$ gefefyen ? 4. SBtetuete genfter Ijatte
ntetn ^ttnnter ge^abt? 3^? 5 * ^ e ^ an 9 e towtn ' e f^ ott
ba? SBarteten @tc fc^on tange? 6. gBtetriefe genfter ^at ba^
Dimmer be ^ungen, unb lr)tet)iefe geberbetten finb auf bent
(Snbe be^ 33ette3 ?
(c) 1. I had a room with ten windows and a bed with two
feather-beds. 2. How long have you been waiting ? 3. How
many windows has the boy's room ? 4. I see the end of the
bed in the (tnt) room with the two windows. 5. Had the
boy's sister been waiting long ? 6. The boys had been wait-
ing a long time at the playground.
166 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(d) " Had the boys had a room with two windows ? v
"Yes, they had a room with two windows and two beds."
" How long had they had the room ? "
" Since (jett ivith dative) the end of the summer. The room,
is cold in winter."
" I am going to bed. We have waited here long enough."
" Yes, it is getting late."
LESSON XIV.
Future Perfect. Gender.
(Etne Scfytualbe mad?t fetnen Sommer. 2)eittfd)e3 0prtcf)h>ort
One swallow doesn't make a summer. German Proverb.
88. The Future Perfect is formed by combining the future
of the auxiliary (id) foerbe Ijaben, etc.) and the past participle.
The infinitive of the auxiliary follows the past participle.
$rf) toerbe ijefo&t Ijuftetu I shall ham praised.
3dj foerbe gegangcn feitu. I shall have gone.
(a) As in English, the future perfect is seldom used in German.
89. Rules of Gender. There are no very helpful rules for
German gender. Below are those which have fewest excep-
tions. These rules fall into two classes : those that determine
the gender by meaning, and those that determine it by ending.
(a) Nouns that determine the gender by their meaning :
1. Names of males, days, months, and seasons are mascu-
line : ber 9!ftamt, the man; ber (Sonn'tag, Sunday; ber 3Jiat,
May ; ber OTtUtier, summer.
2. Names of females and abstract nouns are mostly femi-
nine : bte $rcm, the woman; bte greube, joy; Me 8tebe, lorn.
FUTURE PERFECT. GENDER. 167
3. Names of cities or countries and words not nouns, but
used as such, are usually neuter : bd$ fcfyotte ^Berlin', beautiful
Berlin; bd$ treue eutfdj'fattb, loyal Germany ; bd$ 8eben, life
(leben, to live).
(b) Nouns that determine the gender by their ending :
1. Nouns having the ending nd), 4g, -ling, or *er expressing
agency, are masculine. Those in ?er belong to Class I, those
in 4d), -tg, or 4tng to Class II: ber Sep'pidj, the carpet; ber
So'ttig, the king; ber S'ting'ttng, the young man; ber Seljrer, the
teacher.
2. Nouns having the ending ^et, -Ijett, *fett, 4n, 'fdjdft, or
*ttttg, and most names of inanimate objects ending in ?e, are
feminine. These are all weak (Class IV) : bte Sftttigm, the
queen; bte off'nwtg, hope; bte ^reunb'fdjdft, friendship; bte
gret'fyett, freedom; bte 33Iwne, flower.
3. Nouns ending in the diminutive suffixes, -d)en or 4ettt,
are neuter. These belong to Class I : bd$ 2JMbdf)ett, the girl;
bd^ grtiufem, the young lady.
90. Vocabulary.
fret O'feit, bte Dfen I, stove. bte tir IV, door.
ber StuI)I f bie (Stii^le II, chair. ba3 S5i(b f bie 23Uber III, picture.
ber ^tfc^ f bte Xtfr^e II, table. ba ^aljr, bte ^a^re II, year.
bie (S'efe IV, corner; in ber ($rfe f intereffant^ interesting.
in the corner. bret r three. tlier, four.
91. Oral Drill.
(a) l. 28tr toerben bd^ SUb gefeljett ^dben. 2. gr iDtrb
bret Qafyt gemdrtet ^dben. 3. SBtetnete Jtfclje unb tittle
fe^en &ie? 4. te Jur tft in ber gcfe. 5. 5Dtc t)ter 4Bi(ber
tDdren feljr tntereffdnt. 6. SBerben te morgen gegdngen fein?
168 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(7>) 1. Shall you have seen the pictures to-morrow? 2. They
will have stayed four years. 3. The table and the chair are
in the corner. 4. Do you see a door and a stove? 5. They
will have gone to-morrow. 6. We saw the three pictures in
the corner.
92. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead )a$ 3* mmer ' Easy Reading, 24-26.
2. Point out two illustrations of each gender.
(&) 1. SBtetnete $al)re ttrirb fie getoartet fyaben? 2,
@te Me brei @tuf)fe unb bte fcter 33tlber in bent ^hunter gefetjen?
3. 3ft ba3 23tfb in ber (Scfe fefjr tntereffant? 3ft e3 triele
.^afyre alt? 4. SBtetnefe @titf)Ie, Xtfd)e r Dfen, Suren, unb
33ttber I)at ba^ 3i mmerk;) 5 * ^te ^ er ^f en * n ^ er ^ e a ^
nnb tntereffant? 6. at mein 3^^ er ^ re i 2u r en unb t)ier
(c) 1. He will have waited three or four years. 2. The
chairs and tables are old, but they are not interesting. 3. He
had waited three or four years ; he was getting tired. 4. Is
the stove in the corner a stove without (a) door? 5. How
long have they been waiting ? 6. The picture in the corner
is three years old ; it is not very interesting.
(d) " How many pictures do you see in the room ? "
" I see four pictures, and also two tables, a chair, and a
stove."
" Don't you see the door in the corner ? "
" I see the door, but it (fie) is not in the corner."
" The stove is many years old, isn't it ? "
"Yes, but this (btefe$) isn't interesting. I've studied
enough. I'm going to bed."
REVIEW.
169
LESSON XV.
Review.
IHan mug eiwas fein, um etwas 311 macfyen. oetf>e.
One must be something in order to do (make) something.
93.
Outline of Declensions.
CLASS.
MASC.
FEM.
NEUT.
PLURAL.
TAKE UMLAUT.
5t strong
el, en, cr
Gutter,
Sodjter
el, en, cr,
^cn r loin
add
nothing
sometimes
1 strong
mono-
syllables
mono-
syllables
mono-
syllables
add c
usually
1 strong
tuttt and
mono-
syllables
none
turn and
mono-
syllables
add cr
always
h weak
(e)
(e)
none
tt, Ctt f ttCtt
never
,h mixed
few
none
few
tt f Ctt
never
94.
Strong Noun Endings.
Singular.
Class II. Class III.
-(e)
-e*
-(e)
Plural.
Class I. Class II. Class III.
"Ctt
Note. The above tables are not meant to be complete, but just to
ive a graphic impression of the declensions.
170 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
95. Perfect Tenses.
Present Perfect = present of auxiliary (fyabett or feitt) -f
past (also called perfect) participle.
Past Perfect = past of auxiliary -+- past participle.
Future Perfect = future of auxiliary -j- past participle.
96. Table of Cases.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Masc. $>er SSruber be3 attainted gati bcm Scorer ben Stuljl.
$>ie Xorfjter ber $rau ga& ber Gutter Me
Neut. $>a3$ittb be$ TOumleittS gafc bem TOb^en ba
an dress
97. Infinitive of Purpose. The expression to, in order to,
denoting purpose in English, is rendered in German by uitt
* . * JU with the infinitive. A comma precedes utlt, and the
infinitive comes at the end.
He stayed to see the teacher. (r Wiefc, urn ben fietyrer git feljeiu
We read in order to understand. 993ir (efctt, itm gtt tierftcffCtt.
98. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. @r blieb, urn 511 fefen* 2. 2Bir finb nac^ aufe ge=
gangen, itm gu f^teten 3. 9Bir ge^en in bie cfjute, urn ju
(ernen. 4. @ic ternen, um gut 311 fpred)en. 5. tngft bu,
urn bie Slittne ju fe^en? 6.
(6) 1. We stayed to see the boy. 2. Do you go to school
to learn ? 3. He has gone home to study. 4. They study
in order to read well. 5. The boys read much, in order to
understand well. 6. She has stayed at home, in order to
read my book.
REVIEW. 171
99. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read art imb 3^ ann r Easy Reading, 26, 27.
2. Point out illustrations of the perfect and past perfect
with fyabeu and fern ; of distinctions between the past and
perfect ; of the imperative ; of the third and fourth classes
of nouns ; of substitutes for the perfect ; of the infinitive of
purpose.
(b) 1. 2Bo mar ^ofjamt geftern gebUeben? 2. 2Bie fcmge
tetnte $ar( fcljon Sugltfd)? 3. gerttte er Gmgtifd), urn gut 311
Icfcn? 4. SBo Ijat ^otjann Salt gefoielt? 5. Saturn Ijat
er bie a^e ntdjt gef(i)riebeu? 6. $ft er ju aufe geblteben,
urn Sail 3U fpteten?
(c) 1. He has stayed at home, (in order) to play ball.
2. The pupil has studied German two years. 3. Does he
study it, in order to speak well ? 4. German is not hard,
but we do not understand it. 5. How many books has
the boy (already) read? 6. The girls had written the
words and the sentences very well.
(d) " Why did you come so late ? "
" How long have you been waiting here ? "
" I've been waiting here a long time. Didn't you come to
play ball ? "
"No, I came to see the game. Aren't the boys playing
yet ? "
" Yes, they have been playing a long time, but they are get- .
ting tired."
"That is not very interesting. I'm going home to write
my brother a letter."
172 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
100. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Illustrate the difference between the use of the Ger-
man past and perfect. 2. Give examples of the use of the
German present for the English perfect ; of the German past
for the English past perfect.
(6) 1. aben @te bte 3J?anner nnb bte $tnber gefefyen, ober
ttmren fie ntdjt ba? 2. @tnb bte Snaben auf bem
ofyne 2ftiien geblteben? 3. 28te fange lernen bte
fd^on Seutft^? 4. Stetnete ^3etten maren in bem Dimmer?
5. @tnb bte Sttber unb ber Stu^I in ber (gcfe ntcf)t tntereffant?
6. 3Bar ber Dfen in ber (S(fe geljn ^a^re att?
(c) 1. Did the children learn the poems with many words ?
2. Stay here and read the sentences, please. 3. The boys
had been waiting a long time. 4. How many years have you
studied German ? 5. Is the boy's brother three or four years
old ? 6. The boys didn't come home to study ; they came
home to play ball.
(d) At Home. The boys were studying yesterday at home.
They were studying German. They had studied German two
years and (they) had found it interesting. They studied a long
time yesterday. They learned three poems. Many words in
the poems were new. It got late and they became very tired.
Then they went (went they) to bed.
PREPOSITIONS WITH DATIVE OR ACCUSATIVE.
LESSON XVI.
Prepositions with the Dative or Accusative.
3d? ftanb auf tjofyen Bergen unb fatj ins ttefe Cal. i
I stood on lofty mountains and looked into the deep valley. Folksong.
101. Prepositions with Dative or Accusative. The preposi-
tions used with either dative or accusative are : cm, auf , fyitlter,
in, neben, iiber, unter, t>or, jttrifdjen.
They take the dative in answer to the question where? in
what place ? (too ?) ; the accusative in answer to the question
whither? to or into what place? (toofjttl?).
Sr fa in bent ^anfe. He sat in the house. (2Bo fa ft er?)
Ghr ging in ba3 an3* He went into the house. (Sofyin ging er?)
Gr ftanb in bent 3twmcr He stood in the room. (2Bo ftanb er?)
Sir ging in ba3 gamier. He went into the room. (28of)tn ging er?)
Sr ging in bent ^iwmcr anf nnb ab He went back and forth in the
room. (2Bo ging er anf nnb ab?)
(a) Many prepositions may unite with the definite article : am for an
Oem; im for in bem; in8 for in ba8; anfg for auf ba, etc.
102. Vocabulary.
trie ^ra^ofttton' IV, preposition. font' men, fam f gefpmmen (fetn) f to
trie Strafe IV, street. come.
&e&ran'rfjett, geBtant^te, geBrant^t nen'nen f nannte, genannt (^aben) f
(aien) f to use. to name, call.
[jet'ften, ^ie^ r gefjei^en (^aben) f to efma^ indecl., something; some,
be named, be called; er Ijetftt etttiaS ^Sa^lier, some paper.
3Wntter r his name is Miller. rid)'rtg f right, correct(ly).
an r by, near; to. auf r on, upon, onto. fjtnter, behind.
in f in, into. ne ; Ben f beside. fi'fcer f over, above; across; about.
Itnter, under; among. t>or f before, in front of. jttii'fdjen, between.
174 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
103. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. )te ^rityofitionen in ber 9lufgabe finb ridjtig. 2. @8
tt)ar attf einem ifrf)e unter einem 33nd)e. 3. Qfy tarn ne=
ben meinem SSater nber bie Strafe. 4. (Siefyft bu etft)a3 an bem
Jtfcfye Dor bem genfter? 5. (r lommt jftrifcfyen bie anfer fyin=
ter ben arten, 6. (StttmS ift auf bem tnfyle neben bem
(b) 1. I see something near the chair beside the window.
2. Are you coming across the street into the garden behind the
house? 3. Are the prepositions in the exercise correct?
4. He found something among the books on the table. 5. We
came in front of the house between the flowers. 6. He
went across the street between the houses.
104. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )te ^riipofitionen, Easy Reading, 29, 30.
2. Point out illustrations of all nine prepositions.
(6) 1. Stanb bie gran anf ber @trae mit etrt)a$ papier nnter
bem 3lrm? 2. aben @ie eine 3?ofe nnter ben SInmen im
arten fyinter bem >anfe gefnnben? 3. Sam ber 3 un 9 e 3^
fcfyen bie tittle an ben ifcf) neben bem genfter? 4. SBarnm
!am ba$ SKabc^en iiber bie 'Strafe, nnb ftmrnm ftanb fie t)or ber
@d)nte? 5. aben \mv bie ^rapofitionen ricf)tig gebrand^t?
6. Sitte, nennen <2ie bie ^rftpofitionen! SBie fyeiften fie?
(c) 1. You will find something between the books on the
chair behind the stove. 2. The boy came across the street
and stood under the window in front of the house. 3. The
boy's teacher came to (an) the desk beside the table. 4. Are
you using the prepositions correctly? 5. His name is
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 175
John, but we call him (tt)n) Jack (cm$). 6. I saw some-
thing under some paper on a chair behind the door between
the two rooms.
(d) " Name the prepositions and use them (fie) in sentences.
What are their names (use fyeiften) ? "
" I stood on a chair beside the table. The paper is behind
the desk in a book. We came beside the boy across the street.
They came under the window between the two benches in front
of the house."
" Good ! You have used the prepositions correctly. The
teacher will praise you (@te)."
" The sentences in the book are hard ; they have too many
words, and the words are new."
"Yes, but the prepositions are not hard. You have used
them (fie) correctly."
LESSON XVII.
Personal Pronouns. Position of Objects.
IDer tft'ba? 3d? bin es. Stub Sic es? a ift ein 4>au. & ge^brt mir. There is a house. It belongs to me.
107. The Position of Objects in German is just as in English.
(a) A personal pronoun, whether the direct or the indirect
object, stands right after the simple verb or auxiliary.
(r ga& e3 bent fietyrer* He gave it to the teacher.
<$r J)at tttir einen 23rief gefdjriebetu He has written me a letter.
(b) If both direct and indirect objects are personal pronouns,
the accusative comes first.
3a3 loftet er? 2. ucfjett @tc
bie 33fnme? @ter ift fie. 3. SBtr fnfjren in bie tabt; fie
tuar feljr graft. 4. Sfteine SDhttter fyat einen 8aben ; er ift feljr
f(ein. 5. @ie Ijat einen tnl)( gelanft; er ift fefyr fd)8n.
3* -3^ f a au f e er an ^ ; f^ e f tan ^ i m cirten.
(6) 1. Here is my hat ; it is green. 2. They have driven
to the city ; it was very beautiful. 3. He has a ball ; it cost
two marks. 4. I'm looking for my cap ; it is in the garden.
5. Translate the sentence ; it is not hard. 6. We are reading
an exercise ; it is very interesting.
110. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read $n ber @tdbt, Easy Reading, 30-32.
2. Point out illustrations of personal pronouns ; of the
agreement of pronouns in gender as well as in person and
number ; ,of the three different positions of objects.
(6) 1. at bie SJhttter einen nt in bent 8aben in ber @tabt
gefanft? 2. 3Ba3 foftete er? 3. 3ft bie 3Kntter be3 $nngen in
bie tabt gefafyren, urn ifjm einen nt jn lanfen? 4. Uoftete
ber nt nnr jtoei Sftcui? 5. @nd)te ber $nn$t ben mt in
bem 8aben in ber @tabt, ober ^at er i^n jn anfe gefnnben ?
6* gnfyren @ie ober lief en @ie in bie @tabt?
(c) 1. I bought a hat in a store in the city, and it cost only
three marks. 2. The boy ran into the house to look for his
hat, but it was not there. 3. My brother and I drove to town
(in bie @tabt) to buy a chair ; it cost only four marks. 4. She
looked for the rose in the garden, but she did not find it.
5. She gave him a flower, but he gave it to his sister. 6. You
found a rose in the glass ; give it to me.
178 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(d) "Did you drive to town yesterday to buy a hat in the
-store?"
" Yes, it is very beautiful ; I had been looking for a hat a
long time."
" How much did it cost ? "
" Only ten marks. The man in the store showed me many
hats, but I bought only this one (Me) en)."
" Please show it to me."
" Come with me, and I will show it to you."
LESSON XVIII.
Prepositions with the Dative. Inverted Order.
mit IDetle.
The more haste, the less speed (literally, haste with delay).
111. Prepositions with Dative. The commonest prepositions
with the dative are au$, bet, mit, nadj, feit, Don, 511.
bcm aufc, out of the house.
ci ttttS, with us, at our house.
bcr Stafct, from the city.
112. When referring to inanimate objects bd(r)- is generally
compounded with prepositions instead of a personal pronoun.
Compare the English thereupon, therewith.
On it, out of it, in it. $>arauf, barau, fcartn.
With it, beside it, from it. $amit, fcanefceit, babon.
113. Inverted Order. In the inverted order the subject
stands directly after the simple verb or auxiliary.
(a) This order is used, as in English (1) in direct questions
PREPOSITIONS WITH DATIVE. 179
whose subject is not an interrogative pronoun, and (2) in com-
mands where the form with @te is used.
Do you speak German ? Spredjctt 6ic $eutfdj ?
When will he come f 2Batm tturb cr fommcn ?
Give me the book. eben <3te nth* fc
(b) The inverted order is used in declarative sentences, when
they are introduced by some element other than the subject.
English sentences have this same inversion, when introduced
by scarcely, hardly, no sooner, and so on.
Now I am ready. $ttot bin id) fertig*
In summer it is beautiful. $m Summer ift e$ fdjoiu
Pm looking for a pen, not for ink. (Sine $eber fucfye id), nidjt
114. Vocabulary.
fcer (i'mer I, pail. fteCIeit, reg. (^abcn), to stand
t>er JJtot'fdjer I, butcher. (transitive), put (in an upright
btc @r^iit'5C IV, apron. position).
bte 293urft r bic SBiirftc II, sausage. an$ r out of, from (out of).
&ei>eu'tett f fcefceutete, bcbcutct (^a= 6et r at the house (store) of; with.
belt), to mean (of things). ttfldj, to (of places); after; accord-
ed rjibt, there is, in a general sense. ing to.
fo'djeit, reg. (Ijaben), to cook, boil. fett, since.
(e'jJCtt, reg. (^abcn) f to lay, put (in Uon f from; of.
a reclining position) . 511, at; to (especially of persons).
115. Oral Drill.
(a) i. 93et bem gktfcfjer fcmbett tt)tr etnen gimer mtt SSitrften
bavin. 2. @eute gtngett \mv au^ bem arten nac^ bem getbe.
3. eit geftern finb tt)tr 311 au[e gebtteben. 4. a^ Sinb
fam t)on [etner Gutter ju feinem 9Sater. 5. 3lM ber @cf)ufe
famen bte ^ungen. 6. eftern ging ber gletf^er nadf) bem
um eine Sdjutje ]n laufen.
180 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6)1. Yesterday we were at (bet) the butcher's. 2. To-
day I went out of the school to the wood. 3. At home
we had a pail with sausages in it. 4. Yesterday they had
not yet heard of it. 5. He went from his house to buy
sausage at the butcher's. 6. To-day I came out of the school
with my teacher.
116. Exercise.
(a) 1. Head grtfdje 2Burft, Easy Reading, 32-34.
2. Point out illustrations of prepositions with the dative ;
of the use of the compound with bd(r)* for a pronoun; of the
inverted order.
(6) 1. SBaren ttrir geftern bet bem gleifdjer mit ber djitqe?
2. 3Ba3 bebeutet ,,e$ gibt"? 3. 8tef ber ^unge mit ber 3ftite
Don ber djule gu ber grau mit bem (Stmer mit SBitrften barm ?
4. Segte Me grau bte SBitrfte in ben Sinter nnb lorfjte fie fie bartn?
5. 3ft btr gletfcfyer an$ bem 8aben ge!ommen r unb fyat er
etnen @tuf)I mit enter c^itrje barauf t)or bte tir geftellt?
6. @aben @te bte ^rtipoftttonen geternt? SBa^ bebeuten fie?
(c) 1. At the butcher's we were cooking sausages in a pail.
2. He came out of the house to us, stood the pail with
sausages beside us and laid his apron on it. 3. Yesterday
the boy ran from the school to the field to play ball with the
pupils. 4. What does that mean ? 5. To-morrow the
butcher with the apron will lay the sausages in a pail, put
the pail on the stove and cook the sausages. 6. To-day I
was at (bet) my mother's, and I went out of the house and
ran from the garden to the school.
(d) " Were you at the butcher's yesterday ? "
" Yes, yesterday I was at the butcher's. He gave me a sau-
sage out of a pail."
PREPOSITIONS WITH ACCUSATIVE. 181
" He had an apron, didn't he ? What did he do with it? "
" He stood a chair in front of the door and laid the apron
on it. That means fresh (frtfdje) sausage to-day."
" And what did he do then ? "
" Then he laid four sausages in a pail, put the pail on the
stove, and gave me two of them (bat) on)."
LESSON XIX.
Prepositions with the Accusative. Possessives.
* (Dtjne 2Jrbeit fetn <5en>tnn.
No profit without work.
117. Prepositions with Accusative. The prepositions used
with the accusative are MS, burtf), fur, gegen, ofytte, um, ttriber.
$iir ba3 SHttfc, for the child.
1>ttrd) ben artett, through the garden.
118. The Possessive Adjectives are formed from the genitive
of the personal pronouns. See 105.
(id)) mew, my. (fie) ttjr f her. (Ujr) eiter, your.
(btt) beitt, thy. (e3) feitt, its. (Sie) 3Ijr, your.
(er) feitt f his. (wit) unfet r our. (fte) i^tr f *e/r.
(a) The possessives and the negative feitt, not a, no, are called
,,ein" words, because they are declined in the singular like cin.
119. Declension of the Possessives.
Singular.
Masc. Fern. Neut.
N. mem SBntber meine $, bte 3(Bettbe II, evening. lettt f not a, not any, no.
bet 8tettt, bie Steitte II, stone. ify f her; their.
ba3 ^e(b f bte ^$e(ber III, money. $Ijr f your (polite form).
ttta'rfjett, reg. (^aBen) r to make; ittt'fer f our.
e^ ma^jt tttd)t3 f it makes no dif- bttrdj, through.
ference ; that's all right. fitr, for.
ne^men f ttaljm, genommen (^a= ge'gen, toward; against.
ben), et mmmt, to take. um f around.
PREPOSITIONS WITH ACCUSATIVE. 183
123. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. gaben @ie fein etb fitr Qfytn 33rnber. genommen?
L 38ir gingen um bie tabt unb bnrd) ben 2Ba(b. 3. egen
jlbenb fudjte ba3 9Kabd)en ifyre rfjitrse. 4. )f)ne ifyre gitte
;amen bte ^ungen cms ber cfyule. 5. llnfere djmefter lief
}egen einen Stein ; fie fyat ifyn nic^t gefe^en. 6. Qfy fyabe lein
Setb bei mir,
(6) 1. I didn't take any money for you. 2. No boy came
through our garden around the house. 3. Toward evening I
ran against a stone. 4. Haven't you any (have you no)
money for me ? 5. Not one pupil has written the exercise for
tiis teacher. 6. He came through the wood without his hat.
124. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead )nrcf) gelb nnb SBalb, Easy Beading, 34, 35.
2. Point out illustrations of the prepositions with the accu-
sative ; of possessive adjectives and their agreement ; of the
use of lein.
(6) 1. ing ber 3ftann gegen 9lbenb ofyne feinen ut burcl) ba3
5e(b? 2. SBarnm nalnit er feinen ut? 3. got ba$
ijen fein elb fitr ben ut i^re 23ater3 genommen? 4.
^a^ 3ftabrf)en t^re ^itrje anf einem Steine? 5. aben @ie
^fjren gitt felbft (yourself) gema^t? 6. ing er gegen 2lbenb
am ben arten, um fein elb u fu^en?
(c) 1. Toward evening we found our money beside a stone.
2. I haven't taken any money, but it makes no difference.
3. Without our hats we went around the field and through
the wood. 4. Yesterday I made a cap out of my hat.
5. The girl lost her money beside a stone, but toward evening
she found it. 6. 'Here is some money for you ; take it.
184 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(d) "Were you going through the wood yesterday with
your sister? "
"Yes, toward evening we went around the garden, across
the field, and through the wood."
" Were you without your hats ? "
" Yes. We did not take our hats, but it made no difference.
It was very warm."
" Did you see many stones in the field ? "
" No, we didn't see any (saw no) stones. The field was
beautiful and green."
LESSON XX.
Apposition. Review.
?unbe, bte bellen, betgen ntcfyt.
Barking dogs do not bite.
125. Apposition. A noun in apposition with another has
the same case.
Nominative. $teitt $ater, ber fiefjrer, ift gefommetu My father, the
teacher, has come.
Genitive. $d| lefc ba3 Sttrf) tttehteS $ater, be3 SeljrerS, lam reading
the book of my father, the teacher.
Dative. (r Ijat e3 ntctncm ^ater f bcm Scorer, gegeften* He gave it to
my father, the teacher.
Accusative. 4?aft & tt weittcn 2^atci* f ben Scorer, gefdjen? Have you
seen my father, the teacher f
126. Vocabulary.
ba3 $ol$, bic ^ol^Ct III, (fire-) Ijo'lett, reg. (^abcn) f to go and get,
wood, as distinguished from bet fetch.
$Balb, forest. fpal'tett, reg. except past part. ge=
ba3 Sanb r bic Sattbcr III, country; ftwltett (^aftcn), to split.
aitf bcm Sattbe, in the country. tra'gen, trug, getragcn (^aben), cr
ar'bcttcn, reg. (!|abett) f to work. tragt, to carry ; to wear.
APPOSITION. REVIEW. 185
127. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )ie Sftcmen m & & em > ^ e ' Easy Reading, 35, 36.
2. Point out illustrations of apposition ; of prepositions
with the dative ; with the accusative ; with both cases ; of
personal pronouns and their agreement ; of inverted order ;
of possessive adjectives.
(ft) 1. 3lrbettete ba$ SMbcfjen, bie rfjtoefter be @d)Mer3?
2. poltctc fie ba3 olj? 3. Slrbetteten @te mit ber grait,
ber Gutter be$ '3ftabd)en3, aitf t>em 8anbe? 4. olte bie
grcm ba$ olj au bem 3BaIbe, unb trug fie e$ in ba^ aM?
5. ragen bie 3Kdb(^en auf bem ?cmbe' itte ? 6. patten fie
ba$ 0(5, ober fyolen fie e^ nur au bem 3Batbe?
(c) 1. Yesterday I worked in the country with my brother,
the teacher. 2. We fetched wood and split it. 3. Then
we carried it into the house. 4. The girl beside the house,
the daughter of the woman, isn't splitting any (splits no)
wood. 5. In the country the boys work ; they fetch wood
and split it. 6. My sister, the girl with the apron, isn't
wearing any (wears no) hat.
(d) " Did you work yesterday ? "
cf Yes, I worked with my brother, the pupil."
" Where were you and what did you do ? "
" We were in the country. We fetched wood and split it.
Then we carried it into the house."
" Didn't you get tired ? "
"No, it was so beautiful in the country. We didn't get
tired."
" Did you wear your hats ? "
" No, we didn't wear any (wore no) hats."
186 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
128. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Illustrate the use of the dative and accusative with in,
auf, UUter, and jtirifrfjen. 2. What German pronoun is used
for it in referring to the German for ball, bench, letter, Jlower,
hat, and cap ? 3. How is it usually translated after a prepo-
sition? 4. Give and illustrate the rules for the inverted
order, the agreement of the possessive, and the use of lein.
(&) 1. |)tiben @te metn Surf) unter betn papier auf bem
ifrf)e t>or bem genfter gefunben? 2. $ft ber gteifrfjer mit
feiner rfjitrse sttrifdjen bte tittle fyinter bie 53cm! in feinen
8aben gegcmgen? 3. $ ft bie aflutter be $ungen tntt tfym in bie
@tabt gefafjren, unt i^m fur nur t)ier 3J?arf einen ut ju faufen?
4. aben (Sie be^ 5^if^ e ^ djuqe, unb toerben @ie fie ifjnt
geben? 5. ing ber Sftann o^ne elb au^ bem @aufe meine^
JBrubcrd, be^ gieifrfjer^ ? 6. Sftafjm ba^ Stub ben (Stein au$
bem getbe burcf) ben arten?
(c) 1. I don't use the prepositions well ; what (ttrie) are they
(called) ? Please name them for me. 2. I laid my hat
beside the books on the table behind the door. 3. The boy,
my brother, took it, and you will find it now on the bench in
the garden under the window. 4. Yesterday I drove to town
to look for a hat in a store, but I didn't buy any (hat) : they
cost too much. 5. At home in my room I have some wood ;
I shall make a boat out of it. 6. He didn't have any hat,
and he didn't have any money to (um . . . ju) buy a hat.
(cf) In the City. Yesterday my brother, the teacher, and
I went to town to buy me a hat. We went into a store in the
city and saw many hats there on the tables. We went be-
tween the tables and looked for a hat for me, but we didn't
STRONG DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 187
find any (hat). Then we saw a cap ; it was small but beauti-
ful, and we bought it. It cost only three marks. Then we
went home with it. To-morrow I shall wear it.
LESSON XXI.
Strong Declension of Adjectives. Nouns of Measure.
(Suten Utorgen, fjerr efyrer. (Suten (Tag, metne Ktnber.
Good morning, (Mr,) teacher. Good day, (my) children.
129. Strong Declension of Adjectives. When not preceded
by an article, or some other word with distinctive end-
ings ( 134), 'the adjective must indicate number, gender,
and case of the noun. This is the Strong Declension of
Adjectives.
The adjective takes the following endings, akin to the defi-
nite article, except that with strong nouns in the genitive
singular masculine and neuter, euphony requires ?ett instead
of -e$. Here the adjective does not need to be strong, as the
noun ending indicates its number and case.
Singular.
Masc. Fern. Neut.
N. guter 9ftauu gute grau gute
G. guteu 9ftamtc3 gutcr $rau gutcu
D. gutem 3Ramt(e) flitter $rau gutcm 2huf)(e)
A. gutcn 9ftamt gutc $rau gnte3 SBitrfj
Plural.
N. gutc banner gutc ^ratten gute Sitdjer
G. guter Planner gutcr graitcn gttter SBurfjcr
D. gutett aJlaimetn gutcn ^raucn gutcn
A. gutc aWauucr gutc raucu gutc
188 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(a) In like manner decline junger @rf)uler, toarmer 2lbenb, griitte
fcfybtte od)ter, gropes Simmer, ttmrme 28affer.
(b) Below are given the typical strong endings. Note their resem-
blance to those of the definite article.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Plu.
=er (fret)
=e (bie)
=e (bag)
=e (bie)
=e (en) (be)
=er (bet)
=eg (en) (beg)
=er (bet)
=cm (bent)
*er (be*)
=em (bem)
=en (ben)
=cit (ben)
=e (bie)
=eg (ba)
=e (bie)
130. Omission of the Preposition after Nouns of Measure.
Nouns following expressions like a glass of, a piece of, etc.,
are given in German without a preposition. They are put in
apposition, and so are in the same case ( 125).
A glass of water, (gin Ia3 Staffer.
A piece of wood, in Stiirf 0%*
With a glass of warm water. $iit einem ($la3 ttwrment Staffer
(a) Masculine and neuter nouns of measure after a numeral
usually have the same form in both singular and plural. Fem-
inine s have the regular plural form.
Win $\l%, four feet.
SieBen $fnnb, seven pounds.
3toei Saffen, two cups.
131. Vocabulary.
ber efat f bie elme II, helmet. bag Stiicf, bie Stiirfe II, piece.
ber Dfft3ier' f bie Dffisie're II, bentfrfj, adj., German.
officer. 8tatt r ffray.
ber olbat', be3 @u(ba'ten f bie ^oi^ f inflected :
6o(ba'ten IV, soldier. high, tall.
bie Uniform' IV, uniform. (ang f long.
bag Srfjfoert, bie (Sdjtnerter III, fedjS, six.
sword. ^ei
NOUNS OF MEASURE. 189
132. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. J)eutfd)e Dfftjiere tragen fcfjtfne Uniformen. 2. )ie
elme beutfdjer otbaten finb ^od). 3. )ie Offijiere geben
trieten olbaten (ange cfytoerter. 4. aben triele olbaten
graue liniformen unb fyofye elme? 5. 3?tele Dffijiere finb
fecf)3 gufc tjorf). 6. 33itte, geben @ic mir ein (a$ iDartne^
SBaffer !
(6) 1. German officers Jiave gray uniforms. 2. He gave
me a piece (of) white wood. 3. German soldiers have many
officers with long swords. 4. Good boys read hard exercises
well. 5. The uniforms of German officers have tall helmets
and long swords. 6. Is the soldier six feet tall ?
133. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead )eutfd)e Offijtere, Easy Reading, 38, 139, 5.
2. Point out illustrations of the strong declension of adjec-
tives ; of the omission of a preposition after a piece; of a
masculine plural with singular form.
(6) 1. ragen beutfrfje Dffijtere graue llntformen nut fjoljen
efmen? 2. @inb beutfrfje olbaten fe^ gu I)orf)? 3. at
ber Officer ein titcf toeiJ3e3 papier in ber (his) anb?
4. aben beutfdje olbaten ft^dne Unifornten mit ^o^en e(-
men unb langen @(^tt)ertern? 5. aben @ie bem ^ungen
ein (a^ tDarme^ SBaffer gegeben? 6. @e^en ie beutfdje
Dffijiere mit iDei^en etmen, grauen Uniformen unb fangen
(c) 1. German soldiers wear gray uniforms with high hel-
mets, but they carry no swords. 2. The officer had a piece
of white paper in his (ber) hand and was drinking a glass of
cool water. 3. Good pupils write long sentences with many
190 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
hard words. 4. German officers have white helmets and gray
uniforms with long swords. 5. Please give the soldier a
glass of water. 6. Here is a piece of paper and a pen and
some ink ; I shall write my mother a letter.
(d) " Do German soldiers wear white helmets and long
swords ? "
" Their helmets are gray, and they carry no swords."
" But German officers carry long swords, don't they ? "
"Yes, German officers wear beautiful gray uniforms with
high helmets and long swords."
" Have you seen many German officers ? "
" Not many, but I have spoken with two or three, and they
were very interesting men."
LESSON XXII.
Weak Declension of Adjectives.
3ebcr tft fid? fclbft ber ZTad?fte.
Charity begins at home (literally, Every one is nearest to himself).
134. Weak Declension of Adjectives. An adjective is weak
when used with bet, or with btefer, this, jener, that, or jeber,
every. These are called ,,ber" words, as they have endings
like bet* The number and case of the adjective are shown by
the strong endings of the ,,ber" word.
Singular.
Masc. Fern. Neut.
N ber gute SPtamt biefc gute gfratt jene3 gute
G. fce3 gutett 9ftamte3 btcfcr gutcn $rau jetted gutcit
D. bem gutcn 9Wann(e) biefer gutett grau jcncm gittcn
A. ben gitten Wtann bicfc gutc ??rau jcnc^ gutc
WEAK DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 191
Plural.
Masc. Fern. Neut.
N bic gutctt banner biefc gutcn $raucit jcitc gutctt Siirfjcr
G. ber gutctt banner bicfcr gutctt $raueu jcncr gutctt Sitter
D. ben gitten ^iaimcrn btcfen gntcn $raucit jcttcn guten $iidjcrtt'
A. bic gitteit banner bicfc gutcn $raucit jeite gutcn Mrfjer
(a) Decline ber fcfyorte artert, jene fteifte iSlume, jebeg !(eine
(6) Below are given the typical weak endings. Notice that a weak
ending of an adjective is preceded by a strong ending of another word.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Plu.
(=er) =c
(.e) =c
(=C^) =C
(e) =cn
(*eS) =en
(=cr) =ctt
(*e) =ctt
(=cr) =cn
(-cm) =cn
(er) =cn
(-cm) =cn
(=cn) =cn
(=en) =cn
(e) =c
(=c$) =c
(=C) =Ctt
135. Accusative of Definite Time. The a-ccusative is gener-
ally used to express definite time.
Every summer, jcbctt Summer ; this year, bicfc3
136. Vocabulary.
bcr Xag r bic agc II, day. rct'tcu, ntt r gcrtttcn (^aficn or fctn f
berU^(an' f bc3 U^a'ncn, bicU^a'= 76, Note), to ride (horseback).
ttClt IV, light cavalryman, uhlan. att'bcr, other, in the sense of differ-
btc ^a^'ttC IV, flag. ent, not more.
bic San^c IV, lance. bic'fcr, bicfc f bicfc or bic3, this.
ba ^Sfcrb, bte ^ferbc II, horse. jc'bcr, jcbc, jcbc^ f every, each.
nat^ft, next. jc r ncr, jcuc f jcttc^ ^a.
137. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. ^tirfjften ommer fe^en wtr jene anberen ll!)Ianen.
2. 3 te ^ e ^ Xag rette it^ biefe^ fc^dne ^3ferb. 3. efjen @te bte
(angen Sanjen ber anberen It^fanen, 4. ^ft ba% ba^ Sud^ be^
nad)ften SdjulerS? 5, Sitte, geben Ste jenem jungen Snaben
192 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
biefen ffeinen SSalll 6. 3^er grcme ut be3 Ifeinen
foftete fed> 3ftar!.
(6) 1. Every beautiful day the German uhlans ride on the
green field. 2. Those other horses of these German officers
are white. 3. Next year these little boys will go to school.
4. See the white flag of the German soldier ! 5. I gave those
little pupils these new pens. 6. Did you take that little
boy's gray hat ?
138. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )entfrf)e Offtjiere, Easy Reading, 39, 640, 9.
2. Point out illustrations of the weak declension of adjec-
tives ; of the accusative of definite time.
(&) 1. efjen te Me bentfdjen Ufjtcmen in bem nadjften
33i(be? 2. SRetten biefe cmberen olbaten jeben ag mtt jenen
fdjtfnen 'pferben? 3. aben Me beutfcfyen Ufylanen {eben Jag
tntt ben 8anjen unb ben grauen ga^nen gerttten ? 4. aben
@ie auf jenem gritnen gelbe bie beutfdje ga^ne gefe^en?
5. aben Mefe beutfdfien Ul)Ianen fcf)5ne ^ferbe unb lange
gan^en? 6. @e!^en @te biefe anberen olbaten in jenem
na^ften Stlbe?
(c) 1. These German uhlans in that next picture ride very
well. 2. Next summer they will ride in (anf) the other field
with those long lances and the beautiful flags. 3. Every day
I ride this beautiful gray horse, but to-morrow I shall ride that
white horse. 4. In the next picture you will find those other
soldiers. 5. Next summer we shall play those new games.
6. Every winter we go to the big school and study these
interesting books.
MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 193
(d) " Are these big soldiers on the beautiful horses the
German uhlans ? "
" Yes, and in the next picture you see those other German
soldiers."
" Every day we read of (t)0tt) these soldiers with the long
lances and the beautiful flags."
" Those beautiful pictures in this little book are very inter-
esting, aren't they ? "
" Yes, this little book with the beautiful pictures is very
interesting. Shall we use it next year ? "
" No, next year we shall use that hard book."
LESSON XXIII.
Mixed Declension of Adjectives.
u jefcem cjanjen tPerf getjort em gan3er HTann. SRurfert.
Every complete work requires a complete man.
139. Mixed Declension of Adjectives. An adjective is de-
3lined as on the next page, when it follows the article ettt, the
legative fettt, no, none, or any possessive, like tnettt, bent, tf)r,
itc. These are all declined like ettt, and are called ,,eitt"
ivords. Note that unfer and euer, though they end in *er, are
,em" words.
In the nominative singular masculine, and nominative and
iccusative singular neuter, ff ettl" words have no ending. There-
fore a following adjective must be strong, in order to show
lumber and case. In all other instances the adjective is weak.
Eence the term Mixed Declension, because the adjective is
lometimes strong, sometimes weak.
194
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Singular.
Fern.
fcinc anbere
feiner attberen Stabt
feiner anbcren
Ictttc anberc
Neut.
ifjr Ileine3 inb
if)te3 lleinen
ifjrem fieinen$inb(e
if)r
Masc.
N. mein nener n
G. meine3 nenen .
D. meinent nenen
A. meinen nenen
Plural.
feine anberen Stabte iljre ffeinen SHnber
leiner anberen Stabte ifyrer ffeinen $inber
leinen anberen <3tabten ifjren I leinen tnbern
feine anberen Stabte iljre Heinen $inber
(a) Decline em alter Sftann, 3I)r grower ^nabe, metne it)etge Sftofe, ur
jere a(te Gutter, fein neiie^ 53itb, euer atte au3. (See 119, b.)
(b) Below are given the mixed endings for ,,eitt" words and adjectives
Compare them with the tables in 129, 6, and 134, b.
N. meine neucn
G. nteiner neuen
D. meincu nenen Bitten
A. metne nenen
Masc.
Fem.
( ) =er
(=e) =e
(=e3) =en
(=er) =en
(=em) =en
(=er) =en
(=en) =en
(=e) =e
Neut.
(-) =e3
(=e) -en
(=em) =en
Plu.
(=e) =en
(=er) =en
(=en) ^en
(=e) =en
140. Position of nie. 97te has the same position in the sen
tence as ntcf)t ( 26).
I never saw those roses. $d) fade jene JRofen nie gef e^en.
He never came into the city. ($r fant nie in bie Stabt
141.
ber 9iorf f bie D^iitfe II, coat.
ber $(a^ r bie ^la^e II, seo
Vocabulary.
lie'gen f lag, gele r gen (Ijafcen), t
; (city) lie. Compare with legen (reg.)
tolay(lU).
bie $lin'te IV, (shot) gun. (e^t f last.
befom'men, befam' f Befont'men tap'fer, brave,
to get, secure. nie, never.
MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 195
142. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. $fy fyabe ^fyren fdjttmrjen ^ocf me gefefyen. 2, a
9Jiat belam mem alter 8ef)rer einen gnten ^(a^. 3. 35er
apfere @olbat fyat feme neue gtinte. 4. 5ftacf)fte3 3fta( befom*
tien toir gnte ^fa^e. 5. em neuer nt Uegt auf enter
ijtoarjen 33anf. 6. Unfer alte$ au^ fte^t in einem fdfjonen
Garten.
(6) 1. Next time I shan't get a big gun. 2. Your little
irother didn't get a good seat. 3. My old coat lay on a big
hair. 4. Her black horse was lying in (auf) a green field.
. Your old father has got a new coat. 6. .My little sister
.as never seen my gray coat.
143. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read gin fcfyoner getertag, Easy Reading, 40, 10 42, 2.
2. Point out illustrations of the mixed declension with em,
nn, mem, fein, if)r ; of the use of trie,
(6) i. 3ft baS em tapferer otbat mtt einem fdjttwrsen 9?0(J?
. at ber ^nnge einen guten ^)3Iafe belommen? 3. aben
5ie $fyt altc gHntc nie fcerloren ? 4. at ber tfeine ^nnge
^te 9D?aI einen tangen @a^ gelefen? 5. SBirb ber tapfere
5ffijier mit bem granen 9tocf nnb ber f^marjen glinte ein nene^
Jferb befommen? 6. 9Bar ba^ ein groe^ gelb, nnb ^aben bie
^nngen Iete3 3)ial gnte ^Ici^e befommen ?
(c) 1. Last time I got a good seat. 2. Didn't you ever (not
ver, nie) see a black horse ? 3. Your black coat is lying
eside my new gun. 4. A brave soldier is never without his
~un. 5. I have never lain so long in my warm bed. 6. Last
ime she saw the soldiers very well, but to-day she didn't get
. good seat.
196 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(d) " Didn't you get a good seat last time ? "
" No, I never get a good seat. Last time I lay in bed to<
long."
" I got a good seat, and I saw the brave soldiers with thei:
black coats and their new guns."
" Was my old teacher there ? He rides a black horse."
" I didn't see any black horse. An old officer with a grai
coat was there, but I didn't see any teacher."
" Next time I shall not lie in bed so long."
LESSON XXIV.
Adjectives after toeld), fold), etc.
2JlIer guten Dtnge finb bret,
Of all good things there are three.
144. 2Ratld), many a, fold), such a, and tt)e(d), which, may b*
declined like ,,ber" words. A following adjective is then weak
Many an old book, mandjed alte
On such a warm day, an foldjem ttmrmen
Which young boy? SSddjer jwtge ^nabc ?
(a) But usually these words are indeclinable and do nol
affect a following construction at all. The adjective may be
strong or mixed. When indeclinable, toe Id) is exclamatory and
means ivhat.
Many an old book, mattdj afteS SBudj,
maud) cut alte SBudj.
On such a warm day, an fold) marntcut age.
an fold) cincm luarmcn Xage.
ADJECTIVES AFTER WELCH, 8OLCH, ETC. 197
What a young boy ! 28eld) jnttger Ahwbc !
SBefrfj cin jnnger ,Q nnbc !
With what a young boy I Wit ttield) jungem .Una ben !
9Jiit tueld) cinern jnngen $na&en !
(6) old), when used without an adjective, may follow cut
or feitl and is then inflected according to the mixed declension.
On such a day-, an cittern foldjcu age.
(c) 2(11, all, is usually declined as a ,,ber" word when fol-
lowed directly by an adjective. When followed by a ,,ber"
word or an ,,eitt" word, it is usually indeclinable.
All good tea, alter gnte Xcc,
Of all good things, after gnten $)inge.
All the old books, all Me alien Mrfjer.
Of all these bluejlowers, all biefer blattcu $huncn.
With all my little friends, nut all ntcincn fleinen ^rettttben.
145. Adverbs. The uninflected form of most adjectives is
used also as an adverb. A single adverb has the same position
as nidjt ( 26). If there are several adverbs, they have this
order : (1) time, (2) place, (3) manner.
^tt tfift gnt (adj.). You are good.
$n (crnft gnt (adv. ). You learn well.
$er 8a^ ift rirfjtig (adj.). The sentence is correct.
^aft bn rit^tig gcfd)ric6en (adv. ). You wrote that correctly.
ir (crnten ^ente gnt* We studied well to-day.
(r war geftern tyier. He was here yesterday.
146. Vocabulary.
bcr ^tt'fcftrf, bic 9lttfc(irfe II, sight. gattg f adj., whole; adv., quite, en-
bit rnypett f pi., troops. tirely.
marfrf)tc'rcn f tuarfdjier'te, mat- all f all.
fc^iert' (^abcn or fetn r 76, mandj, many a; pi., many.
Note), to march. For omission fofrf), such a ; such; so.
of ge=, see 69. tt)eWj r what a, what ; which.
198 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
147. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. SBeld) CM toarmer Jag! 2. 2Betd)e Jrn^en mar*
fdjieren fjeute? 3. 2Uf btefe Jrnppen finb ganj tniibe.
4. 2ftandje jungen (Skitter ftnb fjente fyier. 5. @o(d) einen
fdjiJnen Slnbltd fyabe id) nod) nte gefefjen. 6. er $Heitte, the little fellow.
$a$ <3rf)i)tte, the beautiful. 5ttte, old people.
(c?) To translate English one following an adjective, German
uses simply the inflected adjective, agreeing in gender with
the noun implied in one.
Give me this look and that one. efcett Sic mir biefe3 SBttd) uttb jene3 !
Where is a pen f I haven't one. 293o ift eitte gfcber? 3d) Ijafce fcinc.
That's not my hat; I bought a new one. ^a^ ift tttCUt ^>ttt ttidjt; trff
Ijafce einen ncucn gefauft,
150. Vocabulary.
be* S5aum f bic SSchtme II, tree. ba3 23tott f bie flatter III, leaf.
ber $Bitfd) r bic SBiifrfje II, bush. tt)ol)'nen, reg. (tyabcit), to reside,
bcr 9ttcttfrf) f be3 ^ttettfdjen, bic live.
SJienftfjett IV, man, in the sense fccffer, adj. and adv., better.
of human being ; pi., people. Brett, broad, wide.
(Compare ber -SDtatttt, 73.) al, than.
151. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. )er 9llte Ijat bie flatter gefeljetu 2. ${)r 9tocf ift
alt ; id) ^abe einen nenen, 3. )er alte ift beffer a(^ ber neue.
REVIEW. 201
4. aftetn bretter ut tft beffer alS Qfy itemed 5.
33ud) tft beffer al% ba$ graue. 6. gr fyat em fdjimeS ">pferb,
aber trf) fyabe Ietne3.
(6) 1. That is a little bush ; we have a big one in our gar-
den. 2. Your new boat is better than my old one. 3. You
have a beautiful picture, but she hasn't one. 4. We live in
a big house, but the teacher lives in a better one. 5. The
old pupils learn better than the young ones. 6. I live in a
little street, but she lives in a broad one.
152. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead (Sin f(f)oner getertag, Easy Reading, 42, 2443,6.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of adjectives translated
by English one; of adjectives used as nouns; of the strong,
the weak, and the mixed declensions.
(6) 1. SBofynen triete Sftenf d)en am brettett ^5(ae ? 2. @mb
bie bretten Siifcfye beffer a( bie Ketnen? 3. aben btefe fyofyen
33tiume beffere 93(atter a(3 bie Hetnen 33itfd)e? 4. gobeti triele
aftenfdjen ba3 ttte unb ba3 @(f)dne? 5. ^n met^em Memett
aufe tDo^nten bie 2llten? 6. 2Bot)nten fie in jenem Hetnen
aufe ^tnter ben fd^onen 33Ufdjen nttt fo(cf) bretten Slattern?
(c) 1. These broad trees are better than those little bushes
with the green leaves. 2. Many people live in old houses
without trees or bushes. 3. This leaf is better than that
one. 4. Many people praise the beautiful. 5. You have
bought a new hat ; where is your old one ? 6. No man lives
in that little house, but many people live in this big one.
7. I have never seen such a tall tree.
(d) "Do many people live in that little house under the
broad tree ? "
202 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
" Yes, a man and his wife and four children."
" Are all the children little ? I don't see any big ones."
"Yes, they are all small. The old (people) are sitting un-
der the broad tree. The children are playing in the bushes."
" It is cool under the tree. It has such broad leaves."
" Yes, under the broad tree it is better than in the house."
153. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Illustrate the strong, the weak, and the mixed de-
clension of adjectives. 2. Translate : I have a glass of warm
water; with a piece of good wood; four feet. 3. Give two
German examples of the accusative of definite time. 4. Con-
trast the position of nte and never in two sentences. 5. Trans-
late in three ways: many an old book; on such a warm day.
6. Explain and illustrate the uses of atL
(6) 1. 3ft jener beutfcfje olbat fecl)3 gufc tjocf)? 2. ragen
beutfdje Offigtere graue Untformen mtt fdjonen elmen unb
tcmgen cfytter tern? 3. aben @te mem [drones neue$
me gefefyen? 4. 2Birb 3^ Memer SSruber mtr nad^fte^
etn fa^ SSaffer geben? 5. 9?ad) lt)e[(^er @tabt reiten jene
beutfc^en lll)(anen? 6. aben all biefe 2Wenfc^en folc^ f^dne
(c) 1. The old (man) was carrying a piece of wood into his
little house. 2. All these long sentences have hard words.
3. Last summer in the wood we saw many a tall tree.
4. No other man has such a beautiful horse. 5. We shall
never understand all the sentences. 6. They have never
(yet) got good seats ; next time they will get good ones.
(d) With the Soldiers. Last summer we went to a broad
field and saw the German soldiers and their young officers.
PRESENT OF MODAL AUXILIARIES. 203
We had never seen such tall officers. They were all six feet
tall. What a beautiful sight ! They wore long swords, but
the soldiers didn't have any. Those tall officers and the other
soldiers marched the whole day across that beautiful green
field. I had never had such an interesting sight. Next year
we are going to the field to (uttt) see them, and we shall
stay the whole day.
LESSON XXVI.
Present of Modal Auxiliaries.
Sed?s IDorter netjmen mid? in 2Infprud? jeben
3d? foil, id? mug, id? farm, id? mill, id? barf, id? mag. SKiicfert.
154. The Modal Auxiliaries are followed by the present in-
finitive. They correspond to the English modals as follows :
Present Infinitive. Past. Past Participle.
Miff en, may, to be permitted; must (not). bnrfte gebnrft
fonnen, can, to be able to ; may (possibly). funntc gefonnt
ntfigen, (may) ; to like (to). mortyte gemoefjt
tttiiffett, must, to have to. mufjte flcmuftt
fatten, shall, (ought), to be to. fottte gefottt
niotten, will, to want to ; to be about to. ttottte
Present Indicative of Modals.
idj barf
faun
mag
mng
foil
mitt
bn barfft
fannft
magft
muftt
fottft
ttJtllft
er barf
faun
mag
mufj
foU
JUtU
twr bilrfen
fonnen
mogen
mitffen
fallen
rootten
ifjr bilrft
fount
ntiigt
miifet
fullt
mottt
fte biirfen
fonnen
miigen
miiffen
fatten
rotten
204 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
155. Use of Auxiliaries. (a) The English will is translated
in two ways in German : to indicate simple futurity, toerben is
used ; to indicate desire, use toollen. Reread 56.
He will go to-morrow. (r ttrirb morgcn gefjen*
He will (is about to or wants to} go.. (r toitt gefjetu
SBerbett (Sic fommen ? Shall you come (at some future time} ?
233ottctt @tc lommen ? Will you come ? (are you ivilling to, do you
want to ?)
(b) English shall we is usually tootten iDtr. Use follen Urir
only when you can substitute are we to.
Shall we go home f Gotten four natty aufe getyen ?
Shall we read now f (to the teacher). (Soflcn ttitr jc^t lefcn ?
Note. SBerben is used for future meanings of shall and will. oUen
is used when the decision rests with some one besides the subject; ttoUen,'
when the decision rests with the subject.
156. Vocabulary.
be* $rettttfc f Me tcunbe II, friend. Me ^a^r'farte IV, ticket.
ber 6r^(lff'ner f Me Sdjaffner I, con- lB'fen f reg. (Ijafcen), to buy, pur-
ductor. chase (of tickets).
ber 3w9f foie 3&$t II, train. ru'fen, rtef, geritfen (^aben) f to
Me SBaljtt'ftetg, bte ^Ba^nfteige II, call, call out.
(station) platform. UW1W ? interrog., when 9
157. Oral Drill.
(a) I. er djaffner barf rufcn, aber er fatm nicf)t. 2.
@d)UIer muj} ternen, aber er mill nic^t. 3. @te fotten bie
fatten Idfen ; tndgen ie nit^t ? 4. SBann bilrf en toir auf ben
59a^nfteig ge^en? 5. SBoCcn tuir mit bem 3 u 9 e fd^ren?
6. SBerben tt)tr bie fc^dnen Saume fefyen?
(b) 1. May I buy the tickets, or will you? 2. He doesn't
want to do it, but he must. 3. We like to ride in (mit) the
PRESENT OF MODAL AUXILIARIES. 205
train. 4. Shall (toott.etl) we ride in (mit) the train ? 5. Shall
(foil) I go on the platform? 6. Shall (tflerben) we see you
to-morrow ?
158, Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )ie gtfenbdfyn, Easy Reading, 45, 46.
2. Point out illustrations of all six modals ; of iDDtten ttrir
for shall we. Find examples for contrasting toerben and
tflolten*
(b) l. 2J?nffen bie jtoet grennbe mit bem 3nge *fftf)ren?
2. )arf ber djaffner oljne eine galjrfarte anf ben 33al)nftetg
gefyen? 3. SBann tDolIen tt)ir unfere gafjrlarten Ibfen?
4. SBarum mogen bie greunbe btefe langen ,3u9 e ntt^t?
5. SBann fott ber cfyaffner rufen? 6. Sann ber greunb be^
^affner^ auf bem SSa^nfteige feine ga^rlarten lof en ?
(c) 1. When shall we buy our tickets ? 2. The conductor's
friend wants to call out, but he can't speak. 3. Shall I buy
my tickets now, or may I wait till (6i$) to-morrow? 4. The
train will come ; the conductor will call out ; we shall go
onto the platform. 5. I do not like to ride in (mit) the
train, but I must go to my friends. 6. When may we go
home, please?
(d) "I must go to my friends in the city. Will you go
with me ? "
" I like to go to the city, but I can't go to-day. May I go
with you to-morrow ? "
" Yes, will you go to-morrow ? Shall we go by train (mit
bent ^nge f afyren) ? "
"I like to go by train. Shall I buy the tickets, or will
you?"
206 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
" You must buy the tickets. I can't buy them ; I haven't
money enough."
" All right (frfjtfn) ! I can get them very well. See you
later (2luf2Bieberfe^en)!"
LESSON XXVII.
Past and Future of Modals.
IDenn id? tuollte, was id? follte, fount' id? attes, was id? tuollte.
159. Past Tense of Modals. The Modal Auxiliaries are con-
jugated in the past indicative like any weak verb.
id) fomtte, I could. ttrir lonnten, we could.
fcn fonnteft, thou couldst. ifjr lonntet, you could.
cr fonnte, he could. fie fount-en, they could.
(a) Conjugate the other five modals in the past.
160. Future Tense of Modals. The future is regular.
id) toerfoe fpredjen fciirf en, / shall be permitted to speak.
bit ttiirft fomtnen fonnen, thou wilt be able to come.
et Hurt) gefjcn founen, he loill be able to go.
ttiir tuerben (emeu miiffen, we shall have to study.
tyr ttietbet ftetben miiffen, you will have to die.
fie merfcen f^ie(en moflen, they will want to play.
(a) 2ft o g en and joften are rarely used in the future tense.
161. Modals with e$ and ju. (a) Where English says I can,
you musty and so on, German generally uses e$ as object of
the auxiliary, $dj fann e$, @ie miiffen e$, etc. In negative
sentences, e$ is not necessary: 3$ fann nic^t, @ie miiffen ntc^t.
(6) When a verb ivlth ju is used with a modal auxiliary, ju
comes between the auxiliary and the verb.
PAST AND FUTURE OF MODALS. 207
He studied to be able to read. (r tcrittc, urn tcfctt $tt f onnciu
We ran to be able to see better. SSHr Ucfctt, ttttt fecffc* fctycit $tt f onneiu
162. Vocabulary.
bcr SaJjtt'Jjof, bic SSaljttpfc II, fra'gctt, reg. (Ijafccn), with ace., to
(railway} station; auf bcm or ask.
ben $al)ttf)of f at or to the station. frfjt'rfett, reg. (fjaften), to send.
bcr Coffer, bic Coffer I, *rwn*. alleitt', alone.
bcr $or&, bic $iir&e II, &asA*tf . tt0d^ f more ; notf) etttia^ f some
bcr Dtt'fef, bic Dnlcl I, wwcZe. (thing) more ; noi^ ctn f one
II, baggage. more ; nod) toiclc, many more.
163. Oral Drill.
(a) i. SDZettt Dnfcl burfte aKein geljen, aber er tt)ottte
2. 9Bir iDerben bte toffcr unb S5rbe auf ben a^of fdjtcfett
mitffen. 3. $$ iDerbe ba$ e^acf aCcin tragen fbnnen.
4. (Sr fottte feinen Coffer tragen, aber er ntodjte e^ nicfyt.
5. SBerben lt)tr noc^ ettoa'S fragen bitrfen? 6. @ie iDotlten
t^r epacf fcf)t(fen, aber fie lonnten nidfjt
(b) 1. He was able to carry his basket alone, but he didn't
want to. 2. I shall have to send my baggage. 3. We were
to come to town, but we weren't permitted. 4. She didn't
like to go, but she had to. 5. They will be able to play
to-morrow. 6. My uncle wanted to send his trunk to the
station, but he couldn't.
164. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead 9luf bent 33aljnl)ofe, Easy Reading, 46, 747, 17.
2. Point out illustrations of the past and future of modals,
and of their use with e and with jtt.
(b) 1. 3Jhite $f)r Onfet fetn epaa3 faittt fcitt*
(b) @otten is often used, especially in the present, to report
hearsay. It is translated is said to.
& foil feljr arm f tin. He is said to be very poor.
@ic foil feljr gut fingeiu She is said to sing very well.
(1) An especially common German idiom is the ques-
tion, 3Ba$ foil (benn) ba$? What do you mean by that ?
(2) The past subjunctive of folfen (fottte) is like the
past indicative. It regularly means ought to.
SPECIAL USES OF MODALS. 213
$>it fottteft (ernen. You ought to study.
(r faUte arbettetu He ought to work.
(c) Besides its regular meaning, toolferi is also used in the
sense of to be about to or to be determined to.
(r UioUtc geljem He was about to go.
Sefj ttittt tyred) en* / insist upon speaking.
(d) 8affen in its causative meaning, to have (done), to cause to
(be done), is used like the modals. It always takes the active
infinitive, but sometimes with passive sense.
(r ISjft ehten Oforf madjen, He is having a coat made.
2Bir Jja&ett tieite $itte faitfcn (affetu We have had new hats bought.
28tftft bit tttcitt SBttd) fjolett laffeit ? Will you have my book brought 9
171. Vocabulary.
bcr 5Jn'5ttg f btc 5(tt5iige II, suit. ttrif'fen, ttu^te r getoftgt' (fjafcen),
ber S^nci'bcr I, at7or. tcfy tuctfe bu tt>ct^t f er meiff, o
Ictt'ncn, !annte f gcfdnnt (fjafceit), A;noio, Tiave knowledge of.
to know, be acquainted with. ftfttt, poor.
faf'fen f (ic f gclaffcn (Ija&ett), cr tt>cit r /ar (not to^e).
l&fyt, to let ; to have done or cause gent, gladly; usually translated
to be done; to leave. like to.
172. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. g$ foH nt(J)t toett fctn. T)a^ fann fctn. 2.
@tc emeu Sln^ug madden laffcn? 3. @r met^ tttdjt, aber ber
@(^netber ^at etnen neuen 9Injug mac^en laffcn tDolfen* 4. J)er
@rf)netber foil fefjr arm fctn. tennen @tc tljn? 5. SBiffcn
@ie, tcf) ge^e gern in bie d^ulc ? B. @te ^at etnen neuen nt
fanfen taffen.
.(6) 1. I know him, but he doesn't know it. 2. He is
having a new suit made. 3. The tailor ought to work; he
214 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
is said to be very poor. 4. Do you like to play ball ?
5. Do you know, I am having a gray suit made ? 6. That
may be, but I did not know it.
173. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead 4Beint djnetber, Easy Reading, 50, 751, 6.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of nttfgen and gent, used
together and also separately ; of fotfen in two special mean-
ings ; of tootten in the sense of to be about to; and of (affen in
its regular and of its causative meanings.
(b) 1. at bet jnnge 2ftann bei (cittern artnen cfynetber eittett'
neuen Sln^ng madjen laffen ? 2. $annte ber alte grennb ben
djtteiber? 3. 2ftag er feitten neuen 9lnjug gern tragen, ober
nriffen @ie ntdjt? 4. SBie toett tft e^ nad^ bent brettent ^5(a^e?
SBet^ Sfyr grennb? 5. @ottte td^ etnen nenen, granen 9tocf
ntac^en laffen? 6. at ber olbat bet bent artnen djnetber
etnen nenen 2lngng ntacfyen taffen rotten ?
(c) 1. How far is it to the tailor's shop, do you know ?
2. I have wanted for a long time ( 83) to have a new suit
made, but I don't know any good tailor. 3. Those poor
boys ought to like to study. 4. I like to have all my new
suits made at (bet) that poor tailor's. 5. Is your tailor said
to be very poor, or don't you know ? 6. Do you know a good
tailor ? I must have a new suit made.
(d) " That old tailor is said to be very good. Do you know
him?"
"I don't know, but I always like to have my new suits
made at (bet) a good tailor's."
" Let us go to him. It is not far."
" Shall we go on foot (jn ^uf;), or shall we ride (fasten) ? "
REVIEW. 215
"I like to walk (ju guf; gefyen). How far is it? Do
you know ? "
" It ought not to take (bauertl) long. Come, let us go ! "
LESSON XXX.
Review.
IDtHft bu tmmer u>etter fcfyroetfen ?
Stetj, bas 03ute Itegt fo naty 1
erne nur bas 03liicf ergretfen,
Denn bas (Sliicf tft immer ba. oetlje.
174. Review Questions.
(a) 1. Name the German modals. 2. In what two ways
may English will be translated ? 3. Give the ways of trans-
lating English may. 4. What does tnftgen usually mean ?
(6) 1. Which modal means must (not) in withholding per-
mission ? 2. What peculiarity have the modals when gov-
erning a dependent infinitive ? 3. What is the difference in
the use of the past participles of modals ?
(c) 1. Give two meanings for f often ; two for la (fen ; two
for fijmtetu 2. Explain the use of e$ and ju with modals.
175. Vocabulary.
ber Shiotf, Me Shtityfe II, button. bag Siuty, btc Sitter III, cloth.
bcr 3Dtor'gen f bic SJlorgcn I, morn- batt'fett, reg. (Ijafcett), with dat., to
ing; written small when used thank.
with an adverb : this morning, bie'ttCtt, reg. (f)rtficn) r with dat., to
fjeute morflcm sewe.
bie ^far'fce IV, color. abieit' (pronounced abjo') f good-
bie ^Jlo'be IV, fashion, style. bye, farewell.
ba3 *Hetb r bic ^Icibct III, caress; 5(uf SSic'bctfe^cn, i7Z we meet
pi, clothes. again.
216 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
176. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. $tf) fjabe ettt netted leib macfyen taffen molten,
2. 9Bir Ijaben )eutfcf) fdjreiben lernen muffen. 3. aben ie
fein Znd) faufen laffen limnen? 4. (gr l)at fie nid)t fingen
f)5ren mogen. 5. m fyatteft fie nidjt fpielen fefyen burfen.
6. @te Ijat ^eute tnorgen fdjreiben fernen tooffetu
(6) Use perfect tenses. 1. We wanted to learn to sing.
2. He had to have a new coat made. 3. She couldn't see
him play. 4. They weren't permitted to hear us speak Ger-
man. 5. Didn't you like to learn to play ball? 6. She
couldn't have the dress made this summer.
177. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read 33etm djnetber, Easy Reading, 51, 752, 11.
2. Point out different uses of each of the six modals and of
laffen.
(5) 1. uten 2ftorgen! SBotten ftrir gnm tfjnetber gefyen?
2. 2Btet)teIe Snityfe muffen unfere Sletber Ijaben, nm nacf) ber
le^ten 2Kobe jn fetn? 3. SBomit lann id) bienen? 4.
@ie biefe^ Zud) nifyt? e?
(c) 1. Good morning ! Till we meet again ! Good-bye !
2. You ought to thank him ; he has served you well. 3. We
have to wear our clothes with cloth, buttons, and color accord-
ing to (nacl)) the latest (le^t) style. 4. What do you mean
. ( 170, 6, 1) by that? I don't like this style. 5. I don't
like this dress; the cloth is not of (toon) the right color,
and the buttons are too small. 6. I thank you ; I will have
a better dress made.
REVIEW. 217
(d) " Good morning ! I must have a new dress made."
<; May I show you some cloth ? "
" Please ! Does the latest (fe^t) fashion have many buttons ? "
" Yes, and the cloth must be of the right color."
"I like this new style. The dress ought to be very
beautiful."
"Yes, our tailor is said to be very good. Shall we go to
his store ? "
" No, I must go home now. I thank you ! Good-bye ! "
" Till we meet again ! "
178. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. SBoMen tirir anf ben SBafynfteig gefyen, urn nut bent
3uge fasten sn lonnen? 2. @ott id) bie gafyrlarten Itffen, ober
rotten @tc? 3. at !>icr tft 3l)r $ut f nbcr meiucu (ben rnctucu, ben meinigen) Ijabc id) uirljt
gef nnben* Here is your hat, but mine I have not found.
Note. The same rule applies also to ein and fein, except that they do
not take the suffix =tg, and fein cannot be preceded by the article.
Reiner toon iljnett ftetyt e$. No one (none) of them sees it.
)er eine ift nirfjt ^ier. One (of them) is not here.
(Sitter tttitjs l)eiraten. One (of them) must marry.
180. The Intensive Pronoun, fefbft or fetber, myself, yourself,
himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves, is indeclin-
able. It is used for all persons, genders, numbers, and cases.
<3ie ift felber gefomnten* She came herself.
298ir Ijafcen eg feffift gefe^en. We saw it ourselves.
%tf) Ijafce eg f elfcer (f elbft) getan. / did it myself.
(a) When fetbft precedes its noun, it means even.
Sie mag f elbft bie Ofafen nidjt She does not even like roses.
Sefbft fein S5rnber JieBt i^n nidjt. Even his brother does not love him.
220 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
181. Vocabulary.
bet $ln%r bte $(ftffe I, river. eitg, narrow ; of shoes or clothing,
ber Sdjulj, bic <3djufje II, shoe. tight.
bic ^fyotograpljie', bic $f)otogra= fur^, sftorz.
plji'ctt IV, photograph. ttrie, as.
flte'ftett, flflff, geftf'fteit (fcitt) r to ftltft, self , selves ; even.
flow.
182. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. )tefe $l)otogra:pljten finb beffer ate nnfere. 2. (Sure
@d)ul)e finb ntdjt fo eng tme bte tneinigen* 3. 3ft rnetn 9tocf
fo furg tDte ^^rer? 4. ier ift mem ut; tDO ift f enter?
5. llnfere 53oote finb beffer ate bte ^rtgen, 6. 3enig
man u>et.
184. The Interrogative Pronouns are: toer, ivho; om$, what;
:), which, what; and ft)a$ fttr eitt, what kind of (a), what.
SBer and n)d can never be used as adjectives.
222 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(a) Declension of toer and lt)a$.
Masc. and Fein. Neut.
N. mer, who. ttw3, what.
G. tteffett, whose, of whom. lueffeu, of what.
D. ttiettt, to whom.
A. men, whom. ttwS, t0/*a.
As in English, the plural is the same.
(6) SBetdfjer, which ? what f has the endings of a ,,ber"
word :
Singular. Plural.
Masc. Fern. Neut. For all genders.
niclrfjcr wetrfje wefrfM U)dd)c
weldjeS tucidjcr rocld)e3 ludrtjcr
tt)ctri)cm tuelrfjcr tteldjem njcldjcn
tuclrijcn welrtjc roeldjeS n>dd)e
(c) In tt)a^ fiir ein, the etn is of course omitted in the plural.
The following noun depends, not upon fitr, but upon its natu-
ral construction in the sentence.
2Ba3 fiir eitt alter 4>ut ift ba3 ? What kind of an old hat is that f
fiir eaten dorf laufen 6te ? What sort of a coat are you buying?
fiir 23iirf)er Ijat er ? What sort of books has he?
185. Combination of Interrogative and Preposition. When
referring to an inanimate object, tt)o(r)- is used with preposi-
tions, instead of tt>a: tt)0t>0tl, of what; iDOtttit, with what; toorin,
in what. (See 112.) Compare whereof, wherewith, ivherein.
186. Use of bd$, Me$, and e$ with [etn. In speaking of they,
these, or those, with to be, German generally uses the neuter
singular with a plural verb, where English has the demonstra-
tive or pronoun in the plural.
What kind of books are those 9 28a3 fiir Siirfjer ftttb
Which children are those? 2Belrf)e $ittter ftttb
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 223
Those are our trees. $)a$ ftttb ttttfere SBchtme*
These are hard exercises. QieS finb frfjtoere 9fafgafcetu
What boys are those f Are they our friends f 2eldje ^nabcn finb
ba3 ? 3utb e3 uufcre Jyrcwtbc ?
187. Vocabulary.
bie Seu'te, pi., people. persons; compare ftebeutett, 114).
bie @ei'be IV, silk. iifceraU', everywhere, " a?? over."
bic Xradjt IV, costume. toer ? w/io ?
mei'nett, reg. (fjaften), to mean (of ttm3 fiit (eitt) ? what kind of (a)?
188. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. SBeffett rad)t ift ba? 2. 2BeIcf)e Zrad&t meinen
@ie? 3. 2Bomtt fpteltcn bic 8eute? 4. 2Ba3 fftr @etbe ift ba$?
5. SBefc^e Sud)er finb ba$? 6. Sa^ fftr aufer finb ba?
(6) 1. To whom did you give that? 2. Which boy did
he mean ? 3. What kind of costumes are those ? 4. What
were the people speaking of (Dott) ? 5. What kind of chil-
dren are those ? 6. What kind of a coat did you have made
yesterday ?
189. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read $tn preettwtb, Easy Reading, 56, 157, 7.
2. Point out illustrations of the interrogative pronouns ; of
the combination of interrogative with a preposition; of the
use of neuter singular with fein where English has the plural.
(6) 1. Set ift ba3, unb toeffen ^Pferb Ijat er? 2. SBooon
fprecfjen @ie, unb tt)eldf)e$ $ferb tnemett ic? 3. 2Ba$ fitr
@eibe ift ba$, unb ttrietriet foftet ba$ @tttom, bic ^omc II, cathedral. fcei'be, 60^; Zwo.
bic ^Bo'rfje IV, week. ei'tttge, some.
ba3 @^(0, bic <5rf)UJffer III, castfe. ntelj'me, several.
entljartett, etttfjtelt', cnt^aFten (^a= toc'ing, little (in the sense of not
Ben) f c^ Cttt^d(t r to contain, hold. much, as distinguished from
gefaHett, geftd', gcfal'fcn (fjafcett), Kein, ZiWZe, in the sense of not
e3 gefdttt f with dat., to please. large)] pi, /ew?.
196. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 8ete aSodje ^aben tDtr etnige 3)ome unb me^rere
c^toffer gefe^en. 2. 2fttr gefctllt biefe^ Heine 33ud) ; e^ ent-
^aft iDenige f^mere @a^e. 3. 35a^ atteS gefattt ben betben
Sriibern nidjt 4. (Sin anbere^ 3KaI toerben @te noc^ me^rere
c^toffer fefyen. 5 ginben @te Dtel itte$ in jenent an^
beren 93ud)e? 6 Sen ganjen Sag fjabe i(^ bie betben Srtefe
gefurfjt
(6) 1. Another day ( 194, 6) the exercise will not contain
so many hard sentences. 2. The two friends saw several
castles last week, but few cathedrals. 3. He speaks little,
but he reads much. 4. All that pleases me ; will you give
me some more ? 5. All day they played with the two girls.
6. We have many more pictures, and some of them (bdtion)
will please you.
197. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )entfdje rad)ten, Easy Reading, 58, 659, 6.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of aff, ganj, anber, nod)
em, etnige, ntefyrere, triel, and toentg.
230 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6) l. efaften ^fynen Me beiben amen trie! ober toenig?
2. aben bie beiben greunbe le^te SBodje mefjrere djldffer
gefefyen? 3. Sntljatt ba$ anbere 33ncf) nocf) eintge fdjone 33U-
ber? 4. rfjeint ba$ ganje 33nd) toenige frfjtoere @ii^e ju
entfyaften? 5. SBerben tt)tr nat^fte SBot^e me^rere Some
unb etnige cfyloffer fe^en fonnen? 6. efaften ben beiben
33ritbern bte fcfyonen Some in 9lmerifa?
(c) 1. Last week both the brothers saw several castles, and
some of these pleased them. 2. Next week all the cathedrals
will contain many beautiful flowers. 3. The basket contains
another piece of cloth, but it pleases me little. 4. Several
castles were interesting and some were beautiful, but they
did not please both the men. 5. All day we were looking
for another piece of cloth. 6. All the year that book pleased
both the pupils, but now they want to read another book.
(d) " Did both your brothers see some castles last week ? "
" Yes, they saw some castles and several cathedrals, and all
that pleased them."
" All the year I have wanted to see some cathedrals, but I
had to stay at home."
" My two brothers stay at home very little. They go every-
where."
" That must please them. I have seen few castles, and they
were all small. They didn't please me."
" Next week both the boys are going to the country to see
some more castles. Don't you want to go with them ? "
" Gladly ! I thank you ! "
REVIEW OF PRONOUNS. 231
LESSON XXXV.
Review of Pronouns.
IX)er meles brtngt, unrb mandpem etwas brtngen.
198. Review Questions.
(a) 1. Give all the German translations of mine, yours,
hers, theirs. 2. How do these differ in English from my,
your, her, their ? 3. Give and illustrate the rule for the
independent use of ettl and fettl. 4. Illustrate the two uses
of fcttft.
(6) 1. Explain the use of bd$, bie$, and e$ with plural
forms of fettt. 2. Name the German interrogative pronouns.
3. How do they combine with prepositions ? 4. What other
combination with prepositions have you learned ?
(c) 1. What peculiarities has an adjective after ettt)a$ or
TttdjtS? after afte$? after tnel? 2. Give two translations for
the two brothers. 3. How are other and another expressed
in German ? 4. How do you say in German with something
good, with everything good ?
199. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. )te$ 33ud) ift metneS; too ift ba$ 3ff)te? 2.
fitr $rauen [tub ba$? 3. 9Ber Ijat ba$ gefagt, unb too&on fyat
er gefprorf)en? 4. $fy ^abe tnemett 9tocE [elbft gemac^t. Set
toem ^at er ben feinigen tnadjen (affen? 5. aben bte beiben
c^UIer ettoa^ @c^one^ gefe^en? 6. (Selbft fein Sruber fie^t
ntd)t Diet ute^ in i^m.
232 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6) 1. Here is my exercise; who has yours? 2. What
kind of books are those? 3. Even the teacher could not
translate the sentence himself. 4. I wish another piece of
paper. 5. We don't see much good in that other book.
6. From whom did you buy those pens ? We haven't any.
200. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )eutftf)e rad)ten, Easy Reading, 59, 7 60, 13.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of ember, nod) em,
ettna$, ntd)t, gcmj, atfe$, berfenige, berfelbe, Jebermcmn, nte-
manb, fetbft, Diet, mefjr, toeniger, beibe, mefyrere, the interroga-
tives, possessive pronouns, and combination of preposition
with interrogative.
(6) 1. |)aben@ie etttmS fo @cf)tt)ere3 je gefefen? 2. SUicmen
ttrir betbe ba^[e(be Znfy? 3. 2Ber l^at 3^ nen n01 ^ e ^ n U( f)
gegeben? 4. ^ft e$ ba^ 3 ! ^ig e ^ er ^^ meintge? 5. (Stub
ba^ unfere greunbe? 6. )te3 tft ntc^t ba^felbe uat Jetnanb anbere^ nodj eltt)a^ 5U
fragen? 6. gtnben te nte^r lange 9Borter in btefent 53u^e
al^ in benen auf bent Jifcf)e?
(b) 1. My hat is not so good as yours ; I made mine my-
self. 2. What kind of costumes do you mean? 3. I see
people everywhere with beautiful costumes of (t)0n) silk.
~4. We didn't find anything hard in those last sentences.
5. Both the pupils had to translate another long sentence.
6. The other castle pleases me better than that one by (an)
the river.
(c) In the Country. In the country we see something inter-
esting every day. Even the funny costumes please us. Some
of (t)0n) these are better than the ones in the city. They
(man) never wear the same shoes in the country as in the city
All day the men work in (attf) the field, and the children can
play beside the river or in the wood. Everybody likes the
country.
234 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
LESSON XXXVI.
Relative Pronouns. Dependent Order.
IPatjre (Sroe fyat alletn,
IDer Me erftetjt, em grower ITtann
llnb etn fd?Itd?ter IHertfd? 311 fetn. iefcel.
202. The Relative Pronouns are ber and tt)e(d)er, meaning
who, which, that.
(a) The relative ber is declined like the demonstrative ber,
but the genitive plural is always berett instead of berer
( 190, a).
The relative toeldjer is declined like the interrogative toelcfyer
( 184/ b), but is not used in the genitive. The genitive of
the relative ber (beffen, beren) must be used instead.
(b) The relative must agree with its antecedent in gender
and number, but its case depends on its construction in the
clause it introduces.
$an$ f ba3 (toeldje^) trf) fnl) r the house which I saw.
Dlofe, Me (toefdje) trfj falj, the rose tohich I saw.
9Jlatttt f beffett ^ut tt^ fanb, the man whose hat I found.
^)er SDfauut, 6ei bent (toeltfjem) ic^ ttiDne r the man with whom I live.
T)er -SJlamt, ben (tuele^en) ii^ lenne, the man whom I knoic.
203. Compound Relatives. 3Ber and ttm$ ( 184, a) are doth
used as compound relatives, meaning he who, whoever, that
which, whatever, what.
leine gfreunbe !jat, ift arm. He who has no friends is poor.
Jja&e getan, ttw it^ (tun) fonnte, / have done what I could.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS. DEPENDENT ORDER. 235
(a) 2Ba$ is also generally used as a relative after neuter
adjectives and neuter pronouns.
$dj gefce bir ba3 fceftc, ttw3 id) fya&e* /#we to you the best that I have.
) When referring to an inanimate object, too(r)* is gen-
erally used with prepositions instead of a relative pronoun :
ftODOtt, of which; tooritt, in ivhich; toomtt, with which; tooftir,
for which; etc. Compare 112 and 185.
204. The Use of Relatives differs from the English use.
(a) The relative is never omitted in German, as it often is in
English.
The house I bought, ba3 $au3, bag idj gefauft Ija&e,
The man you saw, bcr SDlann, ben @ie gefeljen ^aben*
(6) When the antecedent is first or second person, (1) it
may be repeated after the relative, the verb agreeing with it.
I who did this, idj, ber idj bie3 gctau
You who know that, bu, bcr bit ba3 toeifft,
(2) If it is not repeated, the verb is third person.
Sdj, bet bie3 gctan Ijat, I who did this.
2)tt f bcr ba3 ttici f you who know that.
(c) Commas always set off the relative clause in German.
205. Dependent Order. In the dependent order, the per-
sonal part of the verb (in compound tenses, the auxiliary)
stands at the end of the clause. This order is used in all
dependent clauses. These are introduced either by a relative
pronoun, or by a subordinating conjunction (ba, bdf$, toeif, ft)0,
etc.). They are set off from the main clause by commas.
Illustrations : All the preceding examples in this lesson.
236 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
206. Vocabulary.
fcer 9$e'gett I, rain. ftet'fjtjjf industriously'), hard (adv.
bic ,3 c i'tWt0 IV, newspaper. as in study hard).
Ite'&Ctt, reg. (tynben), to love. flUicf ftrf), happy, happily.
toerfrw'fett, fcerfaufte, toerfauft' getoijfjtt'ftrf), usually.
(Ijafcett), to sell. e'Ben, just (as used in just so, just
totttt'fdjen, reg. (Jja&en), to wish. now).
207. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 9Bir lieben getoofynlicf) Me 8eute, bie gtiicflid) finb.
2. @r toimfdjt bie ^eitung, bie id) eben tierlanft fyabe. 3. @ie
^at leine greunbe, bie ben 9tegen tndgen, 4. 3Ber flei^ig at-
beitet, tt)irb getoofynlici) gut ternen* 5. 2Bo ift ber ^ u ^9 e r beffen
$8nfy @ie eben ccrfauft ^aben? 6. )a ift atte^, tt)a^ tt)ir
gelefen ^aben*
(b) 1. Here is the newspaper I just sold. 2. Who wishes
little and works hard is usually happy. 3. We don't know
anybody who loves the rain. 4. The house in which (write
three ways) I live is large. 5. Is that the old man to whom
you just gave a newspaper ? 6. No, it is the happy old man
we usually see here in (auf) the street.
208. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead 2luf ben (Strain, Easy Reading, 62, 163, 4.
2. Point out illustrations of all four cases of the relative ;
of the use of ft)a$ as a relative ; of the combination of tt)O(t)-
with a preposition.
(6) 1. 3ft ba$ ber 2llte, ber bie 3 e ^ un 9 e & en Ccrfauft fyat?
2. wt er getoofynlid) atteS, tt>a$ er toimfdjt? 3. efyen @ie
ben glMHcfyen 2Hten, beffen ofyne nat^ bent 9?egen fleiftig
ten? 4. gieben bie $inber bie 2llten, bei benen fie
INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 237
5. (gtnb Me (Strain fefyr brett, auf toefdjen bie
ofyne ftei^ig arbeiten? 6. $ft bte$ bet 8aben, toorin @ie
.^Ijre Sitter eben fcerfauft fyaben?
(c) 1. This is the old man we usually see on the streets.
2. He has just sold the papers he had bought yesterday.
3. I sold the paper in which I had read everything I wished.
4. The old man, whose children loved him, was very happy.
5. Whoever wishes much must usually work hard to ( 97)
get it. 6. I love the old woman to whom you just gave that
cloth.
(d) "Was that the man who was selling papers in the
rain?"
" Yes, he usually works very hard. Did you see the coat
he wore ? "
" No, but I know his son, who played with us yesterday."
" Do you mean the boy whose clothes are so old ? "
" Yes, the one who just went across the street. He is poor,
but he is always happy."
"Who is happy is never very poor."
LESSON XXXVII.
Indirect Questions.
XPtr tmffen, was unr geben fonnen itnb n?en u>tr cor uns fyaben.
209. Indirect Questions. When a direct question is put
into a subordinate clause, it follows the dependent order.
238 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(Direct) Where did you buy your book $ 280 Ijafcett Sic $ljr SBurf)
tag nwren? 3. @r tierfte^t ntcfjt, toarnm icf) i^m sntoeifen ntdjt
gtaube. 4. 3Btffen @te, too toir ben SBeg nac^ ber @tabt finben
f dnnen ? 5. ^eben s Jfa^mittag fragen fie, toie fie nac^ aufe
INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 239
fonttnen. 6. Qtf) fefje ntdjt, ttrie ba$ Sinb nacfymittagS ben
2Beg bort bnrrf) ben SBalb finbet.
(b) 1. Do you know where I lost my other stocking?
2. He asked why we didn't believe him. 3. I don't under-
stand why you sometimes cannot find your way. 4. We
wanted to know who was there. 5. She doesn't know why
she has to stay at home afternoons. 6. They don't under-
stand where we were yesterday afternoon.
213. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead 2luf ben traften, Easy Reading, 63, 564, 14.
2. Point out illustrations of indirect questions ; of the use
of the article with parts of the body.
(&) 1. 3Btffen @te, ttrie bte beiben Snaben nadjmtttagS ben
9Beg ftnben? 2. 23erftel)t ber grennb, nrnrum man ifjm gn>
toetfen ntdjt gtcmbt? 3. gragt ber -3 u ^9 e r toa$ @i^ in ber
anb ^aben? 4. SBetp ber etne Snabe r ttmrnm ber anbere
letne triimpfe an ben gitften ^at? 5. aben @te gefe^en,
lute ir geftern na^mittag SSaU fptcftcn? 6. 2Bet ba^ 2)?ab-
(^en r tDarnm bte anberen @(^uler bort finb?
(c) 1. I don't know why you don't sometimes study after-
noons. 2. We can't understand how the boy lost his stock-
ing. 3. They don't see where the way through the wood
lies. 4. I do not know what that boy has in his hand.
5. We knew where you were yesterday afternoon. 6. He
can't understand why we never believe him.
(c?) "Do you know where those two boys were yesterday
afternoon ? "
"No, I don't know, but they are usually on the streets
afternoons."
240 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
"I believe you. I don't see why they run on the street
with no stockings on their feet ! "
" What a shame ! But look ! What kind of boys are those
yonder ? Shall I ask why they aren't at home ? "
" Wait ! We can see what they do there. Sometimes these
children know the way better than we think."
" Yes, do you see how well they know the way ? "
LESSON XXXVIII.
Conjunctions.
IDenn UTenfcfyen ausehtanbergefytt,
So fagen fie: 2Juf XPieberfebn.
214. The Coordinating Conjunctions, unb, and; abet and [on*
bent, but; bentt, for; and ober, or, do not affect the order.
They are used in compound sentences.
3d) fam, ft&e* cr fling nadj ^af e. / came, but he went home.
(r ttiufj bidden, bemt id) jmtft nadj ^anfc gelftctt* He must stay, for I
have to go home.
(a) When but in English introduces a contrast with a pre-
ceding negative that is, when you can say " but on the con-
trary," or " but instead " German uses f onbent, not abet*
(t ift ttidjt wein ^teunb f fonbern mein ^cinb* He is not my friend, but
my enemy.
<3ie ift mityt fr^on, fottbent fyti%litf) f abcr ftc ift rciscnb. She is not beau-
tiful, but homely, but she is charming.
(1) @onbern is always used in the correlative, not only . . but
also. 35ttr ttmrett nid^t nur arm, fonbern aud) fran!. We were not only
poor, but also sick.
CONJUNCTIONS. 241
215. Subordinating Conjunctions are used in complex sen-
tences and are followed by the dependent order ( 205). The
commonest ones are al$, ba, baft, efye, uadjjbem, ob, fobalb, toal)*
renb, toett, and toenn.
3dj fam, cljc cr ttadj aufe gtitg, / came before he went home.
($r rnufj foramen, tticil id) twdj aufe gcljc. .He rawsz come, because I am
going home.
(a) Eemember that the main clause is inverted when the
dependent clause precedes. See 113, b.
When he saw me, he went home. WW cr ttttd) falj, gtttg cr ttarf)
As you have no book, I shall give you mine. $)a 8tc feitt S3ttt^ Ijabcn,
itf) Shucn ba^ mcinc (jcbeu.
216. Vocabulary.
ber 4>wtb, bic $unbe II, c?o^. jung, young.
bet SJlatft, bie $tarfte II, market ; al$ f conjunc., when; used with
auf bcm or ben 9Warft f a or to past time.
^e market. ba, conjunc., as, giving a reason,
bcr SBa'gCtt, bic 23agcn I, wagon; not referring to time.
cart ; carriage. f ptt'bcrrt, &?^.
ba S5rctt f bic SBrcttcr III, &oard. ttici( f conjunc., because.
ba (5JcmU'fc f gen., bc3 cmitfc^ I, njcmt, conjunc., when, used gener-
collective, vegetables. ally with present time ; whenever.
217. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 2lte id) auf ben SKarft ging, faf) td^ ben @unb. 2. @r
tag nt(^t auf ber @trae r fonbern auf etuem Srett unter bem
SCBageu. 3. a e$ fo fpctt ttrirb, miiffeu tt)ir uad^ aufe gefyen.
4. 9Beuu mir unfereu uub finbeu, miiffeu tt)tr auf bett SKarft
ge^eu, n)ei( uufer SBageu bort ift* 5. ie jutige grau ^at leiu
emiife gefauft, met! fie e utd^t mag. 6. 211$ tdj in ber @tabt
tt)ar r ^abe id) Diet 3fntereffattte$ fl^f^^ti.
242 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6) 1. When it is cold, the dog lies on a board. 2. When
we went to the market, we bought vegetables out of a wagon.
3. As the dog has no board on which he can lie, he will get
very tired. 4. They didn't go to the market, but into the
wood, because it was so warm. 5. It wasn't cold, but very
warm, when we drove in (mtt) the carriage to the market.
6. He didn't buy any vegetables, but went home with his dog.
218. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read 2luf bem 3Karft, Easy Reading, 65, 1-29.
2. Point out illustrations of coordinating conjunctions ; of
the use of fonbern ; of subordinating conjunctions ; of the
inversion of the main clause.
(&) 1. @al)en @te Me afte $rau, ate fie auf bem 2ftar!t tl)r
emiife fcerfaufte? 2. gat il)r gunb em 33rett, toenn er
unter bem SBagen (tegt? 3. SJhtft fie tmmer auf ben 2ftarft
gefyen, tflett fie fo alt ift? 4. $Bo I)abe ii) {ene grau gefefyen,
bie ntd)t ttur att r fonbern fefyr arm ift? 5. aben bte Sinber
ben nnb gefefjen, ate er anf einem 53rett unter bem SBagen
lag? 6. SSerfauft bte gran fciel emitfe, lt)enn fie mtt ifjrem
unb auf ben 9J?arIt ge^t?
(c) 1. As the dog was lying on the board, the old woman
did not go to market, but waited beside her cart. 2. When
she went to market, the dog lay on a board under the cart.
3. When it is very warm, she does not sell many (singular)
vegetables. 4. We did not buy our vegetables of (turn)
the young woman, but of this one, because she was old.
5. Whenever we read an exercise we find new words. 6. The
old woman did not go home, but she stayed at the market,
because she wanted to sell her vegetables.
DEPENDENT ORDER FOR MODALS. 243
(d) " Was that old woman's dog lying under her cart when
you were going to the market this morning ? "
" Yes, when she goes to the market to sell her vegetables,
he lies on a board and waits."
" As it is usually so cold at the market, he ought to have
not only a board, but also a warm cloth."
" He cannot have everything he wishes, because the old
woman is so poor."
"It is funny! He does not go home, but waits all day
under the cart."
" The poor dog ! What a shame ! "
LESSON XXXIX.
Dependent Order for Modals.
Drum frofyltd? in ben Kampf fytneml
IDer fiegen null, mug fterben fonnen.
3a, foil bas eben rectyt gebettm,
IHu man bem Cobe aud? was gonnen.
219. Modals in Dependent Sentences. In the dependent
order in simple tenses, the auxiliaries of mode stand at the
end of the clause, just like auxiliaries of tense.
I knew why he had to go. Qdj ttwfjte, ttwrwtt cr gdjen mu|te,
(a) In a compound tense of the modal, when there is a de-
pendent infinitive, the tense auxiliary (fjabetl or fterbett) stands
just before the rest of the verb phrase ("two infinitives").
This same rule applies to the verbs fefyen, fyoren, etc., men-
tioned in 166.
244 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Here is an exercise you will have to write. $m ift cine 5tttfgafie f bie btt
unrft fdjreifcen mitff cm
That is the man who wanted to buy my horse. $a3 ift bcr Sftatttt, bet
ttteitt $ferb Ijat faufett foollem
Note. In translating two or more German infinitives at the end of a
clause, always begin at the end, then take the one next to the end, then
the third from the end.
3d) fyabe eud) tyieten fybren fonnen. Iivas able to hear you play.
220. The Use of bdj}* The conjunction baJ3, that, intro-
duces dependent clauses. It must not be confused with the
demonstrative or relative bd$* Remember that a comma
precedes bctf;.
He knows that I shall come. (r toci$, ba$ id) fommen ttierbc*
I saw that you were tired. $tf) fiabe gcfc^en, ba^ 6ic miibc ttiarcn*
221. Vocabulary.
bcr opf f bic Xb^fe II, jar, pot. baff, conjunc., that.
^df'fcn f reg. (Jjafcett) f to hope. . C^e f conjunc., before.
al'ledei, indeclinable adj., all Itatfjbem', conjunc., after.
kinds of. fo&afb', conjunc., as soon as.
frill), early ; ntorgen frii^ f to-mor- ta)d^renb f conjunc., while, indicat-
row morning. ing duration of time.
222. Oral Drill.
(a) l. Qfy fyoffe, ba^ @te morgen frit^ tDerben fotnmen
lt)oflen 2. ^arfjbem fie atterlet opfe ^atte t)erfaufen fbn-
nen, gtng fie urn bte @(fe. 3, SBafyrenb tt)ir arbetten tnitf^
fen, bitrfen bte anberen ^inber fptelen. 4, @^e bte ^^^9 e ^
urn bte @dfe tt)erben ge^en fonnen, rt)trb tf)r 93ater fie fefyen,
5. @obalb er bte Slftttbcfyen in bie c^nle ^at fommen fefyen,
Ia^ er bte 2lufgabe. 6. SBir ^offen, ba^ ba$ ^inb nid)t ju
(ange ttrirb arbeiten mitffen*
DEPENDENT ORDER FOR MODALS. 245
(6) 1. He hopes that he will not have to translate the sen-
tence while the teacher is there. 2. As soon as they have
been able to sell all kinds of jars, they will go home. 3. To-
morrow morning I shall go to school after I have been per-
mitted to play. 4. Her mother had called her before she had
wanted to go. 5. I hope that you will not have to go to-
morrow morning. 6. We know that the young woman at
(an) the corner sells all kinds of jars.
223. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read 2luf bem 3ftarft, Easy Reading, 66, 168, 3.
2. Point out examples of the modals in dependent sentences,
and of the use of ba.
(b) L $ennen @ie Me gran, Me tfyren ^u^S 6 * 1 3 U au f e
fjat faffen muff en? 2. SBtffen @ie, toarnm fie tfyn fyat laffen
tooffen? 3. 3ft ba$ Me gran, Me an ber (5 fange an . Pres. id) fange an
tut fangft an Past. id) fing an
cr fangt an Fut. itty toerbe anfangen
ton* fangen an Perf. id) Ijafce angefangcn
if)* fangt an Past Perf. id) f)atte angefangen
fie fangcn an Fat. Perf. id) tuerbe angefangcn fjafcen
Formal Imperative, fangen Sic an.
(a) Conjugate each tense throughout in full. In like manner conju-
gate cmffyoren, fortfafyren, and ftattfinben ( 234).
232. Use of Separable Verbs. In translating a printed
or written sentence from the German, always look toward
the end for a separable prefix, as separable verbs are very
common.
When two verbs mean the same in German and one is sepa-
rable, Germans usually prefer to use this. Thus, while Qd)
fyabe bte Slufgabe begonnen, and 33ttte, tooften @te ba$ genfter
off Tien? are perfectly correct, a German is more likely to say,
Qd) fyabe bte 3Iufgabe an'gefcmgen, and 4Bttte, tooden ie ba
genfter auf 'tnadjen ?
233. The Complementary Infinitive usually follows the sepa-
rable prefix. A modified infinitive phrase is generally pre-
ceded by a comma.
Please begin to work. SBitte, fangen rt fort', to
bcr tltti&erfitat, a ^e univer- continue, keep on; with the in-
sity. finitive where English has the
bte $erfcitt'bttttg IV, fraternity. verbal in -ing.
att'fattgen, fmg an', an'gefmtgett ftatt'fmben, fanb ftatt', ftatt'ge=
) f er fattgt an' f to begin. funben (fjabett), to take place.
auf, auf'ge^ilrt fe^ ( ten f fo^t f gefo^ten
with the infini- er fidjt, to fence, fight.
235. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 2Bcmn fcmgen bte tubenten ber beutft^en Unifcerfi-
taten an ju f etfjten ? 2. te SJienfuren ber SSerMnbung finben
jeben Sag ftatt 3. aben @te fortgefa^ren, ^fyr S3u(^ ju
fefen? 4. urte bte 3)?enfur geftern nac^mittag auf? 5.
tt)itnf(^e r etne neue 3lufgabe anjufangen. 6. (Sine lange
fnr ^at geftern anf ber Untfcerfitat ftattgefunben,
(b) 1. How long do the students of the fraternities keep on
fighting ? 2. A duel is taking place now. 3. It has begun,
but it has not yet stopped. 4. The students at the univer-
sity do not wish to stop ; they wish to continue. 5. In
which fraternity at the university did the duel take place?
6. I had stopped when he had just begun.
236. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead Unter ben &tnbenten, Easy Reading, 71,1 72, 7.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of separable verbs.
Separable prefixes in the Easy Reading are marked with a
degree sign, thus : .
SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE VERBS. 253
(6) 1. ginben triefe 3ftenfuren auf beutfdjeu Untoerfitaten ftatt?
2. SBatm fyoren bte tubenteu auf ju fecfyteu? 3. gaugen nur
bie tubenten ber SSerbinbungen mtt btefen SSfteufureu an?
4. galjren fie fort ju fedjteu, ober fyoren fie auf? 5. 23er*
ftefyeti @te, ttwrum fie je angefaugen ^aben? 6. 2BUuf(^t ein
tubent anjufangen, na^bem bie SJfenfur aufgefyijrt f)at ?
(c) 1. At German universities many duels take place in the
fraternities. 2. When the students begin to fight, they con-
tinue a long time. 3. As soon as they stop fighting, they
all go home. 4. Sometimes the students do not wish to
continue, but they are not permitted to stop. 5. After they
have begun to fight, they have to keep on. 6. It is hard to
stop when they have begun to fight.
(d) " Do the students at German universities begin to fight
as soon as they come to the (auf bte) university ? "
" No, they wait a long time before they begin to fight."
" But after they have begun to fight, they usually continue,
don't they?'"
" Yes, the duels take place every day, and when they have
begun it is usually hard to stop fighting."
" I don't see why they have to keep on fighting after they
have begun."
" They like to ( 161). The brave ones keep on fighting.
The others sometimes have to stop."
254 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
LESSON XLII.
Separable and Inseparable Verbs.
gefyt es los. (Familiar for) Now it is going to begin.
Das falit mtr gar ntcfyt em. / haven't the least idea (of doing that).
237. Meaning of Prefixes. The meaning of many insepa-
rable prefixes is hard to define. In general trtip- equals mis- y
jer- means to pieces, and ettt- denotes separation.
fottfeit, to run; entfattfett, to run away.
toerftdjett, to understand; miff'&erfteljett, to misunderstand.
fcredjett, to break; serfcredjett, to smash, to break to pieces.
(a) The separable prefixes usually have their literal meaning :
fteI)Ctt f to stand; (Utf ftdjett, to stand up, get up.
fcredjett, to break; nfc'&redjett, to break off.
(aufett, to run ; roeg'laufett, to run away, to escape.
238. Common Prefixes. The four prepositions, bttrdj, U&er,
Utn, and tmter, are sometimes separable, sometimes inseparable.
(a) They are inseparable when used in a figurative meaning,
or one not exactly literal. The verbs are usually transitive,
have fyaben as auxiliary, take the accent on the root of the
verb, not on the prefix, and do not take ge- in the past par-
ticiple. The inseparable use is much commoner than the
separable.
burdjrei'fett, iwrdjrei'fte, imrdjmft' (fyabett), to travel over, to u do."
$dj burdjrei'fe $>eittfd)(attb jefcen Sommer. I travel all over ("do")
Germany every summer.
3?d) Ijafce $>eutfdjtottb le^tett Summer bur^mft'. / "did" Germany
last summer.
SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE VERBS. 255
ii&erge'ijett, ii&ergittg', itfcergatt'gett (fyaben), to omit, skip.
ir foerben biefe Seite ii&erge'ljetu We shall skip this page.
2Bir fjafcen biefc Seite ii&ergatt'getu We have skipped this page.
umge'ljett, umgtng' f ttmgan'gctt (fyaben), to avoid, to evade.
<3ie untge'Ijett biefe3 efei^ They evade this law.
ft gdjt cr IjttU There he goes {away from here}.
25oHcn etf$ man,
ba ber (Stnbent ntd)t nbertrteben Ijat? 4. 2Ber ^at nn tier-
boten jn nbertreiben? 5. aljen be tnbenten efi(^t nnb
aar fnrc^tbar an^? 6. SBofjer totffen @te ba$ atte^?
(c) 1. Once I traveled through many cities and saw many
universities. 2. Of course they entertained me well after
they had once begun. 3. He was not exaggerating ; the
students with the wounds on their ( 210) faces and under
258 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
their hair looked terrible. 4. How (whence) do you know
that they forbade us to do that? 5. Of course we enter-
tained those students at the university. 6. After he had
begun to exaggerate, his father forbade him to speak.
(d) " You have traveled through many lands, haven't you ? "
" Of course ! I am not exaggerating ; I have traveled
through many interesting countries."
" Won't you tell me how the students at the German uni-
versities looked ? "
" The ones in the fraternities, who had fought in duels,
looked terrible."
" Did you see these duels ? "
" Yes, once ; but it did not entertain me. So many students
had big wounds on their faces and under their hair. It was
terrible."'
LESSON XLIII.
Imperative.
Set bnlbfam gegett alles 2Inbersfetn,
Urtb Ia bid? fetnen IPtberfprucfy r>erbrteen;
Hur tmmer ftefy' auf betnen eignen ^iigen,
Hub fprid? 3ur recfyten ett entfdplognes Hein ! 2Btdjert
243. The Imperative for formal address is like the inverted
indicative (except feten @te, be): tobeti @te r praise; fefjen
@ie, look; fangen @ie an, begin; uberfe^en te r translate.
(a) The second singular imperative adds ^e to the stem.
This =e may be dropped in conversation: lobe, praise; fyore,
listen; fcmge an, begin; ftefye auf, stand up; itberfe^e, translate.
IMPERATIVE. 259
(b) When the root vowel e changes to te or t in the second
singular indicative, the same vowel change occurs in the im-
perative and *e is not added (except toerbe, become). Strong
verbs in a do not take umlaut, fief), see; gib, give; Ijalt, stop.
(c) The second plural imperative is like the indicative with-
out the pronoun. The connecting vowel *e- may be inserted
for euphony. See 16, a.
244. Conjugation of the Imperative.
Second Singular. Second Plural. Formal.
fofce loBt (often Sic, praise.
ftelj fefyt feljen <3ie, see.
lomm fommt lommen Sie, come.
fange an fattgt an fangen Sie an, begin.
ii&erfe^e iifcerfe^t iifcerfe^en Sie, translate.
Ijabc (jabt Ijabcn 3ic, have.
fei feib feien Sie f be.
toerbe werbet toerben 3ie f become.
(a) The only imperatives offering any difficulty are those of verbs
having the root vowel e, which changes to te or i in the second singular.
These form the imperative simply by dropping the (e)ft of the second
person singular present indicative active : toerfen, bit ttnrfft, nnrf ; geben,
bix gibft, gib ; lefen, bu Itef(ef)t, Ue ; ^rerfjen, bu frrid^fl, '
245. Vocabulary.
ber ^rofef'for f bie ^Srofejfo'ren v, fcefn'djen, befnt^'te,
professor. ften) f to visit; to attend.
bie (SJefdjidj'te IV, story ; his- fcan'tfjen, reg. (^aBen) f to need,
tory. et^a^'len, er^a^Cte, er^a^tt' (^a=
bie $or'(efnng IV, lecture. Ben) f to relate, tell.
bie 3*tt IV, time; extent of time, ftnbie'ren, ftnbier'te f ftubiert'
as distinguished from ba3 9Jlal r (^aBen) f to study, at a univer=
which implies repetition. sity or in advanced work.
ba3 fie 7 Ben I, life. feirfjt, easy.
260 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
246. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. Sefndje bte SSorlefnngen btefe $rof efforS ! @te finb
fef)r intereffant* 2. $Bttte, erjaljte mtr bte efdjtcfjte t>ott
beinem geben ! 3. gange an jn ftnbteren ! )te 23orlefnngen
finb fefyr tetdjt 4. ebrandje fo trie! $ett, twe bn ttriflft! )n
brandjft ntdjt fdjnett ju lommen. 5. @tel) bte tnbenten, bie
bte SSortefnngen be^ ^rofeffor^ befnd^en ! 6. Htte, fangen @te
jefet an, nn$ jene ( ef pittite t)on atten 3d*en ju er^a^Ien !
(6) TFnte aZ? imperatives three ways. 1. Study hard
(fletfug) ; you need to attend all the lectures of that pro-
fessor. 2. Stop telling that story ! I haven't time to hear
it ! 3. You need to study ; use these books. 4. Please
tell me the story of the professor's life. 5. Attend those
lectures; they are very easy. 6. Please stop reading and
begin to translate.
247. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead Unter ben @tubenten, Easy Reading, 74, 175, 8.
2. Point out illustrations of imperatives, especially of sepa-
rable and inseparable verbs.
(6) 1. 33ttte, eqcifjfe mtr Don bem Seben anf enter bentfrfjen
llntfcer fttcit ! 2. @ebraud)e betne $tit fo gut ttrie mogltci), benn
ba$ 8eben tft fnr j ! 3. tubtere flei^tg ! 3)ann totrft bn atte^
teic^t ftnben! 4. -SQefndje bte SSortefnngen btefe^ ^5rofeffor,
nnb bn tr>irft Diet ternen ! 5. gange frit^ an jn ftnbieren, nnb
bn brandjft ntcf)t fo (ange gn arbetten ! 6. 53ttte, fa^ren @te
fort gn itberfe^en; ^5ren @te notf) ntt^t anf!
(c) Write all imperatives three ways. 1. Use this pen and
write your exercise ; you need not translate. 2. Please
tell us a story of that professor's life. 3. Attend the uni-
INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 261
versity every day, and you will hear many interesting lec-
tures. 4. Study hard (fleifjtg), and you don't need to work
so late. 5. Please begin to translate, and do not stop as soon
as it gets hard. 6. Please keep on using the same book in
which we read that story.
(d) " Please tell me the story of that old man's life."
" It is too long. I haven't time. Study hard, and you do
not need to hear that story."
" Why must I always work ? What shall I do ? "
"Attend the lectures of that professor and write what he
relates."
"When shall I begin? Does a lecture take place every
day?"
"Begin to-morrow, and keep on attending the lectures as
long as they take place."
" Good ! Then I shall not need to study so hard. Every-
thing will be easy."
LESSON XLIV.
Infinitives and Participles.
IDer ^reunbe fiicfyt, tft fie 311 ftnben tuert ;
IDer f etnen fyat, tjat f etnett nod? begetjrt. geffmg.
248. The Infinitives. There are two infinitives in German :
present, (obett, to praise ; geljett, to go ; and perfect, getobt JU
Ijaben, to have praised ; gegcmgen jU fein, to have gone.
(a) The infinitive without the sign ju is used after modal
auxiliaries and after finben, fiifylett, fyetftett, Ijelfen, f)8ren, taffen,
fefyren, fernen, madjen, fefyetL See 166.
262 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
3d) faf) tljtt am gettfter ftetyeiu / saw him stand at the window.
(r letttte gut lefeiu He learned to read well.
3>dj ffiJrte iljtt fommeit* / heard him come.
(6) In most other cases jU is used when the English infini-
tive has to.
(r ftttg em, emeu SBrief $tt frfjretben* He began to write a letter.
$)ie 5tufgaBc ift fdjtoer u itberfe^etu The exercise is hard to translate.
(c) The infinitive may be used as a noun. It is neuter and
of the first class.
$>a3 SdJCtt ift feljr fdjott* Life (to live} is very beautiful.
(d) Besides its use after uttt, denoting purpose ( 97), the
infinitive is also used after cmftdtt, instead of, and ofyne, without,
where English employs a verbal.
Instead of going, he came. Slttftatt 511 ftcfjctt, ift ct (jcfommcit.
Without asking me, she went away. D^ne mit^ 511 fracjen, cjing fie toecj*
249. Position of the Infinitive. An infinitive with ju usu-
ally comes outside the clause. See 233.
He began to write. (r ftttg an 511 fdjrei&eit,
We continued to translate. 2Bir fttffrett fort $u ufictfe^cn*
(a) An infinitive is always preceded by its objects and
modifiers. When so preceded it may be treated as a separate
clause and set off by commas ( 233).
He began to write 'a long letter. (r ftng att, eittett faitgctt 23mf Stt
We continued to translate these sentences without a mistake. 295it fufyrcit
fort f ol|ttc cmett ^e^tcr biefe
250. The Participles. There are two participles in Ger-
man: present, (obettb, praising ; gefjenb, going ; past (also called
perfect), getobt, praised; gegcmgen, gone.
INFINITIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 263
(a) The participle may be used as an adjective or as a
noun, but it is declined like an adjective. Unlike the Eng-
lish, it is preceded by its modifiers, and as an adjective it
stands before its noun. It is not common in conversation.
Silt Heitter 8tfu$, a little river.
Sitt burd) bic Stabt ftte^ettber $ln$ f a river flowing through the city.
gut nun cincm gelefjrtcu Scorer gefdjrtefteneS SBudj, a book written by
a learned teacher.
251. The Use of Infinitives and Participles is not so common
La German as in English.
(a) German does not possess the progressive and emphatic
forms of the verb ( 18). For he praises, he is praising, and
he does praise, the German has but one form : er tobt.
(b) Often where English has an infinitive or participial
phrase, German uses a finite clause, commonly introduced by
)ai^To avoid errors, change the English phrase to an English
3lause with when, as, or that, and then translate.
Not finding him in the house, Hooked for him in the garden, ^ft id) il)tt
nidjt im aufe fanb, fudjte idj iijtt im ($artetu
Coming home, he found the letter on his table. 2tt3 er nadj ^paufe fam f
fattb er ben Srief auf feittem Xifr^e*
I knew him to be my friend. $dj ttmffte, bafj er mem gfreutib toar
252. Vocabulary.
)er $ar ; $er, bie Parser I, (univer- accusative ; ba fommt baraitf
sity) lockup. an f f that depends.
)ie Sam^e IV, lamp. tjpr'lommen, fam tior' f tjor'ge=
ne ^on^ei' IV, the police. fommett (feitt), to occur, hap-
Die SSanb, bie 393anbe II, wall (of pen.
a room). attftatt', instead of, with infinitive
in'lommen, lam an 1 , att'gefomntett where English has a verbal noun
(feitt), to arrive; at, usually in -ing.
dtt or in with the dative, not the oft r often.
264 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
253. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. )a er Me Sampe nidjt fcmb, fonnte er nidjt tefen.
2. Slnftatt oft Dorjnfommen, lommt ba$ nte tior. 3. Ofyne in
ben Parser jn gefyen, fieljt man feine ebtdjte an ber SBanb,
4. J)te$ tft ein Diet gelefeneS 33ncl), 5. ter tft etne son einent
Ketnen djitler gefcfjrtebene Slnfgabe. 6. 2lnftatt fort^nfafyren,
foKten @ie anf^oren, o^ne ben 33rief jn lefen.
(6) 1. Being in the (university) lockup, lie wrote poems
on the wall. 2. It often occurs that the police use these
lamps. 3. Arriving late, he had to wait, instead of being
able to go home. 4. Not having any lamp, we could not
see the walls of the (university) lockup. 5. Instead of
waiting, he went to the city without saying anything about
it to his father. 6. Not having heard that poem very often,
I have not learned it.
254. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead Unter ben tubenten, Easy Reading, 75, 976, 13.
2. Point out illustrations of the infinitive with and without
gu ; of the infinitive with ofyne and anftatt ; of a participle
preceding its noun in German, but following in English; of
clauses introduced by ba where the verb may be rendered in
English by a verbal in -ing.
(6) 1. aben @ic fciet bom Saqer erja^fen l)8ren, ofyne e
afte$ ju t)erftef)en? 2. Sommt ba$ oft in ber @d)ute t)or?
3. gwben Me tubenten aufgetjtfrt, anftatt f ortgnf afjren ?
4. ant ber tnbent an, ofjne bie ^oltjet e ftriffen gn laffen?
5. J)a @tc letne 8ampe fatten, lonnten @ie bte Sttber an ber
SBanb fe^en? 6. ^ontntt e^ oft t>or, bag mir tefen, ofyne ju
itberfei^en?
REVIEW. 265
(c) 1. Not having a lamp, I didn't see the wall. 2. In-
stead of arriving early, they came very late. 3. They often
arrive without letting us know. 4. It often occurs that the
students arrive at the (university) lockup without letting the
police know. 5. Not finding a lamp in the lockup, the stu-
dent couldn't study. 6. Seeing him in the garden, we waited
instead of going home.
(d) "Does it often occur that the students at German uni-
versities have to go with the police ? "
" No. Instead of going with the police, they have to go to
(in) the lockup."
" Did you ever see a student arrive at the lockup ? "
" Yes, once I saw one arrive late in the (am) evening. He
looked very tired. Of course he arrived without letting his
friends know of it."
" (On) arriving there, what did he do ? "
" He studied. He took an old lamp from the wall, set it on
the table, and began to read. But the students don't often
study in the lockup."
LESSON XLV.
Review.
3n fjoctymut iibertjeb' bid? ntctyt,
Unb lag ben ltTut ntcfyt finfen,
Xlttt betnem IDtpfel reid?' ins tdjt
Unb lag bte IDur3el trtnf en I
255. Review Questions.
(a) 1. Name the inseparable prefixes. 2. Where do the
separable prefixes stand in simple tenses (a) in independent
266 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
clauses ? (&) in dependent clauses ? 3. In compound tenses
(a) in independent clauses ? (ft) in dependent clauses ? (c) with
the infinitive ? 4. What prefixes are sometimes separable
and sometimes inseparable? 5. Give the rule for distin-
guishing these by their accent. 6. Explain the distinction
in the use of I)in and fyer.
(6) 1. Give the rule for the regular formation of the im-
perative second singular. 2. Give the rule for the second
singular imperative of verbs whose root vowel is e, which
change e to te or t in the second singular indicative. 3. Is
,,bttte" an imperative? Might it be?
(c) 1. Give the cases where English to with the infinitive
is not rendered by ju in German. 2. What is the position
of the infinitive with reference to its modifiers ? 3. What
is the force of uttt with the infinitive ? 4. W^hat other prepo-
sitions are regularly used with the infinitive ?
(d) 1. Give the two chief uses of the participle in German.
2. What is the position of the participle with reference to its
modifiers? . 3. Which language uses participles more fre-
quently, German or English ? 4. What is the easiest way to
avoid mistakes in translating English verbals in -ing ?
256. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead Uttter betl tubenten, Easy Reading, 76, 1477, 31.
2. Point out illustrations of separable, inseparable, and com-
mon prefixes ; of the infinitive used with and without ju, and
used as a noun ; of a participle preceded by its modifiers ; of
infinitives with ofytte and cntftdtt.
(6) 1. dren Me tubenten aitf beutfcfyen ttntoerfttaten ju*
toeifen auf ju fecfyten, fobatb fie tntibe merben? 2. galjren fie
REVIEW. 26T
fort, cmftatt aufjufyoren? 3. aben es
anbes Woty, ber ebelfte, ber fiir bte tftenfctybett fampft. Berber,
257. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. Adjectives and
adverbs are compared by adding =er and *(e)ft. Monosyllabic
stems in a, 0, or u usually take umlaut. Euphony requires
the use of the vowel =e- before (t in the superlative when the
positive ends in a diphthong or a sound like $ or t ($, f$, 3, b, t) :
freteft, ttlteft, liirjeft* Some adjectives are irregularly compared.
(a) The comparative and superlative are declined like other
adjectives. The uninflected superlative is very rare.
<$itt fceffere^ SBttd), a better book.
$er prfjfte S3aum, the highest tree.
@djiwere3 SBcttcr, fr^oneren 295ctter^ f more beautiful weather.
(6) For the English superlative in the predicate, when not
modified by a phrase or clause, the German uses am with the
superlative ending in ?etl for both numbers and all genders.
This tree is the highest, liefer gtaum ift ant prfjftem
The tree is the highest in the wood. $er S3aum tft ber Ijodjfte im 298afoe,
(c) For the adverbial superlative absolute, in the est possible
way, German uses the phrase auf$ fte.
He spoke in the clearest possible way. ($r tyradj auf3 beuttidjfte*
She gave you the highest praise possible. @ic Ijat tiie^ ouf^ pr^fte gefofct.
(d) Unlike English, German compares long words regularly,
mefyr being used only to compare two adjectives.
/ know nothing more disagreeable. $dj femtc ttit^t^ UttcntgetteljmereS,
He is more lazy than sick. @* ift mc^t fauf al^ Irani*
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 269
258. Table of Comparisons.
POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.
(a) Regular.
Adj. and Adv. Adj. and Adv. Adj. Adv. and Pred. Adj.
ticf, deep. ttefer, deeper. ber tieffte, am ticfftcn r deepest.
alt, old. after, older. ber altefte, am alteften, oldest.
frffiw, beautiful. fcfjouer, more ber fdjiwfte, am fdjiwftett, most
beautiful. beautiful.
(b) Irregular.
Adj. and Adv. Adj. and Adv. Adj. Adv. and Pred. Adj.
gut, good(&dv.well). fceffer, better. ber befte, am fcefteit, best.
Die!, much. mefyr, more. ber metfte, am metftett, most.
Ijod), high. pfjcr, higher. ber Ijodjfte, am prfjftett, highest.
ttal), near. italjer, nearer. bet nadjfte, am na^ften f nearest.
gtofe #rea. 9^5^cr f greater. ber 0ri)^tc r am grtigtett, greatest.
bcr crftere f former, ber erftc, sucrft (adv.), ./zrsz.
bcr (c^tcrc, Zaer. bcr Ic#e, 5tt(c^t (adv.), to^.
ttictttgcr 1 _ am ttJcnigftctt 1 ,
tuctttg. ?i?e. Zess. w a ' [ least.
mtnbcr J am mwbeftett J
gcrtt (adv.), gladly. Itcfcer, rather. am (tcbftcn, (o like) best.
(c) Learn the above comparisons.
259. Particles of Comparison.
(a) As is translated by ftrie ; than usually by at$*
He is not so large as you. ($r tft tttdjt fo gro^ wic btt.
He is larger than I. ($r ift grii^cr a( irf}.
(6) As ... as is translated ebettfo . . . tt)ie (or a(^).
She is as pretty as you. @ic ift cBcnfo ft^iin ttitc (or a(3) 3ic
(c) T7ie ... the is translated by Je . . be [to.
TAe longer the sentence, the harder it is to write. $c (anger bcr
bcfto ft^tticrcr ift cr 54
270 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
260. Vocabulary.
ber SBerg, bie Serge II, mountain. bn3 ^ergttit'gett I, pleasure.
ber Storf, bie tMe II, cane, stick, foatt'bern, reg. (fein, 76, Note),
so/f. to wander, walk, tramp.
bet SBtm'berer, bic SBtmberer I, toei'tergeljeu, gittg toei'ter, toei'ter=
wanderer. gegattgett (fettt), to go on, go
bic 9Jarf)t, bic Stfadjte II, night. farther.
ba3 Setttfdj'Iattb, Germany. att'getteljm, pleasant, agreeable.
261. Oral Drill.
(a) 1, )tefer tod: ift ber Icingfte, ben id) Ijabe, 2. ^e
me^r tDtr arbetten, befto beffer lernen iDtr, 3, 3JJtt bent gr(5ten
SSergniigen ging ber SBanberer metter* 4. Qn ben 33ergen in
eutf(^Ianb fyat man angene^ntere ^cirfite al in Slnterifcu
5, S)er 3Banberer ttmnberte ebenfo f)ot^ ft)ie tt)ir. 6. Qtnw
53erg tt)ar ^od) ; bie 33erge in eutf djlanb jinb ^5^er ; bie in
2ltnerifa finb ant ^t^ften,
(b) 1. That mountain is the highest in Germany. 2. With
such a pleasant wanderer I shall go on with the greatest pleas-
ure. 3. My cane is longer than yours, but his is the longest.
4. I know nothing more agreeable than to wander in the
mountains in the night. 5. She is as tall (fyorf)) as I, and
she is more beautiful than her sister. 6. The earlier we
arrive, the more agreeable it is for the others.
262. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )a$ SBanbern, Easy Reading, 79, 1 80, 15.
2. Point out illustrations of regular and irregular compara-
tives and superlatives ; of the phrase ant en ; of the use of
ebenfo . . . tote; of je . . . befto.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 271
(b) 1. SBo ftnb Me $erge am fyodjften nnb Me 91tid)te am
frfjonften? 2. $ft ba$ SBanbern ba$ groftte 33ergniigen ber
SBanberer? 3, 2Bo tft e$ angenefymer ju ftmnbern, af$ in
ben 33ergen in )entf djlanb ? 4. .$[* e $ e&enfo tetdjt toeiter*
gugef)en, ttrie ^ier ju bleiben? 5, Qft biefer @tod ber befte,
ben ber SBanberer ^at? 6, SBerben bie 53erge angene^mer, je
fyofyer mir ge^en?
(c) 1. A wanderer wandered through. Germany with the
greatest (of) pleasure. 2. Do you know anything pleasanter
than to wander in the mountains when the nights are shortest ?
3. This cane is shorter than mine, but yours is the shortest.
4. These mountains are the highest in America ; they are
higher than those in Germany. 5. It is just as pleasant to
stay here as to go on. 6. The longer I write, the easier the
sentences become.
(d) " I am a wanderer. I know nothing more agreeable than
to wander in the mountains with my stick in my hand and a
feather in my (am) hat."
" Do you like to tramp in the night, too ? "
" Yes, I like to go on in the night, when I am not too tired.
It is just as pleasant at (in ber) night as in the daytime (am
Sage)."
" Do you always go where the mountains are highest and the
woods are most beautiful ? "
" Yes, that gives me the greatest pleasure. Last year the
mountains where I tramped were the highest in Germany."
" That must be interesting ! "
272 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
LESSON XL VII.
Numerals.
u>ei ^Slften madden $wav etn (Sar^es, abcr merf :
fyalb unb tjalb getan entftefyt fetn Qan^es XPerf. Sftiirfert
263. The Cardinal Numerals are indeclinable, except eitt$ (see
25) and eitte aKtttion, gtoet
14 trierjeI)TL 60
2 gtDet. 15 fimfjefyn* 70 fiebjig.
3 brei, 16 fe^je^n. 80 at^tjtg.
4 t>ier, 17 fieb(en)se^n 90 neungig.
5 fftnf* 18 afytttfn. 100 l)unbert
6 fec^^. 19 neunjeljTL 200
7 fieben, 20 jroangtg. 225
8 adjt 21 ein'unbjtDanjig,
9 newt. 22 jtDei'unbjtDanjtg, 1000 taufenb,
10 gel)n. 30 brei^tg (not 1901 taufenb
11 elf. breigig).
12 geif. 40 triergig. 1,000,000 erne
13 breije^n. 50 fftnfgtg* lion'*
(a) Numbers of the same group are usually written together.
56 fedjSuttbfiinfjtg.
147 Ijunbertftebenunb&terjtg.
329,564 brei^unbertneununbjtDanjtgtaufenb fiinffyunberttrier*
3,784,632 bret Sftitttonen fieben^unbertt)ierunbac^tjigtaufenb
NUMERALS. 273
(6) Cardinal adverbs are formed by adding midl (bdS
the time) to the cardinal : einmal, once; gtoeitnat, twice, etc.
(c) In German a hundred is fjuttbert, a thousand, taufenb ;
em fyunbert and ein taufenb mean one hundred and one thousand.
264. The Ordinal Numerals are formed from the cardinals by
adding *t up to 20, and *ft, from 20 up. Exceptions : ber erfte,
ber brttte, ber adjte. They are declined like other adjectives,
and their uninflected use is rare.
ber erfte, 1st. ber jnxmsigfte, 20th.
ber jiflette, 2d. ber fyunbertfte, 100th.
ber brttte, 3d. ber taufenbfte, 1000th.
ber t)terte, 4th. ber taufenb acfjtfyunbertfedjSunb'
ber fiinfte, 5th. neunjigfte, 1896th.
(a) Ordinal adverbs are formed by adding ?en$ to the ordinal
stem: erften$, first, in the first place ; tt)eiten3, secondly, in the
second place, etc.
265. Fractions (except bie alfte, the half, and etn )rtttet, a
third) are formed by adding -tel (a softening of etl, part)
to the ordinal stem up to 20, and ^ftel from 20 on. They are
all neuter nouns of the first class.
SHertef f three fourths ; etn BtiHMStoftef r a, twentieth ; fte&Ctt tttt=
bcttftel f seven hundredths.
(a) To express and a half with small numbers, besides the
regular expression, German may add *(e)l)alb to the ordinal
stem of the number next larger than the one to be expressed.
Thus brtttefyatb really means two whole ones (understood) and
half the third; anbertfyalb means one whole one (understood) and
half another. They are indeclinable.
274 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
One and a half, ctmutbctuf)att, anbertfjalfc,
Two and a half, ^toehtttbeittljanJ, britteljaHi*
Three and a half, brctmtbctnf)a(t), tiicrte^alb,
Half (o/) the book, bic alfte be3
(c) The adjectives ifdb, half; and gan^, all, whole, are de-
clined regularly following the article ( 194, a, 3).
e, eitte Ijattie (Seite ; a/? the sentence, bctt garden <
266. Vocabulary.
bcr aft'ijof, bie aftpfe II, inn, cffcn f afj, gegeffett (Jjafcen), bu iffcft
AoteZ. or i^t, er i^t f ^o eat; used of
bic 3)leHe IV, mile. people, not of animals.
bie 6tttu'bc IV, hour; lesson. fdjei'nen, f djiett, geft^ienen (Jjaben),
f f bie ^>brf er III, village. to shine ; to appear, seem.
e f bie ebaitbe I, build- oettJt^' f certain(iy).
ing, edifice. UteUei(^t' f perhaps.
267. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. @^ tft t)iel(et(f)t eine ^atbe 3J?eife na(^ bem
2. SBtr gingen anbert^atb @tunben na(^ bem nadjften ebctube,
unb brtttef)aI6 tunbett, e^e tt)ir etnen aft^of fcmben, 3. @r^
ften^ tt)ar e$ fpat ; gtDeiten^ fd)ten metne @d)tt)efter fe^r mitbe
ju fein ; brttten^ fatten lutr tiicfyts 511 effen. 4. J)er aftfjof
tft getDtfe gtDeimal fo groft tDte ba^ anbere ebaube, aber nur
bret SStertel fo groft lt)te bie (St^ute* 5. SBefdje^ tft tua^r :
man i^t, tt)a^ man tft r ober, man tft, ttm$ man t^t? 6. @te
fcfjetnen, in btefem orfe jiDeimaf ober bretmat effen gu Pollen.
(b) 1. It was ( 186) an hour and a half to the inn where
we wanted to eat. 2. We waited two hours and three quar-
ters in that building, and then we went three and a half
NUMERALS. 275
miles to the next village. 3. In the first place those sau-
sages aren't good ; in the second place we never eat them.
4. We went more than half a mile to the inn. 5. Once I
saw a hundred boys on the playground. 6. They seemed
to be playing soldiers ; the twenty-fifth, the fiftieth, the
seventy-fifth, and the hundredth stood in front of the others ;
these were the officers.
268. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )a$ SBanbern, Easy Reading, 80, 16 81, 15.
2. Point out illustrations of cardinals and ordinals ; of car-
dinal and ordinal adverbs ; of various expressions for fractions.
(&) 1. SBar ber SSanberer tnelletcfjt anbertfyatb OJJetfen t>om
ghtffe uiib nur erne fyalbe 2ftette t)om )orf e ? 2. 2Ba$ fyat er
erftenS, sroettenS unb brtttenS gefragt? 3. (gcfjtenen bte gatfte
ber ebaube ganj neu 311 fetn? 4. at ber SBanberer einmal
brittetjatb (Stunben tm aft^ofe getDartet, efye er effen lonnte?
5. 2Bar e^ gei^t^ bret 33iertel 9ftet(en nad) bem orfe?
6. aJhxft trf) breimat fragen, tDarutn @tc nur eine ^albe eite
gelefen t)aben?
(c) 1. In two hours and a half we shall be in the inn, where
we want to eat. 2. It seems certainly more than half a mile
to that big building in the village. 3. In the first place, I
have translated half the exercise ; in the second place, I have
already read twice. 4. Half the buildings in the village
seem new. 5. It is more than three thousand miles from
America to Germany. 6. It is perhaps three quarters of a
mile (miles) from the inn to the village.
(d) " I have been wandering ( 83) four hours and a half
without eating anything. Where can I find a good inn ? "
276 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
" You certainly seem tired. It is two and a half miles to
the village. You will find a good inn there ; it is the first
building you see."
" Thank you ! I have (already) asked twice or three times
without learning how far it is."
" Do you want to eat now ? Perhaps I can find something
for you."
" No, thank you. I can wait half an hour or even a whole
hour."
" Good ! I hope that you will not get too tired."
LESSON XL VIII.
Time, Days, Months, Dates.
3m nwnberfcfyorten Utonat ITtat, als alle Knofpen fprattgen,
Da tft in metnem fyr$en Me tebe aufgcgangen. eine.
269. Telling Time of Day. German uses Uljr for English
o'clock. As in English, it is usually expressed only on the
completed hours.
What time is it f SBtCtltel Uf)r tft e3 ?
It is ten o'clock. ($3 ift jeljtt Uljr*
It is half past eight. ( tft IjaflJ newt*
(a) German usually reckons ahead to the following hour,
and instead of saying quarter past any hour, it says one quar-
ter towards the succeeding hour.
It is quarter past Jive. ($ tft Cttt $iertd fedjS*
At half past five. Urn fyaHi f edjS.
It is quarter of six. &8 tft bm $tertel fedj&
At quarter to eight. Urn fcret $iertel adjt
TIME, DAYS, MONTHS, DATES. 277
(b) Minutes are reckoned as in English, before (toot) and
after (nad)) the hour.
It is ten minutes to nine. (3 tft 5d)tt SJitmttCtt toot ttCtttU
At twenty-three minutes past seven. Uttt bretunb5ttatt$tg dJtimttcn ttadj
fteben,
270. Other Time. Days of the week are put in the accusa-
tive of time ( 135) or in the dative with am.
What day (of the week) is to-day ? SBelt^en ag fafcett toir Ijeute ?
To-day is Monday. eute tft Sttimtag,
Monday we went home. Sftontag (ant SDtontag) gtngen ttrir ttarf) Jpaufe.
(a) Days of the month are put in the accusative of time
( 135) or in the dative with atn. In dating a letter use
ben. Notice the idiomatic German expression for day of
the month.
What day of the month is to-day? $en ttrietotelten fjnfceu ttrir tyeute ?
To-day is the thirteenth, ^cutc tft bet bret^e^ttte.
We arrive (on) the eighth. 2Bir fumntcn ben urfjtett (or am ad]ten) atu
Chicago, June 7, S^icago f ben 7tc (b 7.) ^uni*
(b) The name of the month follows the date without article
or preposition. Qm Qafye usually precedes the year date.
Fourth of July, ben 4tcn $ufi*
(On) the first of January, belt (am) crftctt ^anuat*
In 1492, im $a!jre taufenb trierfjuttbertsweiuttbtteuttstg, or simply 1492,
u t c r ;*, c fl n ^ tut b c r t^w c hut b it cu u$ i g .
271. Names of Days and Months.
(a) The days of the week (all masculine) are :
be* Somt'tag bet $>tettS'tag bcr ^)o
berSJtoit'tag ber SKttt'ttio^ ber^rei r tag
bcr S^ntt'aBcttb, be* 6am3'tag (South Germany)
(b) The names of the months (all masculine) are :
278 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
ber Satt'uar ber 9Jtat tier
ber ge'fcruar ber Su'tti &er Dfto'&er
ber SHars ber Su'K &er
ber 5tyrtl' ber $uguft' ber
(c) Learn the names of the days and months.
272. Vocabulary.
ber $tit'tag, bte SJlittage II, noon ; bte Wlinn'te IV, minute.
$u 9tttttag effen, to have (noon) bte Uljr IV, toa^c/i, c^ocA;; (urn)
dinner, dine (at noon). nncuid U^r ? (at) what time?
ber Xurm f bte Xitrme II, tower, $t$n ttfjr f ten o'clock.
turret. bte ge'rten (three syllables, pi.),
ber Wlo'natf bte donate II, month. vacation, holidays.
bte Sfln'tte IV, sun. fia'bett, reg. (^aBen) f ^o bathe.
bte Sru'rfe IV, 6r%e. gera'be, just (exactly).
273. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. SBteDtet U^r tft e^? 2. S)en tDteDtelten f)aben tt)ir
f)eute? 3. @^ ift gerabe brei SSiertet fec^^. 4. SBelcfjen Sag
^aben iDtr fyeute? 5, 3lm britten le^ten 3ftonat$ babeten tt)ir
in ber @onne neben bem Zwcm ber grofeen 33rucfe. 6. Sir
effen um ^a(b ein ju SKittag, toenn tt)ir gerien tjaben.
(6) 1. What time was it when we saw the sun over the
bridge ? 2. On what day (of the month) does your vacation
begin ? 3. He was bathing under the bridge at ten minutes
to (t)or) three. 4. We dine at just half past one. 5. What
day (of the week) is to-day? 6. On the third of January,
(in the year) 1896 our vacation ended (stopped).
274. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead J)a$ SBcmbern, Easy Reading, 81, 16 83, 7.
2. Point out illustrations of half past, quarter past, quarter
TIME, DAYS, MONTHS, DATES. 279
to, and some minutes before and after the hour ; of days of the
week and of the month ; of dates.
(6) 1. 3ln toetdjem age gotten be$ 3Bcmberer geriett auf ?
2. 2lm ttrietrielten fingen fie an? 3. Urn ttrietriel Ufyr fyat er
unter ber 33ruie gliiffc D^u^anb^, ^e nvers of Eussia.
(a) Names of persons ending in an s sound take an apos-
trophe in the genitive ; names of places ending in an s sound
substitute the dative with Don.
8rH? T 9Kitye, Fritz's cap.
$>te StraffCtt toon ^ariS, the streets of Paris.
(6) When modified by the definite article, proper nouns are
uninflected. When they are modified by an adjective, this
must be preceded by the definite article.
$>a3 au$ be3 errn $litller f the house of Mr. Miller.
$>te Gutter bet gutcn 9hma, good Anna's mother.
(r gafc c^ bcm ffeitteu SBil^clm* He gave it to little William.
$>ie SBalbcr be fito^en Olttpanb f the forests of vast Bussia.
(c) German often uses the article with a proper noun where
English does not.
That's Charles. $>a3 tft (bet)
Give it to Mary. i& e3
PROPER NOUNS. 281
276. Vocabulary.
(ber) $an, Johnny, Jack. ber Crf)3 or )rf)'fe, be3 Deafen, btc
ber err, be3 $crrn f bie ^erreit, Drfjfen IV, oz.
gentleman; sir; Mr. bte 5fafnal)me IV, (photographic)
err SBratttt, ^perrn 23raun3, Mr. exposure; picture, photograph;
Brown. etite 2lttfttafjme nta^eit, to take
err Wlul'lev, errtt WIMtvS, Mr. a picture.
Miller. bag ier, btc Xicrc II, animal.
277. Oral Drill.
(a) 1* grtfe' Drf)fen toarcn in errn 9ftittfer gclb. 2.
finb bie tere be^ guten alten errn 33raun. 3, a
@cf)tt)efter eine [c^dne 2lufna^me getnac^t? 4. )te glitffe
eut((^fanb^ finb litrger at^ bie be^ gro^en 2lmeri!a$. 5. e*
[tern ^aben @an3 nnb gri^ in errn 9ftittter3 arten jttjet er-
ten gefefyen. 6. gri^' fteiner 33ruber tjat eine 2lnfna^nte t)on
ben Ocfyfen ber errn 53rann gemarf)t
(6) 1. Fred's father knows those two gentlemen well.
2. I took a picture of Johnny's oxen in Mr. Brown's field.
3. Good old Mr. Miller's oxen are beautiful animals. 4. Beau-
tiful America is much larger than old Germany. 5. But life
in old Germany is very interesting. 6. Johnny's brother
Fred saw Mr. Miller's oxen in Mr. Brown's field.
278. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead 5Dd$ SBanbern, Easy Reading, 83, 8 85, 9.
2. Point out illustrations of modified and unmodified proper
names ; of the genitive of names ending in an s sound ; of the
German use of the article with a proper name, where it is
omitted in English.
(6) 1* @a ber SBanberer ne&en errn 4Sraun ober neben
(bem) grifc? 2. at an3' djmefter errn aftntferS 5cf)fen
282 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
gefefyen? 3, SBaren e$ gfrtfc' Odjfeti ober Me Xiere beS errn
DJJitller? 4. at an3' 33ruber etne 3lufna^me t)on biefen
Jieren gemadjt? 5. @inb bte fyorfjften 33erge be3 fdjBnen
)eutfcl)lanb Ijityer ate-bte tyiidjfteti erge Slmerifa^? 6. aben
bte erren fitr ben cm$ eine 2lufna^tne gemad^t?
(c) 1. Those beautiful animals are Mr. Miller's oxen.
2. Fred's brother Jack took a picture of Mr. Brown. 3. Jack's
sister has seen the interesting cities of beautiful Germany.
4. Mr. Brown's boy Fred took a picture of little Jack. 5. Jack's
friend could not find poor old Mr. Miller's book. 6. Those
two gentlemen saw Mr. Brown's oxen in Mr. Miller's field.
(d) " Do you know Mr. Miller's boy Jack ? "
"Yes, he is an industrious boy, more industrious than his
brother."
" What is Jack's brother's name ? "
" His name is Fred, and he has many friends."
" Do Fred's friends go to school ? "
" Yes, and after (the) school they all play in (auf) the big
field behind old Mr. Miller's house."
LESSON L.
Review.
'Das Heine IDortcfyen
3ft bod? r>on alien Hiiffen,
Die UTenfcfyen htacfen miiffen,
Die aUerfyartfte Hug. 33ed?ftetm
279. Review Questions.
(a) 1. How are adjectives and adverbs compared ? 2. How
many forms do adverbs or adjectives have in the superlative?
REVIEW. 283
3. Explain the uses of these two forms. 4. Give six
irregular comparisons. 5. How is than following a com-
parative expressed in German? 6. Give the German for
as ... as and the . . . the.
(b*) 1. Count from one to one hundred in German. 2. How
does German distinguish a hundred and one hundred ?
3. Give the rule for forming ordinals. 4. What are the
various German equivalents for half?
(c) 1. Name the months and the days of the week.
2. Give all the rules for telling the time of day. 3. Illus-
trate each. 4. How does German ask the day of the week ?
5. Of the month? 6. Give the rule for dating a letter.
7. What expression usually precedes the year date?
(d) 1. What is the difference between German and English
use of proper nouns ? 2. What is the distinction in use
between names of persons ending in an s sound and names
of places ending in an s sound ? 3. Comment on the use of
the article with German proper names.
280. Vocabulary.
ber 4>of, trie ijfe II, yard, court. &erfaf fcn f toerltefj, Derlaffen (lja=
ber SBtrt, Me SBirte II, landlord, fcen), er Derlafct, to leave.
host. cub '(id), finally.
bte e'gettb IV, region, place. etttfang', preposition following the
bte (Sdjett'tte IV, barn. accusative, along.
ba @tot f bie fitter III, estate. un'gefafjr, about, approximately.
281. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead T)a3 SBanbertl, Easy Reading, 85, 10 87, 15.
2. Point out illustrations of numerals, time of day, and
proper names.
284 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6) 1. Urn ttrietrief llfyr Derttej} ber 2Btrt ben of? 2. ing
grt^ Ifeiner grennb Me @trae entfang nadj ber @d)eune?
3. $amen tirir enbltd) in @errn 9JiiiCer$ @ut nm nngefafyr
bret 33tertel t)ier an? 4. aben alt Me liter in biefer egenb
fdjbnere djennen als nnfere? 5. 3ft Jene toetfte cfyenne in
bent >ofe am Ijflcfyften? 6. 2Bar e$ nngefafyr anbertfyalb aJJei-
ten Don errn 3)iiiHer^ ut na^ ber @tabt?
. (c) 1. Finally the wanderer saw a barn in the court of
a large estate. 2. At about what time did the landlord leave
Mr. Brown's estate? 3. The barns of the estates in this
region are the largest. 4. Fred's little brother Jack was
coming along the way at about quarter to three. 5. That
bush in our yard is about a foot and a half ( 265, a) higher
than the one beside the barn. 6. When the landlord left the
barn, he went along the street to Mr. Miller's estate.
(cT) "Well (nnn), at last you have come to my estate here
in the country. That is fine (fcfyon) ! At about what time did
you leave the city ? "
" I don't know. At about quarter past two, I think. The
landlord will send my baggage from the inn."
" Good ! Shall I show you the estate ? Here is the big
yard behind the house, and there are the barns. The one
beside the tree is the largest. It is the largest in this region."
" How many horses have you ? "
" Ten horses and I have also six oxen. Shall I show them
to you ? Shall we go into the barn ? "
" Yes ; please let me see the animals."
282. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. )tefer S3erg ift am pdjften ; er ift ber fytfcfjfte, ben id)
je gefejjen Ijabe. 2. gjftt bem grijftten 33ergnitgen gtng ber
THE PASSIVE VOICE. 285
SBanberer in ber angenefymen ^adjt toetter, 3. @$ frfjten meljr
al$ cmbertfyalb 2fteifen nadj bem aftfyof tm nadjften )orfe.
4. $ ft e$ fcfyon Ijalb brei ober nur em astertet bret? 5. 9Bie-
triel Ufyr ift e$, unb ben nrietnelten fyaben ttrir fyente? 6. @cm3'
4Bruber gri mo^nte tm @aufe be guten atten errn Gutter,
(&) 1. The older we get, the more we learn. 2. I know
nothing more agreeable than to read the best books. 3. In
the first place, the teacher asked us twice or three times why
we had read only half a page. 4. At half past three or quar-
ter to four we had gone only a mile and a half. 5. To-day is
Monday, the tenth of April. 6. On Tuesday, the third of
February, I took a picture of Fred's oxen.
(c) TJie Wanderer. On Wednesday, the fifth of July, at
about quarter to two I saw a man wandering along the street.
He was older than I, and he wore the funniest coat I have ever
seen. This was short and of green cloth. The man spoke to
me ; he did not know what time it was. He had gone ten
miles, and it was an hour and a half to the next village.
The poor man had had nothing to eat since morning.
LESSON LI.
The Passive Voice.
(Sliic! Idgt fid? nid?t t?on (Sott erbttten
Unb ntcfyt r>om ^tmmel fid? erffefyn,
(Es imrb erfdmpft nid?t, nicfyt erftntten,
ttnb me crrungen Farm man's fet>n.
283. The Passive Voice of transitive verbs is formed by con-
jugating metben with the past participle. In the perfect
tenses the form toorben is used for getoorben.
286 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(a) SBetben thus has two meanings in English besides its
regular meaning, to become. In the future it means shall or
will ; in the passive, am, is, or are. Distinguish carefully : id)
roerbe, / become; idf) toerbe loben, / shall praise; id) toerbe
getobt, / am praised.
When you see a form of iperbetl, look carefully to see
whether it is used independently, or is followed by a simple
infinitive, or by a past participle, and then translate accord-
ingly. Except in the future, it may often be translated by get.
tmtrbe franl, I got sick. $ ttmrbe gefcfytagen, I got hit.
284. Conjugation of the Passive.
PRESENT INDICATIVE.
idj toerbe gefofct, gcfe^cn tour toerben gefofct, gefdjett
/ am praised, seen. we are praised, seen.
bit uurft gclubt, gcfcficn il)r jucrbct gclobt f gcfctjcu
thou art praised, seen you are praised, seen.
cr tufrb gclobt, gefe^en fie fterben getoBt f gcfct)ctt
he is praised, seen. they are praised, seen.
SYNOPSIS.
Pres. tdj toerbe gelofct, I am Perf. idj Bin ge(obt tuorbcn, /
praised. have been praised.
Past, idj ttmrbe getofct f 7 ioas P. Perf. idj war gefofct ttwrbett,
praised. I had been praised.
Fut. it^ tucrbe gelobt toert>ett, F. Perf. i(^ tticrbc gdoBt ttiorbcn
/ s^a?Z 6e praised. feitt, J 5^aZ? /tave been
praised.
IMPERATIVE. toctbc gdo&t (rare), nJCtbet gelobt (rare), be praised.
Note. The passive imperative is usually formed with feilt :
fci gelofct, feib gc(oBt f fcien 8ic gefoftt, be praised.
INFINITIVE. Pres., gefofct (jtt). ttictbctt, ^o 6e praised. Perf., gelobt
ttiorbctt (jtt) fcin f ^o Tiave 6cew praised.
THE PASSIVE VOICE. 287
PARTICIPLE. Pres., $tt fafccttb, to be praised (used only as a declinable
adjective preceding its noun : citt tt to&Cttbcr 9ftamt, a man to be
praised}. Past, gelofct, praised.
(a) Conjugate each tense of the indicative in full, and give complete
synopses in the other persons and numbers.
285. Dative of Agent. The agent is put in the dative after
Don. (The English by with the agent is never German bet.)
$dj tocrbc ttim bcm ficfjrcr gehrft. lam praised by the teacher.
$tt Mft toon bciitcr 9Jhtttcr gctofct toorbctu You have been. praised by
your mother.
286. Vocabulary.
bcr $el3 or gdfcn, bc3 gclfcttS, distinguished from bic
bic ^cffctt I, rock. wall of a room.
bcr $ttcdjt, bic tted)te II, serf; bag atttt'telafter I, mzddZe ages,
servant. fcatt'ett, reg. (t)a6cu) r to 6wi7fL
bcr OWtcr I, knight. ftalj'tcn, reg. (^abcn) f to choose
bcr Stein, bie <3tcinc II, stone. bitf, ^i'cA;; (of persons), fat.
bic Sftau'cr IV, (outside) wall, as ftarf, strong.
287. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. SBurben fjofye gelfen t)on ben bittern gett)a^It? 2.
ftarlen Oftauern tpurben t)on ben Sne^ten gebaut 3.
9Kitte(aIter tDiirben bie @d)toffer auf ^o^en gelfen toon ben
necf)ten gebaut. 4. 2Btrb bie Sftaner bicE gemac^t? 5. )iefer
geB tft t>on etnem fitter fitr fein @d)IoB gemtiljlt tt)orben.
6. !l)ie Sftauern nwren t)on ben Snecf)ten fe^r bid nnb ftarf
gentad^t tDorben.
(ft) 1. These strong walls have been built by the serfs.
2. That high rock was chosen by a knight for his castle.
3. In the middle ages the thick walls of the strong castles
were made of (an$) large stones. 4. Many castles had been
288 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
built on high rocks by the servants of the knights. 5. The
stones for the walls were carried by the serfs. 6. In the
middle ages many a high rock was chosen by knights, who
had their castles built there.
288. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead eutfdje @d)lt)ffer, Easy Reading, 89, 190, 31.
2. Point out illustrations of the passive voice and of the
dative of agent.
(b) 1. Serben triele goffer Je^t in )entfcl)fanb gefeljen?
2. SBnrben biefe differ tnt 3fttttefatter cwf ben pcfjften getfen
gebant? 3. SBurben biefe fyofyen gelfen getotiljnlid;) Don ben
bittern getoaljtt, nm ifyre differ baranf banen jn faffen?
4. @tnb bie btcfen 3J?auern an^ frf)iDeren @teinen Don ben
$necf)ten genta^t tDorben? 5. SBte finb bie ftarfen s Dfamern
Don ben ^neif)ten gebant toorben? 6. SBarnnt iDnrben ^o^e
getfen ober 4Berge Don ben bittern getr)ii^It?
(c) 1. Were the castles in Germany built by knights in the
middle ages ? 2. Here is a high rock which had been chosen
by a knight for his strong castle. 3. The thick walls are
being made (out) of large stones. 4. These stones have been
carried onto the rock by the serfs of the knights. 5. In the
middle ages many strong castles were built on the highest
rocks. 6. The stones of the thick walls can be seen to-day
on many of these high rocks.
(d) " By whom were all these castles built, that are seen
everywhere in Germany to-day ? "
" They were built in the middle ages by the serfs of the old
knights."
THE PASSIVE VOICE. 289
" And were all those stones for the thick walls carried up
(Ijmaufgetragen) by the poor serfs ? "
" Yes, after a high rock had been chosen by the knight, the
walls were built (out) of stones which were carried up by the
serfs."
" What a shame ! And so many castles were built ! The
stones of the walls are seen on so many high rocks."
" Yes, it is very interesting."
LESSON LII.
The Passive Voice.
Was tttcfyt nerboten tft, tft erlaubt.
289. Use of Past Participle. When a past participle is
used as an adjective in English, German uses feitt as copula.
The castle is built. $>a3 @rf)fofj tft gefcaut
The wood was split. $a3 ^>of$ ttwr gcfpaltcu,
(a) This must not be confused with the passive construc-
tion, often expressed the same way in English (because in
English to be is both the copula and the sign of the passive).
The castle is (being) built. QaS <3rfjfo$ ttrirb gdwut*
The wood was (being) split. ^a $0(5 ttmrbe geftwltett*
(&) SBerben is used when verbal action is asserted; fetn
when the participle is really an adjective, telling a condition
of the subject.
The castle is built by the serfs. && Srfjfofj totrt) tJOtt ben $ned)tett ge=
foaut (verbal action).
The castle is built on a rock. $a Sdjtof? iff auf eincm $effen
(condition).
290 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
The wood was split by the girls. $a3 0(5 umrbe turn ben $Uat)rfjnt
gcfpaltcn (verbal action).
The wood was split. $>a3 ^olj mar gcfpaltcu (condition).
Note. A simple way to distinguish the two constructions is to make
the verb active. If the tense stays the same without changing the mean-
ing of the original sentence, use toerben. But if, in order to keep the
original meaning, you have to change the tense, use feitu Try this with
the examples above.
(c) Always use toerben when the agent is expressed. The
wood was split may be translated correctly, )d$ ofj ttwr
geftwtten or )a$ olj tmxrbe gefpalten, depending on the
meaning ; but The wood was split by the man can be trans-
lated correctly only by 3)a$ ^3 ttntrbe fcott bem 2ftcmne
/ 290. Passive of Verbs governing the Dative. Verbs followed
by the dative are used only impersonally (that is, with e$ as
subject) in the passive, the subject being put in the dative
of indirect object. In dependent or inverted clauses e$ is
omitted.
I am thanked. $ tomb mir gebanft (lit., it is thanked to me).
You were helped by a man. $tr ttmrbe turn eincm Semite geljolfen.
Note. This is not so common as the constructions in 291.
291. Substitutes for the Passive. German uses the passive
less than English.
(a) When the agent is not expressed, man with the active
may be used.
It is said. Wlan fagt
I am thanked. Wlan battft mir*
You were asked. Wlan fragtc bid) (eudj, Ste).
We shall be entertained. -Jftatt toirb Wt3 ttttterfjaftetu
THE PASSIVE VOICE. 291
(6) When the agent is expressed, we may invert, making
the agent the subject, and the subject, the object.
You were helped by a man. (ht SJlatttt ljat bir gcljotfciu
The ivood was split by the man. $>cr Wlann Ijat ba3 of$ gcf paftcn.
292. Vocabulary.
ber ra'&ctt, bic rafcctt I, ditch, fjcf'fcn, Ijatf, gcfjoffcn (fjafccn), cr
moat. fjttftf w ith dative, to help.
bet ^fl'itig, bic $iwigc II, king. fpren'gen, reg. (Ijafccn), to burst
bcr ^alaft', bic ^alaftc II, pal- (active), blow up (active).
ace. crfjt, genuine, real, "regular."
crfnu'bcn, reg. (Ijafcctt), with un'tcn, below; down; downstairs.
dative, to allow. ttitttt'bcrtujfl, wonderful.
293. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 2Bar ber 'pataft be^ ^ontg^ gefprengt? 2. 3Son
urbc ber ^ataft gefprengt? 3. grlauben @ie mtr,
311 ^elfen! 4. itnten tm raben finbet man bte H)iinbert)oH(ten
ggiumen, 5. J)a^ d)IoB be^ S'ontg^ tt)ar tt)unbert)ol( ; e^ tt)ar
etn e^ter ^alaft. 6. 23on lt)em tDitrbe 3^cn ge^otfen?
(6) 1. A ditch was found beside the king's palace. 2. I
always help the teacher, when he allows me. 3. The largest
tower in the king's palace is blown up. 4. It will be found
down in the moat. 5. That new house is wonderful ; it is
a regular palace, they say. 6. When the king's palace was
blown up, the soldiers were helped by their friends.
294. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )eutfd)e cfytoffer, Easy Reading, 91, 192, 21.
2. Point out illustrations of the past participle denoting
(1) action, (2) condition ; of the passive of a verb governing
the dative ; of substitutes for the passive.
292 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(&) 1. etfct ber nrm ,,ber gefyrengte nrm"? 2. $ft
ber nrm gefprengt? 3. 23on toem tmtrbe ben olbaten ge*
fyolfen? 4. 23ielteid)t erlaubt man nn$, bie ttmnberttolten
^alafte be$ SonigS ju befurfjen. 5. SBurbe bie Wftc bes
gefprengten nrm$ unten tm raben gefunben? 6. @ie^t
man in )entfdjtanb (^toffer, bie erf)te ^alafte finb?
(c) 1. Why is the tower called the " blown-up tower " ?
2. It was blown up by the king's soldiers, and they were
helped by others. 3. We shall be allowed to see the won-
derful castles in Germany ; they ( 186) are regular palaces.
4. The tower is blown up ; (the) half of it lies below in the
moat. 5. The most wonderful flowers are found down in
the ditch, it is said. 6. They were allowed to visit the pal-
ace, but they were not helped to go across the moat.
(d) " Is that tower blown up ? "
" Yes, it was blown up by soldiers. (The) half of it can be
seen below in the moat."
"It is a wonderful tower. Were the soldiers helped by
any one, when it was blown up ? "
" Certainly they were helped. Shall we visit the castle ? "
" Yes. Isn't it wonderful ! It looks like a king's palace."
" It is visited by many people every day. At half past two
we shall be allowed to visit it."
REFLEXIVE VERBS. 293
LESSON LIII.
Reflexive Verbs.
oll, gebanfent>oll fetn ;
angen unb bangcn in fcfytDebenber petn ;
tymmelfyod? jaud^enb, 3tim obe betriibt,
(SIMIid? alletn tft bte Seele, bie liebt.
310. Review Questions.
(a) 1. Give the rule for forming the passive in German.
2. How many meanings may toerben have in English ? 3. Il-
lustrate each. 4. How is the agent expressed in German?
5. What is the best way to tell when to use toerben and when
fetn, with the past participle ? 6. How do you express the
passive of German verbs that take the dative? 7. Give
two examples. 8. Which language uses the passive more
frequently? 9. Give the common German substitutes for
the passive. 10. When may they be used ?
(6) 1. Give the reflexive pronouns for each person.
2. Which language uses the reflexive more often ? 3. What
special use have intransitives in German which they have not
in English ? 4. What is the English equivalent of this use ?
5. Give an illustration of the German reflexive used for the
English passive.
(c) 1. Name the four kinds of impersonal verbs. 2. State
two peculiarities of impersonals. 3. Which impersonals cor-
respond exactly to the English usage ? 4. Give and illustrate
the distinction between the use of e$ gibt and that of e$ tft
302 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
311. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )entfdje @d)Wffer, Easy Reading, 98, 199, 8.
2. Point out illustrations of the passive, man, e$ gtbt, and
impersonals with dative and accusative.
(b) i. 33on toem ttwrben Me ^tmmer be$ djIoffeS gesetgt?
2. SBarnm ttwrben fyofye gelfen t>on ben bittern fiir tfyre
djloffer gettaljlt? 3. SBurbe bem ontg Don etntgen 9ttt*
tern gefyoffen? 4* SBarum lihnmern @te fid^ nm ba$ S3nrf)?
^at ftd^ gefunben. '5* grent e^ bic^, baft e$ bit fo gnt
gelungen ift? 6. Znt e^ ^^ rer Butter tetb, baft e^ fo triete
arme 8eute gtbt?
(c) 1. Large stones had been carried onto the high rock by
the serfs. 2. They were helped by others, they say. 3. How
do you do to-day ? I am glad that you have come. 4. He is
sorry that this has happened so often. 5. I shouldn't think
( 307) of going when it's raining. 6. I am sorry that there
are no rolls on the table.
(d) " Good morning ! How do you do ? "
" Well, thank you ! Did you succeed in visiting the castle
yesterday ? "
" No ; it was raining, as (it) so often happens when you (man)
want to do anything."
" I am sorry that you didn't see it. It is said to be wonder-
ful. It was built in the middle ages by a knight."
"I am sorry, too, but I haven't the least idea of visiting
castles when it's raining."
"There are so many castles in Gefmany. You will cer-
tainly succeed in seeing several before you go (fafyren) to
America."
SUBJUNCTIVE OF AUXILIARIES. 303
(e) German Castles. In the middle ages there were many
castles in Germany. They were built by the knights. Usually
a high rock was chosen by the knight, and the stones for the
castle were carried up (Ijinaufgetrcigen) by his serfs. Later it
often happened that soldiers succeeded in blowing up these
castles. It is a matter of course that this happened when
they were fighting. When we go (fasten) to Germany, we are
glad to see these old castles, and usually we are sorry that
there are not more of them.
LESSON LVI.
The Subjunctive. The Auxiliaries.
(Eines fcfytcf t fid? ntcfyt f iir alle,
Setje jeber, une er's tretbe,
Setje jeber, wo er bletbe,
Hub n>er ftefyt, bag er ntctyt faHe. oetije.
312. The Subjunctive Mode is formed regularly from the cor-
responding tense of the indicative. Its endings are :
Singular. Plural.
1st person =c -tn
2d person =cft -tt
3d person *c =Ctt
(a) The present subjunctive is formed by adding these end-
ings to the present stem, except in the case of fettt, to be, which
does not add *e in the first and third persons singular.
(6) The past subjunctive of weak verbs is the same as the
indicative ; strong verbs add the regular endings above, and
the root vowel takes umlaut when possible.
304 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(c) The future, perfect, past perfect, and future perfect sub-
junctives are like the corresponding tenses of the indicative, ex-
cept that the subjunctive forms of the auxiliaries fjabett (feitt)
and tDerben are used instead of the indicative.
(d) In German, as in English, there is a tendency to use the
indicative, especially in conversation, even when the rule calls
for the subjunctive. In learning the language, however, it is
best to conform to the usage which is generally accepted as
correct.
313. Subjunctive of the Auxiliaries. Learn the subjunctive
of fjaben, pages 348 and 349, 376, a, b, c, and d-, of fein,
pages 349 and 350, 377, a, 6, c, and d ; and of toerben, page
351, 378, a, b, c, and d.
314. Uses of the Subjunctive Mode. The German subjunc-
tive is used : (1) in indirect discourse (dependent subjunctive) ;
(2) to express possibility (potential subjunctive) ; (3) to express
a wish or command (optative or hortative subjunctive) ; and
(4) in some conditional sentences (conditional subjunctive). The
dependent subjunctive is treated in this lesson ; (2) and (3) in
Lesson LVII ; (4) in Lesson LIX. Except in indirect dis-
course, the use of the subjunctive is very much alike in Ger-
man and English.
315. The Dependent Subjunctive is used in indirect discourse
after verbs of saying, thinking, asking, etc.
($r glnufcte, baff irf) Iran! feu He thought that I was sick.
@r fagte, bcr na&e fci im aufe. He said the boy was in the house.
(a) In indirect discourse English changes the present tense to
past, if the verb of the main clause is past. German may make
this change, but usually it keeps the tense of direct discourse.
SUBJUNCTIVE OF AUXILIARIES. 305
He said, u / am -ill." ($r fagte : ,,Srf) Bin Irani."
He said that he was ill. ($r fagte, baft er front feu
He said, " / have a book." <$r fogtc : $$) fjafce ein Sitd)."
He said that he had a book. (r fagte, baft cr etn $nd) Ijafce.
(6) When the form of the present subjunctive is the same
as the indicative, German often changes the tense of the
indirect discourse, in order to use a form distinctively
subjunctive.
He said that I had money. (r fagte, baft id) elb Ijatte,
They said they had no time. Sic fagten, fie fatten feine $t\t.
(c) The indicative should be used if the speaker wishes to
emphasize his belief in the truth of what he reports.
(r fagte, ba| er e3 nidjt getan Ijat* He said that he didn't do it.
$dj glanfce f ba^ bn re^t ^aft* I think (am sure} that you are right.
316. Vocabulary.
(bet) Siib'ttrig, Louis, Lewis. Brin'gen, brarfjte, geBraf^t (^aben) f
bie SBnrg IV, fortress. to bring.
bie $hn'ne IV, ruin. entlom'nten, entfam, entfommen
bie ^Bart'bnrg, the Wartburg, one (fein) f to escape.
of the finest and most famous fdjtwm'men, fd)tuamnt f gef^ttinm-
castles of Germany. men (fyafcen or fein ; see 76,
ba3 U'fer f bie Ufer I, bank, shore Note), to swim.
(of a river). Bf'fcttr a ^J-? open.
317. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. Qtf) gfcmbte, ba^ 8ubtDtg entfotntnen [et. 2. gr fagt,
bie SBartburg fet em fc^i)ne^ @cf)Io^ 3. gubttrig fagte, ba^ bie
urg etne 9tume tt)erbe 4. 2Bir gfaubtett, ba er na^ bent
Ufer gefdjmomtnen fet. 5. & fagte, baft er ba$ ^olj bnrd) bie
offene Jitr ber 33nrg gebrat^t ^abe. 6. ^c^ glanbe, baft er
entfomnten tft.
306 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(6) 1. He told me that the Wartburg was a fortress, but
not a ruin. 2. I think the door is open. 3. We related
how Louis had swum to the shore. 4. They think that he
will escape. 5. He said he had brought his books home.
6. I related that I had seen an old ruin.
318. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )te SBartbnrg, Easy Reading, 101, 1 103, 30.
2. Point out illustrations of the subjunctive of the auxil-
iaries.
(&) 1. @agt man, ba Me SBartburg etne intereffante 33urg
fet? 2. Srjaljtt etne efcfyttfjte, baft 8ubftrig nad) bent cmberen
lifer gefdjtoommen fei? 3. faitben @te, ba man Snbnrig auf
bie atte SRutne gebradjt Ijabe? 4. (aubt er, ba^ er entfom*
men merbe? 5. (Sagten @te, bie 5Tur ber atten 9hrine ^abe
offen geftanben? 6. (grjaljtte Snbtutg, ba^ bie S3nrg etne
SRntne fei?
(c) 1. Does the story tell how Louis swam (use perfect tense)
to the shore ? 2. I do not think that he will bring his friend
to (auf) the fortress. 3. Louis said that the Wartburg
was not a ruin. 4. He thinks he will swim to the shore.
5. The story tells that Louis (has) escaped from the fortress
through an open window. 6. They thought the Wartburg
was a ruin.
(d) " Did you say that you had seen the Wartburg ? "
"Yes, it is a wonderful castle. The fortress stands on a
high rock in a beautiful forest."
" I thought that it was a ruin."
" Oh, no 5 they say it is the fortress that Louis (has)
built."
SUBJUNCTIVE OF WEAK AND STRONG VERBS. 307
" There is a story, isn't there, that tells how Louis (has)
escaped from another fortress ? "
" Yes, and they say that many years later he (has) built the
Wartburg."
LESSON LVII.
The Subjunctive. Weak and Strong Verbs.
Uttfer Pater in bent ^immel. Dein Hame u>erbe gefyeiliget. Dein
Hetd? fomme. Detn IPille gefcfyefye auf ergib uns unfere Scfyulben, n>ie nnr
unfern Scfyulbigern rergeben. llnb fiifyre uns nid?t in Derfucfyung,
fonbern erlofe uns t>on bem libel. Denn Dein ift bas Heici? unb bie
ftraf t unb bie {^errlicfyfeit in (Emigfeit. 2Imen. (g&cmgelmm @. 9Kattpi,
vi. 9-13.
319. Subjunctive of Weak Verbs. Learn the subjunctive of
lob en on pages 352 and 353, 379, a, 6, c, and d. Notice that
the past subjunctive is like the indicative, as are also three
forms of the present* subjunctive.
320. Subjunctive of Strong Verbs. Learn the subjunctive
of fefyett on pages 355 and 356, 381, a and b. Notice that
the present subjunctive of strong verbs has the same vowel
throughout, and that the past subjunctive takes umlaut on
the vowel of the past indicative when this is possible.
321. The Subjunctive of Intransitives is like that of transi-
tives, except in the perfect tenses, which are conjugated with
the subjunctive of jettl, not with that of fyaben.
322. The Conditional is formed by prefixing the forms of
ftmrbe to the present and perfect infinitives. Its use is exactly
like that of the English with should and would.
308 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
PRESENT. PERFECT.
I should praise. I should have praised.
id) toiirbe lobeu irij uriirbe fldubt linbcu
btt uriir&cft lobcu bu urn rb eft fldubt Ijnlicu
er ttwrbc fo&en, etc. cr ttmrbe gefofct Jjafcett, etc.
323. The Potential Subjunctive, as in English, expresses a
possibility or a contingency. It is like the conclusion of a
condition, and is usually translated by should or would. The
use of tenses is like the English.
(r fjatte anber3 getam He would have done otherwise.
3 ttwre faum mijgltdj* It would scarcely be possible.
$a3 gingc ntdjt fo gut That would not do (go) so well.
(a) The conditional and the potential subjunctive are interchange-
able. The conditional might be used in all the above cases. (r ttmrbe
anberS getcm fyaberu ($ nnirbe faum mbgfid) feitu 3)a3 miirbe nid)t
fo gut ge^eu*
324. The Optative Subjunctive is used to denote a wish. As
in English, the verb precedes the subject, unless the wish
is introduced by baJ3, The use of tenses is also the same
as in English, ^ftur or boc^ is often used to strengthen
the wish.
irf) mtt 511 ^paufc ! Were I only at home I
, baff irf) bud) ittefyr db fjatte ! Oh, that I had more money !
<5ie nur jcbeu ag ! Would that you came every day !
(a) TJie Hortative Subjunctive is the present tense of
the subjunctive used in the first and third persons for the
imperative.
oBen ttrir. Let us praise.
1>eut SBiUc gefrfjelje. Thy will be done.
(SctCtt fie fteifttg* Let them be industrious.
SUBJUNCTIVE OF WEAK AND STRONG VERBS. 309
325. Vocabulary.
bcr Sitty'tcr I, poet. btc 233affc IV, arm, weapon.
bcr eim i(^ 3^tt gc^abt ptte.
I should have done it, if I had had time (past inability).
(a) The contrary-to-fact subjunctive is also used after a(&
ob and af$ toetm* Ob or tt)enn may be omitted, and then the
clause is inverted and the personal part of the verb stands first.
@r foridjt, aI3 oB cr Uiel OJclb Ijatte, or a( ^attc er tiief ^clb. He speaks
as if he had much money.
(r fieljt au f a(^ oB cr Iron! ttwre, or a( foare cr franf* ife ZooA:s as if
he were sick.
335. Difference between German and English Conditions.
There are two chief differences between English and German
conditional sentences.
(a) English never omits if in a present condition, nor if or
though in the expressions as if, as though, while German may
omit toetltt or ob and invert. See 330, a.
(b) English has only the form with would and should, both
for the German regular subjunctive and for the conditional.
See 323, a.
That would not go so well. $>a3 gtngc ttidjt fa gnt r or ba3 twirfcc nidjt fo
gut gcljctu
It would scarcely be possible. ($ toorc fcwttt inog(idj r or c3 tuitrbc faum
fcuu
336. Use of Modals. The German modals occur frequently
in conclusions contrary to fact, with or without the condition
expressed. The English expressions ought to have (gone), could
CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT. 315
have (gone), and so on, are then translated in German by the
past perfect subjunctive of the modals, not by the conditional.
In the dependent order the personal auxiliary (fyatte) precedes
the " two infinitives " ( 219, a).
$dj fyfitte gdjett fcitrf en* / should have been permitted to go.
^u Ijatteft gefyett fimnett* You would have been able to go.
(r Ijatte gc^cn ntijgeit. He would have liked to go.
9Sir fatten gefjen mitffeiu We should have been obliged to go.
31jr Ijatfet gefjen fallen. You ought to have gone.
<3te gotten gdjett tootten* They would have wanted to go.
(a) The expression, He ought to have done it, or should have
in the meaning of ought to have, is ($r f)Citte e$ ttttt folten, be-
cause it was not done, and so is contrary to fact. On the other
hand, He must have done it, is ($r tmt e$ getdtt Ijdben, because
it was done, and so is a fact.
Note. English could may be indicative or subjunctive. He could
(was able to) do it yesterday, but he can't to-day, is a present fact, and
so is expressed by the indicative : (Sr fottnte e tun. He could (would be
able to) do it, if he had time, is contrary to fact in the present, and so
is in the past subjunctive : (r fonnte e tun.
There is the same difference in referring to past time. He could (was
able to) have done it, for he had time, is a past fact, and so is indicative :
(r fonnte e getan fyaben. He could (would be able to) have done it, if he
had had time, is contrary to fact in past time, and so is past perfect sub-
junctive : (Sr fytitte e tnn fonnen.
The difficulty is not with the German, but with the English, which has
only one form for two meanings which in German are expressed by two
forms. Pupils should learn to analyze the exact English meaning.
(6) Should like and would like are always forms of Ttt5cf)te
(past subjunctive), often accompanied by gent.
Would you like to go ? $iiirf)tcu @ic (gcrn) geljett ?
Yes, I should. $a f irf) tttiidjte.
316 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
337. Vocabulary.
frer SKe'gett I, rain. ertm'tiertt, reg. (Ijafcett), to answer,
fote SBu'be IV, booth. respond.
btc ($ht'tritt$farte IV, ticket (of ad- Ijinein'geijcn, gutg Jjineut', I)ittein' s
mission). gcgangett (fein) f to go in(to).
tte 2801'Ie IV, cloud. lirit$ r adv., at the left, to the left.
ei'len, reg. (fern, 76, Note), to gritnb'lidj, thoroughly.
hurry, hasten. flfc, whether; al 0b', asif.
338. Oral Drill.
(a) i. $n biefem Stegen modjte id) in ber fie men 33ube bfei=
ben. 2. SBaren tirir nad) ber ube geetlt, fo fatten ir gtn^
tritwfartcn belommen I5nnen. 3, SBenn fie fatten ^ineinge^en
biirfen, fo fatten fie Me SBartburg gritnbli^ gefe^en. 4. atte
er ni^t^ ertt)ibert r fo tocire er o^ne eine (5intritt3farte ^ineinge-
gangen fctn. 5, SBenn tt)ir ba^ getuu^t fatten, fo toaren H)ir
lin!^ nac^ ber 33ube geeilt* 6. @ie fatten ^ineinge^en folten^
tuenn @te bie SBartbnrg fe^en tDottten,
(ft) 1. If we had had tickets, we should have hurried to the
little booth. 2. You ought to have seen the clouds and the
rain. 3. If she had not spoken with them, they would have
gone in without answering anything. 4. If you would like
to see the Wartburg thoroughly, you ought to hurry to that
booth to get tickets. 5. If you could have gone in at the left,
you would have seen everything. 6. If he had wanted to hurry
to the castle, he could have seen everything thoroughly.
339. Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead )ie SBartburg, Easy Reading, 107, 3108, 19.
2. Point out illustrations of contrary-to-fact conditions; of
the use of al$ ob and mdd)te ; and of the German equivalent of
ought to have, could have, and so on.
CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT. 317
(6) 1. SBaren Me betben tubenten fritter Ijtneingegangen,
toenn fie fcfynelter gegangen (walked) toaren? 2. fatten fie
ifyre (Srfrifdjungen fpater fyaben fonnen, toenn fie ntrfjt nadj ber
SBartburg geettt ttwren? 3. ixtten fie in ber 33ube Sintrttt^-
fatten befommen fatten, menn fie atte$ griinbtid) fatten fefyen
tootten? 4, 9Ko(^ten ie Hnf$ f)ineinge^en? 5. @e^en bie
SSotfen an%, at^ ob man 9tegen ^aben tDiirbe? 6. SBa^ fatten
@ie ermibern tt)o(Ien, tuenn @ie ba^ getDU^t fatten?
(c) 1. The two students ought to have gone in at once ; then
they could have seen everything thoroughly. 2. What would
he have answered, if we had asked him where the tickets were ?
3. Those clouds looked as if it would rain. 4. If you had
wanted to hurry to the little booth on the left, you could have
got your tickets there. 5. I should like to learn this book
thoroughly. 6. He couldn't have known that he ought to
have gone to the left.
(d) "You ought to have bought your tickets at that little
booth on the left."
" Yes, but those clouds looked as if we should have rain."
"Wouldn't you like to go in and see everything thoroughly?
You could have done that, whether it was raining or not."
" Yes, I ought to have hurried to the booth while it was
still open. Then I should not have had to wait."
" Yes, it would have been better, if you had done that."
" Then I could have gone in at once. Now I shall have to
stay here. What a shame ! "
318 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
LESSON LX.
Review.
tegt Mr (Seftern flar unb offen,
IDirfft bu tjeute frafttg fret,
Kannft arid? cmf ein ITTorgen fyof en,
Das ntcfyt minber gliicfltd? feu
340. Review Questions.
(a) 1. Give the rules for forming the different tenses of the
subjunctive. 2. Name the four chief uses of the subjunc-
tive. 3. In which use does German differ most widely from
English ? 4. Give in detail the rules for this use, and illus-
trate each by two examples. 5. Name and illustrate the
subjunctives whose use is just like the English.
(6) 1. How is the conditional formed ? 2. Give the rules
for conditions. 3. Are conditional sentences always in the
subjunctive or conditional ? Illustrate. 4. How do German
conditional sentences differ from English ones ? 5. Give the
rule for the use of the past perfect subjunctive of the modals.
Illustrate fully.
341. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Read )er SBtnterfyort, Easy Eeading, no, 1 112, 4.
2. Point out illustrations of subjunctives in indirect dis-
course ; of conditions ; of the use of miJrfjte ; and of the past
perfect subjunctive of modals.
(6) 1. Sr gtaubte, ba$ Me atte Surg erne SRutne feu 2. 2Bir
fagten, baft tint e$ burcf) Me offene itr gebradjt fatten. 3. 2ld),
REVIEW. 319
ba bte beriifytntett anger tfyre Steber ofter fingett ttwrben!
4. atten ttrir nur etnen JEeil bet SBaffen tm groften @aale ge-
fefyen, fo toarett ttrir frol). 5. SBenn @ie biefem ^fabe fatten
fotgen tootten, fo pttett @ie atterfet grfrtfdjungen befommett
Written. 6. gr fytitte fritter 311 33ett ge^en f otten ; bann tt)Urbe
er nirfjt au^fe^en, ate ^atte er ntd)t gut gef^tafen.
(c) 1. We thought that Louis had escaped through an
open window and had swum to the other shore of the river.
2. If that singer sings only a part of that famous song, we
shall hardly understand him. 3. If I had thought of it, I
should certainly have sent you a picture postcard. 4. She
would like to speak as if she had learned German thoroughly.
5. You ought to have gone in to the left, then you could have
seen everything thoroughly. 6. We ought to have followed
that other path ; it would have led us to the Wartburg.
(d) " It is very beautiful here ; I should like to stay all day."
" It looks as if it would rain ; I shouldn't like to stay here
in the rain."
" Perhaps we ought not to have come so far. But if it
rains, we can go into that little booth."
"Yes, we could have stayed there till it stopped raining.
It would be very cozy."
" If we only had (some) refreshments ! "
" Shall we go in and ask if (ob) we can get refreshments ? "
" Yes, I should like to go in. We ought to have thought of
that sooner."
(e) The Wartburg. They say that the Wartburg is the most
interesting castle in Germany. If you go (fasten) to Germany,
you ought to see it. Oh, if we only had such castles in Amer-
ica ! When I was in Germany, I could have stayed the whole
320 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
summer at (aitf ) the Wartburg. You ought to have seen those
beautiful woods. I felt (e$ tt)ar mtr) as if I never wanted to
come home. And I should have stayed, if my father had not
sent me a letter that told me I had to come home.
LESSON LXI.
Genitive and Dative Cases.
(Sletd? fet fetner bem.anberett, bod? gletd? fet jeber bent jod?ften. oetfye.
342. The Genitive Case. Besides its use denoting posses-
sion (Lesson VII), the genitive is also used (a) to designate
indefinite time and (6) with certain prepositions.
(a) In contrast with the accusative of definite time (Lesson
XXII), the genitive is used (1) with the indefinite article to
express indefinite time ; (2) with the definite article to denote
regularly recurring time.
(1) (ine3 age3, one day. (itte3 5l&ettt>3, one evening.
(2) $>e3 5T6ett&3, in the evening (regularly), every evening.
>03 SDforgCtt^, every morning, mornings.
(b) The genitive is used with irtifjrenb, during, and many
other prepositions, most of which may be translated into Eng-
lish by a phrase with of (instead of, in spite of, in the midst of,
etc.). The most common are : cmftatt, cmfterfycilb, mnerfyalb,
bie$fett$, iettfeitS, tnmttten, tro, toafyrenb, and tt)eor mir einen Cifd? gegen meine (Jeinbe. Du falbeft mein
fjatipt mit (&l tinb fd?enfeft mir roll ein. (Stttes tinb Barml]er3igfeit
tperben mir folgen mein eben lang, unb id? n>erbe bleiben im {^atife bes
immerbar. 2>er 23.
352. Word Order. (a) Eeview Inverted Order, 113; in
questions, 3 ; in the formal imperative, 78 and 243; in
the main clause, 215, a ; in conditions, 330, a ; after at$,
334, a; the omission of e$ in, 306, b.
(b) Eeview Dependent Order, 205; with relatives, 202;
in indirect questions, 209 ; with subordinating conjunctions,
215 ; with bdfc, 220 ; the modals in, 219 and 336.
(c) Eeview Normal Order; position of tlicf)t, 26 ; of ttte,
140 ; of a single adverb, 145 ; of objects, 107 ; of the pos-
WORD ORDER. REVIEW. 327
sessive genitive, 46 ; of the indirect object, 52 ; of the
dative with an adjective, 343, a ; of the past participle, 70 ;
of the participle as an adjective, 250, a ; of infinitives, 58,
233, and 249 ; of ju with separable prefixes, 230, d ; of ju
with modals, 161, b ; of " two infinitives," 166 ; of separ-
able prefixes, 230 ; after coordinating conjunctions, 214.
353. General Rule for Word Order. In general, the more
emphatic parts of a German sentence come nearest the end.
Thus, if whom is emphasized when the question is asked : To
whom did you give your book ? then in the answer, to the teacher
is the emphatic part, and German does not follow the rule in
94, c, but says Qfy lja.be mem 33ud) bem Setter gegeben.
(a) In independent clauses the verb (the auxiliary in com-
pound tenses) is the second jlement in the sentence, except
that particles (dber, jebod), e * c -) ma 7 Precede it.
But Isharit do it. $dj, after, tue e3 tttrfjt
Still, I shall do it to-morrow. Sftorgen, jcbodj, hie id) e*
(fr) Adverbs and adverbial phrases stand in the following
order : (1) time, (2) place, (3) manner.
2Btr Jjafcen tJjtt fjeute itfceratt fleifjtg gefudjt. We have hunted for him
to-day diligently everywhere.
$>te mber ftrielett fjeute braufjen tm 6onnenf^ein, The children are
playing out of doors to-day in the sunshine.
(1) Adverbs of time usually precede objects, except
pronouns.
3[d)-l)a&e tljm geftcrn cinen 9torf gefrwft. 7 bought him a coat yesterday.
(r ttrirb Q^nen Balb ba^ S5ut^ geben* He will soon give you the book.
(2) In main clauses adverbs must never be placed be-
tween subject and verb.
/ never go to the city. $dj fldje ttic in btc Stabt,
328 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
354. Vocabulary.
bcr U'gc( f Me ^iigcl I, hill. iwn'fel, dark ; inflected : bunl(c)Icr r
tier (Sdjttmt^'ttmU) III, the Black bim!(e)le, &ttnf(e)le3,
Forest. tettt, clean.
bcr Xatt'itett&aitm, Me amtett= ttnut'&erfdjiw, wonderfully beauti-
baume II, fir-tree, Christmas ful.
tree. behalf), therefore ; that is why.
ba3 a(, Me aler III, vaZZe?/. faft, almost.
355. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. 2Btr faljen bie bunften Sannenbaitme aitf faft aden
d)tt)ar3tt)afb$* 2. Bergen, aber r lt)erben ttnr bie
Xciler fe^en. 3. aben @ie ^eute in ber
flei^ig gearbeitet? 4. )ie ^inber fpieften faft ben
?fa(^ntittag im reinen SSaffer mit einem -Soote. 5. e^en @ie
nie in foment 9?egen au$ bent aufe? 6. S5e^^alb ift ba$
fleine Sat jtt)ifd)en ben bnnlten ngetn im rfjmarjtDalb fo
it)unberf(f)5n.
(6) 1. The Mils in the Black Forest are almost always won-
derfully beautiful. 2. They worked hard here yesterday.
3. The streets in the little city in the valley are never very
clean. 4. That is why we went into the house at once yes-
terday. 5. There are many beautiful trees, but that fir-tree
is wonderfully beautiful. 6. I (have) learned a new song
yesterday.
356. Exercise.
(a) 1. Eead S)eutf(^e Some, Easy Reading, 116, 1 118, 6.
2. Point out illustrations of normal, inverted, and dependent
order.
(6) 1. @inb faft all bie T)ome in )eutfct)tanb ttmnberfcfytfn?
2. @iet)t man triete buntte Xannenbaume in ben alern nnb
WORD ORDER. REVIEW. 329
auf ben ugetn be$ SdjtoaqttwtbS? 3. (Stub bie @tabte tm
djuxiqtoatb faft itntner rein? 4. ier gibt e$ tnel SBaffer;
finb bte traften be3f)alb [o rein? 5. aben @ie geftern
bort ffeijHg gearbeitet? 6. SBoflen ttrir nacfyften ommer mit
einigen greunben burcl) ben @tf)n)ar3tt)a(b ge^en?
(c) 1. The fir-trees on the hills of the Black Forest are
almost all Tery dark. 2. That is why this wonderfully beau-
tiful region is called the Black Forest. 3. The little villages
in the valleys are almost always very clean. 4. My father
gave me a ball yesterday, and I lost it. 5. That is why I
looked industriously for it everywhere this morning. 6. Al-
most all the fir-trees in the valleys and on the hills of the
Black Forest are very dark.
(d) " Were you ever in the Black Forest ? "
"No, I have never been there, but I have heard a great deal
(fciel) about it. It must be wonderfully beautiful."
" Yes, there are dark fir-trees on the hills and in the val-
leys. That is why it is called the Black Forest."
" And are there little villages with clean, narrow streets
there, too ? "
" Yes, and the villages are almost always very clean."
"It must be very interesting. I should like to travel
through the Black Forest next summer."
330 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
LESSON LXIV.
Idiomatic Particles. >enn, odj, $a, 9loi), djmt,
( This lesson may be omitted at the discretion of the teacher, or post-
poned till later in the course. )
ITttr unrb rort allebem fo brimm,
2JIs cjtng' mtr ein Utiifylrab tm Kopf fyerum,.
357. Idiomatic Particles. The use of the German expletives
betm, bod), ja, nod), fd)0n, and tool)! is important for Americans.
It constitutes one of the chief differences between idiomatic
German and German that is merely grammatically correct.
Of course no pupil is expected to speak idiomatic German
after but one year's study, but many may wish to try.
(a) The chief difficulty arises from the impossibility of
translating these particles literally into English. Good illus-
tration of this is found in the " already " and " yet " of Ger-
mans who have but partly mastered English. They know
already and yet are the English equivalents for fd)0tt and bod);
so they translate them with comical results.
(b) The use of these expletives can be learned only by hear-
ing, studying, and memorizing good, idiomatic German. As it
is largely a question of feeling, no set of rules will wholly
suffice, but the following hints may help.
358. ^etltt may be used in almost every spoken German
question. It adds an almost imperceptible note of surprise
or curiosity. It is not translated in English.
ift bctttt bag ? What is that f
ift bCtttt fo3 ? Whafs the matter ?
IDIOMATIC PARTICLES. 331
359. 3<** Besides its regular meaning of yes in answering
questions affirmatively, ja is used to strengthen an imperative
Here it is emphasized and may be translated by all means.
tt r e ja* Do it by all means I
(a) It adds a tone of assurance or surprise to any sentence
Here it is not emphasized and may usually be translated by
why at the beginning.
$>a3 ift ja fdjiitt* Why, that is fine.
(r fagtc ja nidjtg* Why, he didn't say anything.
360. 5>odj has three uses besides that of an adversative con-
junction, yet. They are like the corresponding uses of ja, but
there is always a suggestion of but or yet about them.
(a) It means yes in answering negative sentences.
^pafcctt <3ic feitt e(b ? Have you no money? $0dj* Yes (but I have}.
$>u ttrirft Ijeute to0l)l ntd)t lommen* You wont come to-day, will you ?
$)odj* Yes (oh, but I shall}.
(b) It means pray or do (emphatic) in strengthening an im-
perative and but in strengthening a negative. It may also be
translated in the latter case (with the negative) by repeating
the subject and auxiliary as a question. Here it is the affirm-
ative equivalent of nidjt toafyr*
^ommctt dj &ttt fdjott ba getoefeiu Pve been there.
S>a fommt er fdjoiu There he comes (now).
3d) toerbe e3 fdjon tun fimnen* /'W &e a&Ze o do it, all right.
363. 280IJI is used whenever the idea of probability enters
an English sentence. It may be translated perhaps, probably,
I think, or by any phrase showing lack of certainty.
(r ift ttol)f frattf , He is sick, I think.
$>tt ttrirft Ijeute ttwfjl nidjt fommcn* I'bw (probably) won't come to-day,
will you f
(a) 2Bof)t is generally not rendered by English well, except
sometimes in speaking of health.
$a Ijaft &u gut getaiu You did that well.
$)a3 ^aft btt ttio^l getan. You did that, didn't you? You probably did that.
(b) Well in English is gut for the adverb of manner ; nun
for the exclamation.
Wtttt f ba3 Ijaft bll gilt getatt ! Well, you did that well !
364. Oral Drill.
(a) l. @ie tooflen boc^ nod) ntdjt ge^en! Sletben @ie bod)!
2. 2Ba$ ift benn ba$? $&) ^abe fo ettDa^ nod) nie gefe^en.
3. 35a^ ift bod) em n)unbert)otter ut! 4. 3d) toerbe bte
lt)ot)I f^on itberfe^en fonnen. 5. 2ld), @ie tt)ot(en ben alten
tt)o^f ntd)t lanfen! 6. 2Barte bod)! 3^) Jomme fcfyon!
IDIOMATIC PARTICLES. 333
(6) Use idiomatic particles wherever possible. 1. You
haven't read this book, have you? 2. What did she say?
She isn't going home yet, is she ? 3. This book (probably)
doesn't please you, does it ? 4. Just wait ; I can do it (all
right). 5. Come, by all means ; we shall have beautiful
weather, I think. 6. Why, this isn't a good book ! Why did
you buy it ?
365. Exercise.
(a) 1. Read gnbltrf), Easy Reading, 118, 7 119, 3.
2. Point out illustrations of the use of betttt, bod), jd, nod),
f(J)on, and ft)ol)L
(&) 1, @ie mogen ba$ 33urf) tool)! nt(^t r aber ttwrum benn?
2. g$ ift Ja em ttmnbert)otte3 33uc(), nidjt ttmfyr? 3. @ie fyaben
e$ bodj ntdjt mtereffcmt gefunben? 4 )odj! @^ ift tDo^I inte-
reffant, aber iDaritm follte e^ benn fo fc^tDer [ein? 5, 2Berben
@tc bie 3lufgabe fc^on lefen ftinnen? 6 a^ ^aben @te tt)o^(
bo(^ nod) ntrf)t getan?
(c) 1. Where were you yesterday ? 2. Why,- this is an
interesting book. 3. You don't consider it hard, do you?
4. You (probably) haven't read all the sentences (yet).
5. Oh, yes I did ; I can translate them (all right). 6. She
isn't here to-day, is she ?
(d) " Why don't you like this book ? It isn't hard, is it ? "
" Yes (it is) ! You (probably) don't consider it hard, because
you are older than I."
" Why, it is very interesting."
" The stories are (perhaps) interesting, but you don't find
these exercises interesting, do you ? "
334 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
" Yes (I do) ! I can translate them (already) very well, and
everything that one does well, is interesting."
" Oh, you want to get praised by the teacher. Why, that's
all you think of!"
LESSON LXV.
Review.
(Ettbe gut, alles gut.
366. Review Questions.
(a) 1. What kind of prepositions govern the genitive?
2. Name the commonest ones. 3. Give two other important
uses of the genitive, and illustrate each. 4. Distinguish be-
tween the German ways of telling definite, indefinite, and
recurring time. 5. Illustrate each.
(6) 1. Give the rules for the four chief uses of the dative
case. 2. Name ten verbs that govern the dative. 3. What
kind of adjectives take the dative in German? 4. What
should be done to English verbals before they are translated
into German ? 5. Distinguish between modified verbals and
similar unmodified uses. 6. Illustrate both uses by original
sentences.
367. Oral Drill.
(a) 1. (ginb @te betm frof), baft ttrir MefeS $8nd) toottenbet
fyaben? 2. gs nrirb bte cmberen freuen, ntdjt toafyr, ba fie
ntcfyt meljr arbetten tniiffen? 3. gme3 age$ bin id) tym cine
gcmje tunbe gefotgt 4. SBenn e$ Qfynen angeneljm tft, fo
fptelcn tDtr ma^renb be^ 9facl)tnittag3 ienfett^ be g
REVIEW. 335
5. @te tootten bod) nod) ntcfjt cmf fyoren ? @te finb too!)! tniibe ?
6. tanben @ie mir, ba3 33udj gefattt tljm fefyr.
(6) 1. Having finished this book, must we begin another?
2. During the German lesson the teacher read without the
pupils understanding him. 3. I shall come in spite of the
weather, if it is agreeable to you. 4. One day during the
rain we (have) followed a boy a whole hour without his seeing
us. 5. Arriving so early at school, she succeeded in trans-
lating all the sentences without the teacher's helping her.
6. Pray wait ; you don't want to go home yet, do you ?
368. Review Exercise.
(a) 1. Bead (gnbttd:), Easy Reading, 119, 4-31.
2. Point out illustrations of idiomatic particles.
(&) 1. 3)a ee utiS enbltcf) getmtgen tft, ba$ 33ud) ju fcoflenben,
miiffen ttrir gtetd) mtt einem cmberen cmfangett. 2. ($ {ft ben
Bittern fefyr cmgeneljm, toenn ber Setter tfynen ^tlft. 3.
be^ fatten Setters ftrielten tt)tr etneS age$ jenfett^ beS
4. ($ tft mir getnngen, ba^ gan^e Snrf) jn lefen, o^ne ba
jemanb nttr geljolfen ^at* 5. ?efen @te bod^ better! SBtr
tt)oHen bod) nod^ ntd^t anf^oren ! 6. @r tft tool)! miibe ; tDarnm
mn er benn fortfa^ren?
(c) 1. Finding the exercise so hard, we all stopped trans-
lating, instead of continuing to read. 2. Why, that is beau-
tiful ! How did you succeed in doing it ? 3. You haven't
read all the sentences in this book, have you ? 4. In spite
of the hard exercises this book has pleased the pupils. 5. In
spite of the rain we succeeded in following him the other side
of the river without his seeing us. 6. Not knowing what to
do (we should do), we finished our work and went home.
336 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(d) " Did you succeed in finishing this book without finding
.it too hard ? "
" Oh, but ( 360, b) I don't consider it too hard. Sometimes
while writing an exercise I found perhaps one hard sentence.
You found it (tool)!) hard, didn't you ? "
"Yes, I never could have translated it all without the
teacher's helping me."
" Oh yes, you could ( 360, a). The book contains many
sentences, but they are not hard."
" What are we to read now after having finished this ? "
"I don't know. The same man who wrote this book has
written other interesting ones. I hope we shall read one of
his."
369. LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS.
The principal parts are in heavy type. The second and third persons
singular of the present indicative are given when the vowel differs from
that of the infinitive ; also when the connecting vowel =e= is required
in verbs whose stem ends in b, t, ft, ff, f, ft. The second person singular
of the imperative is given when it has the vowel-change i, or the short
form without c; also when the e is optional. A dash indicates regular
forms. Compound verbs are given only when the simple verb has passed
from use, e.g., befefylen, gebdren. Cognates are in small capitals.
Pres. Ind., Imperative,
P_
Infinitive.
2d and 3d
2d Per.
&
st.
Past Part.
Per. Sing.
Sing.
Ind.
Subj.
SSarfen, 1 BAKE
bdcfft, bdtft
bit!
bflfc
gebacfctt
^rS3efef)lett, com-
befiefjlft, befleljft
befiefyf
Mal)(
befd^Ie
bcful)(cn
mand
SBegittttCtt, BEGIN
bcgaini
begdnne
begonncn
-~-S3ei$e, BITE
betgcfl, betfit
beiJ3(e)
K%
biffe
gebiffen
^Bergen, hide
birgft, btrgt
birg
barg
biirge
gcborgen
\23erfteit, 1 BURST
btrfteft, birft
birft
bnrft
bdrfte
gcburftcu
- SSiegeit, bend
bug
boge
gcbogcn
^Bietett, offer
bot
bote
geboten
SBittben, BIND
btnbeft, binbet
1) a ut>
bdnbe
gebunben
^J&itttn, beg
bitteft, bittet
bat
bate
gebeten
Stofen, blow
blajeft, blaft
bHe^
bltefe
geblafen
SBletben, remain
blieb
bUebc
gebliebcn
SSraten, roast
bratft, brat
briet
briete
gebrateat
SSredjeit, BREAK
bricfyft, bri(f)t
brirf)
brnrf)
brdrfje
gcbruriicu
S3rcunctt f BURN
brannte
brennte
gebrannt
SBrhtgen, BRING
brarf)tc
brddf)te
nctirarfit
$>Cttfett, THINK
bariitc
bac^te
gcbiitf)t
. $>refd)Ctt, THRESH
brifcfyeft, brifd^t
brifcf)
brofrii
brofd^e
jicbrofrficu
VQringen, urge
brang
brange
gebntngen
1 Sometimes weak, except in the past participle.
337
338
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Pres. Ind.,
Imperative,
Infinitive.
2d and 3d
Per. Sing.
2d Per.
Sing.
Past.
Ind. Subj.
Past Part.
$>iirfett, be al-
barf, barfft,
(wanting)
iwrfte
biirfte
geiwrft
lowed
barf, biirfen
,^JMmpfeljIett, rec-
ommend
empfiefylft, em=
empfieljt cmpfatjl em^fa^Ie
.empfo^te
cmpfoljlcn
Qpffett, EAT
iffeft, igt
ig
<*f?
age
gegcffen
gfttljrett, go, FARE
fdtirft, ftfyrt
fa^r(e)
ftt^r
fiiijre
gefa^rcn
fatten, FALL
faEft, ffittt
fici
fiere
gcfatten
gangett, catch
fangft, fangt
ftofl
flnge
gcfangen
^^fC(JjtCtt f FIGHT
firf)teft, fidit
fidftt
fot^t
fodite
gcfor^tett
Sfittben, FIND
ftnbeft, finbet
fanb
fanbe
gefunbcii
^gffedjtett, twine
gfftegcn, FLY
Pid^ft, flidjt
m
flurtjt
flot^te
pge
ncfiurijtcu
geflogcn
gfltdjen, FLEE
flol)
fCS^e
flcftol)cu
^ttefjett, flow
f(0ff
Pffe
geflojfctt
gfreffen, EAT (of
friffeft, frigt
frig
ftfl^
frage
gefreffcn
animals)
JJfnetett, FREEZE
ftor
frore
gefrorctt
^dwren, BEAR
gcBar
gebare
gcborcu
e&en, GIVE
gibft, gtbt,
gib
gab
gabe
gegc^en
^A($ebeiljett, thrive
gcbie^
gebie^e
gebte^en
elicit, GO
ging
ginge
gcgangcn
\(& ettngett, succeed
gelang
gelange
gehmgen
^eltett, be worth
giltft, gilt
gift
gait
garte
gcgottctt
4Cttefett, recover
* etttefjett, enjoy
genefeft, geneft
I
genaS
gcnog
genafe
genoffe
gcnefcn
gcnoffcn
efdjeljett, happen
gefc^ietjft, gefd^ie^t (wanting) gefdjalj gefdjci^e
gcft^c^ctt
etfrinnett, WIN
gcttiann
geiua'nne
gctuotntcu
..^-"^"^iefjett, pour
$tfl
goffe
gcgoffcn
^leidjett, resemble
gltrf)
gU(f)e
gegftrfjett
_^- lettett, GLIDE
gfetteft, gleitet
gutt
glitte
geglitten
ra&eit, dig
grcibft, grcibt
gtuB
griibe
gegrabctt
--^-tcifett, GRIP
griff
griffe
gegrtffcn
^wben, HAVE
fyaft, ^at
Tiattc
ptte
ge^aBt
gotten, HOLD
pltft, fycilt
^aft(e)
fticlt
Alette
fldjaften
LIST OK STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS.
339
Infinitive.
Pres. Ind.,
2d and 3d
Imperative, p .
2d Per. T , Fast o._,.
Past Part.
Per. Sing.
Sing.
OUDJ.
^pangen, HANG
fjangft, pngt
ijtitg
f)inge
gefjaitgett
4>auen f HEW
l)tcb
^iebe
gcliaucn
e&Ctt, raise
.
l|Ut)
^obe
gc()o6cu
^peiffen, cajll
fyeigeft, Ijeigt
^^^
fttege
geljeifcett
Jpelfen, HELP
f)ilfft, Ijilft
t)iif ^alf
^a(fe
ge^olfen
^CtUtett, KNOW
fannte
fennte
gefannt
^Htmntett, CLIMB
Komm
f(omme
ge!(ontmen
IHtngen, sound
flang
flange
gcflungcn
^>^ttctfcn f pinch
Iniff
fniffe
gcfttiffen
$ommen, COME
fomm(e) fam
fame
gcfommcu
$omtett, CAN
fann, fannft,
(wanting) foittttC
fonnte
gclonnt
fann, fonnen
J^rierfjen, creep
frudj
frod^e
gefro^cn
^fiabett, 1 LOAD; invite
labft, labt
lub
tube
gelabcn
Saffett, LET
laffeft, lagt
Iag(e) lie^
liege
gelaffcn]
^-SaufCtt, run
laufft, Iciuft
Hef
Uefe
gclaufcn
^fietbett, suffer
leibeft, leibet
Ktf
litte
gcHttctt
/^fieiljen, LEND
lici)
Uefye
gclicljcit
efett f read
liefeft, Heft
Ue la$
fa'fe
gclefctt
fitegett, LIE
(ag
lage
gclcgcn
. Mtffdjen, 2 go out
(if (^ eft, (ijcf)t
lifct) Iof(^
lofclje
getof^'cn
\2iigen, tell a LIE
log
loge
gclogcn
VtXJleibett, shun
metbeft, meibet
micb
miebe
gemteben
Mjfteffeit, measure
miffeft, migt
mig mag
mage
gentcffcn
TO gen, MAY
mag, magft,
(wanting) IttodjtC
mocf)te
gemorfjf
mag, mogen
9ttitffett, MUST
mng, mngt,
(wanting) ttttt^tC
miigte
gemu^t
mng, miiffen
Stfeljmett, take-
nimmft, nimmt
nimm italint
naljme
genommcn
^cnncn, NAME
nanntc
nennte
genanut
1 Also weak. Two verbs are confounded in this one: labett, LOAD, once
always strong, and Idben, invite, once always weak.
2 When transitive, quench, weak.
340
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Infinitive.
irrca. iiiu.,
2d and 3d
Alliterative, /^ -n
2dPer. T , F
'ast.
Past Part.
Per. Sing.
Sing. T J ld ;.
Subj.
^feifen, whistle
Vfiff
pjtffe
ge^fiffcn
^ffegen, 1 cherish
WN
^(oge
ge^ogen
*$reifen, PRAISE
preifeft, preift
^trie^
^riefe
gc^ricfett
^^rdneflen, gush
qutllft, quittt
quilt quult
qublle
ncqitoltcu
Staten, advise
rdtft rdt
rtct
riete
gcratcn
N) Ofeifcen, rub
rtcb
riebe
gcriebcn
Oteifien, tear
reifteft, reigt
rcig(c) rig
rifle
gcriffcn
DReiten, RIDE
reiteft, reitet
ritt
ritte
geritten
SRennen, RUN
rannte
rennte
gerannt
Oliedjen, smell
.^Itngctt, wrestle
Sftinnen, RUN
rod)
rang
rann
rodje
rduge
rciuue
geroc^en
gcrnngcn
gcronnen
Dtnfen, call
rief
riefe
gcrnfen
^^Sanf en, 'drink
jdufft, fauft
fauf(e) foff
foffe
gefoffen
^Sangen, r sucK
f>9
foge
gefogcn
(Sdjaffen, 2 create
fdjuf
ft^ilfe
gcf^affen
^<5dj alien, 1 sound
fd)iil(
fdjotte
gcf^ullcn
\Sdjeiben, part
f^eibeft, fd)eibet
ft^ieb
fc^iebe
gefdjieben
(5rf)eitten, appear
fc^tcn
ft^ieue
gefcJficncn
/V>d)elten, SCOLD
frf)Utft, frf)tlt
j^ttt fdjalt
fdjcitte
gcft^olten
djieften, SHOOT
frijiif;
fd)bffe
gcf^offcn
Srfjtofen, SLEEP
fdpfft, frf)(dft
fd)taf(e) ft^Hef
Wlicfc
gefrfjtofen
Sdjlagen, strike
fd)(dgft,fcf)(dgt
frfjhtg
fdjliige
gcf^tagen
^^^&tf)ltiifyen f sneak
_
f^Odj
jrf)fid)e
gcfri)ltri)cn
""\>djfetfen, whet
fr^Uff
fditiff e
geft^Uffcn
@^Hc^en f shut
fdllOn
Jen toff c
gcf(^(offcn
Srfjftngen, SLING
f rtilrtttji
f^tduge
geft^fnngen
(5^mct^cn f
fdjmeifteft,
fd)meig(e) frijmi^
fd)miffe
gcf^miffen
SMITE
fdjmeigt
^-^(iimclscn, 1
fdimt^eft,
fc^mitj Wmol5
f^mbtge
gefr^molsen
MELT
^mitgt
1 Also weak throughout.
2 In other senses weak.
LIST OF STRONG AND IRREGULAR VERBS.
341
Infinitive.
Pres. Ind.,
2d and 3d
Per. Sing. Sing.
Imperative, p ,
2dPer - Ind. Subj.
~l5rfjneiben, cut fd)netbejt,fd)neibet 'fdjnitt fcfynitte
fdjrofc fcfyrobe
fcfyricf ftfjral jdjrafe
t, 1 SCREW
t, be frfjricfft,
afraid fcfyricft
\ r write
cry
, fd)retteft,
stride fcfyreitet
<3rfjmeigen, be silent
xSetyweflen, fdjunllft,
SWELL
Past Part.
gefrfjmtten
gcft^robctt
fc^ricb fd)riebe
fd^rei(e) frfjrie jcfjriec
fe^rttt Critic
frfjnriege
fdjmitt .
fdjttrinbeft,
vanish fd)nnnbet
SWING
geftffrictt
gef Britten
geftJittitegen
gef^njoUen
; gefrijiuummcn
gcfrfjiuunbcn
fdjnmng
fd^tubre
(5e^cn f SEE
ftel)ft, ftc^t
fte^(e) fa^
ffil)C
gefetyen
(5ctn f be
bin, bift, ijlt
fei ttiar
toftre
getuefcn
(Benbett, SEND
fenbeft, fenbet
fanbtc
fenbete
gcfanbt
Siugcn, SING
fang
fange
gefnngen
5@tttfCtt f SINK
fanf
fcinfe
gcfnnlcn
-Sinnen, think
fann
fanne
gcfunncn
Si^ctt f SIT
fi^eft, ft^t
fa|
fage
gefcffcn
@oflett, should
toH, fottft, fott
(wanting-) foUtC
foUte
gcfottt
(5^ttt1tClt r SPIN
fpaun
fpanne
gcfpuuncn
erbiirbe
ucrburbcn
*$erbriefiett, vex
uerbrof
f tjerbroffe
ncrbroffen
$ergeffen, FORGET fcergiffeft, fcergiftt toergifj toergaff
oergaffe
bcrgeffcn
^erUerett, LOSE
Dcrlur
Derlore
tier(orcn
SBadjfen, grow
tDdcfjfeft, toad^ft
tuurljv
tt)iirf)f6
gctuartjfcit
6 SBagett, 2 WEIGH
toog
tooge
gettiogen
SBtffett, know
tt)ei, toeifjt, ft)ei
wtffe
ttmfjte
tt)iite
gcwitftt
SBafdJett, WASH
tt)afd)eft, tDafd^t
juitfri)
iDiifd^e
nciuafrf)cn
, ^SSebett, WEAVE
mob
tDbbe
gciuubcn
x>235etdjett, yield
lUlfl)
luid^c
getutd)cn
>2Beifett, show
toeifeft, rtetft
tuiCv
lt)iefe
gctuiefen
28enbett, turn
menbeft, tuenbet
nwubtc
trenbete
gouanbt
^SBerben, sue
toirbft, tt)irbt
tt)irb
luarb
tDiirbc
gewDrbeu
SBerben, become
ttJtrft, rt)irb
tuerbe
ttiurbe
ttnirbe
gettiorben
"^UBiegett, 3 WEIGH
teiog
tuoge
getoogen
233tnbcn f WIND
toinbeft, tt)inbet-
nianb
ttjanbe
gcumnbcn
SBerfen, throw
toirfft, tt)irf-t
tturf
toarf
tt)itrfe
gettiorfcn
293otten f WILL
it) IE, ttnllft, t^iE
n)otte
juuiltc
tDOlltC
ncjuuiu
3tcl)Ctt f draw
;tO(t
gogc
gcpgcn ,
* 3 ttJ ^ tt 8 e ttf force
'
AJiifinn
juiange
gc^ttJungctt
1 Weak when transitive.
a SSiigen and totegen are really identical.
3 SBtegen, rocA:, is always weak.
SUMMARY OP INFLECTIONS.
343
370. Noun Declension. There are five classes of nouns.
SING. 1st class.
N. betSBtnbet
G. be3 StnbetS
D. bem $tnbet
A. ben SBtnbet
PLURAL.
N. bie 23titbet
G. bet SBtiibet
D. ben SBtitbetn
A. bie Stitbet
SING. 1st class.
N. bie od)tet
G. bet Xadjtet
D. bet Soviet
A. bie od)tet
PLURAL.
N. bie XBdjtet
G. bet Xodjtet
D. ben Xorfjtetn
A. bie XiJ^tet
SING. 1st class.
N. ba TObcfjen
G.
D. bem {
A.
PLURAL.
N. bie !
G. betSRab^en
D. ben SJlftbt^en
A. bie 3Rabcf)en
(a) Masculine Nouns.
3d class. 3d class. Uth class.
bet
bem
ben
bet SPtann bet
5th .
bet ir warcu gclubt juorbcn
t^r wart gcloBt morben
fie ttiaren gelofct morben
Pw^. Indie.
I shall be praised, etc.
id) werbc gclubt mcrbeu
bu ttjirft getobt werben
er ttiirb geloBt ttierben
iuir luerbeu geloBt tuerben
il)r tuerbet gelobt ttierben
fie ttierben geloBt luerbcn
Per/.
I have been praised, etc.
id) fei gelobt morben
bn feieft gelobt tuorben
er fei gelobt morben
ttiir feien getubt itJorben
ifjr feiet gelobt ttorben
fie feien gelobt niorben
Past Subj.
I was praised, etc.
irf) ttmrbe gc(obt
bn nwrbeft'geMt
er niitrbe gelobt
mir toitrben gelobt
i^r mitrbet gelobt
fie nmrben gelobt
Past Perf. 8ubj.
I had been praised, etc.
tr^ ttjftre gelobt morben
bn uwreft gelobt worben
er tuiire gelobt niorben
mir ttiaren gelobt morben
il)r nidret gelobt niorben
fie nwren gelobt niorben
Put. Subj.
I should be praised, etc.
idj merbe gelobt merben
bn merbeft gelobt merben
er merbe gelobt ttierben
ttrir merben gelobt merben
tfyr merbet gelobt merben
fie merben gelobt merben
SUMMARY OF INFLECTIONS.
355
(d) Put. Per/. Indie.
I shall have been praised, etc.
id) werbe fldobt worben fein
bit luirft gelobt worben fetn
cr wirb gefobt worben fetn
wir werben gelobt worbcn fetn
HIT werbet gelobt worben fetn
fie werben ijclobr worben fein
(e) Present Conditional.
I should be praised, etc.
id) nritrbe fldobt werbcn
bn wiirbeft fldubt werben
er witrbe gelobt werben
lutr miirben getoBt luerben
tlir luitrbct gelofct werben
fie luitrben gelobt tuerben
Put. Perf. Subj.
I should have been praised, etc.
tt^ werbe ge(obt ttiorben fein
bn toerbeft geloBt ttiorben fein
er toerbe geioBt ttiorben fein
ttrir ttietben geloBt morben fein
tljr merbet gelubt tuorben fein
fie merben gelobt ttiorben fein
Perfect Conditional.
I should have been praised, etc.
id) win-be gelubt worben fein
bn witrbeft gelobt worben fein
er wttrbe gelobt worben fein
wir witrben getobt worben fein
ilir witrbet gelobt worben fetn
fie witrben gelobt worben fein
(/) Imperative.
2o SING, werbe (bu) gelobt or fei (bn) gelobt f be praised !
( werbet (i^r) gelobt or feib (i^r) gelobt, be praised I
1 ( werben 6ie gelobt or feien Ste gelobt, be praised !
Participles.
PRESENT : (^n lobenb f used only as adj.)
PERFECT : gelobt worben
Infinitives.
gelobt (u) werben
gelobt worben (p) fein
381. Conjugation of feljett, to sge, a strong verBi This differs
from the conjugation of loben only in tne present, past, and
imperative.
(a) Pres. Indie.
I see, etc.
id) fe^e
bn ficftft
er fteljt
Pres. Subj.
I see, etc.
id) fe^e
bn fcljcft
er felje
(6) Pastlnd.
i saw, etc.
Past Subj.
I saw, etc.
bu
erfaJ)
bn f riftcft
er f oftc
356
ttrir fefjen
fte feljen
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
tmr fetyen ttnr faljen
ttjr feljet % fafjt
fie fetyen fie fa^en
Imperatives.
ftelj(e) btt, see 1 PLU. \ JJ
unr fallen
tijr faljet
fie f til) en
fe^en @ie f see !
(d) The Passive Voice of f el) en is formed exactly like that
of toben, by substituting the form gefeljen for the form getobt
in the paradigms in 380.
382. Conjugation of attf dttcjen, to begin^ a separable strong verb.
(a) Pres. Ind. Pres. Subj.
I begin, etc. I begin, etc.
irf) fange an iri) fange an
bn fangft an bit f angeft an
er fangt an er fangct an
iuir fangen an urn- fangen an
tl)r fangt an tljr fanget an
fie fangen an fie fangen an
Perf. Indie. Perf. Subj.
I have begun, etc. I have begun, etc.
it!) Ijabc angefangen iff) ijabe angefangen
etc.
etc.
(6) Past Ind.
I began, etc.
irf) fing an
bn fingft an
er fing an
nitr fingen an
i^r fingt an
fie fingen an
Past Subj.
I began, etc.
trf) finge an
bn fingeft an
er finge an
ttrir fingen an
iljr fingct an
fie fingen an
Past Perf. Indie. Past Perf. Subj.
I had begun, etc. I had begun, etc.
id) Ijattc angefangen id) Ijtitte angefangen
etc.
etc.
(c) Put. Indie. Put. Subj. Pres. Cond.
I shall begin, etc. I should begin, etc. I should begin, etc.
id) tuerbe anfangen, etc. ic^ merbe anfangen, etc. id) tuitrbc anfangen, etc.
SUMMARY OF INFLECTIONS. 357
(d) Fut. Per/. Indie. Fut. Per/ Subj.
I shall have begun, etc. I should have begun, etc.
id) merbe angefangen Ijafcen, etc. tdj merbe angefangen tya&en, etc.
Perfect Conditional.
I should have begun, etc.
id) mitrbe angefangen tyafcen, etc.
(e) Imperative. Participles.
SING, fange (bit) an, begin ! PRES. anfangenb, beginning.
J fanget (ifjr) an, begin i PERF. angefangen, begun.
. ( f angen Sie an, begin I
Infinitives.
an(5n)fangen, to begin. angefangen (jit) Ijafcen, to have begun.
(/) The Passive Voice of separable verbs is perfectly regu-
lar. See 380.
Synopsis of aufgefyalten toerbett, to be stopped.
Pres. id) merbe anf gefjaltcn Per/. id) .Bin anf gefjaften morben
Past, ic^ mnrbe anfgefjaften Past Per/, ir^ mar anfgetyaften murben
Fut. id) merbe anfgeljalten 'Fut. Per/. i(^ merbe anfgef)aften mor-
merben ben fein
383. Conjugation of ^erfcredjett, to break (to pieces), an insep-
arable strong verb.
(a) Pres. Ind. Pres. Subj. Per/. Indie. Per/. Subj.
I break, etc. I break, etc. I have broken, etc. I have broken, etc.
id) ^er&redje idj ^erbredje idj Ijafcc ^erftrodjen tdj fja&e serbrodjett
bn ger&ridjft bn jerbreAeft etc. etc.
mtr
t^r serfcredjt il
fie ^erbrer^en fte serbredjen
358
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(5) Past Ind.
I broke, etc.
idj serBradj
bit 5crlu*adjft
I broke, etc.
id) serBradje
bit serBrddjeft
er
! Per/ Indie. Past Perf. Subj.
I had broken, etc. I had broken, etc.
id) fyatte 5erBrodjeit id) Jjotte ^erBrodjeit
etc. etc.
ton: serBradjett
djt iljr
fie serBradjett fie erBradjen
(c) Put. Indie.
I shall break, etc.
idj ttierbe serfcredjett
bu mirft aerbre^en
etc.
Put. Subj.
I should break, etc.
idj toerbe serbredjen
bit tterbeft ^crbtcdjcn
etc.
I should break, etc.
idj tuitrbe 5crbred)en
bit
etc.
(d) Put. Perf. Indie.
I shall have broken, etc.
id) wcrbe ^crdrorijcn t)abcu
bit ttiirft aerBro^en ^aben f etc.
Pw^. Per/. Subj.
I should have broken, etc.
idj
bit foerbeft
etc.
Perfect Conditional.
I should have broken, etc.
id) ttmrbe *,crt)rorf)cn I)abcu
bit ttiitrbeft serbror^en ^aBen, etc.
(e)
Imperative.
SING. $erBridj (bit) f break !
f ^erBredjet (i^r) f break i
SerBrec^en Sie, break !
PLU.
Participles.
PRES. $erBredjettb f breaking.
PERF. 3cr(ito^eit f broken.
(jit) aerBret^ett f to break.
(511) ^aBen f to have broken.
(/) The Passive Voice of inseparable verbs is perfectly
regular : id) toerbe gerbrod)en, bu ttrirft jerbrocfyen, er tt)trb jer^
broken, etc. See 380.
SUMMAKY OF INFLECTIONS. 359
384. Conjugation of fid) freuett, to be glad, a reflexive verb.
(a) Pres. Ind. Pres. Sub}. Perf. Indie. Perf. Subj.
I ain glad, etc. I am glad, etc. I have been glad, etc. I have been glad, etc.
id) frcue mid) tdj frcuc mid) id) Ijafee mid) gefreut idj Ija&e midj gefreut
bit f rcuft bid) bit freucft bid) bit I) a ft bid) bit f)abcft bid)
er freitt fid) er freue fidj er fjat fid) er fjafce fid)
tuir frciten utt3 ttrir frcitcn uu3 ttrir Ijafceit wt3 wit tya&ett itu3 -
iffr freitt cud) i!jr fteitct eudj i^r ^abt citr^ ttjr ^aBct eitr^
fie fmtett fit^ fie freiten fic^ fie Ijafcett fir^ fie fjafceu fit^
(5) Past Indie. Past Subj. Past Perf. Indie. Past Perf. Subj.
I was glad, etc. I was glad, etc. I had been glad, etc. I had been glad, etc.
idj f rente mid) id) f rente mid) id) tjattc mid) gefreitt id) Ijtittc mid) gefreut
bit f reitteft bid) bit freuteft bid) bit Ijatteft bid) - bit t)iitrcft bid)
er freitte fi(^ er freutc fic^ er Ijatte fir^ er ^atte fidj
wir freitten itn^ ttiir fretttett itn^ tuir fatten nn ttiir fatten itit! -
iljr freittet eit(^ i^r freittet end) t^r ^attet eu^f - iljr pttet eiif^
fie freittett fir^ fie freitten fit^ fie fatten fi^ fie Jjatten fir^
(c) Future Indicative. Future Subjunctive.
I shall be glad, etc. I should be glad, etc.
id) merbc midj freiten id) merbc mid) frciten
bit mirft btr^ freiten bit toerbeft bi^i freitett
er ttiirb fid) freiten er roerbe fit^ freitett
ttrir werbett utt^ freitett ttrir ttierbew tttt freett
i^r toerbet eit^ freiten i^r toerbet end) frettett
fte merbett fit^ freitett fie foerbett fir^ frewew
(d) Fut. Perf. Indie. Fut. Perf. Subj.
I shall have been glad, etc. I should have been glad, etc.
id) tuerbc midj gefreut Ijalicn id) merbc mid) gefreut I)alien
bit ttrirft bi^ gefreut ^aBeit b toerbeft bir^ gefreut
er ttrirb fi^ gefreut aBeu er toerbe fi^ gefreut
wir merbett uw gefreut ^abeu mir roerbett uu gefreut
i^r merbet eut^ gefreut ^abeit i^r roerbet eu^ gefreut
fte uicrbeu fid) gefreut i)abcn fie merben fid) gefreut ftabcn
360
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(e) Present Conditional.
I should be glad, etc.
idj toiirbe midj frcucit
bit tuitrbeft bt(ty frenen
. er roitrbe fid) frenen
iutr luitrben m frenen
iljr luiirbet end) frenen
fie luitrben fid) frenen
(/) Imperative.
SING, frene bid), rejoice !
r frent end), rejoice !
Perfect Conditional.
I should have been glad, etc.
id) luitrbe mid) gefrent I)abcu
bit tuitrbcft biff) gefrettt 1) a tie it
cr luitrbc ft^ gefrettt
iutr luiivbcn un3 gefreut ijabcu
t^t ttiitrbct ettdj gcfrcttt f)abett
fie tuitrben fid) gefreut
PLU.
Participles.
PRES. fid) freitettb, rejoicing.
PERF. fir^ gefrcttt, rejoiced.
A ftetten @te fid), rejoice !
ftettett, to be glad.
Infinitives.
fir^j gefreitt (ju) ^abett f to have been glad.
385.
The Modal Auxiliaries.
(a)
Present Indicative of Mod
I may,
I can,
I like,
I must,
etc.
etc.
etc.
etc.
id) barf
bn barfft
er barf
id) fann
bit fannft
er fann
id) mag
bit magft
er mag
id) nutf?
bit muf;t
er mnf?
iutr bitrfen
tljr bitrft
fie bitrfen
luir fbnnen
iljr fbnttt
fie fbnnen
iutr mogen
tljr mbgt
fie mogen
luir mitffen
tffr mnfct
fie mitffen
(b) Present Subjunctive.
I may,
I can,
I like,
I must,
etc.
etc.
etc
etc.
id) bitrfe
bit bitrfeft
er biirfe
irf) fbnne
bn f bmteft
er fonne
id) mbge
bn mbgeft
er mbge
id) mitffe
bn mitffeft
er mitffe
I am to,
etc.
I want to,
etc.
id) full
bn f olift
er foil
id) will
bn willft
er Witt
iutr fotten
i^r fottt
fie follen
Wtr wollen
tljr wollt
fie wollen
I am to,
etc.
I want to,
etc.
id) folle
bn fotteft
er folle
id) wolle
bn wolleft
er wotte
SUMMARY OF INFLECTIONS.
361
mir biitfcn mir fiwueu mir mogeu mir miiffctt mir folleit mir mofleu
iljr bitrfet ifyr louuet iljr mb'get iljr utitffet iljr foflet ifyr mollet
fie bitrfeu fie louueu fie mogeu fie mitffeu fie folleu fie motfeu
I wanted
to, etc.
id) toollte
bu nioUteft
I was to,
etc.
id) folfte
bu foUteft
er f ullte
mir follten ttir uiuUtcn
i^r fotttet i^r uujlltet
fie follten fie l
(c) Past Indicative.
I was per- I was able, I liked to, I had to,
mitted, etc. etc. etc. etc.
id) burfte id) fonute iff) murijrc irl) mufuc
bu burfteft bu louttteft bu morijteft bu muf;teft
er burfte er louute er morfjte er mufjte
mir burfteu mir lonuteu mir morijtcu mir mufncu
ifjr burftet iljr fouutet iljr modjtet iljr mufftet
fie burfteu fie louutett fie utodjteu fie muftteu
(d) Past Subjunctive.
I might, I could, I should I should have I ought to, I should
etc. etc. , like, etc. to, etc. etc. want to, etc.
id) burfte id) fouute id) miirijte id) mitf;te id) follte id) mollte
bu burfteft bu fonuteft bu morijteft bu miifucft bu follteft bu mulltcft
er bitrfte er fouute er modjte er utii fue er fottte er mollte
mir bitrfteu mir ffluuteu mir moc^teu mir ittitfftcu mir follteu mir mollteu
i^r bitrftet t^r fouutet tljr mot^tet i^r mit^tet i^r folltet i^r molltet
fie bitrfteu fie fouuteu fie mo^teu fie miifjteu fie follteu fie molltett
(e) The Future Indicative of all modals is regular : id) toerbe
bitrf en r I shall be permitted ; bu nrirft bitrfen, etc.
The Future Subjunctive of all modals is regular: id) toerbe
bitrfen, I shall be permitted ; bu toerbeft bitrfen, etc.
(/) The Perfect, Past Perfect^ and Future Perfect Indicatives
without a dependent infinitive are regular : id) fyabe geburft ;
ic^ ^atte gefonnt ; id) toerbe gemod^t fjaben, etc.
The Perfect, Past Perfect, and Future Perfect Subjunctives with-
out a dependent infinitive are regular : id) fyabe geburft, bu Ijabeft
geburft; id) fjatte gefonnt ; id) toerbe gemoc^t Ijaben, etc.
362 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(#) Perfect Tenses with a dependent infinitive have the past
participle with infinitive form (" two infinitives ") :
(h) Perfect Indicative. Perfect Subjunctive.
I was permitted to go, etc. I have been permitted to go, etc.
tcfy ftabe gdjett biirfen id) Ijafee gefjett biirfen
bu fjaft gdjen biirfen, etc. bit Ijafceft ge^cn biirfcn f etc.
(i) Past Perfect Indicative. Past Perfect Subjunctive.
I had been permitted to go, etc. I might have been permitted to go.
trf) ftattc geljett bitrfeu id) fjatte gdjett biirfen
bu fjatteft geljett bitrfcn, etc. bu ^atteft getyen bilrfcn, etc.
(f) The Future Perfect Indicative and Subjunctive of modals
are regular but seldom used.
(k) Imperative. Participles.
Wanting, except PRES. biiffettb, fiittttcnb, etc.
which is rare. PERF. gebutft or biirfen, etc.
Infinitives.
biirfett, lijttnctt, etc. gcburft (p) ^a^en f gefonnt(5tt) ^aBcn f etc.
PRONUNCIATION. 363
PRONUNCIATION.
Introduction.
386. A German Accent. Most of us can imitate German
brogue in telling a dialect story. We say : " Veil, vot iss it ? "
and so on. To speak in this way we throw our organs of
speech by force into the positions which those of a German
occupy naturally. This is the basis of what we call a German
accent.
The easiest way to approach a good German accent is to
make believe we are telling a German dialect story, and to do
this when we read or speak German. We must also get rid
of all false modesty, for trying to mimic German sounds is not
half so ridiculous as giving German letters their American
sounds.
387. The Main Difficulties. In general, those German
sounds for which English has nothing to correspond like cfj,
8, and ii are well mastered by American pupils. The chief
difficulties are with sounds like I, r, and long e, because we
wrongly assume that these letters represent English sounds.
Pupils prepare themselves for the difficulties offered by such
words as bd 33urf), Me 2ftitlje, or frfjott, and take pain's in pro-
nouncing them. The result is that they are pronounced much
nearer the true German way than words which are thought to
offer no difficulty, like alfe, teljren, or Me eete.
The things that are most distinctively German neglect of
which mar^s an American most clearly when he speaks with a
German are: (1) pure voivel sounds, especially and e,
388 ff. ; (2) the diphthongs, 391-392 ; (3) the glottal catch,
393 ff, ; (4) the consonants I and r, 400-401; (5) .length
364
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
FIG. 1. The Tongue-position for i.
Hard Palate V^ j Passage to Nose
Soft Palate
Uvula
FIG. 2. The Tongue -position for
of consonants, 402 ;
and (6) the ending en in
certain special cases,
404.
Vowels.
388. Quality of Sound.
American vowels are
usually slurred, but Ger-
man vowels are simple,
pure. There is almost
always an tt/i-sound after
an American vowel.
This is caused by the
moving of the tongue or
the lower jaw. We pro-
nounce o as o-oo, while a
German keeps tongue,
lips, and lower jaw in
exactly the same position
throughout the entire
sound. We pronounce
arty school, rose, a-ert,
schoo-ul, ro-ooze, where a
German makes pure, sim-
ple sounds of Me 2lrt, Me
@d)ttle, bie SRofe. The
English sounds are of
course exaggerated here,
the better to illustrate
the tendency. But the
PRONUNCIATION.
365
Germans keep the organs of speech in the same position
throughout each sound.
389. Tongue and Lip Position. In order not to move tongue,
lips, and lower jaw dur-
ing the sound of German
vowels, it is important
to know the exact posi-
tion of these parts for
the making of the vari-
ous vowel sounds.
Articulate carefully
the vowels in feed, far,
food. For the vowel
sound in feed the lips
are drawn back as in a
smile ; in far they are in
their normal position of
rest ; in food they are
Passage to Nose
Soft Palate
Uvula
FIG. 3. The Tongue-position for tt
(or should be) thrust for-
ward as in a pout. And
the tongue is raised and thrown forward in feed, is normal in
far, and is drawn back in food. These positions are illustrated
in Figures 1, 2, and 3.
The German vowel
sounds form a sequence
t, e, a, O, U, beginning
with a sound in the front
of the mouth and running
to the back. Notice the
FIG. 4. Diagram of the Tongue-position
for German vowels.
position of the tongue for the series as graphically shown in
Figure 4. It must not change position during each sound.
366 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
A good way to keep the tongue steady is to rest its tip con-
sciously against the base of the lower teeth. A good way to
keep the lower jaw steady is to hold a lead pencil between the
teeth.
390. Pronunciation. Except in the case of long e, German
vowels offer little difficulty if we remember not to move tongue
or lower jaw during vowel sounds.
German e has three sounds : short, obscure, and long.
When short it is like e in met, when obscure like e in golden.
But long e makes trouble, as it has no English equivalent. It
is between a in mate and ee in meet. It is made with the teeth
almost together, the lips drawn back as in a smile, and the
tongue almost as high as in the i-position (Fig. 1). It is a
pure sound and has not the slur usually following English
long a, as when we pronounce name, na-im. Pronounce @l)re
(not 2il)re), @eele (not (Sale), mefyren (not 2ftal)ren), fefje ( not
fftfe).
Note. For the sound of e in the unaccented syllable er, see r, 401,
Note.
Diphthongs.
391. Pronunciation. Properly speaking, a diphthong is a
double sound. But we often speak of two vowels when written
together, as a diphthong, even when they are spoken as a single
sound : each, heart, heard. Below are treated the three genuine
diphthong sounds : at (et), au, and cu (8tt). They differ from
the English chiefly in having the main emphasis on the second
sound where English has it on the first. But there are also
differences in the quality of the sounds.
(1) The diphthongs et and at are pronounced exactly alike in
German. Their sound is nearly like that of English i in mine,
PRONUNCIATION. 367
but English long i is a long aft-sound followed by a short ee-
sound (ti'-ee), while German at (ct) is a short a-sound followed
by a longer e-sound (a=ee'). In German, after the short a-sound,
the tongue does not bother to climb clear to the t-position
(Fig. 1), but stays for the longer part of the diphthong in the
c-position (Fig. 4) : J)a3 @i, tneitt, ber gain, Me @aite.
(2) The diphthong ait is nearly like English ow in how, but
English ow is a long aft-sound followed by a short w-sound (a' do),
while German att is a short a-sound followed by a longer a-sound
(a-aa') In German, after the short a-sound, the tongue does
not bother to go way back into the tt-position (Fig. 3), but stays
for the longer part of the diphthong in the a-position (Fig. 4) :
5)a$ au$, ber 9toub, ba$ 2ftaitt, au$.
(3) The diphthongs eu and Stt are historically the same sound
and are pronounced exactly alike in German. Their sound is
nearly like that of English oy in boy, but English oy is a short
aw-sound followed by a shorter 2-sound (aw-i) German ctt (Sit)
is a short a-sound followed by a longer 3-sound (0=88'). In
German, after the short a-sound the lips keep the same rounded
position and the tongue does not bother to climb clear to the
t-position (Fig. 1), but stays for the longer part of the diph-
thong in the e-position (Fig. 4) : )ie geute, fyeitte, bie aute,
Me ante.
392. Summary of the Differences. G erman diphthong-sounds
have the emphasis on the second part, where English empha-
sizes the first element. The second (longer) element of the
German diphthong is not so different from the first (short)
element as in English. In other words, both the lip- and the
tongue-positions for the second element of the German diph-
thong are nearer those of the first element, than in English.
368 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
German diphthongs are also of shorter duration than English.
They are not so long as a long vowel.
If we want to emphasize a claim to something we say:
" That's mine " (mdddd'eeri), where a German says : ,,)a$ tft
tnettt" (tnaeetl'). When we are hurt, we say: "Ow" (aaaa'oo),
but a German says: ,,2lu" (aoo'). We also call: "Ship ahoy"
(aw'i), but a German in calling out the word for hay, says :
,,bd$ eu" (8oo f ). The best way to say this right is to think
mainly of the second sound ; the first will take care of itself.
The Glottal Catch.
393. The "Catch" Proper. Germans usually speak with
the muscles of the chest and diaphragm tense. They seem to
be holding their breath, as it were; there is always pressure
upon the bellows which furnishes the motive-power for speech.
This tenseness or pressure accounts not only for the staccato
effect and the impression of vigor and speed given by most
spoken German, but also for the greater explosiveness of many
German sounds. It is also the foundation of what is called
the glottal catch.
When we say, " pooh ! " the breath bursts through our lips
in a little explosion. If we close our vocal cords, as we do
our lips in " pooh," and then let the breath pop through them,
we have what is known as a " glottal catch." There is noth-
ing like it in English ; the nearest approach is when we whis-
per "uh-uh" for " no." It is a little, jerky cough.
394. Use of the Catch. In English conversation we carry
over a consonant to a following vowel, even when they are in
separate words : not at all, odd or even. But a German comes
to a full stop closing his vocal cords before words or syl-
PRONUNCIATION. 369
lables beginning with a vowel. The sound of the vowel is
then preceded by the little, jerky cough the " glottal catch "
caused by the sudden bursting open of the vocal cords:
odd | or | even, not \ at \ all.
Pronounce the following words, making a complete closure
of the vocal cords after the prefix, and beginning the basic
word with a glottal catch: ettt|el)ren, er|mnent, tnt|acf)ten,
t)er|emen, ur|att Also: (g$ | ift | em | auJ3er|orbentttd) | unlar-
tige$ Smb.
When in English a vowel sound precedes an initial vowel
whether this begins a word or a syllable we join the two by
the sound of iv (after o or u) or of y (after e or i). In rapid
speech, throughout, see it, I am are pronounced through-wout,
see yit, I yam. But a German comes to a full stop before the
initial vowel sound, which he pronounces with a glottal catch :
through \ out, see \ it, I \ am.
Pronounce the following words, making a complete closure
of the vocal cords after the prefix, and beginning the basic
word with a glottal catch: &e|ob|adjten, be|acf)tett, ge|enbet,
ge|arbeitet Also: Qfy fyabe | cine | un|angenef)tne | 2lnttt)ort
| erfjatten.
395. Rule for the Glottal Catch. In very rapid speech,
especially in unaccented words and syllables, the glottal catch
is sometimes omitted. But as such fluency is not acquired
till after years of practice, it is best to follow the rule. Except
after the participles mentioned below, a glottal catch should pre-
cede every word or root syllable beginning with a vowel.
It sounds queer to us when a German speaks English with a
glottal catch, but no queerer than it sounds to a German when
we say : be-yo-bachten, be-yachten, ge-yendet, and ge-yarbeitet
instead of be|o&|adjten, be|arf)ten, gejenbet, and ge|arbeitet.
370 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Much of the difficulty Germans have in understanding our
pronunciation of their language is due to our omission of the
glottal catch. An illustration of this is the fact that an Amer-
ican was once obliged to pronounce the word ,,erittttem" five
times before her German teacher could tell what word she was
trying to say. The difficulty lay partly in the drawling of the
American r, partly in the omission of the glottal catch after
the first et+ The American said e-rinnurn instead of er|tnttenu
396. Omission of the Glottal Catch. In words compounded
with the particles I)ter, f)ht, tjer, bar, ttar, toor, Dor, ttrieber, and
after H, there is no glottal catch. Thus f)incm$, fyereitt, barwt*
ter, tDarutn, toorcm, fcoriiber, ftrieberutn, fcolfenben, are easy for
Americans, as they are pronounced without the glottal catch.
Consonants.
397. Dissimilar Consonants. The consonants which have
sounds not found in English are dj, (J, I, and r* Naturally
they make the most trouble for Americans.
398. The Sound of rfj. (1) When we pronounce d) after a f
Of Uf or cut, the back of the tongue is raised and drawn back
toward the soft palate so that a scraping sound is made as the
breath is forced through. It is like the Scotch ch in loch. The
nearest equivalent English sound is the rasping we sometimes
make at the end of a long yawn, or the sound some people utter
when breathing on their eye-glasses before cleaning them.
Pronounce : acl), bd 33urf), bd$ 8orf), aud^
(2) After all other sounds that is, after consonants or e, t,
CU f or the umlauted vowels dj has a sound resembling the
noise made by a spitting cat. Raise the tongue to the position
for long t (Fig. 1) and holding it there, stop the vowel sound
PRONUNCIATION. 371
and breathe out. Pronounce: bd ^Pecf), bd 8t(f)t, end), bte
i)d)ter, bte cicfyer, bte Jitdjer, bte cfjlaudje, toetd), mand),
The guttural dj-sound, made in the back of the mouth, goes
naturally with the vowels a f 0, and u, which are formed in
the middle or back of the mouth (see Fig. 4). The palatal
d)-sound, made against the front part of the palate, goes natu-
rally with the vowels formed in the front of the mouth (Fig. 4)
or with I or tt, both of which are articulated with the tongue
against the front of the palate (Fig. 5).
(3) At the beginning of a syllable, d) is pronounced as in (2)
before c and t: Sljemte, gljhtCU Before other vowels or con-
sonants it is pronounced like t : l)or, (Sfyrtft, Efyarafter, gud:)3,
toacfyfen.
399. The Sounds of g. (1) German g at the beginning of
a word or syllable is like English g in go. (2) At the end of
a syllable it is like Jc except (3) in the ending tg, when it is
like dj in id).
Thus dj and g in rtdjttg are pronounced alike. But as soon
as inflectional endings are added to final g, so that g becomes
the first letter in the following syllable, g is pronounced like g
in go. Pronounce : (1) gut, grim ; (2) ber Jag, ber @teg ;
(3) rufytg, rtdjttg ; but (1) bte age, Me <2tege, ntljtger, rt^ttger.
Note. 'There is less uniformity in Germany for the pronunciation of
g than for any other letter. Probably half the people in Germany pro-
nounce final g like final d), as in 398, 1 or 2. But the best authorities
are now agreed upon the pronunciation as given above.
400. The Sound of I, German I is pronounced with the
tongue pressed against the front of the palate, like III in million
(Fig. 5). The sound of y in year seems interwoven with the
I, which is made in the very front of the mouth, not at the
372
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
back as English Z. One might say that German I has an
ee-shade (Fig. 1), while English I has an oo-shade (Fig. 3).
Pronounce : gtltt gefjmcnm, atte, ttll.
401. The German r+ There are two distinct German r's ;
the tongue-tip (trilled) r, and the uvula (rolled) r* Both differ
from the American slurred r of the East and South, and from
the drawled r of the
West.
(1) In the trilled r
(Fig. 6), the tongue-tip
is vibrated against the
palate just behind the
front teeth. This is not
only the easier of the
two, but it is the one
approved on the stage.
(2) The uvula or throat
t (Fig. 7) is made by the
vibrations of the uvula
upon the back of the
tongue. It is more dis-
tinctively German, but
it is usually difficult for
Americans to acquire. In a way it resembles a gargle, and it
may best be developed from the guttural dj, 398, 1. In fact,
many Germans pronounce r as d) when speaking rapidly ; they
give SJJartlja and 3J?agba almost the same sound. The physio-
logical explanation of this is that in very rapid speech the
uvula fails to vibrate when the breath is forced out, thus
making only the scraping sound of d), 398, 1. For this
FIG. 5. The Tongue-position for I,
PRONUNCIATION.
373
FIG. 6. The Tongue-position for trilled r.
uvula r the front of the
tongue must never be
raised as in the drawled
r of the West. The
back of the tongue is
raised so that the uvula
is forced to vibrate when
we breathe out (see
Fig. 7).
Note. In conversation
the r in the unaccented syl-
lable er is not rolled. The
uvula touches the tongue just
once, but does not vibrate.
This makes a very short aw-
sound, akin to o in short.
Thus )er SBater fyat e8 tter*
geffen is spoken almost like
Daw fahtaw hat es fawges-
sen. The sound here repre-
sented by aw is as short as it
can possibly be. It is not at
all like the aw in " See, saw,
Marjorie Daw," but on the
contrary so brief as to be
practically only a grace
note.
402. Length of Conso-
nants. - - German has
long and short conso-
nants as well as long
and short vowels A
long vowel followed by FIG. 7. The Tongue-position for uvular.
374 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
a short consonant offers no difficulty, as that is a frequent
combination in English. But care must be taken to prolong
a consonant following a short vowel. Remember to hold
tongue and jaw still during a German vowel-sound and to
jump without any slur from a vowel to the following conso-
nant, especially when the vowel is short. Compare ber Stinig
and Itinnen. Pronounce $fl (j 5 tf nig and Ion nun nen. In the
same way pronounce Me @d)ule and Me cfjutb (@C^U U U U Ie
and djutlttb), Also ber )fen and offen () o o o fen and
off f ffen). Be careful always to jump without any slur from
the vowel to the consonant. Do not say So|w/i|ntg, lt)|^|nnen,
This is one of the most characteristic features of German and
one of the easiest to learn. Just remember to put on extra
lung-pressure for short vowels and then to hold the following
consonant. If we admire something very much, we say it is
"wo o o nderful"; a German says ,,ttnmnnbert>ott." The best
English illustration of this is the way ng is prolonged in the
American slang expression : " Stung ! " This length of conso-
nants is especially easy to get with l t m, and n Try these first.
A few good pairs with which to practice these short vowels
followed by long consonants and to compare them with similar
long vowels followed by short consonants are : bent ofyne, Me
onne; fufylen, fittlen; lomtfdj, fontnten; ber @tcd)f, ber Statf ;
tt)of)ltool(en; ber 33attfaa(; al(e an ber (Saale; ben djafen,
fcfjaffen; lam, ber $antnt; tafym, ba$ Catrnn.
Pitch.
403. Change of Pitch. In English words the vowel carries
the changes in pitch. When we say " Oh, come on " in a plead-
ing tone, the o in on slides several notes down the scale. If
PRONUNCIATION. 375
a German were to use the same expression ,,omm an" in the
same tone, the n in an would carry this change in pitch.
Graphically this may be represented by English "Come cT\ " ;
German ,,$omm ari"X" In German any change in pitch is car-
ried by the long element in the syllable, whether vowel or con-
sonant. Of course, to carry change in pitch a consonant must
be voiced, that is, the vocal cords must vibrate when it is pro-
nounced. Thus change of pitch cannot be carried by mutes
like p, b, t
Assimilation.
404. The Ending en* Much of the speed with which Ger-
mans speak is due to their clipping of the ending en* An enor-
mous number of German words end in en, the sound of which
is shortened in various ways. In conversation the e in en is
always silent. The n then undergoes various changes, called
assimilation, depending upon the preceding or following conso-
nant. Chief of these are : (1) next to 6 or p ; (2) after g ; and
(3) after n or ng,
(1) When the ending en comes just after or just before a 6
or a p sound, it is pronounced like m. The sentence 2Btr fyaben
eben fieben Snaben gefeljen is pronounced, 2Btr fyabm ebtn fiebm
Ihtabm gefefyn. (Sfdjenbadj and SBoIfenbiittet are pronounced
gfdjmbarf) and SBoIfmbiitteL 1
iThis statement is at variance with German pronunciation as formally
taught, but it is consistent with the practice, even of teachers. The author
once heard a professor in the University of Berlin a man well known in
America say in a lecture : 2>te (gnbimg ,en' tnufc immer fcolln Son Jja&tn!
Advocates of stage German insist that en should have its regular sound, but
even on the stage b and usually attract n to nt. For instance, ^ie^enbrtn!
(in Freytag's "SQurntiiiften") is never pronounced according to the stage rules.
376 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
If we notice carefully how b and p come to attract it to m,
we shall see that it is all done by the soft palate. Tor the
sounds 6 and p the lips are closed and the soft palate cuts off
the nasal passage. For the following it-sound it is much easier
to keep the lips closed and simply to let the soft palate down,
thus opening the nasal passage, than it is : to open the lips and
raise the tongue to the n-position. This opening of the nasal
passage gives a nasal sound, and the only nasal sound possible
with the lips closed is m.
(2) A similar process to that just described takes place
when en follows g. In the sound of g in gefyen ( 399, 1) the
nasal passage is closed by the soft palate, and it is easier to
lower the soft palate than to raise the tongue to the n-position.
The result is that the following it-sound becomes nasal (like ng
in sing). 2Bir tragen Ijolje ragen is pronounced SBir tragng
tyofye Sragng.
(3) When the ending eit follows it or tig it is indicated
simply by a change of pitch. The change may be up or down.
In other words the tongue remains in the n= position while the
vocal cords alter the pitch. This may be graphically indi-
cated thus : Sir f flnnen etnen f djtfnen (gpajiergcmg ntadjen tint
pajiergang madjn or nrir Itfnn3 ein3
u @te ftngett an, ju fingen fie fi
an, jn fin@ or fie fing^ an, jn fing^
Actors always say ^tepmfcrinf . This is a practically universal law, which the
Greeks and Romans embodied in their written language: ev+j3dXXw ^SdXXw
(en + bal'io emballo) ; con + prehendo comprehendo. In speaking hur-
riedly we say " Opm the door," for " Open the door."
WORD FORMATION. 377
WORD FORMATION.
405. Introduction. -7- German is very rich in compound
words. Not only does it compound many words which in
English are written separate, as bie @dUptfaci)e, the main thing,
bte 8uftfcf)ifffa^rt^afttengefeII[d)aft, the airship passage stock
company, and so on, but it is particularly varied in its roots,
prefixes, and suffixes.
406. Roots. German roots often vary their vowel sounds
so that it is hard to identify the original root : f cf)ttef$ett, bd3
@d)Iof!, bet @d){ufc ; ber 33unb, bie 33mbe, ba$ Sanb. English
also has this same kind of change: sing, sang, sung, song;
swim, swam, swum.
Nouns derived from verb roots are usually of one of three
kinds : (a) an active object, performing the action of the verb ;
(&) a passive object, on which the action of the verb is per-
formed; or (c) an abstract noun, denoting the condition or
action of the verb.
(a) >d$ 33cmb (btttben), something that binds.
er 33ogett (btegen), something that bends.
)er gtu (fKte^en), something that flows.
(b) )er 33rud) (brerijen), something that is broken.
)er 33wtb (bittben), something that is bound.
)er Stan! (trinlen), something that is drunk.
(c) )er fflttQ (fltegetl), action or condition of flying.
)er ang (gefyett), action or condition of going.
)er Jruttf (trmfett), action or condition of drinking.
407. On the next page are given some common verbal roots
from which nouns are derived in the way just shown.
378 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
33ittbett, to bind ; ber 33dttb, bound volume; bd$ 33cmb, ribbon*,
bie 33ittbe, bandage; ber 33Uttb, bond, union.
glie^ett, to flow; ber gluf;, river; ba$ gfo, ra/L
raben, to dig ; ba$ rab, grave; bte rube, grotto; bie rttft,
vault; ber raben, a^'toft.
Sttngen, to sound; ber Slang, sound; bte Slingel, &e#.
djieften, to slioot; ber djuj}, s/io; ber cJjofe, ^oo^
strike; ber @d)Iag, stroke; bte @d)Iad)t,
sto^; ba^ d^Io^ ^ocA;; cas^e; ber @d}tu,
ber (^(itffef, fcey.
tngen, to sing; ber @ang r ber efcmg, song.
pred^en, to speak; bie pradje, language; ber prucf), saying;
ba^ efprdc^, conversation.
rin!en, to drink; ber Sranf and ber runl, c?rmfc.
2Biegen, (1) to we/ft, (2) to rock; (1) bie 3Bage r scaZe; ba$
ciDtc^t, weight; (2) bie SBiege, cradle; bie SBoge, wave.
, to draw ; ber 3^9^ train ; feature ; bie 3 U ^)^ breeding).
408. German Prefixes may be divided into two classes, verbal
and general. The verbal prefixes have been treated under in-
separable and separable verbs. Of the general prefixes the
most important are : erj*, ge=, UTt', IttX They are used chiefly
with nouns.
(a) (Srj* (English arch-) means leader, chief; ber Srgbifdfjof,
archbishop; ber Sr^Ijergog, archduke; ber (Sqlitgner, arch-liar.
(b) e- (no English equivalent) forms (1) collectives out of
noun stems, or (2) verbal nouns from verb stems.
(1) )a$ ebirge, mountain chain (ber Serg) ; bie e*
britber, brothers (ber 93ruber); ba$ efieber, plumage (geber).
(2) ber ebanfe, thought (benlen) ; ba$ ebtcf)t, poem
(bttfjten) ; ba$ ef cf)enl r present
WORD FORMATION. 379
(c) lilt* (English im- or m-, sometimes ?/is-) usually reverses
the meaning of a word : uttarttg, naughty (artig) ; unbefttmmt,
indefinite (befttmmt) ; bie llngebulb, impatience (Me ebutb)*
(cT) Ur* (no English equivalent) denotes origin or source. It
may also intensify the meaning of a word : uralt, very old
(a(t) ; urfomtfd), very funny (fomtfdj) ; ber llrfprmtg, source (ber
Sprung) ; ba$ Mr toaib, primeval forest (ber SBalb).
409.' Suffixes. Many German words are formed by adding
suffixes to roots. The most important groups of words formed
in this way are: (1) nouns, (2) adjectives, and (3) verbs
Nouns formed by suffix may be divided into two classes : con-
crete and abstract.
410. Concrete Nouns are formed by the following suffixes :
cfyen, letn, er, in, and [ing.
(a) gfyen and fein form neuter diminutives out of other
nouns, the root vowel taking Umlaut when possible : bd$
aftabdjen, little girl (bie SOtagb); ba3 S3atf)fem, brooklet (ber
33ad)) ; ba$ grtiuteitt, Miss, little woman (bie grau).
(b) Sr forms masculine agents, usually with Umlaut, from
(1) Nouns : ber gleifdjer, butcher (ba gtfetfd}) ; ber
tirtner, gardener (ber arten) ; ber ityfer, potter (ber Sopf).
(2) Verbs : ber giifjrer, guide (f itfyren) ; ber 8ef er, reader
(Icfcn) ; ber @d)reiber, clerk ([d^reiben),
(c) Qn forms feminines from masculines ; bie ^ontgtTt, queen
(ber Sflntg) ; bie gefyrertn, lady teacher (ber 8el)rer),
(d) 8ing forms masculines of varying meaning, having Um-
laut when possible.
(1) Nouns : ber unftttng, favorite (bie ttttft) ; ber
g, scion (ber @^ro^, sprout).
380 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(2) Adjectives: bet grembltng, stranger (fremb) ; bet
grilling, spring (fritl)) ; ber ^toflftTiQ/ youth (jung).
(3) Verbs : ber Ambling, foundling (finben) ; ber 8el)rling,
apprentice (lefyrett) ; ber angling, suckling (fangen),
(4) Numerals : ber &tftlin$, first fruits (crft) ; ber ^ftrifttng,
twin (jtoet) ; ber rifting, triplet (bret).
411. Abstract Nouns are formed by the following suffixes : e,
et, fyett, left, fcfjaft, andnng*
(a) (g forms abstract f eminines with Umlaut from
(1) Adjectives : bte arte, hardness^ cruelty (fyart) ; Me
r5^e, size (gro^) ; bte 8ange r length (tang).
(2) Verb Eoots : bte 33ttte, request (bitten) ; bte 8tebe r love
(Itcbcn) ; bie 8iige, lie (Ittgcn).
(b) & forms feminines of various meanings (many have
become concrete) from
(1) Nouns: bte -ixcferet, bakery (ber 33ci(ler); bte gtfcfyeret,
fishery (ber gtfdjer) ; bte tta&eret, slavery (ber @flat)e)*
(2) Verbs : bte Sftecferet, chaffing (nedfen, to tease) ; bte
^Jtauberet, chattering (^i(aubern) ; bte cljmetdjelei, flattery
(fcf)tnetcf)etn).
(c) ett forms abstract feminines from
(1) Nouns : bte $tnbf)ett, childhood (ba Stttb) ; bte
SJienfdjIjett, humanity (ber 3J?enfd^)
(2) Adjectives : bte )umml)ett, stupidity (bumm) ; bte
Stnljett, unity (em) ; bte SBet^^ett, wisdom (toeife).
(d) ^ett forms abstract feminines from adjectives which
have endings like tg, litf), fatn, bar, etc. : bte )antbarfett, grati-
tude (bcmfbar) ; bte greunbltdjfett, kindness (freunbltc^)*
(e) @(^aft forms abstract feminines, chiefly from nouns de-
WORD FORMATION. 381
noting persons : bie 33urgerfdjaf t, citizens (ber 33iirger) ; bie
)ietterfcf)aft, servants (ber )iener).
(/) lltig forms abstract f eminines, chiefly from verbs : bie
g, story (erstifjtett) ; bie $(eibung, clothing (fteiben).
412. Adjectives are formed by the following suffixes: bar,
en, Ijaft, ig, ifct), lid), and fcmu
(a) 33ar forms adjectives from
(1) Nouns: bcmffmr, grateful (ber )ic aijarten, ^nbifati^e @a|e beseic^nen einen
3Sorgang ober 3^ftcinb al toirffirf) ; lonjnn!titie af^ geba^t ober
mogtid) ; imperative al^ getootft.
@a^e mit a^teilen, bie an$ gan^en @a^en befte^en, finb
pfammengefe^te @de nnb ^ei^en a^gefitge,
bie nnr ben SBert eineS a^teife ^aben r l^ei^en
Sin a^gefnge befte^t an^ einem anptfa nnb einem %lt
benfa^, ober cms einem anptfa^ nnb mefyreren 9?ebenfa^en.
425. 2)tc aBartf olge. ^n ber gen)o^nlirf)en 9Bort-
folge (erften SBortfotge) fte^t jnerft ba^ nbjeft, bann ba^
387
388 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
bann fotgen bie ab&erbialen 33eftimmungen unb bie
fcjefte,
3toeite SBortfotge: bte $nt)erfton, SBenn ein an*
bre$ SBort a(3 baS ubjelt an ben 2lnfang tritt, fo erfyalt ba$
^eittoort ftet$ bte jtoeite @tetle r unb btefer folgt ba^ @ubje!t.
Qn bet brttten SBortfotge fte^t ba$ ^^^ort am (Snbe
SBortfoIge t(t in
426. 2)ic SBortarten. )te SBiJrter ber
gerfatten in je^n SBortarten:
1. baS ef(^Ie(f)t^tt)ort, ber SlrtileL
2. ba$ @igenf(^aft^tt)ort, ba^ 3lbjefttt)(um)
3. ba
5, ba3 ^^^^r ^ a ^ Numeral*
6, ba 3 e i ttl)or ^ ^ a ^ 33^tb(um).
7, ba^ Umftanb^tDort, ba 9lbt)erb.
8, ba$ 3?er^a(tni^mort, bie
i 9. ba$ inben)ort, bie
10. ba^ (Smpfinbnng^lDort, bie $ftter}e!tion.
gormenle^re iftbie Se^re fcon ber SSeranbernng ber
SBbrter. )ie beutfrf)en 9B5rter erteiben eine breifadje SSeranbe-
rung : S5ef(ination, Conjugation unb Som^aration. ^ gibt
ftarfe, fcfjtoacfye, gemi[(f)te unb unregefnta^ige )ef(ination ; ftarle r
f(l)tt)a(^e unb unregelma^ige Conjugation ; regelma^ige unb un*
regetnta^ige Sontparation*
3)ie au)3ttt)orter, gurindrter,
unb ef(^Ie(f)t^lDi3rter erteiben )eftination.
erteiben Conjugation ; igenf^aft^mdrter unb Umftanb^iDorter
erteiben Uomparation.
GERMAN RULES. 389
(a) )ie aupttt)drter finb SBorter, Me fefbftanbige e*
genftanbe bejeicfjnen. @ie fyaben jtoei ^afylen : Stitjal)! unb
3fteljrgal)l ; trier gfttte : 9?otninatit), enitid, )atit) unb 2lllufa*
tit) ; brei efdjtecfjter : ntannlid), toeiblid) unb fcidjHd).
Die aupttt)orter toerben belliniert, ttrie in 370 geseigt totrb.
(&) 3)ie 31 r tile I finb enttueber beftintntt ober unbeftimmt.
@ie t^erben mie in 371, c unb d beftiniert.
(c) S)ic @igen[c^afttt)5rter merben beffiniert, lt)ie in
371 ge^eigt tuirb. ^^ ^Ptabifat merben fie ntdjt befliniert,
J)ie meiften ^aben teigerung : ben ^5ofitit), Me runbfonn, ober
ben erften rab ; ben Somparatit) ober ben jtoetten rab ; unb
ben Superlatit) ober ben britten rab,
(c?)3)ie giiriDdrter jerteilen fi^ in perfontidje, befi^an-
Seigenbe, ^innjeifenbe, begie^enbe, fragenbe unb unbeftimmte, ie
tt)erben beffintert tt)ie in 372, 373, 374 unb 375 gejeigt ttrirb.
(e) S)a^ 3 c ^ toor ^* & n fcottftanbigeS 3 c ^ tt)or * ^ 3 lt)e ^
ef(^Ie(i)ter : Me JtitigfeitSf ornt unb Me 8eibef orm ; fedj$ geiten :
bie egentoart, bie 25ergangen^eit, Me ^uhntft, ba^ 'perfelt, ba^
^tuSquantperfeft unb ba^ jmeite gutur ; jtuei Slu^fagetDeifen :
ben (JttMfcitto unb ben on}unltit) ; jtuei 3 a ^ en : tiga^I unb
2ftef)rsafjl ; brei ^5erfonen : bie erfte, bie jnjeite unb bie britte.
& gibt aud^ eine ^ebenform be ^onjunltit)^ unb eine britte
3lu^fagelpeife, ben ^^tp^ttttt).
jcrfattcn aud^ in felbftftimbige 3^tttt)5rtcr unb
; perf onlici)e unb unperf online : fubjeftbe unb objel-
tit>e ; tranfitfoe unb intranfitiDe.
3)ie 3^ittt)orter fyaben jtt)ei ^onjugationen : ftarl unb fcfytoad).
Qn 369 befinbet fid) eine 8ifte ber ftarlen geitwtivteic. $n
376 bis 385 merben bie fc^ma^en, famt einigen ftarlen,
lonjugiert.
390 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(/) )te UmftanbStoorter ^erf alien ber 33ebeutnng nadj
in bie (1) ber ,3eit, (2) be$ DrteS, (3) be* rabe$, (4) be$
rnnbe$, (5) ber 2lrt unb SBeife, (6) ber 3af)(, (7) beS 3ftittel3
unb (8) be$ ^toerf^ * e toerben ?n 3eittt)5rtern ober 311 gen-
fdjaftStoortern Ijinsngefiigt
(g) )te 3Ser^attnt^tDi5rter t)erbinben nur 2B5rter, ntdjt
@afee, @ie ^aben na^ fid) (1) ben enitto, (2) ben )atto ober
(3) ben Sttfufatto.
(1) ie gebrancf)U(^ften S5er^altniit)orter r bie ben enitit)
^aben, finb: anftatt, au^er^alb, inner^alb, bie^feto, jenfeto,
Icings, ntittel$, tro^, ungead)tet r uniueit, toafyrenb, tt)egen, jnfolge.
(2) S)er atto t?erbinbet fief) mit folgenben 23erl)altni^
tDortern : auS, aufter, bei, binnen, entgegen, gegenitber, mit,
nad), nebft, famt, feit, Don, sn.
(3) Ser Sllfufatit) fcerbinbet fit^ mit folgenben 3Ser^aItni^
toftrtern : bte, bnr^, fitr, gegen, o^ne, fonber, nm, toiber.
(4) er atit) ober SHfnfatto tierbinbet fidj mit folgenben
33erl)altnitt)ortern : an, anf, Ijinter, in, neben, itber, unter,
t)or, glDifc^en.
(7i)ie inbett)5rter tjerbinben Sorter ober afee.
(1) 3)ie loorbinierenbe 33inbeit)tirter finb : nnb, aber, allein,
fonbern, fotDo^I afe ant^, enttoeber . , . ober.
(2) )ie fnborbinierenbe SinbetDorter finb : al$, at ob, afe
menn, auf ba^, betor, bte, ba, bamit, bap, e^e, falls, gteidjttrie,
inbem, inbeffen, nad)bem, ob, obgteid), obft^on, obtuo^I, feit,
fobalb, fotange, fotoie, tDeil, tDenn, toenngteid:),
tuegen, n)ie, ttrietoof)!, mo, iDofern.
J)ie SmpfinbnngStt)5rter brncfen 2lnfregnng,
unb f o tneiter anS ; tt)ie : ad), an, toefy, o, ei, pfni, ^urra.
PHONETICS.
427. Brief Historical Survey. The oldest writing with all
early peoples was picture-writing. The Egyptians developed
conventionalized pictures to represent not only a thing, but
ideas connected with this thing. Later their writing became
partly phonetic, that is, some symbols represented single
sounds.
The Phoenicians made the next great advance and, discard-
ing pictures entirely, used a true alphabet of twenty-two char-
acters. From this alphabet all true alphabets in the world
have l jeen developed.
T lough the symbols remain the same, the speech of peoples
changes, and thus we find in practically all languages (1) the
same sound represented by different symbols, as in bluff and
rough, prey and pray ; two, too, and to ; German @dtte and
@eite ; i?eute and 8ciute ; (2) different sounds represented by
the same symbol, as English gh in ghost, rough and though ; ea
in h ear, heard, heart, and head ; German g in gefyett, ZttQ, and
$ontg ; d) in gfjor, id), and ad).
Students of language sounds have always tried to simplify
these symbols and sounds, but only within the last half cen-
tury has any systematic international effort been made. In.
1867 Alexander Melville Bell, an American, father of Alex-
ander Graham Bell who invented the telephone, published his
Visible Speech. This work was the starting point for the
modern study of phonetics. BelPs pupil, the Englishman
Sweet, continued and simplified the study in his Primer of
Phonetics.
391
392 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
428. The Universal Phonetic Alphabet. It remained, how-
ever, for the Germans and French to make phonetic study of
really international importance and to develop an international
system of symbols. This was largely the work of Wilhelm
Vietor 1 of Marburg and Paul Passy of Neuilly, the two lead-
ing lights of the present International Phonetic Association.
This association consists of scholars interested in studying
language sounds, and it has agreed upon certain characters
which always represent the same sound. The characters of
this universal phonetic alphabet are widely used in language
study in Europe, and are coming into more extended use here.
429. The Advantages. In the first place it is a great
help to a student who is learning a new language to have the
same sound always represented by the same character. For in-
stance, if a German is learning English by this phonetic alpha-
bet, he will not be troubled by the pronunciation of the words
tough, trough, though, and through, as they would be written
tftf, trof, <5o: and j>ru:. Similarly, the German words @atte
and @ette would both be written zai:te.
In the second place the foreign sounds are noticed more partic-
ularly if indicated by these peculiar signs. For instance,
English a in gate is pronounced like diphthong a-ee, just as it
is spelled in gait. So, the tendency of an English learner is to
pronounce German gef)t, giving e the nearest English equiva-
lent a. But the German vowel c is a single sound and so is
represented by e\, thus ge\t, the colon being the phonetic sign
that the vowel immediately preceding is long.
1 While Vietor and Passy are the leading popularizers of modern phonetics,
the leading scientific investigators are probably Eduard Sievers of Leipsic
and Otto Jespersen of Copenhagen.
PHONETICS. 393
Thus by the phonetic method an English student of German
does not make the mistake of giving German long e the nearest
English sound, but recognizes at once that English a in gate
and German e in gefyt are entirely different sounds. 1
430. The Disadvantages. But there are also disadvantages
in learning a new language by the phonetic method only.
Learners are burdened with new symbols as well as new
sounds, when they need all their attention and time for study-
ing the language. Moreover, distinctions between varying pro-
nunciations as, for instance, those of I and r in English and
German cannot be conveyed by symbols ; they must be taught
orally in addition. And these symbols do not cover intona-
tion, which after all is one of the most vital, though most
neglected, phases of language study.
People familiar with the several languages can often tell
whether the speaker in an adjoining room is English, French,
Swedish, or Chinese merely by the intonation, even if they can-
not distinguish a single word. And some of us have heard
friends who were clever imitators reel off lingo which to us
sounded like Chinese or French or Italian, when the whole
speech contained not a single word of any of these languages.
It is all in the intonation, which must be acquired by imita-
tion, not by symbols.
431. Simplicity of the Characters. In the working out of
these phonetic characters every effort was made to keep them
as simple as possible. Thus the commonest sound of a letter
is usually represented by the regular form of the letter, while
the less common sounds are shown by slight variations.
i gate = ge:it ; gefyt = ge:t.
394
NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
Sounds like th in thin or in this, which are not found in Ger-
man or in French, are indicated by their old Anglo-Saxon char-
acters J> and S. So, too, the simple sound of sh in shoe, which
is almost always represented by two or more letters, is shown
by the phonetic character J. In spite of the strange appear-
ance of some of these characters upon first acquaintance, they
represent an intelligent effort to simplify the study of sounds.
432. The Characters. The sounds of &, b, f , J), I , l f ttt, n, p,
r, 3, t are indicated simply by these letters. Sounds about
which less uniformity prevails are represented as follows :
LETTER.
(f
b
9
i)
fi
i
19
W.
AS IN THE
EEPRESSNTED
WORD
BY
ab
P
id)
9
ad)
X
(Me
k
unb
t
ag
k or x
rtdjtig
9
gefyen
3
i a
i
ftngen
q
Onette
kv
fc^on
ton
tt)0
aE
fant
benn
z
s
J
f
V
ks
ts
a
a:
e
LETTER.
AS IN THE
WORD
EEPRESENTED
BY
e
Wr
e:
c
fomtneu
i
in
I
i
ifym
i:
9
omntcr
o
@ol)n
o:
bort
It
imb
u
It
tun
u:
a
banner
a
3d^ne
c:
i
lonncn
a
u
>of)Ie
e
it
tt)iinf(i)en
Y
it
33iil)ne
y :
att
2fiUt
oy
eu
i^ente
oy
at
<3atte
ai
ci
@eite
ai
ait
au^
au
PHONETICS.
395
433. Phonetic Transcriptions. The following phonetic tran-
scriptions of three well-known poems will give a good practi-
cal idea of the appearance of a page of phonetic script. The
glottal catch ( 393-396) is indicated by the character ? ; the
main accent is marked " ? the secondary '. Note the difference
between i- in fie and i: in tljr.
Uber alien ipfe(n
3ft JRuk
$n alien SBtyfeln
piireft bit
Santn etnen and) ;
)ie 338geletn fdjtuetgen
SBalbe,
Sartennr! 33albe
bu and).
tnt
; ?alon "gipfeln
ru: ;
^m ^alan "vipfaln
'Jpy:rast du:
''haux ;
"Jvai^fon
'kaum
di:
'varta mi:r ! 'balda
"ruiast 'du:
-ge:ta.
n bift tt)te etne
(So ^olb unb fdjbn nnb rein ;
fd)cm bic^ an, nnb SBe^ntnt
mtr in^ erj
ir tft, al ob id) Me >anbe
btr legen fofff ,
Setenb, bag ott bic^ erf)alte
@o rein nnb fd^5n nnb Ijolb.
du: bist vi: ^aina "blu:m9
zo: 'holt ?unt 'Je:n ? unt 'rain ;
^IQ Jau diQ '^an, ?unt "ve:mu:t
Jlaigt mi:r ^ins 'herts hinain.
?op
di:
m:r
'henda
^aufs 'haupt di:r le:^an zolt.
'be:tant, das '^ot die, " 9 erhalt9
zo: "rain ?unt "Je:n ^unt "holt.
haina.
396 NEW GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(g$ gogen brei 33urfd>e tool)! itber ben 9?l)etn,
ei einer gran SSirtin, ba fefyrten fie ein :
,,$rau SBirtin! l)at fie gut 33ier unb SBein?
3Bo Ijat fie i^r f(^one SToc^teriem ?"
w 3Rctn S3ier unb SBetn tft frtfd) unb liar.
Sftein od)tertein Hegt auf ber
Unb af$ fie traten jur hammer fjinein,
S)a tag fie in einem ftf)tt)arjen @(i)rein,
erfte, ber f^Iug ben d^feier juritd
llnb fd)aute fie an ntit traurigem
%$, Icbtcft bu no^ r bu f^5
tuiirbe bid^ lieben t)on biefer
S)er jtoeite becfte ben @rf)Ieier ju
Unb tefyrte fit^ ab unb toeinte ba^u :
ff 5l(f), ba^ bu liegft auf ber STotenba^r !
Qtf) l)ab' bid^ geliebet fo tnancfjeS Qafy.
3)er brttte fyub i^n U)teber fogleidf)
Unb fiifste fie an ben 2Kunb fo
tiebf id) burner, bit^ Iieb ; ic^ nod) fyeut
Unb tuerbe bi(^ lieben in Stoigfeit"
PHONETICS. 397
on drai 'burjo vo:l ?y:bor don 'rain,
bai ?ainor frau 'virtm, da: ke:rton zi- '?ain:
,,frau 'virtm! hat zi- 'gu:t 'birr ?unt 'vain?
vo: hat zi- ? i:r 'Je:nos "taQtorlain ?"
,,main 'bi:r ?unt 'vain ? ist 'frij ^unt 'kla:r>
main "tatorlain li:kt ^auf der "to:t0nba:r.^
? unt ^als zi- tra:tgn tsur 'kamor hinain,
da: 'la:k zi- ? in ^ainom Jvartsan 'Jrain.
dcr /ett, befdjieb', befcfyie'ben (fya=
ben), to bestow, allot, apportion.
fcefrfjut^en, re#. msep. (fyabeu), to
protect.
&eftdj / tijjett, ret'belbum (bag), Deedeldum, an
imaginary place.
bie, see ber,
bie'nen, reg. (Ijaben), with dat., to
serve ; ifiBomit fann id) bienen ?
What can I do for you ?
biefel'fce, biefetben, see berfelbe,
bte'fer, biefe, biefeg or bteg, this ;
plu., these; bieg finb, these
are.
Sing, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, thing.
bit, thee, to thee, dative of bn.
, bie, bie -n, maid, girl.
bod)
10
eifrig
bod), yet, after all ; with imperative,
pray ; in exclamations, why.
$>of tor, ber, beg -g, Me S)ofto'ren,
doctor.
$)om, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, cathe-
dral.
$9' mm, bie, the Danube (river).
$on'tter3tag, bet, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
Thursday.
$)orf, bag, be -(e)g, bie S)orfer,
village.
$orn, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -en or
S)orner, thorn.
bort, there, yonder.
brtmf, for barauf, thereupon.
brauft, brau'ffeit, outside, out of
doors ; out there.
bret, three.
bmljtttt'beri, three hundred.
btci'ma( r three times, thrice.
^m'marfftiicf, bag, beg -(e)8, bie -e,
three-mark piece.
brcitt, for bar in, in it.
bmtt'&fhjett, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
sparkle in it.
brei'f?ig f thirty.
brci'uttbcitt^a(b' r three and a half.
brei'sel)ttt f thirteenth.
britt, third.
brit'tefjani, two and a half.
>nt'tef, bag, beg -g, bie , third
part.
bnt'tCttS, thirdly.
btii'bcr/or barii'ber, over it.
brum f for barnm, therefore.
bruu'tCtt r below, down there.
bit f beiner, bir, bid), thou ; intimate,
you.
$>uefl', bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, duel.
^btt(b'fam f lenient,
bnmm, stupid.
bUtt'fc( f dark, gloomy.
btttt'felgruit f dark green.
btttt'feltt f reg. (f)aben), to grow dark.
but(^ f (1) prep, with ace., through ;
showing the means, by; (2) com-
mon prefix, through.
burrfjrei'fett, bnrc^rei'fte, burc^rciff
(t)aben), to travel through; to
u do" (a country).
burd)3, for bnrd^ bag*
bitr'fett, burf'te, gebnrft' or biir'fen
(fyaben), er barf, to be permitted;
may.
burften, past of biirfen,
4bilrr f dry, withered.
bttt'ftig, thirsty.
bii'fter, dark, gloomy, threatening.
e'bett, just, as in just so, just now ;
eben tootten, to be about to, be
just going to.
e'bettfo, just as; ebenfo alt, just as
old.
('fcerl)arb (ber">, proper name,
Eberhard.
e(^t f genuine, " regular.'-^
('dt, bie, bie -n, corner.-"'
e'bel, inflected : ebter, eble, ebleg ^
compared : ebter, ebetft, noble.
(S'bclfteitt, ber, beg -g, bie -e, pre-
cious stone, gem, jewel.
e'lje f conjunc., before*
@^rc, bie, bie -n, honor.
dj'rett, reg. (^aben), to honor.
zealous(ly), eager(ly) T - x
keen(ly).
etgen
11
(Sngel
ci'gcn, etg(e)ner, eig(e)ne, etg(e>
neg, own.
(i'Ie, bte, haste, hurry.
ei'len, reg. (fyaben or fein, 76,
Note), to hasten, hurry.
v/(i'mer, ber, beg -g, bie , pail.
ein f etne, ein, a, an ; one ; ber eine,
the one; also sep. prefix: etn'-
fallen, etn'fefyren, ein'fdjenlen,
etn'fcfylafen, etn'fcfyliefjen, ein'ftn*
gen, etn'ftetgen, etn'tan^en, etn'-
rtnegen.
eutan'fcer, one another, each other ;
usually written with another
word: tmtetnan'ber.
ein'faflen, ftel etn', ein'gef alien
(fein), eg fa' lit tntr etn', with dat.,
to occur to ; eg fa'llt nttr ntc^t
etn, I shouldn't think of (doing,
etc.}.
ettt'gefaflett f see ein'fallen.
ein'gclc^tct, turned in, put up ; see
etn'fefyren.
ci'ntg, adj., united.
ei'ttigc f plu. prow., some, several;
in sing., einige 3 e ^/ some time.
i'mglcit f bte, unity, oneness of
feeling, union.
ttt'feljr, bte, lodging; shelter;
stay (at a hotel).
etn'feljrett f reg. sep. (fein), to turn
in, put up (at a hotel) .
eitt'tttaf, once, once upon a time.
ettt3, indecl., one ; fyalb etng, half
past twelve ; nad) etng, after one
o'clock.
ettt'fam, lonely, lonesome ; alone,
v eitt'fdjettfett r reg. sep. (Ijaben), to
pour out.
eitt'fdjlafen, f^lief ein', etn'gefrfjlafen
(fein), er fd^ldft ein, imperative,
fcfylaf etn', to go to sleep, fall
asleep.
eitt'fdjlieftett, fcfjloft etn ; , etn'g^.
fcfyloffen (l)aben), to shut in, en-
close.
eitt'ftttgen, fang etn', etn'gefnngen
(Ijaben), to sing to sleep.
eittft, referring to the past, once,
formerly ; to the future, some
day, sometime.
eitt'fteigen, ftteg ein', etn'geftiegen
(fein), to climb in ; to board (a
train) ; (Sin'ftetgen! All aboard !
citt'tan5en f reg. sep. (Ijaben), to
dance to sleep.
($itt'tritt3farte, bie, bie -n, ticket of
admission.
eitt'ttriegett, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
rock to sleep (in a cradle) .
eitt'sig f single ; only ; !etn einjig,
not a single.
(i'fettad) f bag, proper name, Eise-
nach.
(Si'fenfialjtt, bte, bte -n, railroad,
railway.
df, eleven.
Ul'fCttBcittCtn f (of) ivory (adjective).
(ffa, bte, proper name, Elsa.
($(tcrtt f bie, pi., parents.
($tt't>e, ba6, be8 -S, bte -n, end.
cn'bctt f reg. (fyaben), to end, finish,
terminate.
en'btgen, reg. (Ijaben), to end, fin-
ish, terminate.
Cttb'Urf), finally, at last.
eng, narrow ; closed
(n'ge(, ber, be -8, bte , angel.
12
cr^cficn
b, ba, proper name, Eng-
land.
eitg'fifd), English; as noun, ba$
(SngU(d)(e), be -n, the English
language; Ghiglifd) fpredjen, to
speak English ; auf englifdj, in
English. Compare bentfd) and
^>
reg. insep. (fyaben), to
forego, get along without, do
without.
etttfcte'ten, entbot', entbo'ten (fya-
ben), to summon.
-Ctttferttt', away, distant from.
eittge'gen, (1) prep, with dat. which
it follows, to meet, toward ; ifym
entgegen, to meet him, toward
him; (2) separable prefix: ent-
ge'genfliegen.
eittge'gettfUegett, flog entge'gen, ent*
ge'gengeftogen (fein), to fly
toward.
entgUm'mett, entglomm', entglom'*
men (fein), to catch fire ; to begin
to glow.
entglom'mett, begun to glow; see
entgUtn'men.
cnt^at'tett, ent^ieft', cntftal'ten (^a-
ben), e ctit^filt', to contain,
hold.
/ ent!om'mcn f cntfam', entfom'men
(fein), to escape, get away.
Ctttlaitfl', prep, with ace. which it
follows, along ; Me tra'fje ent=
(ang', along the street.
tt, cntfdfttog', cntf^tof'fen
to decide.
Ctttf e^lof ; f en r decided ; see ent=
fdjlie'gen,
terrible, dreadful(ly),
frightful(ly).
entftanb', entftan'ben
(fein), to arise, come into exis-
tence, result from.
er f feiner, ifym, i^n, he ; referring
to masculine nouns, it.
erfcau'en, reg. insep. (I) a ben), to
build, construct, erect.
erfcit'teit, erbat', erbe'ten (^aben),
to get by begging.
erfelit'ljett f reg. insep. (fein), to
bloom, blossom ; to (come into)
flower.
-(e)^, bie-e, enemy.
, i " r 'i-(e), bie -er, field.
H (ber) ; proper name, Felix.
, ber, t,^ -en, bie -en; also ber
geffen, be -^, bie , rock.
gel'feimff, bag, beg -(e)S, bie -e,
rocky reef.
$en'fter f bag, beg -g, bie , win-
dow.
$c'riett f bie, plu., three syllables,
vacation, holidays.
fettt, far, distant.
3fer'tte f bie, distance.
fet'tig, ready ; done, finished.
$eft, bag, beg -(e)g, -e, festival,
celebration ; holiday.
fcft r firm, fixed, solid.
gcft'gefang f ber, beg -(e)g, bie geft^
gefa'nge, festival song.
^eft'K^lctt, bie, bie -en, festivity.
Ctt'er, bag, beg -g, bie , fire.
gen' credit, bie, bie -en, the glow
of fire ; fiery heat ; fiery red.
fCtt'rig, fiery, enthusiastic ; adv.,
vigorously, with fire.
gfte'fcer, bag, beg -g, bie , fever.
fttt'bett, fanb, gefnn'ben (fyaben), to
find ; see also ftatt'finben.
fittg, ftngen, see fangen and an'-
fangen,
^in'ger f ber, beg -g, bie , finger.
3ittl(e), ber, beg -(e)n, bie -(e)n,
finch.
15
, ber, beg -eg, bie -e, fish.
, ber, beg -g, bie , fisher.
, ber, beg glares, flax.
flat'tern, re#. (fyaben or { at, 76,
JVbte), to flutter, flit.
/ftedj'tett, ftodjt, geflodjten ;aben), er
fttdjt, to twine, weav*
gfteifdJr bag, be -eg, -e, meat ;
flesh.
$lei'fdjer, ber, beg -&, bie ,
butcher.
flei'fjtg, fteigtger, ffeifjtgjl, indus-
trious (ly) ; fleigig lernen, to study
hard.
ftte'gen, flog, geflo'gen (fein), to fly;
see also ^u'fUegetu
ffic'^ett f f(ot), gefto'^en (fcin), to flee.
fKe'fcen, M geflof'fen (fcin), to
flow.
**3fltn'te f bie, bie -n, gun.
^(ii'gc( f ber, beg -g, bie , wing.
ber, beg^Iuffeg, bie glitffe,
river.
f bie, bie -en, flood ; stream ;
water.
r fought ; see fedjteiu
fo('gett f reg. (fein), with dat., to
follow.
'ne (ber), proper name, Fon-
tane.
bie, bie -en, form, shape.
fort, aott f pensive, thoughtful.
gebanft' r thanked; see ban'fetu
^ebei'^cn, gebie^', gebie'^en (t)aben>7"
to thrive, nourish.
ebtrf)t' f bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
poem.
ebttlb', bie, patience.--
gccn'btgt, ended ; see en r btgen.
cfa^r^ bie, bie -en, danger.
geffiljr'Itrf), dangerous ; etttmg e=
f(i^r'tid)eg, something dangerous.
efaljr'te, ber, beg -n, bie -n, com-
panion.
gefanett, gefief, gefaden (^aben)<^
er gefa'tlt' mir, with dat., to
please.
gefaf'lett, fallen ; see faEen.
gefan'gett, caught ; see fangen ; ge=
fan'gen genom^men, taken pris-
oner.
(^efang'tti^ bag, beg efdngniffeg^
bie efdngntffe, prison, jail.
i*$efte'ber, bag, beg -g, bie , plum- -
age ; feathers.
gefieP, pleased ; see gefal'fen.
gcfoc^'tctt, fought"; see fed) 'ten.
gefolgt', followed; see fol'gen.
gcffu'gctt f flown ; see fHe'gen ; !am
gefto'gen, came flying.
ge^o'ljen, fled ; see fUe^en.
gcfloffcn, flowed ; see flte'feen.
gefragt r f asked; see fra'gen.
geftttt'betl f found ; see fin'ben.
gegan'gcn, gone ; see ge'fyen.
gege'Bcn f given; see ge'ben.
ge'gcn f prep, with ace., toward ;
against; to.
18
gefagt
e'gettb, tie, tie -en, country, re-
gion, place ; surroundings, en-
virons.
gegef'fett, eaten ; see ef'fetu
gcglaubt', believed ; see glan'ben.
geljafct', had; see fya'ben.
geljal'ten, held ; see fyal'ten,
geljei'ltget, hallowed ; see fyet'Ugen,
ge'fjen, ging, gegan'gen (jetn), to
go ; 2Bie gel)t eg ? How goes it?
How are you ? See also fort'=
gefyert, fyernm'gefyen, ^tnaitf'ge^en,
Ijinein'geljen, fyin'gefyen,
um'gefyen, ttei'tergefyen,
gefyen.
geljoCfett, helped ; see fyet'fen,
gdjti'ren, reg. insep. (fyaben), with
dat., or gn and dat., to belong to.
getyW, heard ; see fyo'retu
geljt, indie., goes ; imperative, go ;
see ge'ljetu
@etft f ber, be -(c), Me -er, mind,
spirit.
gcfauft', bought ; see fau'fen*
gefom'men, come ; see fom'men*
gelat^t^ laughed ; see la'djetu
{jclaf '{ett f let ; left ; see (af'fen.
, ba^, be -, bte , sound.
, be-(e)3, bie -er, money.
^ laid ; see le'gen*
ba, be -(c), bic-(c),
escort, convoy.
gelernt', learned ; see ler'nen.
gcJc'fett f read ; see fe'feiu
gettcit', loved ; see lie'ben; as adj.,
beloved.
gcfin'gett, gelang', getun'gen (jetn),
eg gelingt' ntir, impers. with dat.,
to succeed.
', praised; see lo'ben.
gel'ten f gait, gegol'ten (l^aben), eg
gift, with dat., to be for, be in-
tended for ; to be worth,
gehut'gen, succeeded; see gefin'gen.
gemarf)t' f made ; done ; see ma'cfyen.
@kmai)l', ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
(poetic also bag ema^I' for bie
(Semafy'Iin), spouse, consort.
($emii'fe, bag, beg -g, bie , vege-
tables.
emii'fefrau f bie, bie -en, vegeta-
ble woman.
g, beg -(e)g, bie -er, soul,
heart ; feeling.
t', had to ; see ntiif'fen.
Hr^ f comfortable, cozy, snug.
rct f nourished ; see na'fy'ren.
^ sewed ; see na'fyen.
called, named; see
nen'nen,
^ exact (ly), just.^
, geno^, genof'fen (^aben),
to enjoy, to partake of.
gemmt'mett, taken ; see ne^men;
gefan'gen genom'men, taken
prisoner.
gcnug' f enough.
ftettii'gett, reg. insep. (^aben), to
suffice, be enough.
t$M' r bag, beg -(e)g, baggage,
luggage.
geta'be f adj., straight; adv., right,
straight, exactly, just.
gereift', traveled ; see rei'fen.
gcrn f Ue'ber, am lieb'ften, gladly;
usually translated by like to ; id)
fin'ge gern, I like to sing.
gefagt', said ; see fagen*
eftpft
19
efrf)aft', bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
business; office.
gefdjalj', happened ; see gefcfye'fyen.
gefrfjc'fjen, gefdjaty', gefdje'Ijen (fein),
e^ gefdjteljt' mir, impers. with
dat., it happens.
efd)td)'te, bie, bie -n, story, his-
tory.
gefdjtrft', sent ; see fdfyi'cfen.
gefdjteljf, happens ; see gefcfyeljen.
gefdjie'tten, shone ; see jd)ei'nen.
,gefdjto'geit, struck ; see fd)(a'gen.
efrf)mei'be, bag, beg -g, bie ,
jewelry, jewels.
gefdjof'fett, shot ; . see fcfyie'fsen ;
fontmt gejcfyoffen, comes shoot-
ing, leaping or bounding.
gefrfjrie'&en, written ; see fcijrei'ben.
gefrfjttieflt', made to swell; see
gefrfjttrittb', swiftly, rapidly, fast.
gefdjttwm'mett, swum; see fttyttum'*
men*
gefe'gnet, blessed; see jeg'nen.
gcfe'ften, seen ; see fefyen.
'(e) f ber, beg -(e)tt, bie -(e)n,
companion, comrade, mate.
efe^', bag, beg -eg, bie -e, law,
statute.
', set ; see fet^en,
' f bag, beg -(e)g, bie -er f
face.
/geftwCtett, split, see f^aFten,
gef Jrieft' f played ; see fpie'ten.
gefprengt', burst, split; see f^ren^
gen.
n, spoken ; see fyre'djen.
'gctt, sprung ; see fyrin'gen.
; -@cftaIt' r bie, bie -en, form, figure.
gefterft', put ; see fte'cfen*
gc'ftent f yesterday ; a following
noun is written as an adverb
without a capital : ge'ftern a'benb,
ge'ftern mor'gen; bag eftern,
(the) yesterday.
geftofj^ett, stolen ; see fte^Ien.
geftor'&ett, died, dead ; see fter'ben.
geftrit'ten, fought ; see ftrei'ten.
gefutt^gcn, sung ; see ftn'gen.
getatt ; f done ; see tun.
', practiced, exercised; see
gcttiat^'fctt f grown ; see tt>ad)'fen,
', chosen ; see toa'fy'len.
, powerful, mighty; strong.
bag, beg -(e)g, bie @e=
tt)anber, garment, attire, dress.
gette'fett f been ; see fein*
etottttt' f ber, beg -(e)g f bie -e,
profit.
gctnitt'nctt, gemann', gemon'nen (I)a=
ben), to win.
f sure(ly), certain (ly)T^
, customary; adv., usu-
ally, generally.
', lived ; see tDO^'nen.
^, wanted to ; see n)ol'(en.
gett)Ott'ttCtt f won ; see gennn'nen.
gctuor'bcn, got ; become ; see toer'-
ben.
gettJu|t r r known ; see ttnf'fen.
ge5etgt' f shown ; see jei'gen.
gep'gen, drawn ; gone ; see ^ie^en.
gi6 r imperative, give ; see ge^ben.
gifct f gives; eg gibt, there is or
there are ; see ge'ben.
@ic'btc^Cttftcm (bag), proper name,
Giebichenstein (castle).
flilt
20
gift, is for ; see gel'ten.
gittg, gin'gen, went ; see ge'fyen,
ty'fel, ber, beg -g, bte , top,
summit.
($fatt5, ber, beg -eg, splendor, radi-
ance, brightness.
e^r. (fyaben), to gleam.
, be^ fofe, bie Iafer,
gfau'bett, reg. (fjaben),
of person believed, but ace. when
that believed is a thing, to be-
lieve ; to think, have an opinion.
gletrf), (1) adj., with dat., like,
alike, equal, the same; gteici)
ctner 23rant, like a betrothed;
(2) adv., at once; gfeid) narf),
right after ; id) !omme gleid), I'm
coming at once ; gleicfy'fommen,
with dat., to equal : fcin' anbre
!ommt bir gleid),
gleidi'fommett, fam gfetd), gletcfH
gefommen (fein), with dat., to
equal.
e, bie, bie -n, bell.
bag, beg -g, bie , little
bell.
$(itrf, bag, beg -(e)g, happiness ;
good fortune, luck.
0Iucnirfj f superl. gliicflic^ft, happy,
fortunate.
g(ii^Ctt f reg. (fyabett), to glow; to
be red (hot).
t, bie, bte -en, glow ; fire, heat ;
passion, ardor, fervor. .
(ber) , proper name, Goethe.
>, bag, beg -(e)g, gold.
got'ben, gotb(e)ner, goib(e)ne,
go(b(e)neg, golden, gold.
x
^gbtt'ttCtt r reg. (fyaben), to grant
gladly, not to begrudge.
go'tifcfy f Gothic.
ott, ber, beg -(e)g, bte otter,
god ; also in singular only, the
Deity, God.
ptt'ltcf), divine, godlike,
@ott'lie& (ber), proper name, Gott-
lieb.
rafc f bag, beg -(e)g, bie raber,
grave.
ra'&eit, ber, beg -g, bte @ra'ben,
ditch, moat; trench.
, ber, beg -en, bie -en, count.
n, bag, beg -g, affliction,
grief, sorrow.
($ramma'tif, bte, bte -en, grammar.
f bag, beg rafeg, bte @ra{er,
grass,
gray.
en, reg. (fjaben), usually im-
pers. with dat., to shudder ; bem
23ater granfet'g, the father shud-
ders.
f (ber), proper name, Greif.
rct'djett (bag), proper name,
Gretchen ; Peggy.
groger, grogt, great ; large,
big.
f bte, greatness.
utter, bte, bie rogrmitter,
grandmother.
^ro^'tiater f ber, beg -g, bie rog=
better, grandfather.
gviht, griiner, griinft, green.
($ruttb f ber, beg -(e)g, bte riinbe,
ground ; reason ; dale, gorge,
glen ; depths.
'fid), thorough(ly).
grihten
21
gru'ttett, reg. (fyaben), be green or
verdant ; to -grow green.
ritfe ber, beg rugeg, bie riige,
greeting; plu., compliments, re-
gards, respects.
grfi'ften, reg. (fyaben), to greet; id)
laff fie griiften, I send her greet-
ings; griig' bid) ott, or ott
griig' bid), good day (a common
greeting in many parts of Ger-
many, often shortened to ,,niJ3'
ott")*
gitl'ben, for gofbeu, golden.
gut, adj., good ; guten Sftorgen, good
morning; adv., well.
ut, bag, beg -(e)g, bie liter,
property; estate.
3, bag ute, good.
, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, hair.
fja'&en, fyatte, gefyabt (fyaben), bit
fyaft, er l]at, to have ; see also
lieb'fyaben, re^t fyaben.
^a'fen, ber, be^ -8, bie afen, har-
bor.
tain, ber, be -(e)S, bie -e, grove,
wood.
, half ; half a mark, eine f)a(be
9Jlar! (not t>o(b eine 2ftarf); l>alb
e(f, half past ten.
tf, helped ; see fyel'fetu
a(f 'tc, bie, bie -n, half.
f bie, bie -n, hall.
(lj) f excl., hallelujah; as
noun, ba8 aUeIu'jta(^), the hal-
lelujah.
/4>afm f ^ er / ^ e ^ -( e )^/ bit -e, stalk.
tyal'tett, l)ie(t, gefyal'teit (l)aben), er
fyd'It, to hold ; to keep ; fatten
fur, with ace., to take for, con-
sider : reflex., fid) fyal'ten, to keep
oneself ; see also anf'fyalten,
), bie, bie anbe, hand.
pfttf, bag, beg -(e)g, hand
baggage, grips.
Ijau'geu, tying, getyan'gen (tyaben),
er fycingt, to hang, be suspended.
^pfllt3 (ber), proper name, Hans;
Jack.
Ijart, hard (as opposed to soft, while
fdjroer means hard as opposed to
easy).
$ f ber, beg -eg, the Harz Moun-
tains.
ift, hast ; see fyaben.
it, has ; see fyaben.
it'te, fyd't'te, had ; see fyaben.
att'ftc, bie, bie -n, hood.
), ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, breath.
head (more poetic than $opf).
house ; $u ^)anfe, at home ; nad)
aufe, home, homeward, (toward)
home.
Ije'feett, tyob, getyoben (tyaben),tolift.
J|C'gcn, reg. (tyaben), to fence in;
to inclose, contain ; to cherish.
^ei'be, bie, bie -n, heath ; prairie ;
auf ber eiben, old weak dative ;
compare anf (Srben.
^ci'belberg (bag), proper name,
(the city of) Heidelberg.
^>ci'bc(6ctgct, indecl. adj., (of)
Heidelberg.
4>etbettrii3'leitt, bag, beg -g, bie ,
heath rose, heather rose.
22
Ijei'ttg, holy, sacred.
jjei'ligett, reg. (fyaben), to hallow.
fyeim, adv. and sep. prefix,
home.
4>et'mat, Me, bie -en, home.
^pei'matfottti, ba$, be -(e)3, home
land, native country.
Ijet'tttifdj, homelike.
^eim'ltdj, secret (ly).
^>etm'tt)ei), ba$, be -(e), home-
sickness.
^ei'ttC (ber), proper name, (the
poet) Heine.
4>eitt'ridj (ber), proper name,
Henry.
Jjei'ratett, reg. (fyaben), to marry,
wed.
Ijetfj, hot.
Jjci'^en, fyieg, gefyet'ften (fjoben), to
be called, be named ; in the class-
room, to be (translated) : SBie
tyeigt ba$ auf beutfd) ? How would
that be translated into German ?
Ijei'ter, inflected: fyeit(e)rer, fyei*
t(e)re, ^ett(e)re, cheerful.
^c(b f ber, be8 -en, bie -en, hero.
i)el'fen f ^alf, gc^ol'fcn (l)aben), er
fytlft, with dat. , to help ; see also
fort'fyelfen.
I)eJI(e), clear, transparent; light.
$tlm f ber, be^ -(e), bie -e, helmet,
helm.
Ijer, adv. and sep. prefix, denoting
motion away from, from there or
here ; along ; fjin nnb fyer, here
and there, hither and thither ;
see also fyer'fttegen, Ijer'jagen,
^crauf ' r adv. and sep. prefix, up here.
Jjerauffommett, fatn ^erauf, ^er^
auf gefomtnen (fetn), to come up
(here).
Jper'be, bie, bie -n, flock, herd.
Ijerettt', adv. and sep. prefix, in
here ; fyeretn ! come in !
ett, bracfyte ^erein ; , ^er=
ein'gebrad^t (fyaben), to bring in.
r^fltegen f f(og l)er r , tjer'geftogen
(jetn), to fly along or about,
recited ; see
reg. sep.
hunt along, keep chasing.
^per'tttatttt (ber), proper name, Her-
mann.
Jjenue'&erfdjauett, reg. sep. (fyaben)/
to look down.
err, ber, be -n, bie erren, gen-
tleman ; Mr. ; as address, sir ; of
the Deity, Lord.
l)err'(tdj f magnificent, splendid, glo-
rious.
err'Itdjfeit, bie, magnificence,
glory, splendor.
Kjer'fagen, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
recite ; to repeat.
Ijerii'fcerljaflett, reg. sep. (fjaben),to
sound across (to us).
tyerttttt', adv. and sep. prefix,
around, about ; round about.
Ijerum'geljett, gtng ^erum', bernm^
gegangen (fetn), to go about, go
around.
Ijer'ttjefjen, reg. sep. (Ijaben), to
blow along, scurry along.
^, be -en, bie -en, heart,
lovable, sweet, charming.
^cffc f ber, beg -n, bie -n, Hessian.
Ijefftfd), adj., Hessian.
fjcutc
23
Ijtmwtergeljett
Ijett'tCe), to-day; a following noun
is written as an adverb without
a capital : fyeu'te mor'gen.
^pelj'fe (ber) , proper name, Heyse.
fyteft, fyielten, held ; see fatten.
Ijier, here.
Ijterljer', hither, here.
Ijteff, was called ; see Ijeigen.
4?il'fe, btc, help.
IjUft, helps ; see fyeffetu
4>im'mel, ber, be$ -8, heaven ; sky.
^im'mel&ett, ba, be -(e)8, bte -n,
canopy bed, four-poster ; bed in
the sky.
jJjtm'menJDdj, high as heaven.
Jljtmm'ltfd), heavenly.
tytn, adv. and sep. prefix denoting
motion toward, to, along to,
away ; fyin nnb fyer, here and
there, hither and thither.
Ijutab', adv. and sep. prefix, down,
down to.
ffitta&'fafjrett, fnfyr fyinab', fyinab'*
gefaljren (jein), er fci^rt Ijinab',
to ride down, coast down.
fjinaft'genommen, taken down; see
fyinab'nefymetu
tlinab'uclimcu, nafym ^inab', ^inab ; =
gettommen (^aben), er nimmt
^inab', to take down.
fjittattf f adv. and sep. prefix, up,
aloft.
Jjittaufgefjen, ging fyinauf, ^inauf^
gegangen (fcin), to go up.
fjtnauf getragen, carried up ; see
iltnauftragen.
^inauff^auen f reg. sep. (fyabett),
to gaze up.
Jjinauftragen, trug Ijinauf,
getragen (fyaben), er tragt ^in^
aiif, to carry up.
J)tttatt3' f adv. and sep. prefix, out.
Jjittau3'fUttgen f Kang ^inaii^', t)hi*
au^'geflungen (^aben), to sound
forth,
(^aben), re-
fiex., to swing out.
fytneitt', adv. and sep. prefix, in.
tymeitt'geljen, ging Ijinein', ^inein^
gegangen (fein), to go in, enter.
Ijitteut'fommett, lam fyinein', ^in^
ein'gelommen (fein), to come in,
enter.
Ijitteitt'Iadjen, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
laugh (into).
Ijitteut'frfifcidjett, f(^U(^ Ijinein', l)in^
ein'gefdjUcfyen (jein), to slip in,
steal in.
f)itteitt'5ttf0mmett f infin. of fyinein'*
lommen with ju.
^ing r hung ; see fyan'gen.
^in'gc^en, gtng fyin', Ijtn^gegangen
(fein), to go away, go along.
fjitt'gefe^t, set down; see fyin'ietjen.
Ifitt'ging, went along or away ; see
, reg. sep. (fjaben), to set
down; also reflex., fitf) ^in'fe^en,
to sit down.
Ijttt'ter, prep, with dat. or ace., be-
hind.
l)tmut'ter f adv. and sep. prefix,
down ; bie rep'pe ^inun'ter,
down (the) stairs.
fyhttttt'tergeljett, ging Ijinnn'ter,
fyuwn'tergegan'gen (fein), to go
down, descend.
fyitmnterging
24
fjimut'tergtttg, went down ; see
fyimm'tergefyen.
irt(e), ber, beg -(e)n, bte -(e)n,
shepherd .
Ijodj, fyoljer, fyolje, fyofjeg; fyofyer, fyod)ft,
high ; aufg fyod)fte, in the highest
manner; fybcfyft, as adv., most,
very, exceedingly; ber od)fte,
be -tt, the Highest, the Deity.
g, most holy, very sacred.
f ber, beg -(e)g, pride.
of, ber, beg -(e)g, bte o'fe, court,
yard ; farm ; home, homestead.
Jjflf fen, regr. (fyabett), to hope.
Ijof'fetttUrf), adv., it is to be hoped ;
usually translated, I hope.
^pflff'mutjj, bie, bte -en, hope.
l)0f (id), polite (ly).
Ijo'tyer, fyofye, fyoljeg, high; fyofyer,
higher; see tyod).
0'Jje, bie, bte -n, height.
, charming, lovely, graceful.
'(cn f reg. (fyaben), to fetch; go
and get.
bag, beg -eg, bte o($er,
wood.
'ren, reg. (fyaben), to hear; see
also cmf'fybren, gu'^oren.
o'fe f bte, bte -n, mostly in plu.,
trousers, breeches.
u'0et, ber, beg -g, bte , hill,
hillock.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, dog.
Ijtttt'bert, indecl. numeral, a hun-
dred ; as noun, bag im'bert,
the hundred ; &or ^mnberten Don
, hundreds of years ago.
hungry.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bte u'te, hat.
^pit'tcr, ber, beg -g, bie , guardian,
keeper.
ut'fd)tmtd, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e r
hat ornament.
t'te f bte, bte -n, hut ; cottage.
trf) f metner, mtr, mid), I.
tljm, (to) him or it ; see er and eg.
iljtt, him ; see er.
tlj'ttett, (to) them ; see fte.
S^'nen, (to) you; see @ie.
t^r, her; their ; (to) her; see fte.
t^r f euer, eut^, eud), you.
$f)r, your (formal).
i^rig f hers.
3$'rig, yours (formal).
im f for in bem.
tm'mcr, always.
immerbar', always, ever ; continu-
ously.
in f prep, with dat. or ace., in, into ;
to.
tttbent', conjunc., while, at the mo-
ment when.
ttt3 r for in bag.
itttereffant', interefjan'ter, ittteref*
fau'teft, interesting ; ettDag 3n=
tereffanteg, something interesting.
f earthly.
, indecl. particle ; any at all ;
irgenb ettDag, anything at all.
tft f is ; as auxiliary of tense, has ;
see fetn.
ja f yes ; with imperative, by all
means ; in exclamations, why ;
often coupled with tool)!, jatt)of)F.
jagen
25
>ja'gen, reo 1 . (fyaben), to hunt; see
also fyer'jagen.
3a'ger, ber, beg -8, bie , hunter,
huntsman.
Safjr, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, year.
^aJjrijun'&ert, bag, beg -g, bie -e,
century.
^a'ttuar, ber, beg -g, January.
jaud)'sen, r$aljtt, ber, beg -(e)g, bie $afnte,_-
skiff, rowboat, boat.
$ai'fer, ber, beg -g, bie , Em-
peror.
tai'ferfaal, ber, beg -(e)g, bie flat'*
f erf ate, imperial hall.
fait, cold.
fam, famen, fame, came ; see !om'*
men.
$amerab', ber, beg -en, bie -en, com-
rade, companion, fellow soldier.
$amm, ber, beg -(e)g, bie $am'me,
comb.
fam'men, reg. (fyaben), to comb.
$ampf, ber, beg -(e)g, bie $amj)fe,
combat, fight, struggle, battle.
fdmp'fen, reg. (fyaben), to fight.
aual', ber, beg -(e)g, bie ^ana ; te,
channel ; canal ; drain, sewer,
conduit ; gutter.
faun, fannft, can ; see lomien.
fatttt'tc, knew, was acquainted
with ; see fenttetu
Cle, bie, bie -n, chapel,
(ber), proper name, Charles.
, bie, bie -n, card ; map.
I, bie, bie -n, potato.
ar'jer, (ber or) bag, beg -g, Me ,
lockup, detention room.
faufcn
26
frafttg
fau'fett, reg. (fyaben), to buy, pur-
chase.
taunt, hardly.
feitt, feme, !eut, no, not any, not a,
none ; neither.
fett'nen, fannte, gefannt (Ijaben),
to be acquainted with, know.
$er'tte* (ber), proper name, Ker-
ner.
ittfc, bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er, child.
, beg -(e)g, bte -e, chin.
, bie, bte -tt, church.
&fo'ge, bie, bte -tt, complaint ; lam-
entation.
SHa'getteb, bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er,
dirge.
fto'gett, reg. (fyaben), to complain,
lament.
$tong, ber, beg -(e)g, bie tlange,
sound.
Ifar, clear.
tof'fe, bie, bte -it, class.
$(eit>, bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er, dress ;
plu., clothes.
fleitt, small, little.
i'nob, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
jewel, gem ; treasure.
ftttt ( gcit f Hang, gefdtngen (^aben),
to sound, resound ; to ring.
$Ho'fter f bag, beg -g, bie tlbfter,
cloister, convent.
flttij, clever, wise ; sensible, judi-
cious, intelligent.
:'&e f ber, beg -n, bte -n, boy
(less common than ber 3nnge).
Jta'rfett, reg. (Ijaben), to crack.
tedjt, ber, beg-(e)g, bte -e, serv-
ant ; serf; slave.
$ttte, bag, beg -g, bte ni'e, knee.
f, ber, beg -(e)g, bie tnopfe,
button.
i'fpe f bie, bie -n, bud.
fo'djen, reg. (ijaben), to boil ; to
cook.
$0'baf, ber, beg -g, bie -g, kodak,
camera.
Coffer, ber, beg -g, bte , trunk.
$01' tier, indecl. adj., (of) Cologne.
fo'ttufdj, funny, queer; strange.
fom'men, lam, gelommen (fein), im-
perative, fomm, lommt, to come ;
fya't lom'men, to be late, come
late ; see also an'Fontmen, i
fommen, fyerauf'lommett,
lommen, fcor'fommen,
men.
^ii'tttg, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, king.
fdfyloffeg, bte $ontggfrf)toffer, royal
castle.
fiht'tteu, lonnte, gelonnt or fon'nen,
er lann, to be able ; can ; know
(how to do) ; may : bag lann fein,
that may be.
fonn'te, lonnte, could ; see lon'nen.
ftoitfmtnut', ber, beg -en, bie -en,
consonant.
^Ott5crt' f bag, beg -(e)g, bte -e,
concert.
f f ber, beg -(e)g, bte f opfe, head.
fr, bag, beg -(e)g, bie $orbe/
basket.
(ber), proper name, Korner.
i t bte, food, fare ; board. "
I0'ftett f reg. (fyaben), to cost.
^raft, bie, bte tra'f'te, strength;
power.
Iraf'tig, strong, powerful.
Mftigett 27
fraftigett, reg. (fyaben), to
strengthen.
franf, sick, ill, ailing.
ret'fce, bte, chalk ; crayon.
ftw'm, bie, bte -n, crown ; diadeui.
^$tt'gel, bte, bte -n, bullet, (rifle)
ball.
$ulj, bie, bie f iifye, cow.
fiiljl, cool, chilly.
-*fiif)tt, bold, brave.
fitljtt'fidj, adv., boldly.
fiim'mem, reg. reflex, (fyaben), to
care, worry, bother (about, utn
with ace.}.
>fmti), known, well known, noto-
rious.
$tttt'be, Me, news ; knowledge, in-
formation.
funb'madjen, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
make known, proclaim; to in-
form.
ur'fiirft, ber, be% -en, bie -en, elec-
toral prince, elector.
furte'rett, Inrter'te, turiert' (fyaben),
to cure, heal.
Shtr'&e, bie, bte -n, curve; etne
$ur'fce ncfy'tnen, to take a curve
(in coasting).
fttr$, fiirger, ritrgeft, short.
$ii'fter, ber, be3 -3, bte , verger,
sexton.
laucnt
fa'feett fid), reg. (^aben), to regale
or refresh oneself.
la'djeftt f reg. (fyaben), to smile.
(a^cn, reg. (fyaben), to laugh ;
pres. part., facfyenb ; see also l)in-
etn'(act)en
Sa'bcn f fin, be -, bte or tiben,
shop, store.
(a'ben f (ub, gela'ben (^aben), er
(abt, also reg., to load.
Iag r lagen, lay ; see Uegen.
Sa r ge f bie, bte -n, situation.
k a'ger f ba, be -, bte , couch,
bed.
laljm, lame ; as noun, ber ?al)'me f
be -n, bie -n, the lame.
am'pe f bte, bie -n, lamp.
fiattfy bag, be -(e), bie ^tin'ber and
(poetic) l^an'be, country, land ;
anf bem an'be, in the country.
Sanb'graf, ber, be -en, bte -en,
count, landgrave.
tong, langer, langft, adj., long;/oZ-
lowing an accusative, for, dur-
ing; etn ^iertetftiinb^en fang,
for a little quarter hour.
fatt'ge, adv., long, for a long time.
fan'gen, reg. (fjaben), long (for) ;
to suffice ; reach out for ; seize.
lang'fte, longest ; see (ang,
(ang'ttiei(tg f tedious, boresome,^
monotonous.
att'5e r bte, bie -n, lance.
la f (afen, read ; see le'jen.
(af'fen f Ue, getaf'fen or laf'fen (^a=
ben), er la'ftt, imperative lag, fat,
to let ; to leave ; to have or cause
to be done ; (in the last sense it
has the peculiarities of the mo-
dals: er fyat e ma', mild, gentle, soft.
Sitt'be, Me, bie -n, linden tree, lin-
den.
littf, adj., left hand, left.
HnW f adv., to the left, on the left.
lo'beit, reg. (fyaben), to praise.
en, reg. (fjaben), to entice ;
pres. part., locfenb, enticing,
tempting.
lo'rfifl, curly, falling in ringlets.
S3f fe(, ber, beg -g, bie , spoon.
Sofflmott'&e, bie, bie -n, locomotive,
engine.
Sofomotiti'fuijrer, ber, beg -3, bte
, engineer.
So'refet, bie, loreley ; water witch.
103, loose ; ttmg ift log? what's the
matter? as excl., Io ! go! /See
j'fetd, regr. ({jaben), to get, buy
(usually of tickets or something
that must be given up again) .
^geljeit, ging Io', loS'gegangen
(fetn), to start, break loose ; to
fight.
fc^Iagen (!)aben) r er fd)(agt to', to
hit at, to " cut loose."
Sub'ttitg (ber), proper name, Lewis,
Louis.
uft r bte, bie iifte, air.
airy.
ltft f bie, bie ?iifte, desire ; pleasure,
delight, enjoyment.
fo'fttg, jolly, jovial, merry.
Stt't^Ct (ber), proper name, Luther.
2u't^erftrage f bie (abbreviated gu'*
tljerftr.), Luther Street.
ma r (^Ctt f reg. (I)aben), to make ; to
do ; e macfyt nid)t^, that's all
right, it makes no difference ;
ntacfyen bag, to bring it about
that ; eine Sluf nafyme ntac^en, to
take a picture ; biefen (angen 28eg
madden, to take this long tramp ;
ft(^ auf ben 28eg madden, to start
out ; see also furtb'madjen, gu'ma=
t f bie, bte 3fttid)te, might,
power.
'rf|Ctt f ba, be -8, Me ; maid,
maiden, girl.
mag, likes ; see mogen.
nung f bte, bie -en, reminder,
exhortation.
i, ber, (the month of) May.
f, ba^, beg -(e), bie -e, time,
point of time.
ma'Iett, reg. (^aben), paint.
9Ka'(cr f ber, beg -g, bte , painter,
artist.
ma'lertfrfj, picturesque.
tnatt f one ; they ; you ; (also trans-
lated by the passive : man fagt,
it is said).
mancf), mand)er, mattcfye, ntanc^eg,
many (a).
mnnrfj'mnl, many a time, often.
30
mitnetymen
reg. impers. (f)aben),
with dat., to want ; mtr nrirb
nid)tg mangetn, I shall not want.
9ttatttt, ber, beg -(e)g, bie banner,
man; husband.
attau'tef, ber, beg --g, bic Mantel,
mantle, cloak.
attar'fcurg (bag), proper name, (the
city of) Marburg.
attar'djen, bag, beg -g, bie , fairy
tale, fable ; fiction, romance.
attarie' (bte), proper name, Marie,
Mary.
attar!, bte, gct 2tfar!, bret 2ttarf,
mark, a German coin worth nor-
mally about 24 cents.
attarft, ber, beg -(e)g, bie 3Mrfte,
market, market-place.
tnar'tttelftet'ttertt, adj., (of) marble.
marfdjie'ren, marfdjier'te, tnar=
fdjtert' (fcin or fyaben, 76, Note, '
to march.
'tin (ber), proper name, Mar-
tin.
ber, (the month of) March.
mS'ffifl, moderate (ly).
matt, exhausted, weary, tired out ;
lifeless.
attat'te, bie, bie -n, meadow; field.
attattfja'uS (ber), beg 2ftattf)ai,
Matthew, the Evangelist.
attau'er, bie, bie -n, wall (of a city
or garden, as distinguished from
the wall of a room, bie 5Sanb),
Sttccr, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, sea,
ocean .
attee're^ftranb, ber, beg-(e)g, bie -e,
seashore, border of the ocean.
, more ; rather.
melj'rere, several.
attei'Ie, bie, bie -n, mile.
mettt, my ; mine.
met'ttCtt, reg. (fyaben), to mean ;
intend ; to think, opine.
met'tttg, mine.
mcift, meiften, most, mostly ; bie
meiften, most of them.
attet'fter, ber, beg -g, bie , master.
attelobte' and 2Mobei', bie, bie
9JieIobi r en and 2ftelobei'en, mel-
ody.
attcnfc^, ber, bag -en, bie -en, man ;
human being; plu., people.
attettfdj'Ijett, bie, humanity, man-
kind.
atteufur 7 , bie, bie -en, students'
duel.
mer'fen, reg. (!)aben), to mark,
note, notice.
tttef'fen, mag, gemef'fen (t)aben), er
tnigt, to measure.
attef'fer, bag, beg -g, bie , knife.
atte'ter, bag, beg -g, bie , meter,
a little more than a yard.
ttttrf), me ; see id).
attUrf), bie, milk.
tttitt'ber, less.
attttttt'te, bie, bie -n, minute.
tttir, (to) me ; see id} ; tnir ift'g, I
feel.
tttit, (1) prep, with dat., with ; (2)
adv. and sep. prefix, along; see
also mit'bringen, mit'nefymen.
tnit'brtngen, bradjte mit', mit'ge=
brat^t (^aben), to bring along,
bring with you or one.
miteinan'bcr, together.
wit'tteljmett, nafym mit', mit'ge^
31
uadjbcttfcit
nommcn (fyaben), er nimmt mtt',
to take along; to take with you
or one.
g, ber, beg -(e)g, Me -e, noon.
SRit'tageffett, bag, beg -g, btc ,
noon meal, dinner.
SJtit'te, bte, middle, midst.
9)tit'tetolter, bag, beg -g, Middle
Ages.
mtt'tett, adv., in the midst.
ttt0rf)'te, should or -would like; see
mo'getu
9tt0'be, bie, bie -tt, style, fashion,
mode.
mo'gen, modj'te, gemod)t' or mo'gett
(fyabett), er mag, may; like to;
past subjunc., module, should or
would like.
mijg'tirf), possible.
$l0'ttat, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
month.
9ft0ttb, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, moon.
$l0tt'b(en)frf|ettt, ber, beg -(e)g,
moonlight.
9)l0tt'tag, ber, beg -(e)g, Monday.
$hjo, bag, beg 9ftoofeg, bte 2ftoofe,
moss.
SOfor'gett, ber, beg -g, bte , morn-
ing ; gu'ten Sftor'gen, good morn-
ing ; written as adverb without a
capital after geftertt and fyeute :
ge'ftern mor'gen, ^eu r te mor'gen.
tn0r'gett f adv., to-morrow; auf
mor'gen, for to-morrow ; morgen
friif)', to-morrow morning ; as
noun, bag Morgen, (the) to-mor-
row.
m0r'gen3, adv., mornings, in the
morning.
m0r'gcnf(f)0u f fair as the morning.
mi$'bc f tired, weary, fatigued.
9JJii'^e f bte, bie -n, trouble ; effort,
labor; pains.
9tfiU)'(e, bie, bie -n, mill.
ntiilj'103, without any trouble.
, bag, beg -(e)g, Me 2RityI-
rdber, mill-wheel.
cr f ber, beg -g, bie , miller;
also proper name, Miller.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, or
2ftun'ber, mouth.
9Wutt'ftcr f bag, beg -g, bie , min-
ster, cathedral.
tttun'ter, lively, brisk; cheerful,
merry, gay.
nttt, must ; see miif'fetu
tntiffen, muft'te, gemugt' or mitf'fen
(^aben) , er mugt, to have to; must.
trwf$'te f mugten, miifete, had to ;
see miif fen.
, ber, beg -(e)g, courage.
'ter, bte, bte flitter, mother.
tt'tertyradje, bte, bte -n, native
language, mother tongue.
'se, bte, bie -n, cap.
ttad) r prep, with dat. , after ; to,
toward ; according to ; nad) ber
(e^ten 2ftobe, in or according to
the latest style ; ttad) au'fe,
(toward) home ; also sep. prefix
in nadj'benfett, nad)'fd^(agen,
nad)'ftel)en. .
na^bcm', conjunc., after.
ttad^benfen, bad^te nac^ ; , nad)'ge=
bad)t (fyaben), to reflect, medi-
tate ; to think.
32
tttmm
Warfj'mittag, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
afternoon ; written as an adverb
without a capital after geftern,
fjeute, amZmorgen: ge'ftern nad)'*
mittag.
ttadj'mittag, adv., afternoons, in
the afternoon.
> ttadj'fdjlagett, fdjlug nad)', nadj'ge*
jdjtagen (fyaben), er fcfylagt nadj',
to look up (as in a dictionary).
1tarf)ft, superl. o/nafy, nearest ; next ;
ber 9?ad)'fte, beg -n, bie -n, neigh-
bor, nearest one.
^nacfj'fteljen, ftanb nadj', nadj'ge*
ftanben (fyaben), with dat., to be
behind, be inferior to.
t, bie, bie TOdjte, night.
), nightly.
bag, be8 -(e)g, bie -er,
evening song.
nadj^ufrfitogett, iwjiZw. o/ na^'fdjta*
gen toi^ gu,
nalj f near.
naljm, took ; see nefj'metu
^na^rctt, reg. (tjaben), nourish.
Wa'nte r ber, beg -ng, bie -n, name.
naim'te, called ; see nennen.
nog, wet.
n', bie, bie -en, nation.
r', bie, bie -en, nature.
natiir'ttdj, adv., of course.
Wt'Wr ber, beg -g, bie , fog, mist.
er f or; enttueber * . . ober, either
... or.
>'fett f ber, be -g, bie )fen, stove.
of'fen f open.
DfftSter', ber, be -(e), bie -e, offi-
cer.
oft, often, oft.
ol^tte, prep, with ace., without ; also
followed by infin., or by ba and
a clause.
Dljr r ba, be^ -(e)8, bie -en, ear.
Si, bag,, beg -g, bie -e, oil.
Om'ttifeu^, ber, beg Dm'nibuffeg, bie
Dm'ttibiiffe, omnibus, bus.
Dtt r fc( f ber, beg -g, bie , uncle.
Op'fer, bag, beg -g, bie , sacrifice,
offering.
D'Jriuttt, bag, beg -g, opium.
>rt, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e or Orter,
place, spot, locality.
, bag, beg -(e)g, bte -e, pair,
couple ; written small as adjec-
tive in eitt paar, a few, some.
^atoft^ ber, beg -(e)g, bie ^atafte,
palace.
^a^icr^ bag, beg -(e)g, bte -e,
paper.
^arabte^ bag, beg ^arabtefeg,
paradise.
Jwffett, reg. (^aben), with dat., to
suit ; to fit.
(ber), proper name, Paul.
in f bie, suffering, torture, pain.
(ber), proper name, Peter.
>, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, path.
g, ber, beg -(g), fiinf ^fen'^
nig, gefyn ^Pfen'ntg, pfennig, a
German coin worth about a
quarter of a cent.
f bag, beg -(e)g, bte -e, horse.
, bag, beg -(e)g, atuet ^funb,
pound.
^otogta^^tc', bte, bte -n, photo-
graph, picture.
te'rctt, pljotograpfyier'te,
iert 7 (^aben),to photo-
graph, take a picture of.
, ber, beg -g, bte Pane, plan.
ber, beg -eg, bte Pctee, room,
space ; square ; seat ; $Ia net)'*
men, to be seated, sit down.
idj, suddenly.
34
ft^ei', tie, (the) police.
ft, bie, bie -n, post .office, post.
t, bie, splendor, magnificence.
tig, splendid, magnificent,
luxurious.
^rityofittiw', bie, bte -en, preposi-
tion.
$ret3, ber, beg ^reifeg, bie ^reife,
t price; praise.
prei'fen, reg. (fyaben), to praise,
laud ; pres. part., preifenb, prais-
ing.
^rofef'for, ber, beg -g, bie ^rofeffo'*
ren, professor.
^riiffteitt, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
touchstone.
^ruttf'faal, ber, beg -(e)g, bie
^Prunf'jale, hall of state ; festival
hall.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -en, psalm.
, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, desk.
1
e, bie, bie -n, spring ; source.
a'&e, bie, bie -n, raven.
bag, beg -(e)g, bie ^a'ber,
wheel.
ft, bie, rest, repose.
t, ber, beg -(e)g, bie ^dte, ad-
vice, counsel.
tau'ben f reg. (^aben), to rob.
$taum, ber, beg -(e)g, bie ^au'me,
room ; period of time.
-rau'fr^Ctt, reg. (fyaben), to rush,
roar ; to murmur, gurgle.
Olecij'ttttttg, bie, bie -en, bill, ac-
count, reckoning.
t, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, right ,
justice.
redjt, adj., right (morally) ; right
(hand) ; adv., well, rightly,
right ; recfyt fyaben, to be right.
retfjt, adv., on the right, to the
right.
Ofte'fce, bie, bie -n, speech, talk ; tale.
re'ben, reg. (fyaben), to speak, talk.
DSe'gef, bie, bie -n, rule.
Ote'geit, ber, beg -g, bie , rain.
reg'tten, reg. (fyaben), impers., eg
regnet, it's raining.
id), bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, realm ;
kingdom ; empire.
id), reiser, reid)ft, rich(ly) ; reid)
an, rich in ; as noun, ber 9?eid)e,
beg -n, bie -n, the rich (man) ;
ber 9Md)fte, beg -n, bie -n, the
richest man.
rei'djen, reg. (fyaben), to reach; at
table, to pass ; bie anb reidjen,
to extend or hold out one's
hand.
Ofei1)(e)tt, ber, beg -g, bie , (poetic
for ber 9faig en), party of dancers ;
dance.
tein r reiner, rein ft, clean, pure ;
chaste, unsullied.
rci'ttigctt, reg. (tjaben), to clean.
SRct'fe, bie, bie -n, journey, trip;
gute SReife ! a pleasant journey !
rei^en, reg. (fein), to travel.
rci'tcn, ritt, geritten (jein or I)aben,
76, Note), to ride ; id) reite ntein
neneg ^3ferb, I'll ride my new
horse.
,rei'$ett r reg. (^aben), to provoke;
to charm.
rcttcn
35
Sang
ret'tett, reg. (fjaben), to save, res- JFht'ber, bag, beg -g, bte , oar;
cue ; bie ret'tenbe @tnnbe, the
hour of salvation.
D^et'ter, ber, beg -g, bie , rescuer ;
of the Deity, Savior.
Olljeitt, ber, beg -(e)g, proper name,
the Rhine.
ridj'ttg, correct, right.
rief, called ; see r it fen.
:, reg. (fyaben or fetn, 76,
Note), to gurgle, purl, murmur
(usually of water).
SRte'feitgebirge, bag, beg -g, bie , j ntlj'te, rested ; see rnfyen.
proper name, the Giant Moun- O^ttt'lte, bte, bie -n, ruin.
tains.
rhtg3, adv., round about.
ritt'ttctt, rann, geronnen (fetn), to
flow, run.
', ber, beg -g, bie , knight.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bie $o'(fe, coat ;
of ivomen's dress, skirt.
r regr. (^aben), to coast, slide
down hill ; as noun, bag 9to'be(n,
beg -$, coasting.
9fo'fe r bie, bie -n, rose.
Oflo'fettftocf f ber, beg -(e)g, bie 9lo'-
fenftocfe, rosebush, rose tree.
ro'fig, rosy.
DfiiJ^eitt f bag, beg -g, bie , little
rose.
9foft r bag, beg 9tof'fe, bie iRof'fe,
steed, horse.
rot f red.
JRii'rfett, ber, beg -g, bie , back (of
the body).
DRit'efert (ber), proper raawe, Riick-
ert.
facf f ber, beg -(e), bie
facfe, knapsack ; pack.
rudder, helm.
9lf, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, cry,
shout, call.
ru'fen, rief, geru'fen (^aben), to call,
cry out ; see also aug'rufett, gu'*
rufen.
ytn'fytf bie, also written 9htl), rest,
repose.
ru'^cn, reg. (fyaben), to rest; see
also aug'rufyetu
tg f quiet, calm.
nutb, round.
?*, for Sattft, saint.
T f for eg, it.
@aal, ber, beg -(e)g, bte @dle, hall,
room.
Saa'Ie (bie), proper name, the
Saale (river).
J(Saat f bte, bie -en, seed.
Sa'dje, bie, bie -n, affair ; thing.
adj'fen (bag), proper name, Sax-
ony.
(3acf, ber, beg -(e)g, bte @a'far&ett f reg. (^aben), to anoint.
<3a'Ie, halls ; see @aal.
fattft f gently, soft.
(Bang, ber, beg -(e)g, bie @a'n'ge,
song.
fang
36
fdjimmern
fang, fangen, sang ; see ftn'gen.
r, ber, beg -g, bie , singer ;
minstrel, bard.
rlrieg, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
musical competition, song war.
San'gerfaaf, ber, beg -(e)g, bie
(San'gerja^hall of the minstrels.
fanl f sank ; see fhtfetu
faft, fagen, sat ; see ften.
@a^, ber, beg -eg, bte ae, sen-
tence.
fau'er, fanrer, sour disagreeable.
fou'feftt, reg. (fyaben), to rustle.
ftttt'fett, reg. (fyaben), to rush, roar ;
as noun, bag @aufen, roar.
cr Sdjadjt, beg -(e)g, bte -e, or
@ci)cid)'te, pit, shaft (of a mine).
fdja'fce, too bad, a shame; ttrie
fcfya'be ! what a shame ! what a
pity !
(Sdja'ferht, bie, bie -nen, shep-
herdess.
frffaf'fett, fdjuf, gefdjaf'fen (^aben),
to create, bring forth ; to make,
produce ; fd)df'fett, bag mein
anb, bring it about that my
country, etc., or make my coun-
try, etc.
Sdjaff'ner, ber, beg -g, bie , con-
ductor ; manager ; steward.
frf|al'lett f fd)oE, gefdjol'len (^aben),
also reg., to sound, resound,
make a sound ; pres.part., fd)af=
lenb, resounding.
f^a'mcn ftt^ r reg. (Ijaben), to be
ashamed ; as noun, bag (Seamen,
shame.
(S^att'bc, bie, disgrace, dishonor ;
gu @c^an'ben (old weak dative;
see aitf (Sr'ben, auf ber eiben)
rt)erben, to become a disgrace.
Sd)at'te(tt) f ber, beg-(n)g, bte -(it),
shadow.
(SdjcH?, ber, beg -eg, bie @frf)(tdjt, simple, unpretentious.
frf)Uef f slept ; see fd)(afetu
WRc'fiew, jd)I56, gefd)Iof'jen (^a*
ben), to shut, lock ; see also tin'*
fdjfiefjen, ju'fdjliegen*
fctyltmm, fd)Ummer, bad, worse.
ten r ber, be -^ bie , sled,
sleigh ; bobsled ; double-runner ;
(mit) @(^Ut'ten faty'ren, fu{)r,
gefa^ren (jein), er fa^rt (mit)
@d)(itten ; to coast, go coasting.
djIWfrfjitf), ber, be^ -(e)S, bie -e,
skate; (gdjUtt'^ut) laufen, lief
lau'fen (fein or l)aben), to skate ;
as noun written together, bag
r fd)itl)laufen, skating,
bag, beg @d)Ioffeg, bie
@d)Ioffer, castle.
fdjfatfj'sen, reg. (fyaben), to sob.
fd)(ntj, struck; see fd)(a'gen.
fdjhutt'mern, reg. (fyaben), to slum-
ber, sleep.
fcfjmaf, small, narrow, slim.
>>Sd)mau3, ber, beg d)tnaufeg, bie
@dt)maufe, feast, spread, banquet ;
carousal,
odjmibt (ber), proper name, Smith.
@d)tniffe, blow, lash, stroke ; of
duelling, scar.
(Srfjnee, ber, beg -g, snow.
(Sdjnei'ber, ber, beg -g, bie , tailor.
fdjnei'ett, reg. (fyaben), impers., eg
fdjneit, it's snowing.
fttynell, fcf)neller, fast, swift(ly).
ber, beg ~(e)g, bie
e, express train.
fdjim, fd)bner, fdjonft, beautiful,
fair ; nid^tg @d)5'nereg, nothing
more beautiful; fc^on! all right!
very well !
frf)Utt, already ; ob . . . fd)on, al-
though; sign of continuing action,
inb @ie fd^on lange l)ier? Have
you been here long ?
ber, beg djo'fteg, bie
e, lap ; bosom.
frfjrei'&en, fdjrieb, gefc^rie'ben (^a*
ben), to write; as noun, bag
@cfyrei'ben, writing.
fdjrei'en, fd^rie, gefdjri'en (^aben),
to cry out, scream, shriek.
frfjrieb, wrote ; see fdjreiben*
Sc^ritt
38
fef)en
(Bdjrttt, ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, step ;
@rf)ritt unb Xritt, step and stride.
frf)tt'feit, created ; see fdfyaffetu
f|, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, shoe,
b, bte, bie -en, guilt ; debt.
r, ber, beg -g, bte ,
debtor.
<3rf)Ul'Mglett, bte, indebtedness.
(Bdju'le, bte, bte -n, school; tn ber
d)it(e, at school ; tn bte @d)ixle,
to school.
Srfjii'fe*, ber, beg -g, bte , pupil.
Sdjiir^e, bte, bte -n, apron.
fdjitt'teltt, reg. (fyaben), to shake.
frfjut'^en, reg. (fyaben), to protect.
fdjttW'btfd), Swabian, of Swabia.
(5d)ttwl'&e, bte, bte -n, swallow.
rfjwar&eulteb, bag, beg -(e)g, bte
-er, swallow song, song of the
swallow.
fdjttwttb, disappeared; see fcf)rtnn'=
ben.
fdjttwr'mett, reg. (^aben), to be en-
thusiastic, enthuse ; to lead a gay
life; to dote (on, fiir with ace.).
^ black.
lfc r ber, proper name,
the Black Forest.
> fdjtoe'&en, reg. (fyaben), to sway,
be suspended ; pres. part., fcfytoe'*
benb, suspended ; tn jdjfte'benber
^3etn, in pain and suspense.
Srf)tt>etf, ber, be -(e), bie , train
(of a dress) .
>fdjttietfett, reg. (fyaben), to wander;
stray, roam.
fc^micg, gefdjune'gen
), to keep still ; to be still ;
to remain silent.
t$, bie, proper name, always
with article, Switzerland.
fd)ttiel'fett f reg. (fyaben), to cause to
swell.
fdjtoer, j(^tt)erer, heavy ; hard (not
easy, as distinguished from l)art,
not soft) ; et'ftmS @(i)tt)e r reg,
something hard.
6d)foert f bag, beg -(e)g, bie -er,
sword.
Sdjtoe'fter, bie, bie -n, sister.
fdjtirim'mett, fc^mamm
men (fein), to swim.
, f r^njtn'bcn f fcfyroanb,
(fetn), to disappear.
Srfjttritt'ge, bie, bie -n, pinion, wing.
fdjttritt'geit, fd^trang, gefdjtDnn'gen
(fyaben), to swing; see also fid) '
n, fc^tDor, gefdjtooren (f)a-
ben), to swear; to take an oath.
, ber, be$-(e)g, bte
oath .
t f sixteenth.
<3ee, ber, beg -g, bie -n, lake.
(3cc r bie, the ocean.
See'le f bie, bie -n, soul.
Se'rjCtt, ber, beg -g, bie , blessing ;
prosperity.
feg'tten, reg. (^aben), to bless.
fe'fyen, fa^, gefe'^en (^aben), er
ftel)t, imperative, fie^, fet)t, to see ;
reflex., fic^ fefyen, to be seen ; fel)en
has the peculiarities of modals
when used in a compound tense
with a dependent infinitive : fyabe
fafyren fe^en, have seen go; see
also an'fefyen, ang'fefyen, j
39
Sottmt
feljtt, for fefjen.
feljr, very, much.
fet, be, pres. subjunc. and impera-
tive 2d sing, of fein.
fci f iei'tUfpres. subjunc. o/fein.
fetfo, are, be, pres. indie. and im-
perative 2d sing, of fein.
Set'be, bie, bie -n, silk.
fcin f ttmr, getoe'fen (fein), id) bin,
Dii bift, er ift, ttrir ftnb, ifyr feib,
fie finb; pres. subjunc., id) fei ;
past subjunc., id) ftwre ; to be;
as auxil. of tense, to have.
fettt, his ; its.
fetnig, his; its.
fett, prep, with dat., since; for;
also conjunc., since.
Sei'te^ bie, bie -n, side ; page ; jur
^>ei'te, by or at the side ; aside.
3ei'tettp0rtal', ba$, be -(e), bie
-e, side portal.
fefb r same.
feller, indecl. intensive pron., self ;
myself, himself, yourself, etc.
fefbft, intensive pron., self ; myself,
himself, yourself, etc.; adv.,
even.
fel'ten, seldom, rarely.
fet'sett, reg. (fyabett), to set, put,
place ; reflex. , fid) fe^en, to sit
down ; see also fort'fe^en.
fe^'te, feten, put ; see fe^etu
s fcuf5Ctt f reg. (^aben), to sigh.
firfj, reflex, pron. of 3d pers. and
polite form 2d pers., self, him-
self, herself, themselves, yourself.
fi'rfjer, secure, safe ; sure.
or polite).
fte, ifjrer, ifyr, fie, she.
fie, ifyrer, ifynen, fte, they.
fie'fcen, seven.
fie / &emutbtteutt / 5tg, ninety- seven.
fie'&ettttttbsttWtt'^igft, twenty-sev-
enth.
ftefc^efjtt, seventeen.
r seventy.
It, reg. (fyaben), to conquer,
ftefyft, fiefyt, see ; see fe'fyen and
<3t('ber, ba$, be -$, silver.
fit'bern, adj., (of) silver.
fifberfdjttier', heavy with silver,
rich in silver,
Stf djer (ber), proper name, Silcher.
finb f are ; see fein.
fitt'gen, fang, gefnn'gen (f)aben), to
sing ; as noun, ba @in'gen, sing-
ing ; see also ein'ftngen.
ftn'fen, fanf, gefnn'fen (fein), to
sink.
Simt f ber, be^ -(0^ ^ e ~ e /
thought (s); head.
fiu'nen, fann, gefon'nen (^aben), to
think ; as noun, ba @in'nen,
thought, thinking.
<3tt'te f bie, bie -n, custom, usage.
fit'^ett, fag, gefef'fen C^aben), to sit.
fn, so ; then ; fo etlua^, anything
like that.
as soon as.
, in fact ; even.
, at once, immediately,
ber, beg -(e)3, bie
, as long as, so long as.
fold), fof'djer, fot'cfje, foFdjeS, such.
rtn'gen f fprang, gefprnngen (fein),
to spring, leap, jump ; to burst.
Sprut'ger f ber, beg -g, bie ,
leaper, jumper, springer.
@prttd) r ber, beg -(e)g, bie prii'dje,
saying; proverb.
6prnng f ber, beg -(e)g, bie ^^riin'ge,
leap, bound.
xj f pitmen, reg. (l)aben), to detect ; to
find, to notice.
Staat, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -en, state.
, ber, beg -(e)g, bie
staff.
f pricked ; see ftecfyen.
Stabt
41
Stubettt
Stabt, bie, bte tab'te, city ; in bie
@tabt, into the city, to town,
down town.
Stabt'cfyett, bag, beg -g, bte -, little
city.
ftanb, ftanben, stood ; see fte'fyen
and aufftefyen.
ftarfc, died ; see fter'ben.
ftarl, ftarfer, ftarfft, adj., strong;
adv., hard, severely.
ftatt, see ftatt'ftnben.
ftatt'fittben, fanb ftatt', ftott'gefun*
ben (fyaben;, to take place; to
occur.
Stau&, ber, beg -(e)g, dust.
fte'rfjen, ftad), gefto'cfyen (fyaben), er
fttdjt, to prick ; to sting.
Ste'rfett, ber, beg -g, bie , rod.
fte'rfen, reg. (fjaben), to put; to
stick.
fte'ljett f ftanb, geftanben (fyaben), im-
perative, fte^(e), to stand ; to be ;
ftef)en Meiben, to stop; see also
auf'ftefyen, na(i)'ftel)en
ftc^Ictt f fta^ gefto^Ien (^abcn), er
fttefylt, to steal.
ftci r gcn f ftieg, geftiegen (fcin), to
climb.
(Stein, ber, be -(e)0, bie -e, stone.
ftcl'leit, reg. (Ijaben), to put (up-
right) ; to place, put ; to stand
(active).
ftct^cn, ftarb, geftorben (fein) r er
ftirbt, to die.
Stern, ber, be8 -(e)8, bie-e, star.
ftet^ f always.
ftte'f?en r pushed ; see fto^en.
ftifl(e) f flitter, still, stiller.
il f lt r bie, quiet, seclusion.
ftirfct, dies, is dying ; see fter'ben.
@torf f ber, be^ -(e), bte Stocfe,
stick ; cane ; staff.
Staff f ber, beg -(e), bte -e, ma-
terial.
ftol^, proud (of, aitf with ace.).
Storm (ber), proper name, Storm.
fti'ffeit f ftieg, gefto'gen (f)aben), er
ftogt, to push, thrust, shove ; see
also cm'ftogen.
Strati, ber, be$ -(e)8, bie -en, beam,
gleam, ray.
ftrnlj'ten, reg. (^aben), to gleam;
pres. part., ftra^tenb
Stranfc, ber, be^ -(e)^ bte -e,
strand.
Strafe, bie, bte -n, street.
ftre'&en, reg. (^aben), to strive ; to
struggle ; as noun, bag >treben,
striving.
Streit f ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, quar-
rel, wrangle ; dispute, argument ;
conflict, fight.
ftrei'ten f ftrttt, geftrttten (t)aben), to
contend, fight ; to argue, wrangle.
ftrettg, strict, severe.
Strom f ber, beg -(e)g, bte rom'tttd, bte, bte -n, drum.
Xrop'fen, ber, beg -g, bte , drop.
rdft, ber, beg -(e)g, consolation,
solace.
trB'ften, reg. (fyaben), to console.
tro^, prep, with gen., in spite of.
trug, carried ; wore ; see tragen.
Xritp'pett, bte (plu.), troops.
Xurf), bag, beg -(e)g, bte iid)er.
cloth.
tun f tat, getan (fyaben), to do ; see
also (etb'tun.
Xiir, bie, bte -en, door.
urm, ber, beg -(e)g, bte iirtne,
tower.
U
it'oef, bag, beg -g, bte , evil.
Mief, evil, ill ; it'bet ne^men, nafym,
genommen (tjaben), er ntmmt eg
iibef, to take (something) ill ; to
object to.
ii'&Ctt, reg. (f)aben), to practise ; to
exercise.
ii'ber, (1) prep, with dat. or ace.,
over, above ; across ; about ;
(2) insep. prefix in iiberfye'ben,
iiberfet'^en, itbertret'ben, iiberjen^
gen.
iifcerall', all over, everywhere.
f itberljob', iiber^o'ben
reflex., to be overween-
ing or proud.
44
uttterfdjetbett
^, for iiber bag.
iifcerfet'sett, r uhlan,
light cavalryman.
Uf)' fottb ( ber ) , proper name , Uhland.
tlljr, bte, bte -en, clock ; watch ;
time; o'clock; 2Btet)ie( Ufjr tft
eg ? what time is it ? (g tft gefyn
Uljr, it is ten o'clock.
tUm (bag), proper name, (the city
of) Ulm.
> Urmer f indecl. adj., (of) Ulm.
Wit, (1) prep, with ace., about,
around ; at ; for ; with infin. and
311, to, in order to ; um ^tooff llfyr,
at twelve o'clock ; nm etroag
brtngen, to rob ; to defraud,
cheat ; nm , . tt)tllen, with gen.,
for the sake of ; (2) insep. prefix
in utnge'ben, nmge'fyen.
umgc'Bett, nmgab', nmge'ben (I)a=
ben) P er umgtbt r , to surround.
umge'l)ett f nmgtng', nntgan'gen
(fjaben), to evade, avoid.
tttttljer' f adv. and sep. prefix, about,
around, round about.
^ tttt f aBftangtg f independent.
un'belattttt, unknown.
Uttb f and.
tttt'gcfd^r, about, approximately.
ttn'gftirf, bag, beg -(e)g, bte Un?
gtitcfgfatte, misfortune ; unhappi-
ness.
Uniform', bie, bte -en, uniform.
Unit) erfit fit', bte, bte -en, university ;
auf ber llnttierfttat', at the uni-
versity.
UttfoerfitatS'ftabt, bte, bte Untoer*
fttatgftabte, university town.
mt'redjt, wrong ; un'redjt fyaben, to
be wrong.
nn, us ; see n)tr.
wt'fer, unfre, nnfer, our.
mt'frig, ours.
tttt'teit, below ; downstairs ; down
there.
tttt'tet, (1) prep, with dat. or ace.,
under ; among ; (2) insep. prefix
in unterfyaCten, nnterjo'djen, nn^
ternefy'nten, nnterfd^et'ben,
cn f nnter()tett', unter*
(fyaben), er nnter^alt', to
entertain; also reflex., fid) nnter*
^at'ten, to be entertained, have
a good time; pres. part., nnter*
fjal'tenb, entertaining.
tttttertrVfctfd), adj. , underground.
/Uttterjo'djett, reg. insep. (^aben),
to subdue.
Uttteritc^mcn, nnterna^m 7 , nnter^
nom'tnen ({)aben), er nnterntmntt ; ,
to undertake.
ttttterttOttt'men, undertaken ; see
unternefj'tnen.
7ttnterf^ei'bctt, nnterfd)teb', nnter*
fd^te'ben (f)aben), to decide ; re-
flex., ftdj imterfdjet'ben, to distin-
guish ; to differ ; to differen-
tiate.
Untertan
45
fcerfor
Un'tertan, beg -g or -en, bte -en,
subject.
Utt'&erttWttbt, unflinching (ly) ;
steadily, fixedly.
Up 'pig, luxuriant,
ur'teifett, reg. (fyaben), to judge;
to form a judgment.
twflerafleri', untranslatable student
call.
$a'ter, ber, beg -g, bie $a'ter,
father ; the Heavenly Father.
$a'terljau3, bag, beg $aterf)cmfeg,
bie $aterf)aufer, father's house ;
home.
SBa'terlnnb, bag, beg -eg, mother
country, fatherland.
$eil'djeit, bag, beg -eg, bie , violet.
tjerber'gett, fcerbarg', fcerbor'gen
(fyaben), er fcerbirgt', to hide,
conceal.
tierfcefferu, reg. insep. (fyaben), to
correct ; to improve (active).
toerfcie'tett, fcerbot, fcerbo'ten (fya*
ben), to forbid.
fcer&tn'&ett, fcerbanb', berbun'ben
(f)aben), to bind.
^erbitt'bttng f bie, bie -en, union,
association ; club, society.
fcerfcor'gett, concealed ; see fcerber'=
gen.
Ucrbot' f t)erbo'ten, forbade, forbid-
den; see fcerbie'ten.
tierfcraiutt 7 , burned ; see tterbren^
nen.
ticrBrau'fctt, reg. insep. (fyaben),
to stop fermenting; to settle
down.
:, tierbrann'te, tterbrannf
(fyaben), to burn.
fcerber'&ett, fcerbarb', fcerbor'ben
(fetn) , to spoil ; to pass away, die.
>tt, Derbrog', Derbrof'fen
, to annoy.
i r reg. insep. (fyaben), to
unite.
:, gone, past ; see t)er-
n, dergab', fcerge'ben (^a^
ben), er oergibt', imperative, fcer*
gib, to forgive.
Uerge'ljen, merging', tjergan'gen
(jein), to go on ; to pass on.
toergef'fett, bergag', toergef'jen (^a=
ben), er feergifjt', to forget.
$ergtf$'metmurf)t, bag -(e)g, bie -e,
forget-me-not.
^ergift'tttditmeut, bag (for ^Bergig^
ntetnnt(f)t), forget-me-not.
25ergnii'gen f bag, beg -g, bie ,
pleasure.
>tJer^af'tcn f reg. insep. (Ijaben), to
arrest.
tcrfau'fctt f reg. insep. (^aben), to
sell.
^erflttt'gett, t>er!(ang r , ^erldtn'gen
(fetn), to die away (of sound).
Uerfluit'gett, died away ; see t)er=
ffin'gen.
tietlof'fett, tjerlieg', tjertaf'fen (^a^
ben), er fcerta'gt', to leave.
Derlie'ren, tjerlor', t)er(o'ren (^a*
ben), to lose.
bertief^ i)erlte^en, left ; see
fen.
trerfo'ren, lost ; see
ren.
toermafjlen
46
Dorbctraufrfjcu
tt ftrfj, reg. insep. reflex.
(fyaben), to get married.
tiernaljmft', perceived ; see t>er=
nefy'men.
tternefi'mett, fcerna^m', Dernom'men
(fyaben), er fcentimmt', to per-
ceive, become aware of ; to learn,
understand.
toerttom'mett, learned ; see t>ernefy'>
men,
it, tterfdjtang', fcerfrf)Inn'=
gen (fyaben), to swallow.
' fcerfpre'djett, fcerfyrad)', t> erf pro'rfjen
(tyaben), er fcerfpridjt', to promise.
promises ; see tierfyre'*
berftanb', oerftan'ben, understood ;
see fcerfte'fyen*
Derfte'ljett, fcerftanb, tierftan'ben (f)a*
ben), to understand ; impers.
reflex., eg t>erftel)t' fic^, it is a
matter of course.
toerfu'djen, reg. insep. (fyaben), to
try.
^Bctftt'i^ttug, bie, temptation.
ticrtratt'ctt, reg. insep. (fyaben),
with dat., to trust.
UerttWtt'bett f reg. insep. (Ijaben), to
wound ; reflex., fid) fcerttmn'ben,
to get wounded.
iJcr^au '&ent r reg. insep. (^aben), to
enchant.
triel, much ; (used like etttaS with
adjectives) ; plu., many.
HtcUct^t^ perhaps.
t>tct r four.
inert, fourth.
SBtCt'tc( r ba, be -, bte , quar-
ter; fourth; etn ^Sier'tet, indecl.,
narf) etn $tertet eing, after quar-
ter past twelve.
$iertefftimb'rfjett, bag, beg -g, bie
, little quarter of an hour.
trier '5tg, forty.
SBtf'tor (ber), proper name, Victor.
$0'0ef, ber, beg -g, bte 35ogei,
bird.
$o'geldjeit, bag, beg -g, bte , little
bird.
$ij'0(e)(eut, bag, beg-(e)g, bte ,
little bird.
f t ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, vowel,
bag, beg -(e)g, bte Coffer,
folk, nation, race, people.
;b f bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er,
folksong.
$olf$'tt)eife f bte, bte -n, folk melody.
t>0H r full; Dott $artoffeln, full of
potatoes.
DoHbritt'gett, Doftbrad)'te, Dotlbradjt'
(fyaben), to finish, accomplish.
DoKen'bett, Dotten'bete, DoUen'bet
(fyaben), to finish; to end.
toom, for on bem,
Uon f prep, with dat., from; of:
with passive, by.
toot, (1) prep, with dat. or ace., be-
fore, in front of ; ago ; tior (anter
grenb', for pure joy; (2) sep.
prefix in Dor'fommen, toor'fefen.
U0rbei' f adv. and sep. prefix, past,
by ; see also Dorbei ; gef)en, :
raufdjen, Dorbet'tuanbern.
tjr6ci'0c^cn r gtng Dorbet',
gegangen (fetn), to pass, go by,
go past.
&or&ei'raufd)en f reg. sep. (fetn), to
rush by or past.
Dorbeiwanbern
47
iu nru in
tt, reg. sep. (fein), to
wander by or past ; to wander
over.
', before, formerly.
rtg, adj., former, preceding;
last ; tiorigeg 3afyr, last year.
&0r'f0mmen, !am t>or', Dor'gefom*
men (fein), to occur, ha'ppen.
| fcor'Iefett, fag tier', toor'gelefen (fja=
ben), er Heft dor', to read aloud;
to lecture.
"^or'fefwtg, bie, Me -n, reading ;
lecture.
DorS, for Dor bag.
fcorii'lfoer, adv., past, over, gone.
uw'djen, reg. (fyaben), to be awake ;
to watch.
ttwdj'fen, nm$g, gettmcfy'fen (fein),
er ftacfyft, to grow.
S&adjt, bte, bte -en, watch, guard.
2Borf)'ter, ber, beg -g, bte , watch-
man.
^393af'fe f bte, bte -n, arm, weapon.
2Ba'gett, bet, beg -g, bie , wagon,
carriage.
tt, reg. (fyaben), to choose.
r, true; ntrf)t ft)a^r? isn't it
so ? repeats the auxiliary in in-
terrogative form, isn't it, don't
we, won't they, etc.
reg. (fyaben), to last, take
(of time).
fc, prep, with gen., during;
conjunc., while.
rf) f . ber, beg -(e)g, bie
rixcfye, verdict; true say-
ing.
r ber, beg -(e)g, bie Sa(ber r
forest, wood.
28att'fd)itle, bte, bie -n, forest
school.
fe(, ber, beg -g, bte ,
treetops, top of the forest.
r reg. (fein), to wander,
travel ; pres. part., tuattenb ; bag
^Bal'len, motion.
f bte, bte 2$a'nbe, wall (of a
room, as distinguished from bie
Sftan'er, wall of a garden or
city).
298an'berer f bev, beg -g, bte ,
wanderer.
3San'bcr(icb f bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er,
song of wanderings, tramping
song.
, reg. (fein), to wander,
tramp, walk ; as noun, bag
SSanbern, wandering.
tafc, ber, beg -(e^g, bte
SBan'berftabe, wander staff.
r bte f bte -n, cheek.
, reg. (fein), to totter; to
swerve ; pres. part., ttmnfenb.
)uaun f interrog., when.
ttwr r waren, tt)are, were ; see fein.
2Ba're, bie, bte -n, commodity;
plu., wares.
ttwrm, tt)cirmer, uicirmfl, warm.
SBart'Burg (bte), proper name, the
Wartburg (castle).
Kmr'ten, reg. (^aben), to wait (for,
attf with ace.} ; with ace., bid)
txmrten, wait on you; with gen.,
fetner greitbe Garten, wait for his
pleasures.
uwrum', interrog., why.
48
3, toem, ttmg, interrog., what ;
compound rel., that which, what;
rel. after neuter indefinite, which,
that; sometimes for ettoag, some-
thing ; ttmg fitr, what kind of.
ttw'fdjen, ftmfd), gettm'fdjen (fyaben),
er ttwfcfyt, to wash.
SBafdj 'frail, tie, bte -en, washer-
woman.
Staffer, bag, beg -, bte ,
water.
toe'fcett, ftob, getooben (fyaben), aZso
m?., to weave.
SBedj'fel, ber, beg -g, bte , change.
tue'fcer, neither; toeber , , nod),
neither . . . nor.
ttieg, adv. and sep. prefix, away ;
see toeg'retgen.
, ber, be -(e), bte -e, way;
, along the way.
prep, to^/i gen., on account
of, because of.
eg'geriffett, torn away ; see toeg'*
retgen.
cg'rci|ett f rtg tteg', tt)eg f gertffen
, to tear away.
, be -(e), bte -e, woe ;
(the crying of) woe.
. (Ijaben), to blow; to
wave ; ba SSe'!)en, waving ; see
also fyer'roefyen.
f proper name, Wehl.
f bte, tender sadness, sweet
melancholy.
, be -(c), bte -e, weir ;
dike, dam.
re^. (fyaben), with dat.,
to ward off, resist ; reflex., ftrf)
ftefyren, to protect oneself.
tfc, bag, beg -(e)g, bte -er, wo-
man ; wife.
toetdj, soft, tender, gentle.
-, bte, bte -n, willow.
[, reg. (fyaben), to pasture,
let graze.
t'gle (ber), proper name, Weigle.
\ t reg. (fyaben), to dedicate,
consecrate.
SBei'ljer, ber, beg -g, bte , small
pond, fish pond.
)t3$eit, bte, bte -en, Christ-
mas time,
because.
SSeil'djett, bag, beg -g, bte , little
while.
SBeHe, bt, bte, -n, while, time;
delay.
SBeitt, ber, beg -(e)g, bte -e, wine.
toei'ttCtt, reg. (fyaben), to cry,
weep.
ji'fe, bte, bte -n, way ; anf btefe
2Setfe, in this way ; also melody,
tune.
jit, bte, wisdom.
toeiff, toetjst, knows; see ttriffen.
*t| f ^j-? white,
far; distant.
te, bag, beg -n, distance,
r, adv. and sep. prefix, farther ;
on, along ; unb jo toet'ter, and so
on ; ftet'ter ! go on ! see also nm'*
terbauen, lt)et'terer^a{)ten, tt)et'ter=
ge^en, toei ferret Jen, ttjei'tcriDan---
bern,
foeHerfcrwett, reg. sep. (^aben), to
go on building.
toei'terersaljfett, reg. sep. (fyaben),
to tell some more.
toeitergefjett
49
taet'tergdjett, gtng tuei'ter, ttei'ter*
gegangen (feitt), to go on, go
farther ; to continue.
ttiei'temtfett, rey. sep. (jeitt), to
travel on or farther.
foei'terttwnbent, reg. sep. (feitt), to
wander on or farther,
uiclrt), tnelcfyer, ftelcfye, trefcfyeg, in-
terrog., which, what; rel., that,
which; toelcfyen ag, what day
of the week.
(e, bie, bie -tt, wave ; water.
, bie, bie -en, world.
toem, ttett, whom ; see toer.
UJc'itig, little ; ^/M.., few.
ttie'ttiger, indecl., fewer; less.
toe'ttigftett^, at least,
tuemt, when ; if ; whenever.
toer, tueffett, ttem, foett, who ; he
who.
wer'&en, ttmr'be, getoor'bett, and in
passive, toorbett (jetn) f bu tmrft,
er tDtrb, to become ; to get ;
auxil. of .future, shall, will;
auxil. of passive, to be ; past
subj., ftmrbe, as auxil. of condi-
tional, would.
ttJcr'fcn r toarf, gertjor'fen (^aben),
er tt)irft r to throw.
293erf, ba^, be^ -(e), bie -e, work.
3Bctt r ber, beg -(e)8, bie -e, worth,
value.
t, worth; worthy.
r, bag, beg -4, bie , weather.
3, ber, beg 2Btd)feS, gala attire.
ll'bcr, prep, with ace., against,
toward. "V
^er, beg -(e)g, bie
e, contradiction.
ttlte, how; like; as; afg trie, as;
trie fcfyabe ! what a shame !
ttrie'ber, adv. and sep. prefix, again ;
see also ttne'berfommen, tnte'ber*
fe^en.
ttJic^cr^o'Ien, rt)ieber^o('te, timber*
{)o(t' (Ijaben), to repeat.
nrie'berfommett, !am tute'ber, trie'*
bergefommen (few), to come
again.
ttrie'berfdjett, faf) trie'ber, tDte ( berge<
jet)en(^aben), er jtefyt ttJte'ber, to
see again; 2faf SBie'berfe^en! till
we meet again !
293tc'ge f bie, bie -tt, cradle.
ttitc'gctt, re^. (^aben), to rock in a
cradle, to lull to sleep ; reflex., to
rock, sway ; see also etn'uriegetu
398te'gettUeb f bag, beg -eg, bie -er,
lullaby.
SBte'fe, bie, bie -n, meadow.
ttltetriel', how much; plu., how
many; ttrietrief U^r, what time?
3)en tt)tet)ie('ten ^aben tt)ir ()eute?
What day of the month is to-
day ?
wild.
ttnttft, will, see tt)oEen
SBU'le, ber, beg -eng, bie -tt, will.
lutUen, tint tritten, to^/i ^e?i.,
for the sake of.
2Btttt> f ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, wind,
breeze.
>tmtt'!ett f reg. (^aben), with dat., to
beckon to.
28itt'ter f ber, beg -g, bie , winter.
rfpDrt, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -g,
winter sport.
l, ber, beg -g, bie , treetop.
ttitr
50
SBurft
four, unfcr, ung, ung, we.
Kuril, will ; gets ; becomes ; see
twrft, throws ; see toerfen.
tflirfett, reg. (fyaben), to work.
ttrirf'ttrfj, real(ly).
2Btri, ber, beg -(e)g, bie -e, host,
landlord.
SBirtS'IjauS, bag, beg 2Birt'l)aufeS,
bie SBirtg'fyaufer, public house;
inn ; restaurant.
tmf'fen, nntgte, gettwJ3t (fyaben), er
toeijs, to know, have knowledge
of (as distinguished from fennen,
to know, be acquainted with).
SBtt'teittierg (bag), proper name,
Wittenberg.
too, interrog. and rel. adv., where.
28o'rf)e, bie, bie -n, week.
'ge, bie, bie -n, wave.
tooljer', whence, from where ; 28o*
fyer' toeiftt bit bag ? How do you
know that ?
ttU)ljitt' r where to, whither.
, perhaps, probably ; I think ;
also in poetry, well : er ()at ntirf)
tt)ofy[ erndf)ret, he nourished me
well ; er fyat ben Jhtaben tt)o^( in
bent 5(rm, he has the boy well
(firmly) in his arm.
f ba, be -(e), welfare.
ttio^nctt f reg. (fyaben), to reside,
dwell, live,
g (ber), proper name,
Wolfgang.
, bie, bie -n, cloud.
mm, ba, beg -(e), bie
2Bol'Fen(amtner, fleecy clouds ;
literally, cloud lambs.
, tDott'te, gettotft' or tDotlen,
bu njtttft, er toil!, to want to,
will ; tootten tt)ir ? shall we ?
tt)ollen eben, to be about to ; as
noun, ba ^Boffen, the will, de-
sire.
tt)0U'te f wanted ; see toollen.
ttiomit 7 , with what; in what way,
how.
toorauf, on which.
tt)0rau3' f out of what ; what of.
ttun^fceit, sign of passive ; see tuer*
ben.
itt' f in which ; in what.
(bag), proper name, (the
city of) Worms.
t, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e (con-
nected words) or SBor'ter (sepa-
rate words), word.
SBb'rt'rfjen, bag, beg -g, bie , little
word.
SBbYterfcudj, bag, beg -(e)g, bte
^Borterbitcfyer, dictionary.
ttiutiOtt', of which, of what ? tootton
f^re ; d)en ie ? what are you talk-
ing about ?
SKhm'be, bie, bie -n, wound.
ttWtt'berbar, strange.
ttMtt'bermilb, wonderfully kind.
ttltttt'berfant, strange.
ttWtt'berfdjiin, wonderfully beauti-
ful.
ttmn^ertwll, wonderful.
2unf(^, ber, beg -(e)g, bie 2Biinfd)e,
wish.
tt>ittt'f^en, reg. (fyaben), to wish.
luur'bc, ttmrbe, would ; see it)erben.
ttmr'Mg, worthy.
SBurft, bie, bie 2Biirfte, sausage.
51
SBiirft'rfjett, bag, beg -g, bie , little
sausage, Frankfurter.
s 2Butt'tctttBetg (bag), proper name,
Wiirttemberg.
bie, bie -n, root.
, reg. (fyaben), to take root,
be rooted.
ttm^'te, toiig'te, knew ; see totffen.
3
3<*K bie, bie -en, number,
ten.
tttaf, ten times.
Set'gen, reg. (fyaben), to show.
3ei'(e f bie, bie -n, line.
3ett f bie, bie -en, time ; in ber feten
3eit, in recent times, recently.
3ett'lang, eine, for a while.
3et'twtg, bie, bie -en, newspaper.
+tlt, bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, tent.
3crbre'rf)Ctt, gerbrad)', gerbro'cfyen
(fyaben), er gerbridjt', to break to
pieces, smash.
^er&vo'djen, smashed ; see ger*
bre'djen.
Serrei'ffen, gerrijs', gerrif'fen (I)a*
ben), to tear to pieces.
Semf'fen, torn -see gerrei'ften.
Serfto'ren, reg. insep. (fyaben), to
destroy.
5erftreu'cn f reg. insep. (fjaben), to
scatter.
Ste'fjen, gog, gegogen (tyaben), to
draw; eg gtefyt, there's a draft;
with fein as auxil., to go, go
along; see also ab'giefyen, an'^
gie^en.
3tcl f bag, beg -(e)g, bie -e, goal.
$tctlt'lic^| f rather, somewhat.
^3*^ bie, bie -en, ornament ; lus.
tre ; flower.
3itn'ter r bag, beg -g, bie , room.
58r goge, drew ; went ; see gtefyen.
5tt f (1) prep, with dat., to ; at ; for;
gn aufe, at home ; gn gng, on
foot, afoot ; gn 33ett, to bed ; gn
fec^g 9)^ar!, for six marks ; gn
21'benb effen, to have supper; gn
SJUt'tag effen, to have dinner;
(2) adv., too ; (3) "sign of the
infinitive," to; (4) sep. prefix in
gn'betfen, gn'fHegen, gu'fiigen, gu'-
flingen, gu'mad^en, gn'rnfen, git'*
fd)Iiegen, gn'feljen, gn'toenben.
>5U'rfeit, reg. (fyaben), to palpitate,
throb, quiver.
3u / rfer 7 ber, beg -g, bie , sugar.
jn'beefcn, reg. sep. (fyaben), to
cover up, cover over.
5uerff' f at first, first.
Su'fftegen, flog gn', gu'geflogett(fein),
with dat., to fly to.
p'fiigcn, reg. (^aben), to add ; to
inflict upon.
; r ber, beg -(e)g, bie 3iige, train.
I'gettwn&t, turned toward, facing ;
see gu'toenben.
itg'uogcf, ber, beg -g, bie 3ugt>oget,
bird of passage.
/fjoreit, reg. sep. (fyaben), with
dat., to listen to.
jen, ftang gn', gu'geflnngen
(fyaben), with dat., to sound
across to.
>3tt'fwtft f bie, future.
3u'madjett r reg. sep. (^aben), to
shut, close.
jur f at the; see gn; ein !?teb gur
52
guten 9to(f)t, a good-night song, a
lullaby.
$nvM'f adv. and sep. prefix, back ;
see anriicf'gefyen, jnritrf'fommen.
j$ttrurf'{jel)ett, ging ^urnd
gegattgen (fein), to go back.
pntrf'fommett, !am guriicf ',
gefommen (fein), to come back.
au'rufen, rief gu', gu^gerufen (^a*
ben), with dat., to call to.
pfam'trtett, adv. and sep. prefix,
together.
Sit'ftpeffett, fc^to6 W, gn'gej^toffen
(fyaben), to shut, close ; to lock.
Stt'fetjen, fat) an', gn'gefefjen ftaben),
er fte^t gu', to look on, watch.
tt, sometimes, at times.
it)anbte 311', a u/ 9 en)an ^
(fein), a?so regr., to turn toward ;
to face.
p.
, infin. of gu'fe^en with
twenty.
r it's true, I grant; and that,
too.
f two.
, twice.
it, second.
f in the second place, sec-
ondly.
$tt)ei'ttnbetnfjatt), two and a half.
Jtoerg, &er, bc -(c), tie -e,
dwarf.
Stoin'geti r gtuang, gcgwun'gcn (^a-
ben), to compel ; to force.
* 5ttJttt'fen f re^. (^aben), to wink; to
twinkle.
$tw'fdjen f prep, with dat. or ace.,
between.
f twelve.
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY
a, ein ; not a, fetn.
able, to be, fonnen, fonnte, gefonnt
(fjaben), er farm.
about, fig., iiber with ace. ; lit., um
with ace.; adv. in sense of ap-
proximately, ungefcifyr'.
above, iiber with dat. or ace.
according to, nad) with dat.
across, iiber with ace.
after, prep., nacf) with dat.; con-
junc., nad) bent' with dependent
order.
afternoon, ber ftadj'mittag II, be8
-(e), bte-e; written small with
an adverb; geftern nadjnttttag,
fjeute nadjmtttag ; afternoons, in
the afternoon, nad)'mtttag, adv.
again, ttrieber ; till we meet again !
auf SBte'berfefjen !
against, gegen with ace.
age, ba 2Hter I ; the Middle Ages,
bag Sftit'tetalter I, singular.
agreeable, cm'genefym, with preced-
ing dative.
all, all, see 144, c ; in sense of
entire, ganj ; all right, fdjon. gut ;
fdjon, 362 ; that's all right, in the
sense of it makes no difference,
e madjt nid^tg ; by all means,
with imperative, ja, 359 ; all
kinds of, al'(erlei, indeclinable.
allow, ertait'ben, reg. insep. (fyaben),
with dat.
almost, beina'fye, faft
alone, attein'.
along, cnttang', following the accu-
sative.
already, fc^on,
also, aud) ( never aflo).
always, imnter,
am, bin ; see jeitu
America, ba 3lme'ri!a, be -g,
American, amerila'ntfrf).
among, unter with dat. or ace.
an, ein,
and, nitD.
animal, bag Slier II, be -(e),
bie -e.
Anna, (bie) 5lnna,
another, in sense of different, ein
anber ; in sense of one more,
nod) ein,
answer, ernn'bern, reg. insep. (fya*
ben).
any, tr'genb ; any one, je'manb ; any
money, etttmS elb ; not any,
fetn ; often omitted : Have you
any paper ? $aben @ie papier' ?
anybody, (tr'genb) je'ntanb ; not
anybody, nte'manb.
53
any
begin
any one, (tr'genb) je'manb.
anything, et'toag ; not anything,
nidjtg.
appear, in sense of seem, fd)einen,
fd)ien, gefdjtenen (fyaben); in sense
o/look, aug'fefyen, fal) ang', ang'=
gefefyen (fyaben), er fiefyt aug'.
April, ber ^pril', beg -g.
apron, bie (Sdjiiqe IV.
are, btft, feib, ftnb, see fein ; also
sign of progressive form, are
-ing ; there are, eg gibt, eg
ftnb.
arm (limb), ber 2trnt II, beg -g,
bie -e ; (weapon), bie SBaffe
IV.
around, utn tota/i ace.
arrive, an'fomnten, !atn an', an'ge*
fommen (fein), usually with in or
an and the dative.
as, conjunc. of time, afg ; conjunc.
of reason, ba ; correl., fine ; as
good as, e'benfo gnt nne ; as if, a(g
ob or alg with inverted order ; as
long as, folan'ge ; as soon as, fo=
balb'*
ask (beg), bitten, bat, gebeten (^a*
ben) ; for, urn with ace. ; (in-
quire), fragen, reg. (fyaben), after,
nad) with dat.
at, gu with dat. ; an with dat. ; of
time, utn with ace. ; at the house
or store of, bet with dat. ; at
home, gn aufe ; at last, enb'ftd) ;
at the left, Iinf8 ; at night, in ber
ftadjt ; at once, gleid) ; at school,
in ber @rf)nle ; at the station or
university, aitf bent 23af)n'f)of or
ber Uni&erjtttit'.
attend, of university, school or lec-
ture, befn'cfyen, reg. insep. (fya=
ben).
B
baggage, bag epacf' II, beg -(e)S,
bie -e.
ball, ber 2tott II, beg -g, bie iBdlle.
bank (o/ river), bag lifer I, beg -g,
bie .
barn, bie @(^enne IV.
basket, ber $orb II, beg -(e)g, bie
bathe, baben, reg. (^aben),
be, fein, ttmr, gemefen (fetn), id)
bin, bn bift, er tft, tt)ir ftnb, i^r
feib, fie ftnb; of health, fid) be^
fin'ben, befanb' ftd^, ftt^ befnn'ben
(^aben) ; be about to, toolkit,
toollte, getoottt (^aben), er mill;
be to, as in I am to go, foEen,
follte, gefottt (f)aben), er foE ; be
named or called, fyeigen, fyieg,
ge^eigen (^aben)
beautiful (ly), fd)b'n, fdjoner, fdjonft ;
wonderfully beautiful, ftmn'ber-
fc^on,
because, toetl with dependent order ;
because of, toegen with gen.
become, toer'ben, ttwrbe, getoorben
(fein), er totrb,
bed, bag Sett V, beg -(e)g, bie -en ;
to bed, git Sett.
bedroom, bag @d)(af^immer I, beg
-g, bie .
before, prep., t)or with dat.; con-
junc., e^e with dependent order.
began, ftng an' ; see begin.
begin, an'fangen, ftng an ; , an-ge=
fangen (fyaben), er fcingt an' ;
begun
55
butter
followed by 511 with the infini-
tive.
begun, an'gefangen ; see begin.
behind, fytnter with dat. or ace.
being, see fein ; sometimes sign
of progressive form ; sometimes
translated by a ba-clause.
believe, gtauben, reg. (fyaben), with
dative of person believed, but
with accusative if that believed is
a thing.
belong, geljo'ren, reg. insep. (l)a=
ben), with dat.
below, unten of rest; fyinnn'rer of
motion.
bench, bie 23ant II, tie 23an?e.
beside, neben with dat. or ace.
best, ber befte ; am beften ; like best,
am tiebften mogen.
better, beffer ; like better, tieber
mogen,
between, gnnfdjen with dat. or ace.
beyond, jen'feitg icith gen.
big, grog, grower, grogt
black, fdjttmq ; the Black Forest,
ber djltmrj'ttwlb III.
blood, bag Sfat, beg -(e)S.
blow up (active), tyrengen, reg.
(Ijabett) ; blown up, getyrengt'.
blue, blan,
board (of wood), bag 23rett III,
beg -(e)g, bie -er.
boat, bag SBoot II, beg -(e)g,
bie -e.
boil, lo'djen, reg. (Ijaben).
book, bag 33ut^ III, beg -(e)g, bie
booth, bie 23nbe IV.
both, beibe, preceded by the article,
instead of being followed, as in
English.
bother, fid) fiimmern, reg. (fyaben),
about, nm with ace.
bought, tanfte, getanft ; see buy.
boy, ber 3unge IV, beg -n, bie -n ;
ber $nabe IV, beg -n, bie -n,
brave, tap'fer.
bread, bag 23rot II, beg -(e)g.
break, bred)en, brat^, gebrod^en (^a=
ben), er brid)t ; break to pieces,
$erbre'rf)en, gerbrad)', gerbro'djen
(fyaben), er jerbri^t',
bridge, bie 23riicfe IV.
bring, bringen, brad)te, gebradjt
(^aben).
broad, breit
broken, gebrodjen, ^erbrodjen ; see
break,
brother, ber 23ntber I, beg -g, bie
iBriiber,
brought, brac^te, gebradjt; see bring,
brown, brann.
Brown, proper name, iBraun.
build, banen, reg. (fyaben).
building (edifice), bag cbaubc I,
beg -g, bie .
built, bante, gebant ; see build,
burst (active), tyrengen, reg. (l)a*
ben).
bush, ber 23itfd), beg -eg, bie 23ttfdje.
but, conjunc., aber with normal
order; adversative conjunc., fon=
bern with normal order, 214, a;
adv. in sense o/only, nnr ; noth-
ing but, nidjtg atg,
butcher, ber gletfcfyer I, beg -g,
Me,
butter, bie Gutter IV.
button
56
consider
button, ber $nopf II, beg -(e)g, bte
tnopfe.
buy, laufen, ret/, (fyaben) ; of tickets,
lojen, reg. (fyaben).
by (near), an with dat. ; (beside),
neben with dat.; of agent with
passive, to on with dat. ; by train,
mit bent 3 U 9(0
call (call out, summon), rnfen, rief,
gerufen (fyaben) ; (name), nen-
nen, nannte, genannt (fyaben); be
called, fyetften, fyteg, gefyetften (lja=
ben),
called, to be, fyetften, fyteft, geljeiften
(fyaben).
came, lam ; see come.
can, lonnen, lonnte, gelonnt (fya*
ben), er lann.
cane, ber @todE II, beg -(e)g, bie
cannot, see can and not.
cap, bte Mfce IV.
care, fid) fiintntern, reg. reflex. (fya=
ben), about, urn with ace.
carriage, ber Sagen I, be -g, bte
carried, trug, getragen ; see carry.
carry, tragen, trng, getragen (l)a=
ben), er tragt
cart, ber 2ftagen I, be -, bie .
castle, ba c^tog III, beg -e8, bte
cathedral, ber 2)otn II, be -(e)$,
bte -e.
century, ba^ 3>aljrf)nn'bert II, be
-^, bte -e.
certain (ly),
chair, ber
II,
g, bte
-(e)%, bie
Charles, (ber)
child, ba ^tnb III,
-er*
children, bte $tnber ; see child.
choose, toa'fjlen, reg. (fyaben).
chosen, getna^tt ; see choose.
church, bie $trd)e IV.
city, bte @tabt II, bte @tabte,
class, bte Piaffe IV.
clean, rein.
clock, bte W)r IV; o'clock, Wjr ;
it is ten o'clock, e tft jeljn
cloth, bag Xnd^ III, be -(e)g, bte
Sitdjer,
clothes, bie tleiber, pi.
cloud, bie SBoffe IV.
coast, go coasting, (tntt) @df)(ttten
fa^ren, fnfyr, gefa^ren (^aben or
jein, 76, Note), er fa'fyrt.
coasting, noun, bag Sftobetn I, beg
-g ; to go coasting, see coast.
coat, ber $ocf II, beg -(e)g, bie
coffee, ber $af'fee, beg -g.
cold, colder, fa(t, loiter.
color, bte garbe IV.
come, fommen, lam, gelomnten
(Hn).
comfortable, gentut'Iic^.
conductor, ber @(^affner I, beg -g,
bie .
consider, in sense of to take for,
fyalten fitr with ace., Ijielt, ge=
fatten (tjaben), er fya'ft ; I con-
sider it too far, id) Ijalte eg fiir ju
tt)ett.
construction
57
door
construction (of a building}, ber
33cm II, beg -(e)g, bie -e.
contain, entfyalten, entfyielt, ent-
fatten (fyaben), eg entfyalt.
continue, fort'fafyren, fnfyr fort',
fort'gefafyren (fyaben), er fafyrtfort',
with complementary infinitive
where English may have a verbal
in -ing.
convince, iibeqen'gen, reg. insep.
(fyaben).
cook, focfyen, reg. (fyaben).
cool, fiifyL
corner, bie (Me IV.
correct, adj., ricfytig.
cost, foften, reg. (fyaben).
costume, bie Xracfyt IV.
could, fonnte, fonnte ; see can.
country, bag anb III, beg-(e)g, bie
Dauber ; in the country, auf bem
anbe ; to the country, aitf bag
anb.
course, of course, natuVIid); it's a
matter of course, eg Derftefyt' fief),
e3 tjcrftanb' fid^, eg rjat ftc^ tier*
ftan'ben,
court, ber of II, be -(e), bie
cozy,
cup, bie affe IV ; a cup of coffee,
eine Xaffe $affee.
dance, tangen, reg. (^aben).
danger, bie efaljr' IV.
dangerous, gefciljr^i^.
dark, bunfel; inflected: bun!(er,
bunffe, bunlle
daughter, bie Xod^'ter I, bie 5erbot', t>erbo'ten
(Ijaben).
forest, ber 2Batb III, be -(e), bie
Sdfber; the Black Forest, ber
@d)tt)arg'tt)a(b III.
forget, fcergef Jen, tjergag', t^ergeffen
(^aben), er Dergiftt.
forgot(ten), uergag', uergeffen;
see forget.
former, ber erftere.
forth, fort; and so forth, nnb fo
toeiter.
fortress, bie 23nrg IV.
fought, fodjt, gefot^ten ; see fight.
found, fcmb, gefnnben ; see find.
four, &ier.
fourth, adj., t>iert; noun, ba
te( I, beg -, bie .
fourteenth, tiier'^e^nt.
fraternity, bie SBerbin'bung IV.
Fred, (ber) grtfe.
free
60
grow
free, freu
friend, ber grennb II, beg -(e)8,
bie -e.
from, toon with dat.; from out of,
ang w^/i da. / come from, J)er'=
fommen, !atn fyer', fyer'geFomtnen
(fein),
front, in front of, fcor with dat. or
ace.
full, Doll ; a following noun has :io
preposition : a basket full of po-
tatoes, eiti $orb fcott $artoffeln.
funniest, fo'mifd)ft
funny, fo'mifdj*
further, tueirer ; to go further, tt>ei'=
tergefyen, ging iDei'ter, toei'terge-
gangen (fete)*
game, bag @piel II, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
garden, ber arten I, beg -g, bie
arren.
gave, gab ; see give.
gentleman, ber >err IV, be -n,
bie erren,
genuine, ed)t.
German, noun (language}, bag
2)eutfrf)(e), beg 2)eutf(^en; to
speak German, 2)eutfd) f|)red)en ;
(Zj. , beutfcf) ; in German, aiif
beittfrf),
Germany, bag 2)eutfc^'(anb II.
get, (secure) befom'men, belam ; ,
betom'men (f)aben) ; (become)
tt)erben ; ttmrbe, getnorbett (fein),
er tutrb ; (go and get, fetch) fyo=
len, reg. (^aben) ; get up (from
bed) auf'ftefyen, ftanb auf , auf'ge-
ftanben (fein) ; (from a chair or
bench) fid) erfye'bett, erfyob ftd^.
fid) erfyo'ben (^aben)
getting, see get.
girl, bag 2fttib'd)ett I, beg -g, bie ,
give, geben, gab, gegeben (^aben),
er gibt
glad, adj., fro^ ; to be glad, fid)
freiien, reg. reflex, (fyaben) ; eg
freut mid), bid), etc., reg. impers. ;
to be glad to do something, ettoag
gern tun*
gladly, gerit*
glass, bag lag III, beg @(afe, bie
ififer.
go, ge^en, ging, gegangen (fein) ;
go and get, fyolen, reg. (Ijaben) ;
(by train, boat, or carriage)
faljren, fu^r, gcfa^rcn (fein), er
fa'fyrt; go on! tDeiter! 64; to
go on (continue), fort'fafyren,
fnfyr fort', fort'gcfa^ren (f)aben),
erfa'fyrt fort' ; to go on (farther),
toei'tergefyen, ging tuei'ter, toei'*
tergegangen (fein) ; to go in,
^inein'ge^en, ging ^inein', fyinein'-
gegangen (fein).
gone, gegangen ; see go.
good, gnt
good-by, abien, pronounced abjo'
got, belam ; tnnrbe ; see get.
Gothic, go'tifd).
grass, bag rag III, beg rafeg, bie
rtifer.
gray, gran.
great, greater, greatest, grog,
grower, grogt ; a great deal, trieL
green, greenest, griin, griinft.
grow (become), toerben, ninrbe, ge-
raorben (fein), er totrb*
grown
61
holiday
grown, getoorben ; see grow.
gun, bie glinte IV.
had, fjatte ; as auxil. for intrans.
verbs, ttmr ; see have.
hair, ba aar II, be -, bie -e ;
used both in sing, and plu. for
hair.
half, noun, bie >alfte IV; adj.,
fyatt), following the article : half
an hour, eine fyalbe @titnbe ; half
past two, fyalb brei ; and a half,
unbeinfyalb, 265, a ; one and
a half, ein'nnbeinfyalb, an'bertfjalb.
hall, ber @aal II, be -(e), bie
hand, bie anb II, bie cinbe
handsome, fd)on.
hang, fyangen, tying, gefyangen
ben), er fyangr.
happen, gefdje'fjen, gefcfyaf)',
fyen (fein), e gejdfyiefjt', with dat. ;
(occur) ttor'romtnen, tarn toor',
t)or'ge!ommen (fein).
happily, gfiicf'Iid), frofy.
happy i gtiicf'U^, frol),
hard, harder, (difficult), fitter,
jd^tuerer ; (industriously), fleigig,
fteigiger ; to study hard, ffeifng
lernen ; (to the touch) fyart.
hardly, fcmnu
has, ^at, ift ; see have.
hasn't, see has and not.
hasten, eiten, reg. fein, 76, Note.
hat, ber ut II, be8 -(e), bie iite.
have, ^aben, fyatte, geijabt (^aben),
er ^at; as auxil. for intrans.
verbs, fein, tear, getoefen (fein),
irf) bin, bit btft, er ift; to have to
(be obliged), mii^en, muftte, ge=
ntngt (^aben), er mug; to have
done or made, laffen, He, ge(af=
fen (fyaben), er tagt; to have din-
ner, 311 Sftit'tag effen, aft, gegeffen
(fyaben), er igt
haven't, see have and not; haven't
I? nicfyt ttrnfyr? 6, c, sentence 5.
he, er, feirter, ifym, i^n,
hear, ^oren, reg. (fyaben); I have
heard him play, id) fyabe i^n
tyieten pren, 166.
heard, see hear.
helmet, ber elm II, be -(e),
bie -e.
help, fyelfen, l)a(f, gef)olfen (Ijaben),
er fyilft, with dat.
her,pron., ifyr, fie; see she; adj., i^r.
here, fyier; (hither), ^ier{)er'.
herself, reflex., fid) ; intens., fetbft,
high, higher, highest, fyod), ()o^er,
fyodjft; inflected in the positive
degree : ^o^er, ^ol)e, ^o!^e^
hill, ber S'get I, be -8, bie .
him, ifym, i^n ; see he.
himself, reflex., fid); intens. fetbft
his, fein ; with parts of the body
used in the predicate, ber, bie,
ba, usually with reflex., fid),
history, bie efd)id)'te IV.
hold, fatten, fyielt, ge^atten (fyaben),
er pit; (contain), entljal'ten,
holiday, ber get'ertag II, be -(e),
bie geiertage; holidays (vaca-
tion), bie ge'rten, pi., three syl-
lables.
home
62 '
knife
home, (toward) nacf) anfe ; at
home, git aufe.
hope, fyoffen, reg. (fyaben).
horse, bag s #ferb II, beg -(e)g, bie -e.
host, bet Bfrt II, beg -(e)g, bte -e.
hot, fjeifj.
hotel, ber aft'ljof, beg -(e)g, bte
aft'pfe.
hour, bte tnnbe IV; an hour and
a half, an'bertfyalb tunberu
house, bag >ang III, beg anfeg,
bte anfer ; at the house of, bet
with dat.
how, tt)ie; how much, unetnet';
how many, ttneine'le; (whence),
footer',
hundred, fyun'bert; one hundred,
ein fyun'bert.
hundredth, luui'bertft.
hurry, eilen, reg. (fyaben).
I, id), meiner, tnir, tnicf),
idea, I haven't the least idea, eg
fa'Et tntr gar tttcfyt etn,
if, tuettn, with dependent order;
after verbs of asking, ob ; as if,
alg ob or afg ivith inverted order.
immediately, gletd).
in, in with dat. or ace. ; in it, bartn'
(rest)\ fyittein' (motion)-, in front
of, t)or with dat. or ace. ; in Ger-
man or English, ailf bentfc^ or
engtifd) ; in the evening, am
5lbenb; to ride in the train, tntt
bem 3 u 9( e ) fa^ren ; to go in,
Ijinein'gefyen, gtng ^tnetn' f ^tnein=
gegangen (fcin).
industrious (ly), fleiftig.
ink, bte Xtnte IV.
inn, ber aft'i)5f II, beg -(e)g, bte
instead of, anftatt with gen. ; with
infin., 248, d ; with bafaclause,
348.
interesting, intereffant',
into, in with ace.
is, tft ; see be ; there is, eg gibt, eg
ift; is (translated), tyeiften, fyieft,
geljetgen (^aben); is it? is he?
isn't, see is and not.
it, eg, fetner, i^tn, eg ; referring to
masc. or fern, nouns j er or fie ;
with preps. ba(r)=.
Jack, (ber) ang.
January, ber 3a'nuar, beg -g.
jar, ber So^f II, beg -(e)g, bte
John, (ber) 3o
Johnny, (ber)
July, ber 3u'Iu
just {exactly), gera'be ; as in just
now, justso,ebett; just as, e'benfo ;
just as good as, ebenfo gut une ;
with imperative, bot^, 360, b.
K
keep on (continue), fort'fafyren,
fufyr fort', fort ; gefat)rett (^aben),
er fa'tjrt fort'.
kind, what kind of (a), ttmg fiir
(ein); all kinds of, al'Iertei.
king, ber ^'5'ntg II, beg -g, bie -c,
knew, fannte ; rt)ngte ; see know.
knife, bag Sfteffer I, beg -g, bte .
knight
63
live
knight, ber fitter I, beg -g, bie
know (be acquainted with), tettnen,
fannte, gefannt (fyaben) ; (have
knowledge of), ttnffen, ttmftte,
gettmgt (fyaben), er tt)eift; w^ft
bafccZawse for English in/in. , as,
I knew him to be my friend.
laid, legte, getegt ; see lay.
lain, gefegen ; see lie.
lamp, bie ampe IV.
lance, bie ange IV.
land, bag anb III, beg -(e), bie
cinber.
landlord, ber SBfrt II, bc-(e), bie
-e.
language, bie @prad)e IV; the Ger-
man language, bag S)eutfd)(e);
the English language, bag (5ng=
UfeJ}(e).
large, larger, largest, grog, grower,
grflfet.
last, at?;., lefct; acto., gulefet'; at
last, enb'(id).
late, later, fpcit, fpa'ter ; used only
impersonally with fcin : it is late,
eg ift tytit ; I am late, id) fomme
fpat or idj tt)erbe fpcit anfommen ;
Germans do not say : id) bin f^cit,
ber 3ug ift fpat.
latest, le^t.
latter, ber le^tere.
lay, laid, laid, legen, legte, gelegt
(^abeu); lay (from to lie), tag;
see lie.
lead, fiifyren, reg. (fjaben).
leaf, bag Slatt III, beg -(e)g, bie
flatter.
learn, lernen, reg. (^aben) ; see
166.
least, iDcnigft ; I haven't the least
idea, eg ftitft mir gar nid^t ein.
leave (opposite o/ take), Iaffen f Uefj,
gelaffen (^aben) f er lagt; (desert
or depart /rom), t)erlaf'fen, toer=
Uc6', t)erlaf ; fen (^aben), er er=
lecture, bie SJor'lefung IV.
led, fiifyrte, gefii^rt, see lead.
left, (teg, gelaffen ; oerliej}',
fen ; see leave ; adj., (in! ; at or to
the left, Hnfg.
leg, bag SBeitt, beg -(e)g, bie -e.
less, ttje'ntger.
lesson, bie <5>tnnbe IV.
let, (affen, lieg, getaffen (^aben), er
IfifH ; sometimes subjunctive,
324, a.
letter, ber 23rtef II, beg -(e), bie
-e.
Lewis, (ber) nb'tuig.
lie, Itegen, lag, gelegen (^aben).
life, bag eben I, beg -g, bie .
like, mogen, ntoc^te, gemod)t (^a=
ben), er ntag f used with and with-
out gern; gern (gladly): I like
to play, id) tyiele gern ; she likes
butter, fie it gern Gutter ; should
or would like, tnodjte ; sometimes
an inversion with gefal'fen gefief,
gefaFten (baben), er gefa'IIt, and
the dative : he likes this game,
biefeg @pie( geftittt i^m,
little, (small), ftein; (not much),
toenig ; a little, ein toenig*
live, (reside), tooljnen, reg. (fjaben);
(exist), leben, reg. (fyaben).
lockup
64
Monday
lockup, ber $ar^er I, beg -0, bte .
locomotive, bie ofomott't>e IV.
long, longer, longest, fang, langer,
tangft; adv., long, a long time,
lange ; as long as, conjunc., fo=
(an'ge, with dependent order.
look (appear), aug'fefyen, fafy aug',
aug'gefefyen (fyaben), er ftefyt ang';
look for, fudfyen, reg. (fyaben);
look at, an'fefyen, faf) an, an'gefe=
tyen (fyaben), er ftefyt an 7 ; oh look !
ftef) bod) !
lose, tterlie'ren, Verier', t>er(o'ren
(fyaben).
lost, tterfor'. tterlo'ren ; see lose.
Louis, (ber) ub'ttrig.
love, tieben, reg. (fyaben).
lying, see lie.
M
made, tnadjte, getnad)t ; see make.
make, madden, reg. (fyaben); it
makes no difference, eg mad)t
man (human being), ber Sftenfcf) IV,
be -en f bie -en; (male being),
ber 2ftann III, be -(e)S, bie
banner; sometimes omitted in
the general sense of people : some
men, etntge,
many, pi., triete ; many a, tnandj,
144 ; how many ? ftnetrie'le?
march, ntarfdjie'ren, nrarfdjter'te,
marfc^iert' ({)aben or fein, 76,
Note).
mark, bie 9ftarf, gnoet 9}lar!,
market, ber 9ftarft, be -(c), bie
2JMr!te ; at or to the market, auf
bem or ben 2ftarfr*
matter, it is a matter of course, eS
fcerftefyt 7 fid), e^ tierftanb' fic^, e3
i)at ftc^ Derftan'ben; what's the
matter ? 2Ba ift log ?
May, ber 2ttau
may (permission), biirfen, bnrfte,
gebnrft (fyaben), er barf; (possi-
bility), fonnen, lonnte, gefonnt
(^aben), er fann; sometimes
translated by the subjunctive,
324.
me, ntir, ntid^ ; see I.
mean, (of people), metnen, reg.
Ijaben; (of things), beben'ten,
reg. insep. (tjaben); What do
you mean by that ? 2Ba foil
benn bag ?
means, by all means, with impera-
tive, \ct, 359.
meat, bag gleifd) II, beg -eg, bie -e.
meet, begeg'nen, reg. insep. (fein),
with dat. ; till we meet again !
auf 2Bte'berfet)en!
middle, bie 2JUtte IV; the Middle
Ages, bag 2tfit'tefolter I, sing.
might, fonnte; see may.
mile, bie Sftetle IV ; also used for
league.
milk, bie 2JMW).
Miller, proper name, (ber) SftiiUer.
mine, mein, ber meine, ber tneinige.
minstrel, ber danger I, beg -,
bie .
minute, bie 2^inn 7 te IV.
mistake, ber gel)(er I, beg -g,
Me.
moat, ber raben I, beg -g, bie
rtiben.
Monday, ber S^on'tag II.
money
65
now
money, bag elb III, beg -(e), bie
-er.
month, ber 9fto'nat II, beg -(e)g,
bie -e ; what day of the mouth
is to-day ? ben ttnetriel'ten fyaben
fair fyente?
more, mefyr; one more, nod) cut;
some more, nod) etttwg; many
more, nod) ttiele; often trans-
lated by the comparative : more
beautiful, fdjoner.
morning, ber 9ftorgen I, beg -, bie
; good morning! gnten 2ftor--
gen ! in the morning, am Sftorgen,
morgeng ; written small with ad-
verbs : this morning, Ijeitte tnor*
gen; to-morrow morning, tnorg en
Wfy
most, am meiften; usually trans-
lated by the superlative : ber -fte,
am -ften.
mother, bie Gutter I, bie SDWitter.
mountain, ber 23erg II, beg -(e)g,
bie -e,
Mr., err, ernu
Mrs., gram
much, triel; sometimes, fefyr: he
loves her much, er liebt fie fefyr;
how much ? nnetriel'?
must, miiffen, mitgte, gemngt (fya*
ben), er mng; must (not), in
withholding permission, biirfen,
burfte, geburft (^qben), er barf.
Children, you must not do that,
$inber, bag biirft ttjr nid)t tun.
my, mein; with part of the body in
the predicate, mir and the article.
myself, reflex., mir, mid); intens.,
felbft
N
name, noun, ber Sftame, beg -ng f
bie -n ; verb, to name, nennen,
nannte, genannt (fyaben) ; to be
named, fyetgen, fyieft, ge^ei^en (l)a*
ben) ; his name is John, er I
named, see name.
narrow, eng.
near, adj., na^e, na^er, na'djft ;
prep., an with dat., bei with
dat.
need, brandjett, reg. (^aben), to, jit
with infin.
neither . . . nor, toeber . . . nod),
never, nie, nie'matg.
new, nen.
newspaper, bie 3^t r tung IV.
next, adj., nad)ft ; adv., bamu
night, bie 9?ad)t II, bie 9Md)te; last
night in the sense of yesterday
evening, ge'ftern a'benb.
nine, nenn.
nineteen, nenn'selm.
ninety, nenn'gig.
no, adv., nein; adj., fein ; no one,
feitu
nobody, nie'manb.
none, !etn.
noon, ber aJlit'tag II, beg -g,
bie -e.
nor, nod) ; neither . . . nor, tt)eber
. . . nod).
not, nic^t ; not a, not any, fein.
nothing, nidjtg ; a following adjec-
tive is neuter and is capitalized,
191, e. _
now, jefet. '
occur
66
paper
occur (happen), fcor'fommen, fam
&or', fcor'gefommen (fein) ; (sug-
gest itself) ein'fallen, fief em',
ein'gefatten (fein), e$ ftillt ifmt
etn', with dat. of person to whom
the idea occurs.
o'clock, Ui)r ; it's two o'clock, e
ift gtoei Ufyr ; as in English,
omitted except on the exact hour.
of, t)on with dat. ; out of, an$ with
dat.; in front of, t)or with dat. or
ace. ; of course, natiir'Hd) ; think
of, benten, bacfyte, gebad)t, an with
ace. ; often rendered by the geni-
tive ; omitted with nouns of
measure, etc., 130.
officer, ber Officer' II, be$ -8, bie -e.
often, oftener, oft,- ofter*
oh, o, ad).
old, older, oldest, alt, alter, atteft
on, atif with dat. or ace. ; on foot,
jit gng; keep on (continue),
fort'fafyren, fuljr fort', fort'ge*
fafyren (fyaben), er fafyrt fort';
read on, toei'terlefen, la$ toei'ter,
toet'tergetefen (fyaben), er Heft
roet'ter; go on (farther), aiet'ter-
gefyen, ging tuei'ter, toci'tergc*
gangen (fein) ; go on (continue),
fort'fafyren, fitfyr fort', fort'ge=
faljrcn (fyaben) , er fa^rt fort' ;
go on ! tDeiter ! 64 ; on the
other side of, jen'fett with gen.
once, etn'mal ; at once, gfeirf).
one, ein ; not one, fein ; the one,
ber etne, ber or berjentge, 190,
d ; often translated by an in-
flected adjective, 149, d ; no one,
niemanb ; which one? tt)efrf)er?
some one, jemanb ; one in sense
of they in they say, one hears,
man : man fagt, man fyort ; one's,
possessive, fein,
only, nnr.
onto, anf with ace.
open, adj., off en ; verb, anf'madjen,
reg. sep. (fyaben).
or, ober, followed by the normal
order.
order, in order to, um . . . 311 with
infln.
other (different), anber ; (more)
nod); on the other side of, jen'=
feit with gen.
ought to, fottte ; see follen.
our, nnfer; ours, nn'ferer, ber un'frige.
out, adv., ^inan^'; out of, prep.,
an^ with dat. ; out of it, baran$' ;
out of doors, brau'^en ; call out,
rnfen, rief, gernfen (fyaben).
outside, adv., brau'^en ; outside of,
prep., aii'fterfyalb with gen.
over, itber with dat. or ace. ; over
there, bort*
ox, ber Odj8 or Od)fe IV, be Dd)fen,
bie
page, bie @eite IV.
pail, ber (Simer I, be -8, bie .
pair, bag ^aar II, be -(c)8, bie -e.
palace, ber ^ataft' II, be -(c)8,
bie $*tft'fte.
paper, ba papier' II, beg -(e)8,
bie -e ; newspaper, bie g
IV.
part
67
put
part, ber ei( IT, beg -g, bie -e.
past, half past two, fyalb brei.
path, ber ^fab II, beg -(e)g, bie -e,
pen, bie geber IV.
people, bie eute, pi. ; bie iftenjcfyen,
pi. ; people say, man fagt ; often
translated by an adjective used
as a noun; the old people, bie
SUten.
perhaps, tnelleirfjt' ; tt)of)(, 363.
permitted, to be, biirfen, bitrfte, ge*
burft (fyaben), er barf,
pfennig, ber ^pfen'nig, $tt)ei pfennig.
photograph, bie -pfyotograpfyie' IV ;
to take a photograph ; eine $uf'=
nafyme (IV) macfyen, reg. (fyaben).
picture, bag 33ilb III, beg -(e)g, bie
-er ; to take a picture, eine 3luf*
nafyme (IV)mad)en, reg. (fyaben) ;
picture postcard, bie 2In'fid)tg=
Farte IV.
piece, bag tiicf II, beg -(e)g, bie
-e ; to break to pieces, ^erbre'djen,
$erbrad)', ^erbro't^en (^aben), er
place, ber )rt II, beg -(e)g, bie -e ;
to take place, ftatt'finben, fanb
ftatt^ ftatt'gefunben (^aben) ; (re-
gion] bie (Se'genb IV ; in the
first or second place, er'fteng or
plan, ber $(an II, beg -(e)g, bie
Pa'ne.
platform, ber iBa^n'fteig II, beg
-(e)g, bic-c.
play, noun, bag @pief II, beg -(e)g,
bie -e ; verb, tyiefen, reg. (fyaben).
playground, ber @piel'p(a^ II, beg
-eg, bie
pleasant, an'genefym, to, preceded
by dative.
please, gefal'ten, gefie( ( f gefat'(en
(fyaben), er gefcillt^ with dat. ;
(if you) please, bitte,
pleased, frofy.
pleasure, bag 35ergnu r gen I, beg -g,
Me.
plenty of, trie!,
pocket, bie Safrfje IV.
poem, bag ebidjt' II, beg -(e)g,
bie -e.
poet, ber S)id)ter I, beg -, bie .
police, bie ^ottgei' IV, collective
singular.
polite (ly), Ijbf'Itfy
poor, arm.
possible, mbg'Hd).
postcard, bie ^oft'farte IV; picture
postcard, bie $n ' ft ci)tg Farte IV.
pot, ber bpf II, beg -(e)g, bie
Xopfe.
potato, bie tartof'fel IV.
pound, bag ^3fnnb, ^tt)
praise, (oben, reg. (l)aben).
pray, excl. with imperative, bitte ;
bod), 360, 6.
preposition, bie ^rctyofttion' IV.
pretty, adj., fyiibfcf) ; adv., $iem'lid).
price, ber $reig, beg ^reijeg, bie
^reife.
probably, njo^ f 363.
professor, ber ^rofef for, beg -g, bie
^rofeffo'ren.
pupil, ber @^ii(er I, beg -g, bie .
put (lay], legen, reg. (l)aben) ;
(stand], (Men, reg. (^aben) ;
(se),feen, reg. (Ijaben) ; (stick),
ftedfen, reg. ({jaben).
quarter
said
quarter, ba $iertel I, beg -8, Me
; quarter to two, bret SBtertef
queer, ro'tnifd).
question, it is a question, e$
fragt ftdj, reg. impers. reflex.
(fyaben).
quickly, fcfynelL
quite,
R
rain, noun, ber 9tegen I, be -8,
bie ; verb, e3 regnet, reg. im-
pers. (Ijaben).
ran, lief ; see run.
rapidly, fcfjnelL
rather, in sense of pretty, ^iem'*
. ltd) ; had rather, modjte Ueber.
read, lefen, fo$, gelefen (fyaben), er
Heft; read on, toei'terlefen, fa8
toei'ter, ttm'tergetefen (ijaben), er
lieft toei'ter.
ready (through), fertig ; (pre-
pared), berett'.
real (genuine), edjt
really, tDtrf'Udj.
red, rot
refreshment, bie (Srfri'frfjung IV.
region, bie e'genb IV.
regular, fam iliar for genuine, real,
ed)t
relate, er^afy'fett, reg. insep. (l)a=
ben).
remain, btetben, btieb, geblteben
(fete).
respond, erttn'bern, reg. insep.
rest (rest up, get rested), fid) an'*
ru^en, ru^te ftrf) au$', fic^ au^'ge*
- ruljt (fyaben).
rich, reit^.
ride (on horseback), rettett, rttt,
gerttten (^aben or feitt, 76,
Note) ; (in boat, train, or car-
riage}, fatten, ftifyr, gefa^ren
(fetn), er fci^rt
right, (correct) ridjtig ; (right-
hand), red)t ; to be right, rec^t
fyabett, ()atte, ge^abt (^aben) ; all
right, fd)bn, gut ; in the sense of
it makes no difference, e$ macfyt
nid)t.
rise (from a seat), fief) erfye'^
ben, er^ob' fic^, fici) er^o'ben
(^aben).
river, ber gift jj II, be gtuffeg, bie
gliiffe.
road, bie 33a^n IV; (street), bie
(gtrafee IV ; (way), ber 2Beg II,
be-(c) f bie-e.
rock, ber ge(3 or geljen, be^ getfen^,
bie ^clfen.
roll (of bread), ba 33rot'd^en I, be$
-8, bie .
room (of a house), ba 3i mmel * ^
be -, bie ; (space), ber
Splafe II, be -e ; bie Pa^e.
rose, bie ffiofe IV.
round, nm toiYA ace.
ruin, bie 9hit'ne IV.
run, laufen, Uef, getcmfen (^aben
or fetn, 76, Note).
said, fagte, gefagt ; see say ; is said
to, foil ; see foften.
same
69
sleep
same, fefb ; the same, berfet'be, bie=
fet'be, basfel'be.
sang, fang ; see sing.
sat, fag ; see sit.
sausage, bie Surft II, bie 2Biirfte.
saw, fa I) ; see see.
say, fagen, reg. (fyaben) ; are say-
ing = say.
scarcely, taum,
school, bie @cf)ule IV; to school,
in bie (Scfjule ; at or in school, in
ber <2>d)it(e.
school-yard, ber @pie(':plat3, be$ -e8,
bie @piefylat3e.
seat, ber ptafe II, be-e$, bie oll ; wonder-
fully beautiful, ttwn'berfcfybn.
won't, see will and not.
wood (forest), ber SBalb III, beg
-(e)g, bie SBatber; (cut wood),
bag ol$ III, beg -eg, bie o(ger.
word, bag 2Bort, beg -(e)g, bie
^Sorter, separate words, or bie
28orte, connected words.
wore, trug(en); see wear.
work, noun, bie ^r'beit IV; verb,
ar'betten, reg. (^aben).
world, bie Sett IV.
worn, getragen ; see wear.
worry, fief) fiimmern, reg. reflex.
(fyaben), about, um with ace.
would, ttwrbe, aiottte ; often trans-
lated by the subjunctive.
wound, bie SBunbe IV.
write, fcfyretben, Jdjrieb, gefc^rieben
(fyaben).
writing, see write.
written, gefcfyrteben ; see write ;
well written, gut gefcfyrieben,
wrong, falfcf) ; to be wrong, mt'reefyt
^aben, ^atte, ge^abt (^aben).
wrote, fdjrieb ; see write.
yard, ber of II, beg -eg, bie
year, bag 3afyr II, beg -(e)g, bie -e.
yes, ja, jatDO^t' ; answering a nega-
tive, bocf), 360, a.
yesterday, geftern ; a following
noun is written as an adverb
without a capital: yesterday
evening, geftern abenb ; yesterday
afternoon, geftern nadj'mittag.
yet (of time), nocfy ; not yet, nodj
nict)t ; (adversative) bodj.
yonder, bort
you (intimate), bii, beiner, bir, bid) ;
pi., iljr, euer, end), eue^ ; (formal)
@ie, 3I)rer, 3^nen, @ie, sing, and
pi. ; (in general sense) man.
young, younger, jnng, iiinger.
your, bein, euer, 3^r; with parts
of the body in predicate, the
article, sometimes with bir, end),
or ftei),
yourself, reflex., fid) ; intens., felbft
INDEX.
A.
21, pronunciation of, Intro., I, b.
in diphthongs, Intro., I, e; 391.
aa, digraph, Intro., I,/,
aber, 214.
contrasted with fonbern, 214, a.
abstract nouns, 411.
See also Word formation.
accent, in verbs, inseparable, 229;
separable, 230.
common verbs, used as insepara-
ble, 238 , a ; separable, 238, b.
in foreign words, 77, 2.
in pronunciation (a German ac-
cent) , 386-403.
accusative case, 8; 8, 6; 9;
19; summary of, 93; 94 ;
summary of forms, 370-375.
of definite time, 135; 270.
prepositions with accusative or da-
tive, 101.
with accusative only, 117.
impersonals with, 304.
active voice, distinguished from
passive, 289, a, b.
more used in German, 291, , b.
address, formal and familiar, 11.
adjectives, review of, 149; 371.
declension of
strong, 129; 149, 6,2.
weak, 134; 149, b, 1.
mixed, 139; 149, 6, 2, note,
indeclinable, 144, a.
possessive, from genitive, 118;
179; 210.
predicate, 10; 149, a.
attributive, 149, b.
use as nouns, 149, c.
use after " one," 149, d.
use after mcmd), jokfy, toeldj, and all,
144.
cardinal, 263.
ordinal, 264. .
formation of, from suffixes, 412.
adverbs
uninflected adjectives, 145.
formed from cardinals, with =maf,
263, b.
from ordinals, with *en3, 264, a.
comparison of, 257, 258.
order in German sentence, 145;
353, b, 1, 2.
adverbial phrases
order in sentence, 353, b, 1, 2.
agent, dative of
with the passive and fcon, 285.
with the active, 291, b.
at, Intro., I, e; 391, 1.
aft, declined when followed by adjec-
tive, 144, c.
indeclinable, 144, c ; 194, a.
never weak, 194, a, 2.
neuter, 194, a, 1.
alphabet, German, Intro., page x.
phonetic, 432-433.
al3, introducing clauses, 215.
to translate verbals, 347.
in comparisons, 259, a, b.
alS 06, alS toenn, 334, a.
am, with the superlative in the predi-
cate, 257, b.
an, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
anber, after ettoaS, 191, a ; after nicfytS,
191, e.
11
78
INDEX.
anber (continued)
meaning different, compared with
nod) ein, 194, 6.
anbertfyalb, 265, a. >
another, one more, nodj ein ; a differ-
ent one, anber, 194, b.
anftatt, preposition with genitive,
342, b.
followed by infinitive, 248, d;
252.
followed by clause, 348.
antecedents, agreement of personal
pronoun with, 106.
of relative, 202,' 6.
repetition of, 204, b.
apostrophe, used in genitive of
proper names in *3, 275, a.
apposition, nouns in, 125.
after nouns of measure, 130.
article
definite
forms of, 9; 19 and note;
summary of forms, 371, c.
combined with prepositions
101, a.
distinguished from demonst
tive, 190, a, note,
use with beibe, 194, c; wit
proper names, 275, b, c; i
stead of possessive pronoun
with parts of the body, 210.
indefinite
forms of, 9; 25; summary of
forms, 371, d.
of indefinite time, 342, a.
See also ber and ein,
as, in comparisons, fine, 259, a, b.
subordinating conjunction, 215;
347 ; see also ba.
as as, 259, b.
assimilation of spoken sounds,
404.
ail, pronunciation of, Intro., I, e;
391, 2.
an, Intro., I, e ; 391, 3.
auf, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
with adverbial superlative, 257, c.
an3, prep, with dative, 111.
auxiliaries, of mode, see Modals.
of tense
simple present for emphatic aux-
iliary do in English, 18;
251, a.
future tenses, 56 ; 57 ; 160.
rendered in German by the
present, 63.
simple futurity, toerben, 155,
a ; 283, a.
distinctions in use of shall and
will, 155, a, b, and note,
future perfect, 88 ; 95 ; 165.
perfect tenses
with fyaben, 68 ; 95 ; 165.
in past perfect, 82; 95.
withfein, 76; 95.
in past perfect, 82 ; 95.
use of perfect in German for
English past, 71; 166, b.
use of German present with
fdjon for English present
perfect, 83.
use of German past with fd)on
for English past perfect,
83, a.
of passive voice, toerben, 283;
284 ; see also toerben.
of separable verbs, 238, b.
position in dependent clauses,
205.
with " two infinitives," 219.
repetition of auxiliary rendered
by nidjt ttafyr, 3, a.
B.
SB, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b, 1.
be*, inseparable prefix, 229.
bei, preposition with the dative, 111.
beibe, preceded by the article, 194, c.
bi3, prep, with the accusative, 117.
INDEX.
79
fcttte, use of, 78, a.
but (after or fonbern), 214, a.
C.
(, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b, 2.
capitalization
of adjectives after etnmS and ni, combined with prepositions,
112.
baS, definite article, see ber.
as relative, 202.
as demonstrative, 190, a.
complete table of forms of , 371, c ;
373, a.
distinguished from ba$, 220.
used with plural forms of f em, 186.
ba$, subordinating conjunction 215.
distinguished from ba$, 220.
dative case
indirect object, 52.
instead of possessive, 210,
of definite time, 270.
of agent, with fcon, in passive, 285.
after passive of verbs, 290.
with certain adjectives, 343, a.
with certain verbs, list of, 343, b.
with impersonals, 305.
prepositions with dative or accusa-
tive, 101.
with dative only, 111.
with Son instead of genitive, 275, a.
days of the week, 271, a.
of the month, 271, b.
declension
See Adjectives, Articles, Nouns,
Pronouns. Also Summary of
Forms, 370-375.
demonstrative pronouns, 190 ;
224; 374,
benn, use of
as conjunction, 214.
as particle, 357; 358.
dependent clauses, 202-205 ;
215; 219; 220.
punctuation of, Intro., IV, a, 1;
204, c.
dependent order, see Word order.
dependent subjunctive, 314;
315. See Subjunctive.
ber, the definite article, 2, a; 9;
19 ; 371, c. For special uses,
see Article, definite.
demonstrative, i86; 224; 374,
relative, 202 ; 204 ; 373.
differing from English, 204.
INDEX.
81
,,ber" words, 134.
words declined like ,,ber" words,
144; 374, b.
beren, genitive of relative ber, 202, a.
derivation of words, 405-418.
derivatives, Latin and German syn-
onyms, 418.
berjem'ge, demonstrative, 190, c, d.
declension of, 374.
use of, 190, d; when modified
224.
in formal language, 224.
berfelfce, demonstrative, 190, c; 374.
beffen, genitive of relative ber, used
for toelcfyer, 202, a.
befto, correlative with je, 259, c.
dialect, relation of, to correct accent,
386.
bteS, used with plural of fein, 186.
btejer, as adjective, 134; as demon-
strative pronoun, 190 ; 374.
digraphs, aa, ee, ie, 00, Intro., I,/,
dixnidiatives, cmbertfyctlfc, brittefyalb,
etc., 265, a.
diminutive suffixes, *rf)en and 4em,
39; 89, 6, 3; 410, a.
diphthong's, at, cm, cm, et, eu.
Intro., I, e; 391; 392.
bodj, as particle, 357 ; 360.
bu, declined, 105 ; 372.
capitalized, Intro., IV, d, 1.
use, 11; after relative, 204, b, 1.
bitrdj, prep, with the accusative, 117.
common prefix, 238.
biirfen, 154 ; 159 ; 160 ; 369.
special uses, may, 170, a, 1.
subjunctive of, 328.
summary of conjugation, 385.
E.
{, pronunciation of, Intro., I, b.
difficulties of, 387-390.
*e, weak ending of adjectives, 134.
plural noun-ending, 59.
typical weak ending, 134, 6;
371, c.
noun suffix, 39, 3; 89, 6, 2;
411, a.
e&enfo hrie, correlative as as,
259, b.
et, diphthong, Intro., I, e; 391, 1.
*et, feminine suffix, 89, 6, 2 ; 411, b.
em, indefinite article, 9; 25.
mixed declension with, 139.
independent use of, 179, b, note.
negative of (fern), 121.
summary of forms, 371, d.
,,etn" words, 118, a ; 139.
att followed by ,,em" word, 144, c.
etnicje, 194, d.
em3, cardinal number, 263.
=el, masculine and neuter noun end-
ing, first class, 39.
ent^, inseparable prefix, 229.
emphasis in German, 190, note,
emphatic form in conjugation,
18; 251, a.
=en, noun ending, 39 ; 370, d.
weak adjective ending, 134.
suffix to form adjectives, 412, b ;
to form verbs, 413, a.
assimilation, 404.
=en3, in ordinal adverbs, 264, a.
ent=, inseparable prefix, 229.
er, personal pronoun, 105; 372, c.
*er, suffix, 39 ; 89, b, 1 ; 410, b.
plural ending, third class, 72.
to show comparison, 257.
er=, inseparable prefix, 229.
*ern, verb suffix, 413, b.
evfc f noun prefix, 408, a.
e$, personal pronoun, 105 ; 372, c.
with impersonal verbs, 301, a;
302-306.
as object of modal auxiliaries, 161.
used with plural form of fein, 186.
in eg tft, followed by the nomina-
tive, 306, b.
82
INDEX.
e3 (continued)
in e gtbt, followed by the accusa-
tive, 306, a.
*e3, ending of adjectives, 139, b.
ettoaS, indeclinable indefinite, 191, a.
eu f pronunciation of, Intro., I, e;
391, 3; 392.
exclamation point, frequent use in
German, Intro., IV, 6; 78.
F.
3?, pronounciation of, Intro., II, b, 1.
factitive verbs, 306.
foreign nouns, masculine, 77, 2.
formal address
in the imperative, 78 ; 243 ; 244.
@te instead of bit, 11.
fractions, 265.
fiir, prep, with accusative, 117.
future tense, 56 ; 57 ; of modals,
160, summary, 376-385.
rendered by present, 63.
translation of will, 155.
distinctions between foften, tooflen,
and toerbett, 155, note,
future perfect, 88; 95.
of modals, 165, a.
G.
, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 6.
discussion of, 399.
ge=, inseparable prefix, 229.
noun prefix, 39, 3 ; 408, b.
in past participles, 69 ; 369.
gegen, prep, with accusative, 117.
gender, in German, 2.
importance of definite article, 2, a.
in German compounds, 414; in
foreign masculines, 77, 2.
rules of, 89.
genitive case
denoting possession, 46.
possessive adjective from, 118.
of proper names, 275.
of time, 342, a.
with certain prepositions, 342, b.
substitutes for, 210; 275, a.
German language
sketch of, 420.
richness in compounds, 405.
grammatical terms, Intro., V.
orthography, Intro., II, 6, 15, note;
Intro., IV, c, d, e.
punctuation, Intro., IV, a, b.
German rules of grammar, 423-
426.
gertt, 170, a ; 171.
Glottal catch, 393-396.
gn, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b, 20.
grammatical terms in German,
Intro., V; 423-426.
Grimm, Jacob, 15; 419.
Grimm's law, 419-422.
guttural consonants, Intro., II,
a, 3.
H.
, Intro., II, b, 15, note; II, b, 1, b.
*>afcen,l; 7; 376.
use in perfect tenses, 68; 82;
88; 95.
with modals, 165 ; position with
" two infinitives/' 219.
with certain inseparable verbs,
238, a.
with reflexives, 295, 6.
with some impersonals, 301, a.
4>aft, adjective suffix, 412, c.
sfyalbf dimidiative, 265, a.
fjatfc, 265, c.
"half past," 269, a.
sfyeitf feminine suffix, 89, 6, 2;
411, c.
fyeffen, " two infinitives," 166.
followed by infinitive without 511,
248, .
by the dative, 343, b.
fyev, 239 ; in fyin unb fyer, 239, a.
er5, ba3, irregular noun, 370, d.
tyin, 239 ; bin imb tyer, 239, a.
INDEX.
83
gutter, prep, with dative or accusa-
tive, 101.
hortative subjunctive, 324, a.
Jmnbert, 263, c.
I.
3, vowel, Intro., I, & ; 389.
id), personal pronoun, 105 ; 372.
after the relative, 204, &, 1.
M), masculine ending, 89, 5, 1.
idiomatic particles, 357-363.
te, digraph, Intro., I,/.
4eren, verb suffix, 413, c.
4g, noun ending, 59 ; 89, 6, 1.
adjective suffix, 412, d.
*ien, verb suffix, 413, d.
imperative mode, formation of,
78; 243; 244; 376-385.
of reflexives, 296.
use of hortative subjunctive for
first and third person impera-
tive, 324, a.
passive imperative, 284, note,
difficulties of, 244, a.
imperfect, see Past tense.
impersonal verbs, 301-307.
with fein, 76 ; 301, a.
in passive, personal in active, 290.
intransitive reflexives, 297, b.
special use of eg gtbt, 306, a ; eg ift,
306,6.
classes of, 301-305.
pure (state of weather), 302.
reflexive (with fid)), 303.
with dative (c fdUt tnir em), 305.
with accusative (eg freut mid)),
304.
list of, 301.
in, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
4tt, feminine ending, 89, b, 2 ; 410, c.
indefinite article, 9; 25 ; 371, d.
indefinite pronouns
indeclinable
ettt>a, 191, a; irgenb, 191, &;
man (with additional forms),
191, c, and note; mefyr, 191,
d ; nic^tS, 191, e ; toeniger,
191, d ; and also (genitive ex-
cepted) , jebermcmn, jemcmb, me*
manb, 191,/.
inflected (declinable)
alt, 194, a, 1, 2, 3 ; ember, 194, b ;
fceibe, 194, c ; einige, mefyrere,
194, d ; met, toenig, 194, e.
indicative mode, see Conjugation,
Tense.
complete summary of, 376-385.
to indicate speaker's belief, 315, c
use for conditions of fact, 329.
indirect discourse, 315, a, &, c.
in questions, 315.
infinitives
present and perfect, 248.
without $u, 248, a.
with 511, 248, b.
use as noun, 248, c.
complementary, 233.
of purpose, 97; 248, d.
instead of verbal after anftatt and
otyne, 248, d.
passive, 284.
position of, 58; 233; 249.
with modals, 161, b.
in " two infinitives," 166.
in compound tenses, 219.
two or more, 219, a, note,
after certain verbs, 233.
rendered by clause, 251, b.
inflected indefinites, 194.
4ng, noun ending, 59.
inseparable verbs
list of inseparable prefixes, 229.
meaning of, 237.
conjugation of, 383.
inseparable and separable (com
mon) verbs, 238.
intensive pronoun, 180.
interjections, 363, b ; 426, h.
84
INDEX.
interrogative pronouns, 184;
373, c, d.
interrogative sentences, 3.
intransitive verbs
indicating motion, take fein, 76.
idiomatic use of impersonal reflex-
ive, 297, a.
common verbs, when separable,
238, b.
inversion
questions by, 3 ; in clauses when
toemt is omitted, 334, a.
inverted order, see Word order.
trgenb, use of, 191, b.
irregular verbs
definition of strong verbs, 15,
forms of, 30.
list of principal parts of all strong
verbs, 369.
conjugation of, 381-385.
*ifd), adjective ending, 412, e.
italicizing, 190, a, note.
J.
$ f pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 8.
ja, idiomatic particle, 357 ; 359.
jeber, 134.
jebermann, 191, /; 375, b.
jemanb, 191,/; 375, b.
je befto, the the, 259, c.
jener, as adjective, 134.
as demonstrative, *190; 374,
a, b.
K.
$, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b, 1.
fern, use of, 121.
without the noun, 179, 6, note.
declension, 118, a ; 371, d.
4eit, feminine suffix, 89, b, 2 ; 411, d.
fn, pronunciation of, Intro., II, &, 20.
fb'mten, 154; 159; 160; 165;
385.
with e3 and $u, 161.
" two infinitives," 166.
to translate may, 170, a, 1.
4unft, noun ending, second class, 59.
L.
, pronunciation of, Intro., II, a, 1.
difficulties of, 387; 400.
laffen, " two infinitives," 166.
without 511, 248, a.
as causative, 170, d; 171.
Latin derivatives, 418.
lefyren, " two infinitives," 166.
without 511, 248, a.
4em, diminutive suffix, 39; 89,
b, 3; 410, a.
lerrtett, " two infinitives," 166.
without 511, 248, a.
4td), adjective suffix, 412, /.
4ing, masculine ending, 89, 6, 1;
410, d.
M.
9ft, pronunciation of, Intro., II, a, b.
tnacfyen, " two infinitives," 166.
without 511, 248, a.
*mal, adverbial suffix, 263, b.
man, 191, c; 375, b.
used for passive, 291, a.
mandj, declined like ber, 144 ; 371, b.
indeclinable, 144, a.
measure, nouns of, 130.
tnefyr, 191, d- 257, d.
mefyrere, inflected indefinite, 194, d.
tnifH inseparable prefix, 229.
tnit, prep, with the dative, 111.
mixed declension, 139; 371, c?;
see Nouns, Adjectives.
modal auxiliaries
indicative forms of, 154; 159;
160; 165.
subjunctive, 328.
in conditions contrary to fact,
336; 385.
INDEX.
85
modal auxiliaries (continued)
" two infinitives " with, 166.
infinitive without 511, 248, a.
position of
in normal order, 161, 6; 166.
in dependent order, 219.
special uses, 170.
mode, see Indicative, Imperative,
Subjunctive.
auxiliaries of, see Modals.
mogen, conjugation of, see Modals.
special use, 170, a ; for should,
336, b.
months, names of, 271, b.
motion to and from the speaker,
239; hither and thither,
239, a.
N.
9, pronunciation of , Intro., II, a, b.
narf), prep, with the dative, 111.
nefcen, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
negative, use of jottbern after,
214, a ; fern, 118, a ; 121 ;
139; 179, b, note; 371, d\
md)t, 3, a; 26; 161, a;
ni$t3, 191, e ; me, 140.
nicfyt, for repetition of questions, 3, a.
position in sentence, 26.
with modal auxiliaries, 161, a.
nirf)t3, indeclinable indefinite, 191, e.
ntcfyt toafyr, for repetition of questions,
3, a.
me, 140.
ntemantv 191, /.
=tti3, noun ending, 59.
nodj, 162; 357; 361.
nod) em, for another, 162; 194, 6.
nominative case, 8; 9.
with eg ift, 306, b.
normal order, see Word order.
nouns
classes of, 38.
first class (strong) , 38 ; 39.
declension of masculine, 40;
89, b, 1 ; 370, a.
feminine, 45; 370, 6.
neuter, 51 ; 89, 6, 3; 265;
370, c.
second class (strong), 59.
declension of, 370, a, 6, c;
89, b, 1.
third class (strong), 72.
declension, 370, a, c.
summary of strong endings, 94.
fourth class (weak)
masculine and feminine, 77.
declension of, 370, a, b;
89, b, 2.
fifth class (mixed) , 84.
declension of, 370, a, c.
in apposition, 125; 130.
of measure, 130.
substitutes for
adjectives used as, 149, c.
infinitive used for, 248, c.
" one " used for noun, 149, d.
declension of, 370-371.
gender of, 89.
proper, inflections, 275, a.
with definite article, 275, &, c.
number, see Singular and Plural.
numerals
ending of nouns after, 130, a.
cardinal, 263.
adverbs, 263, 6.
ordinal, 264.
adverbs, 264, a.
fractions with 4el (eil), 265.
O.
O, pronunciation of, Intro., I, b, 1, 2;
387-389.
o, Intro., I, d, 2.
06, subordinating conjunction, 215.
contrary to fact after a(3 ofy
334, a.
object
direct, 8, b ; 295.
86
INDEX.
object (continued)
indirect, 52.
order of noun objects, 52 ; 107, c.
pronouns, 107, a, b.
with modals, 161.
ofyne, prep, with accusative, 117.
followed by infinitive, 248, d.
followed by clause, 348.
" one," adjective, 148 d.
translated by demonstrative, 224.
oo, digraph, Intro., I,/,
optative subjunctive, 324.
order of words, see Word order.
orthography
use of capitals, Intro., IV, c, d, e.
silent fy after t, Intro., II, b, 17,
note,
ought to have, translation of, 336.
P.
ty, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b.
palatal consonants, see Conso-
nants.
participle, past (or perfect)
in perfect tenses, 68 ; formation
of, 68; position in sentence,
70; use as adjective or noun,
250, a ; impersonal, 302-
305; passive, 284; reflexive,
296.
of all strong verbs, see Summary,
369.
as adjective after feitt, 289; com-
pared with passive, 289.
participial phrases, 251.
particles, of comparison, 259.
idiomatic, 357-363.
passive voice
formation of, 283; conjugation,
284; 378; 380.
agent of, 285.
of verbs with the dative, 290.
compared with perfect participle
and fern, 289.
substitutes for, 291.
reflexive, 297, b..
less used in German, 291.
past tenses, see Tense.
perfect tenses, see Tense.
person, congruence of pronouns in,
106; 202,6.
for personal endings, see Summary
of Forms of Nouns, Pronouns,
Adjectives, and Verbs, 369-
385.
personal pronouns, see Pronouns.
phonetics, 427-433.
phonetic script, 432-433.
phrases, in English rendered by
clause in German, 251, b.
order of, 353, b.
pitch of voice in German, 403.
plural number
of third person, used for formal
second person, 11.
form of fetn used with bag, 186.
of nouns of measure, 130, a.
ending of all nouns in the dative,
*n, 52, a.
For all plural forms, see Summary,
370-374.
possessive pronouns, see Pro-
nouns.
potential subjunctive, 323.
predicate, order in, see Word
order.
predicate adjective, not declined,
10; 149, a.
prefixes, inseparable, 229.
separable, 230.
common, 238.
general, 408.
prepositions, with the accusative,
117 ; dative or accusative,
101; with the dative, 111;
with the genitive, 342, b.
burdj, iifcer, um, imter, as verbal pre-
fixes, 238.
omitted after nouns of measure,
130.
INDEX.
87
prepositions (continued)
combined with ba(r>, 112 ; with
the detinite article, 101, a;
with too(r>, 185.
present tense, see Tense.
preterit, see Tense, past.
principal parts of verbs, 69 ; list
of, for all strong verbs, 369.
progressive form, rendered by
simple verb in German, 18;
251, a.
pronouns
agreement with antecedent, 106.
used as objects of reflexive verbs,
295.
summary of forms of, 372-375.
personal, 105; 372.
dative used instend of possessive,
210.
possessive as adjective, 118.
without a noun, 179.
effect upon verbals, 348.
intensive, 180.
interrogative, 184 ; 373, c, d.
demonstrative, 190: 374.
when modified, 224.
indefinite, 375.
indeclinable, 191.
inflected, 194.
reflexive, 210 ; 295, ; 375.
relative, 202 ; 373.
agreement with antecedent,
202, 6; 204, 6, 1,2.
compound, he who, 203; com-
pound neuter, 203, a.
substitute for, fto(r)= with prep-
ositions, 203, b.
uses, 204.
never omitted, 204, a; 224.
agreement with verb, 204, b.
punctuation of, Intro., IV, a, 1.
pronunciation, Introduction, I-IV;
386-404.
proper names, 275 : see Nouns.
punctuation, Intro., IV, a, b.
comma
in compound sentences, Intro.,
IV, a, 2.
to set off relative clause, Intro.,
IV, a, 1 ; 169, c. '
with infinitive, 97 ; 233.
exclamation point, Intro., IV, 6, 1,
2; 78.
purpose, infinitive of, 97 ; 248, d.
Q.
G, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b.
quantity, of consonants, 402.
of vowels, Intro., I, a, b. ^
questions
direct
by inversion or interrogative, 3.
by nicfyt or ntcfyt toafyr, 3, a.
indirect, 209.
requiring dependent subj uncti ve,
315.
quotation marks, Intro., IV.
R.
9t, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 10.
difficulties of, 401.
reflexive pronoun, 295, a.
reflexive verbs, 295-297.
list of, 298.
common use of, in German, 297,
a, b, c.
impersonal, 303.
complete conjugation of, 384.
relative pronouns, see Pronouns.
roots of words, 406-407.
See also Word formation.
rules, German
of grammar, 423-426.
S.
@, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 11.
in script, Intro., II, 6, 11, note.
*&, genitive ending, 46, a ; 275.
See also Table of forms, 371-376
88
INDEX.
*fcU, noun ending, 59.
sfcmt, adjective suffix, 412, g.
fcfy, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b,
12.
^fdjaft, feminine noun suffix, 89, 6,
2; 411, e.
fcfyneit, e, impersonal, 302.
fdjott, idiomatic particle, 357 ; 362.
with present for English perfect,
83.
with past for English past perfect,
83, a.
script, German, different 3 in, Intro.,
II, b, 11, note,
fefyen, " two infinitives," 166.
infinitive without ju, 248, a.
fetn, conjugation of, 1; 7 ; 377.
use of baS, bteg, and eg with, 186;
as copula with perfect partici-
ple, 289; with impersonals,
301, a; of predicate nomina-
tive after, 8, a.
as auxiliary of perfect tenses, 76 ;
82.
fein, possessive adjective, 118-120.
fett, prep, with the dative, 111.
felfcer, intensive pronoun, 180.
felbft, intensive, 180.
meaning even, 180, a.
sentences
kinds of, 424.
complex, 205; 215; 219.
punctuation of, Intro., IV, a, 1.
compound, 214.
punctuation of, Intro., IV, a, 2.
order of words in, see Word order.
separable prefixes, 230-233.
separable and inseparable (com-
mon), 238; 237, a.
sequence of tenses, 315, a, b.
shall, 155, 6; see also Future
tenses.
ftdj, reflexive, 295, a ; used instead of
possessive, 210.
fie, personal pronoun, 105.
reflexive of (fidj), 295, a.
), 295, a.
singular number
of pronouns for English plural,
186.
see also Number and summaries
of inflections throughout the
book,
fold}, declined like ber, 144.
indeclinable, 144, a.
foflen, 154; 159; 160; 165.
with 511, 161; "two infinitives,"
166.
to translate is said to, 170, b.
what is the meaning of that, 170,
6,1.
ought to, subjunctive, 170, b, 2.
are we to, 155, 6.
fcnbern
special use after negative, 214, a.
correlative, not only but also,
214, a, 1.
spirants, see Consonants.
ff, fc, Intro., II, b, 13.
*$, to form ordinals, 218.
stops, see Consonants.
strong declension
of nouns, first, second, third class,
3&-40; 45; 51; 59; 72;
370, a, 6, c.
of adjectives, 129.
See also Table of forms, 370 ;
371.
strong verbs, complete list of, 369.
definition of, 15; vowel change
in, 30; conjugation of, 31;
37.
See Table of forms, 381-383.
subject, see Nominative case.
subjunctive mode
formation of tenses, 312.
INDEX.
89
subjunctive mode (continued)
of auxiliaries, 313.
of conditional, 322.
of weak verbs, 319, strong
verbs, 320; 321.
of modals, 328.
uses
dependent, indirect discourse,
315, a, 6, c.
use of present where English
has past, 315, a.
conditional, *322; 334; 335.
contrast of German and Eng-
lish, 335.
modals, 336.
potential, 323.
optative, 324.
hortative, 324, a.
substantive, adjectives as, 149,
c, d. See Nouns.
suffixes
to form nouns, concrete, 410 ; ab-
stract, 411.
adjectives, 412.
verbs, 413.
adverbs, 263, b ; 264, a.
See Word formation.
summary of forms, 361>-385.
syllabication, Intro., III.
syntax, German rules of, 423-
426.
T.
X f pronunciation of, Intro., II, b.
*\, to form ordinals, 264.
^tel, with ordinals to form fractions,
265.
tense
present indicative, 1 ; 17 ; 31 ;
44 ; 154.
personal endings of weak verbs,
16.
of strong verbs, 30.
use of simple indicative for em-
phatic and progressive, 18 ;
251, a.
instead of future tense, 63.
with fd)0tt for present perfect,
83.
past indicative, 7; 24; 37;
50; 159.
personal endings of weak verbs,
23.
of strong verbs, 37.
use of simple past in German for
emphatic and progressive,
18; 251, a.
of past in narrative, 71, a.
with fcfyon for past perfect,
83, a.
of perfect for past, 71 ; 166, b.
future indicative, 56; 57; of
modals, 160.
in English rendered in German
by present, 63.
perfect indicative
formation with fyafcert, 68; of
modals, 165 ; with fein, 76 ;
rule for, 95.
use of German perfect for English
past, 71; 166, b.
of present with fcfyon for Eng-
lish perfect, 83.
with " two infinitives," 166.
past perfect indicative
formation, 82; rule for, 95;
of modals, 165.
use of past with fcfyon instead of
past perfect, 83, a.
future perfect indicative, forma-
tion, 88; 95; of modals,
165.
for tenses of the subjunctive, see
Subjunctive and Table of
forms, 376-384.
#), pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 15
and note (new spelling),
than, in comparisons, 259, a.
the the, jc befto, 259, c.
there is (factitive), e3 ift, 306, b;
eg gtbt, 306, a.
ti, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 14.
90
INDEX.
time
definite, accusative of, 135; 270.
indefinite, genitive of, 342, a ;
regularly recurring, 342, a.
of day, 269, a, b.
of the week, 270.
of the month, 270, a.
of the year, 270, 6.
transitive verbs
inseparables with figurative mean-
ing, 238, a.
fyafcen usually auxiliary with imper-
sonate, 301, a.
transposed order, see Word order.
tn% preposition with the genitive,
342, 6.
*titm, noun ending, 72.
" two infinitives," 166.
$, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 18.
U.
U, pronunciation of, Intro., I, a, 6;
388 ; 389.
in diphthongs, 391, 2, 3 ; digraphs,
Intro., I, e,f.
ii, Intro., I, c, d, 3.
iiOer, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
iifcer, common verbal prefix, 238.
Houses of, 209; 272.
um, preposition with the accusative,
117; with infinitive of pur-
pose, 97 ; 248, d.
lint-, common verbal prefix, 238.
umlaut
history and effect upon sounds,
Intro., I, c, d', 38, a; 391, 3.
use, in plural of nouns, 38; 59;
72.
in past subjunctive of strong
verbs, 312, 6 ; 369.
omitted in imperative, 243, 6.
un*, general prefix, 408, c.
nmg, feminine suffix, 89, 6, 2 ; 411,/.
unfer, ,,ein" word, 118; 139.
unter, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
untev' f common verbal prefix, 238.
iir*, general prefix, 408, d.
V.
$8, pronunciation of, Intro., II, a, b.
fcer=, inseparable prefix, 229.
verbals in -ing 1 , rendered by infini-
tive after cmffyoren and fort*
fasten, 234; after anftatt and
ofyne, 248, d', 252.
modified verbals, 348.
in time or causal phrases, 347.
verbs
as it would be impossible to index
verbs without referring to most
of the sections in the book, ref-
erences have been made, under
the proper special, headings to
the forms and uses of verbs,
i.e. to Voice, Mode, Tense,
Conjugation, etc.
See also under
Word formation.
Separable, Inseparable, and Com-
mon Prefixes.
Transitive and Intransitive verbs.
Weak and Strong verbs.
Reflexive verbs.
Impersonal verbs.
verbs with the dative, 305 ; 343, b.
voice, see Active and Passive.
voiced consonants, see Conso-
nants.
voiceless consonants, see Conso-
nants.
fcon, prep, with the dative, 111.
use with the agent in the passive
voice, 285.
as substitute for the genitive,
275, a.
t)or, prep, with dative or accusative,
101.
INDEX.
91
vowels, kinds of, Intro., I, a; pro-
nunciation of, Intro., 1, b ; dif-
ficulties of pronunciation,
387-391.
vowel changes in strong verbs,
30.
W.
28, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 18.
ttnifyrenb, subordinating conjunction,
215 ; use in clauses, 347.
preposition with genitive, 342, b.
toaS, interrogative, 184, a.
indefinite compound relative,
203.
relative after neuter, 203, a.
toaS fiir em, 184, c.
weak declension, of nouns, see
Nouns, fourth class.
of adjectives, see Adjectives.
weak verbs
no vowel change, 15 and note,
personal endings, 16; additions
for euphony, 16, a.
past participles of, 69.
complete conjugation of, 379.
weather, state of, 302.
week, days of the, 270; 271, a.
tocgen, prep, with the genitive, 342, b.
toeil, subordinating conjunction,
205 ; 215.
toeld), indeclinable when exclamatory,
144, a.
See also SBeldjer.
toeldjer, relative, declined like ber,
202; 373.
interrogative, 184, b.
toentg, inflected indefinite, 194, e.
toemger, indeclinable indefinite,
191, d.
H?cnn, subordinating conjunction,
215; 216.
use of, 330; omission of, 330, a.
alS toenn, in conditions contrary to
fact, 334, a.
tuer, 373, c ; as compound relative,
203.
interrogative, 184, a.
toerben
conjugation of, 44; 50; sum-
mary, 378.
auxiliary of the future tense, 56 ;
in compound tenses of modals,
219.
of passive voice, 283; 284;
380.
use of nominative after, 8, a.
discussion of meanings, 155, a, b,
note ; 283, a.
subjunctive of, in the conditional,
322.
hne, in comparisons, 259, a, b; cor-
relative with efcenfo, 259, b.
will, showing simple futurity, toer=
ben, 63; 155, a; desire,
tooflcn, 155, a, b, note,
hrir, personal pronoun, 105; 372, b.
too(r)=, compounded with preposi-
tions, 203, b.
tool;!, as idiomatic particle, 357;
363.
word formation
roots, 406; verbal, 407.
prefixes, 408.
suffixes, 409.
forming concrete nouns, 410.
abstract nouns, 411.
adjectives, 412.
verbs, 413.
compound words, 414.
German rich in, 405.
nouns, 415; adjectives, 416;
verbs, 417.
Latin derivatives compared with
German, 418.
word order, 352 ; 353 ; 425.
normal
general rule for emphasis, 353.
coordinating conjunctions, 214.
position of
nouns as objects, 52; 107, c;
92
INDEX.
word order (continued}
pronouns as objects, 107, a,
6; indirect object, 52; ad-
jective, 343, a ; possessive
genitive, 46.
verbs, 88.
separable prefixes, 230, b, c;
ix and ge=, 230, d; infini-
tives, 58; 249; modified,
249, a ; complementary,
233; "two infinitives,"
166.
$11 with modals, 161, 6.
participles, 70; 250, a.
adverbs, 145 ; 353, b ; tttd)t,
26 ; me, 140.
phrases, adverbial, 353, b.
inverted
general rule for, 113.
in questions, 3.
in formal imperative, 78;
243.
of main clause, 215, a.
of the condition, 330.
after alS (toetm omitted),
334, a.
omission of e, 306, &.
dependent
general rule, 205.
with relatives, 202; in indi-
rect questions, 209 ; with sub-
ordinating conj., 215; after
ba, 220 ; the modals in, 219;
X.
, pronunciation of, Intro., II, 6, 1.
Y.
J), pronunciation of, Intro., I, b.
Z.
3, pronunciation of, Intro., II, b, 19.
5er=, inseparable prefix, 229.
$11, prep, with dative, 111 ; 114.
position of, 249.
with modals, 161, 6.
use of, 97; 248, b.
omission of, 248, a.
Stoet, 263.
, prep, with dative or accusa-
tive, 101.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
BERKELEY
Return to desk from which borrowed.
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
->;i
REC'D LD
, H!
m 3 1953 U
-'D LD
JUN 6 196?
REG'D LD
DEC 4 -1959
2feb '60B*S
LD 21-95w^ll,'50 (2877sl
L6)476
YB 01443
Jfo -ju
-.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY